Ignore:
Timestamp:
May 23, 2008, 6:56:41 AM (17 years ago)
Author:
Paul Smedley
Message:

Update source to 3.0.29

Location:
branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages
Files:
57 edited

Legend:

Unmodified
Added
Removed

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/eventlogadm.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>eventlogadm</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="eventlogadm.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>eventlogadm &#8212; push records into the Samba event log store</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">eventlogadm</code> [<code class="option">-d</code>] [<code class="option">-h</code>]  <code class="option">-o</code>
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>eventlogadm</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="eventlogadm.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>eventlogadm &#8212; push records into the Samba event log store</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">eventlogadm</code> [<code class="option">-d</code>] [<code class="option">-h</code>]  <code class="option">-o</code>
    22                <code class="literal">addsource</code>
    33                <em class="replaceable"><code>EVENTLOG</code></em>
    … …  
    77                <code class="literal">write</code>
    88                <em class="replaceable"><code>EVENTLOG</code></em>
    9                  </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259595"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="samba.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(1)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">eventlogadm</code> is a filter that accepts
     9                 </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282776"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(1)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">eventlogadm</code> is a filter that accepts
    1010        formatted event log records on standard input and writes them
    1111        to the Samba event log store. Windows client can then manipulate
    12         these record using the usual administration tools.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259373"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="option">-d</code></span></dt><dd><p>
     12        these record using the usual administration tools.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283360"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="option">-d</code></span></dt><dd><p>
    1313                The <code class="literal">-d</code> option causes <code class="literal">eventlogadm</code> to emit debugging
    1414                information.
    … …  
    3232                </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><code class="option">-h</code></span></dt><dd><p>
    3333                Print usage information.
    34                 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260402"></a><h2>EVENTLOG RECORD FORMAT</h2><p>For the write operation, <code class="literal">eventlogadm</code>
     34                </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282924"></a><h2>EVENTLOG RECORD FORMAT</h2><p>For the write operation, <code class="literal">eventlogadm</code>
    3535        expects to be able to read structured records from standard
    3636        input. These records are a sequence of lines, with the record key
    … …  
    8181                </p></li><li><p>
    8282                <code class="literal">DAT</code> - This field should be left unset.
    83                 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300454"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>An example of the record format accepted by <code class="literal">eventlogadm</code>:</p><pre class="programlisting">
     83                </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324474"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>An example of the record format accepted by <code class="literal">eventlogadm</code>:</p><pre class="programlisting">
    8484        LEN: 0
    8585        RS1: 1699505740
    … …  
    8787        TMG: 1128631322
    8888        TMW: 1128631322
    89         EID: 1000 
     89        EID: 1000
    9090        ETP: INFO
    91         ECT: 0 
     91        ECT: 0
    9292        RS2: 0
    9393        CRN: 0
    … …  
    9696        SRN: dmlinux
    9797        STR: (root) CMD ( rm -f /var/spool/cron/lastrun/cron.hourly)
    98         DAT: 
     98        DAT:
    9999        </pre><p>Set up an eventlog source, specifying a message file DLL:</p><pre class="programlisting">
    100100        eventlogadm -o addsource Application MyApplication | \\
    … …  
    104104                my_program_to_parse_into_eventlog_records | \\
    105105                eventlogadm SystemLogEvents
    106         </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300495"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300505"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> The original Samba software and related utilities were
     106        </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324515"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324525"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> The original Samba software and related utilities were
    107107        created by Andrew Tridgell.  Samba is now developed by the
    108108        Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/findsmb.1.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>findsmb</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="findsmb.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>findsmb &#8212; list info about machines that respond to SMB
    2         name queries on a subnet</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">findsmb</code> [subnet broadcast address]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259298"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This perl script is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>findsmb</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="findsmb.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>findsmb &#8212; list info about machines that respond to SMB
     2        name queries on a subnet</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">findsmb</code> [subnet broadcast address]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283737"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This perl script is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>
    33        suite.</p><p><code class="literal">findsmb</code> is a perl script that
    44        prints out several pieces of information about machines
    55        on a subnet that respond to SMB  name query requests.
    6         It uses <a href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a>
    7         and <a href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>
     6        It uses <a class="citerefentry" href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a>
     7        and <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>
    88        to obtain this information.
    9         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259553"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>Controls whether <code class="literal">findsmb</code> takes
     9        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282735"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>Controls whether <code class="literal">findsmb</code> takes
    1010                bugs in Windows95 into account when trying to find a Netbios name
    1111                registered of the remote machine. This option is disabled by default
    1212                because it is specific to Windows 95 and Windows 95 machines only.
    13                 If set, <a href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a>
     13                If set, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a>
    1414                will be called with <code class="constant">-B</code> option.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">subnet broadcast address</span></dt><dd><p>Without this option, <code class="literal">findsmb
    1515                </code> will probe the subnet of the machine where
    16                 <a href="findsmb.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">findsmb</span>(1)</span></a>
     16                <a class="citerefentry" href="findsmb.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">findsmb</span>(1)</span></a>
    1717                is run. This value is passed to
    18                 <a href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a>
    19                 as part of the <code class="constant">-B</code> option.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259376"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>The output of <code class="literal">findsmb</code> lists the following
     18                <a class="citerefentry" href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a>
     19                as part of the <code class="constant">-B</code> option.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283365"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>The output of <code class="literal">findsmb</code> lists the following
    2020        information for all machines that respond to the initial
    2121        <code class="literal">nmblookup</code> for any name: IP address, NetBIOS name,
    … …  
    2828        not show any information about the operating system or server
    2929        version.</p><p>The command with <code class="constant">-r</code> option
    30         must be run on a system without <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>  running.
     30        must be run on a system without <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>     running.
    3131
    3232        If <code class="literal">nmbd</code> is running on the system, you will
    … …  
    4949192.168.35.93   FROGSTAR-PC    [MVENGR] [Windows 5.0] [Windows 2000 LAN Manager]
    5050192.168.35.97   HERBNT1       *[HERB-NT] [Windows NT 4.0] [NT LAN Manager 4.0]
    51 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260385"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
    52         the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260395"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>,
    53         <a href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, and <a href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a>
    54         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260429"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     51</pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282901"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
     52        the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282911"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>,
     53        <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, and <a class="citerefentry" href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a>
     54        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282944"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    5555        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    5656        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar
    5757        to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p>The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer.
    5858        The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another
    59         excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/</a>)
     59        excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/</a>)
    6060        and updated for the Samba 2.0 release by Jeremy Allison.  The conversion to DocBook for
    6161        Samba 2.2 was done by Gerald Carter. The conversion to DocBook

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/index.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title></title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="article" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><hr></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><a href="eventlogadm.8.html" target="_top">eventlogadm(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>push records into the Samba event log store
    2 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="findsmb.1.html" target="_top">findsmb(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>list info about machines that respond to SMB
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title></title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="article" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><hr></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="eventlogadm.8.html" target="_top">eventlogadm(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>push records into the Samba event log store
     2</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="findsmb.1.html" target="_top">findsmb(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>list info about machines that respond to SMB
    33        name queries on a subnet
    4 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="idmap_ad.8.html" target="_top">idmap_ad(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Samba's idmap_ad Backend for Winbind
    5 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="idmap_ldap.8.html" target="_top">idmap_ldap(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Samba's idmap_ldap Backend for Winbind
    6 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="idmap_nss.8.html" target="_top">idmap_nss(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Samba's idmap_nss Backend for Winbind
    7 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="idmap_rid.8.html" target="_top">idmap_rid(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Samba's idmap_rid Backend for Winbind
    8 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="idmap_tdb.8.html" target="_top">idmap_tdb(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Samba's idmap_tdb Backend for Winbind
    9 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="libsmbclient.7.html" target="_top">libsmbclient(7)</a></span></dt><dd><p>An extension library for browsers and that can be used as a generic browsing API.
    10 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="lmhosts.5.html" target="_top">lmhosts(5)</a></span></dt><dd><p>The Samba NetBIOS hosts file
    11 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="log2pcap.1.html" target="_top">log2pcap(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Extract network traces from Samba log files
    12 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="mount.cifs.8.html" target="_top">mount.cifs(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>mount using the Common Internet File System (CIFS)
    13 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="net.8.html" target="_top">net(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Tool for administration of Samba and remote
     4</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="idmap_ad.8.html" target="_top">idmap_ad(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Samba's idmap_ad Backend for Winbind
     5</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="idmap_ldap.8.html" target="_top">idmap_ldap(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Samba's idmap_ldap Backend for Winbind
     6</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="idmap_nss.8.html" target="_top">idmap_nss(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Samba's idmap_nss Backend for Winbind
     7</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="idmap_rid.8.html" target="_top">idmap_rid(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Samba's idmap_rid Backend for Winbind
     8</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="idmap_tdb.8.html" target="_top">idmap_tdb(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Samba's idmap_tdb Backend for Winbind
     9</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="ldb.3.html" target="_top">ldb(3)</a></span></dt><dd><p>A light-weight database library
     10</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="ldbadd.1.html" target="_top">ldbadd(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Command-line utility for adding records to an LDB
     11</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="ldbdel.1.html" target="_top">ldbdel(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Command-line program for deleting LDB records
     12</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="ldbedit.1.html" target="_top">ldbedit(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Edit LDB databases using your preferred editor
     13</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="ldbmodify.1.html" target="_top">ldbmodify(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Modify records in a LDB database
     14</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="ldbsearch.1.html" target="_top">ldbsearch(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Search for records in a LDB database
     15</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="libsmbclient.7.html" target="_top">libsmbclient(7)</a></span></dt><dd><p>An extension library for browsers and that can be used as a generic browsing API.
     16</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="lmhosts.5.html" target="_top">lmhosts(5)</a></span></dt><dd><p>The Samba NetBIOS hosts file
     17</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="log2pcap.1.html" target="_top">log2pcap(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Extract network traces from Samba log files
     18</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="mount.cifs.8.html" target="_top">mount.cifs(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>mount using the Common Internet File System (CIFS)
     19</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="net.8.html" target="_top">net(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Tool for administration of Samba and remote
    1420        CIFS servers.
    1521       
    16 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="nmbd.8.html" target="_top">nmbd(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>NetBIOS name server to provide NetBIOS
     22</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="nmbd.8.html" target="_top">nmbd(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>NetBIOS name server to provide NetBIOS
    1723        over IP naming services to clients
    18 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="nmblookup.1.html" target="_top">nmblookup(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>NetBIOS over TCP/IP client used to lookup NetBIOS
     24</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="nmblookup.1.html" target="_top">nmblookup(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>NetBIOS over TCP/IP client used to lookup NetBIOS
    1925        names
    20 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="ntlm_auth.1.html" target="_top">ntlm_auth(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>tool to allow external access to Winbind's NTLM authentication function
    21 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="pam_winbind.7.html" target="_top">pam_winbind(7)</a></span></dt><dd><p>PAM module for Winbind
    22 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="pdbedit.8.html" target="_top">pdbedit(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>manage the SAM database (Database of Samba Users)
    23 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="profiles.1.html" target="_top">profiles(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>A utility to report and change SIDs in registry files
     26</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="ntlm_auth.1.html" target="_top">ntlm_auth(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>tool to allow external access to Winbind's NTLM authentication function
     27</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="pam_winbind.7.html" target="_top">pam_winbind(7)</a></span></dt><dd><p>PAM module for Winbind
     28</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="pdbedit.8.html" target="_top">pdbedit(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>manage the SAM database (Database of Samba Users)
     29</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="profiles.1.html" target="_top">profiles(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>A utility to report and change SIDs in registry files
    2430       
    25 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="rpcclient.1.html" target="_top">rpcclient(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>tool for executing client side
     31</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="rpcclient.1.html" target="_top">rpcclient(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>tool for executing client side
    2632        MS-RPC functions
    27 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="samba.7.html" target="_top">samba(7)</a></span></dt><dd><p>A Windows SMB/CIFS fileserver for UNIX
    28 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top">smb.conf(5)</a></span></dt><dd><p>The configuration file for the Samba suite
    29 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbcacls.1.html" target="_top">smbcacls(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Set or get ACLs on an NT file or directory names
    30 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbclient.1.html" target="_top">smbclient(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>ftp-like client to access SMB/CIFS resources
     33</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="samba.7.html" target="_top">samba(7)</a></span></dt><dd><p>A Windows SMB/CIFS fileserver for UNIX
     34</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="smbcacls.1.html" target="_top">smbcacls(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Set or get ACLs on an NT file or directory names
     35</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="smbclient.1.html" target="_top">smbclient(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>ftp-like client to access SMB/CIFS resources
    3136        on servers
    32 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbcontrol.1.html" target="_top">smbcontrol(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>send messages to smbd, nmbd or winbindd processes
    33 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbcquotas.1.html" target="_top">smbcquotas(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Set or get QUOTAs of NTFS 5 shares
    34 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbd.8.html" target="_top">smbd(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>server to provide SMB/CIFS services to clients
    35 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbget.1.html" target="_top">smbget(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>wget-like utility for download files over SMB
    36 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbgetrc.5.html" target="_top">smbgetrc(5)</a></span></dt><dd><p>configuration file for smbget
    37 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbmnt.8.html" target="_top">smbmnt(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>helper utility for mounting SMB filesystems
    38 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbmount.8.html" target="_top">smbmount(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>mount an smbfs filesystem
    39 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbpasswd.5.html" target="_top">smbpasswd(5)</a></span></dt><dd><p>The Samba encrypted password file
    40 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbpasswd.8.html" target="_top">smbpasswd(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>change a user's SMB password
    41 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbsh.1.html" target="_top">smbsh(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Allows access to remote SMB shares
     37</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top">smb.conf(5)</a></span></dt><dd><p>The configuration file for the Samba suite
     38</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="smbcontrol.1.html" target="_top">smbcontrol(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>send messages to smbd, nmbd or winbindd processes
     39</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="smbcquotas.1.html" target="_top">smbcquotas(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Set or get QUOTAs of NTFS 5 shares
     40</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="smbd.8.html" target="_top">smbd(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>server to provide SMB/CIFS services to clients
     41</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="smbget.1.html" target="_top">smbget(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>wget-like utility for download files over SMB
     42</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="smbgetrc.5.html" target="_top">smbgetrc(5)</a></span></dt><dd><p>configuration file for smbget
     43</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="smbmnt.8.html" target="_top">smbmnt(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>helper utility for mounting SMB filesystems
     44</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="smbmount.8.html" target="_top">smbmount(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>mount an smbfs filesystem
     45</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="smbpasswd.5.html" target="_top">smbpasswd(5)</a></span></dt><dd><p>The Samba encrypted password file
     46</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="smbpasswd.8.html" target="_top">smbpasswd(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>change a user's SMB password
     47</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="smbsh.1.html" target="_top">smbsh(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Allows access to remote SMB shares
    4248        using UNIX commands
    43 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbspool.8.html" target="_top">smbspool(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>send a print file to an SMB printer
    44 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbstatus.1.html" target="_top">smbstatus(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>report on current Samba connections
    45 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbtar.1.html" target="_top">smbtar(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>shell script for backing up SMB/CIFS shares
     49</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="smbspool.8.html" target="_top">smbspool(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>send a print file to an SMB printer
     50</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="smbstatus.1.html" target="_top">smbstatus(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>report on current Samba connections
     51</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="smbtar.1.html" target="_top">smbtar(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>shell script for backing up SMB/CIFS shares
    4652        directly to UNIX tape drives
    47 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbtree.1.html" target="_top">smbtree(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>A text based smb network browser
     53</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="smbtree.1.html" target="_top">smbtree(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>A text based smb network browser
    4854       
    49 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbumount.8.html" target="_top">smbumount(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>smbfs umount for normal users
    50 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="swat.8.html" target="_top">swat(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Samba Web Administration Tool
    51 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="tdbbackup.8.html" target="_top">tdbbackup(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>tool for backing up and for validating the integrity of samba .tdb files
    52 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="tdbdump.8.html" target="_top">tdbdump(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>tool for printing the contents of a TDB file
    53 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="tdbtool.8.html" target="_top">tdbtool(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>manipulate the contents TDB files
    54 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="testparm.1.html" target="_top">testparm(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>check an smb.conf configuration file for
     55</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="smbumount.8.html" target="_top">smbumount(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>smbfs umount for normal users
     56</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="swat.8.html" target="_top">swat(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Samba Web Administration Tool
     57</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="tdbbackup.8.html" target="_top">tdbbackup(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>tool for backing up and for validating the integrity of samba .tdb files
     58</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="tdbdump.8.html" target="_top">tdbdump(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>tool for printing the contents of a TDB file
     59</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="tdbtool.8.html" target="_top">tdbtool(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>manipulate the contents TDB files
     60</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="testparm.1.html" target="_top">testparm(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>check an smb.conf configuration file for
    5561        internal correctness
    56 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="umount.cifs.8.html" target="_top">umount.cifs(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>for normal, non-root users, to unmount their own Common Internet File System (CIFS) mounts
    57 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="vfs_audit.8.html" target="_top">vfs_audit(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>record selected Samba VFS operations in the system log
    58 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="vfs_cacheprime.8.html" target="_top">vfs_cacheprime(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>prime the kernel file data cache
    59 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="vfs_cap.8.html" target="_top">vfs_cap(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>CAP encode filenames
    60 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="vfs_catia.8.html" target="_top">vfs_catia(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>translate illegal characters in Catia filenames
    61 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="vfs_commit.8.html" target="_top">vfs_commit(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>flush dirty data at specified intervals
    62 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="vfs_default_quota.8.html" target="_top">vfs_default_quota(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>store default quota records for Windows clients
    63 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="vfs_extd_audit.8.html" target="_top">vfs_extd_audit(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>record selected Samba VFS operations
    64 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="vfs_fake_perms.8.html" target="_top">vfs_fake_perms(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>enable read only Roaming Profiles
    65 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="vfs_full_audit.8.html" target="_top">vfs_full_audit(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>record Samba VFS operations in the system log
    66 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="vfs_gpfs.8.html" target="_top">vfs_gpfs(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>gpfs specific samba extensions like acls and prealloc
    67 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="vfs_netatalk.8.html" target="_top">vfs_netatalk(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>hide .AppleDouble files from CIFS clients
    68 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="vfs_notify_fam.8.html" target="_top">vfs_notify_fam(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>FAM support for file change notifications
    69 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="vfs_prealloc.8.html" target="_top">vfs_prealloc(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>preallocate matching files to a predetermined size
    70 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="vfs_readahead.8.html" target="_top">vfs_readahead(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>pre-load the kernel buffer cache
    71 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="vfs_readonly.8.html" target="_top">vfs_readonly(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>make a Samba share read only for a specified time period
    72 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="vfs_recycle.8.html" target="_top">vfs_recycle(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Samba VFS recycle bin
    73 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="vfs_shadow_copy.8.html" target="_top">vfs_shadow_copy(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Make a Samba share read only for a specified time period
    74 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="vfstest.1.html" target="_top">vfstest(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>tool for testing samba VFS modules
    75 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="wbinfo.1.html" target="_top">wbinfo(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Query information from winbind daemon
    76 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="winbindd.8.html" target="_top">winbindd(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Name Service Switch daemon for resolving names
     62</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="umount.cifs.8.html" target="_top">umount.cifs(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>for normal, non-root users, to unmount their own Common Internet File System (CIFS) mounts
     63</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="vfs_audit.8.html" target="_top">vfs_audit(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>record selected Samba VFS operations in the system log
     64</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="vfs_cacheprime.8.html" target="_top">vfs_cacheprime(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>prime the kernel file data cache
     65</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="vfs_cap.8.html" target="_top">vfs_cap(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>CAP encode filenames
     66</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="vfs_catia.8.html" target="_top">vfs_catia(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>translate illegal characters in Catia filenames
     67</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="vfs_commit.8.html" target="_top">vfs_commit(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>flush dirty data at specified intervals
     68</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="vfs_default_quota.8.html" target="_top">vfs_default_quota(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>store default quota records for Windows clients
     69</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="vfs_extd_audit.8.html" target="_top">vfs_extd_audit(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>record selected Samba VFS operations
     70</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="vfs_fake_perms.8.html" target="_top">vfs_fake_perms(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>enable read only Roaming Profiles
     71</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="vfs_full_audit.8.html" target="_top">vfs_full_audit(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>record Samba VFS operations in the system log
     72</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="vfs_gpfs.8.html" target="_top">vfs_gpfs(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>gpfs specific samba extensions like acls and prealloc
     73</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="vfs_netatalk.8.html" target="_top">vfs_netatalk(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>hide .AppleDouble files from CIFS clients
     74</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="vfs_notify_fam.8.html" target="_top">vfs_notify_fam(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>FAM support for file change notifications
     75</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="vfs_prealloc.8.html" target="_top">vfs_prealloc(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>preallocate matching files to a predetermined size
     76</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="vfs_readahead.8.html" target="_top">vfs_readahead(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>pre-load the kernel buffer cache
     77</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="vfs_readonly.8.html" target="_top">vfs_readonly(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>make a Samba share read only for a specified time period
     78</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="vfs_recycle.8.html" target="_top">vfs_recycle(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Samba VFS recycle bin
     79</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="vfs_shadow_copy.8.html" target="_top">vfs_shadow_copy(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Make a Samba share read only for a specified time period
     80</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="vfstest.1.html" target="_top">vfstest(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>tool for testing samba VFS modules
     81</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="vfs_xattr_tdb.8.html" target="_top">vfs_xattr_tdb(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Save Extended Attributes (EAs) in a tdb file
     82</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="wbinfo.1.html" target="_top">wbinfo(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Query information from winbind daemon
     83</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="winbindd.8.html" target="_top">winbindd(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>Name Service Switch daemon for resolving names
    7784        from NT servers
    7885</p></dd></dl></div></div></body></html>

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/libsmbclient.7.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>libsmbclient</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="libsmbclient.7"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>libsmbclient &#8212; An extension library for browsers and that can be used as a generic browsing API.</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">Browser URL:</code><p>
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>libsmbclient</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="libsmbclient.7"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>libsmbclient &#8212; An extension library for browsers and that can be used as a generic browsing API.</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">Browser URL:</code><p>
    22        smb://[[[domain:]user[:password@]]server[/share[/path[/file]]]] [?options]
    3     </p></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259294"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>
    4         This tool is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.
     3    </p></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283733"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>
     4        This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.
    55        </p><p>
    66        <code class="literal">libsmbclient</code> is a library toolset that permits applications to manipulate CIFS/SMB network
    … …  
    1313        extension of the capabilities of tools such as file managers and browsers.  This man page describes the
    1414        configuration options for this tool so that the user may obtain greatest utility of use.
    15         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259550"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>
     15        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282731"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>
    1616        What the URLs mean:
    1717        </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">smb://</span></dt><dd><p>
    … …  
    4545        parameter and will use its value when if the <code class="literal">user</code> parameter was not included
    4646        in the URL.
    47         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259420"></a><h2>PROGRAMMERS GUIDE</h2><p>
     47        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283406"></a><h2>PROGRAMMERS GUIDE</h2><p>
    4848        Watch this space for future updates.
    49         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259429"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>
     49        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283415"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>
    5050        This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.
    51         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260355"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>
     51        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283425"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>
    5252        The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell.
    5353        Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/lmhosts.5.html

    r39 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>lmhosts</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="lmhosts.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>lmhosts &#8212; The Samba NetBIOS hosts file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><p><code class="filename">lmhosts</code> is the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> NetBIOS name to IP address mapping file.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259295"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This file is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="filename">lmhosts</code> is the <span class="emphasis"><em>Samba
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>lmhosts</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="lmhosts.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>lmhosts &#8212; The Samba NetBIOS hosts file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><p><code class="filename">lmhosts</code> is the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> NetBIOS name to IP address mapping file.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283735"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This file is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="filename">lmhosts</code> is the <span class="emphasis"><em>Samba
    22        </em></span> NetBIOS name to IP address mapping file.  It
    33        is very similar to the <code class="filename">/etc/hosts</code> file
    44        format, except that the hostname component must correspond
    5         to the NetBIOS naming format.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259546"></a><h2>FILE FORMAT</h2><p>It is an ASCII file containing one line for NetBIOS name.
     5        to the NetBIOS naming format.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282728"></a><h2>FILE FORMAT</h2><p>It is an ASCII file containing one line for NetBIOS name.
    66        The two fields on each line are separated from each other by
    77        white space. Any entry beginning with '#' is ignored. Each line
    … …  
    2626        type for a name "NTSERVER" is queried. Any other name type will not
    2727        be resolved.</p><p>The default location of the <code class="filename">lmhosts</code> file
    28         is in the same directory as the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259366"></a><h2>FILES</h2><p>lmhosts is loaded from the configuration directory. This is
     28        is in the same directory as the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283354"></a><h2>FILES</h2><p>lmhosts is loaded from the configuration directory. This is
    2929                usually <code class="filename">/etc/samba</code> or <code class="filename">/usr/local/samba/lib</code>.
    30         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259388"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259398"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, and <a href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>
    31         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259432"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     30        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283375"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283385"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, and <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>
     31        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283419"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    3232        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    3333        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar
    … …  
    3535        The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another
    3636        excellent piece of Open Source software, available at
    37         <a href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
     37        <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
    3838        ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/</a>) and updated for the Samba 2.0
    3939        release by Jeremy Allison.  The conversion to DocBook for

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/log2pcap.1.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>log2pcap</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="log2pcap.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>log2pcap &#8212; Extract network traces from Samba log files</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">log2pcap</code> [-h] [-q] [logfile] [pcap_file]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259321"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">log2pcap</code> reads in a
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>log2pcap</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="log2pcap.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>log2pcap &#8212; Extract network traces from Samba log files</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">log2pcap</code> [-h] [-q] [logfile] [pcap_file]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283760"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">log2pcap</code> reads in a
    22        samba log file and generates a pcap file (readable
    33        by most sniffers, such as ethereal or tcpdump) based on the packet
    … …  
    66        right, <code class="constant">10</code> to get the first 512 data bytes of the
    77        packet and <code class="constant">50</code> to get the whole packet.
    8         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259582"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is
     8        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282764"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is
    99                specified the output file will be a
    1010                hex dump, in a format that is readable
    … …  
    1818                to stdout.
    1919                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options.
    20 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259405"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Extract all network traffic from all samba log files:</p><pre class="programlisting">
     20</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283394"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Extract all network traffic from all samba log files:</p><pre class="programlisting">
    2121                        <code class="prompt">$</code> log2pcap &lt; /var/log/* &gt; trace.pcap
    2222        </pre><p>Convert to pcap using text2pcap:</p><pre class="programlisting">
    2323        <code class="prompt">$</code> log2pcap -h samba.log | text2pcap -T 139,139 - trace.pcap
    24         </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260358"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260368"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Only SMB data is extracted from the samba logs, no LDAP,
     24        </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282882"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282892"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Only SMB data is extracted from the samba logs, no LDAP,
    2525        NetBIOS lookup or other data.</p><p>The generated TCP and IP headers don't contain a valid
    26         checksum.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260383"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="text2pcap.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">text2pcap</span>(1)</span></a>, <a href="ethereal.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ethereal</span>(1)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260406"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     26        checksum.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282906"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="text2pcap.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">text2pcap</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="ethereal.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ethereal</span>(1)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282928"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    2727        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    2828        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/mount.cifs.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>mount.cifs</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="mount.cifs.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>mount.cifs &#8212; mount using the Common Internet File System (CIFS)</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">mount.cifs</code> {service} {mount-point} [-o options]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259314"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>mount.cifs mounts a Linux CIFS filesystem. It
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>mount.cifs</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="mount.cifs.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>mount.cifs &#8212; mount using the Common Internet File System (CIFS)</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">mount.cifs</code> {service} {mount-point} [-o options]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283752"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>mount.cifs mounts a Linux CIFS filesystem. It
    22is usually invoked indirectly by
    3 the <a href="mount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">mount</span>(8)</span></a> command when using the
     3the <a class="citerefentry" href="mount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">mount</span>(8)</span></a> command when using the
    44"-t cifs" option. This command only works in Linux, and the kernel must
    55support the cifs filesystem. The CIFS protocol is the successor to the
    … …  
    2121        </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>mount.cifs</em></span> causes the cifs vfs to launch a thread named cifsd. After mounting it keeps running until
    2222                the mounted resource is unmounted (usually via the umount utility).
    23         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259585"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">user=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>specifies the username to connect as. If
     23        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282767"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">user=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>specifies the username to connect as. If
    2424                                this is not given, then the environment variable <span class="emphasis"><em>USER</em></span> is used. This option can also take the
    2525form "user%password" or "workgroup/user" or
    … …  
    3131option is not given then the environment variable
    3232<span class="emphasis"><em>PASSWD</em></span> is used. If the password is not specified
    33 directly or indirectly via an argument to mount <span class="emphasis"><em>mount.cifs</em></span> will prompt
     33directly or indirectly via an argument to mount, <span class="emphasis"><em>mount.cifs</em></span> will prompt
    3434for a password, unless the guest option is specified.
    3535</p><p>Note that a password which contains the delimiter
    … …  
    5151        the mounted filesystem.
    5252        It may be specified as either a username or a numeric uid.
    53         This parameter is ignored when the target server supports
    54         the CIFS Unix extensions.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">gid=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>sets the gid that will own all files on
    55 the mounted filesystem.
    56 It may be specified as either a groupname or a numeric
    57 gid. This parameter is ignored when the target server supports
    58 the CIFS Unix extensions.
     53        For mounts to servers which do support the CIFS Unix extensions,
     54        such as a properly configured Samba server, the server provides
     55                the uid, gid and mode so this parameter should not be
     56                specified unless the server and client uid and gid
     57                numbering differ.  If the server and client are in the
     58                same domain (e.g. running winbind or nss_ldap) and
     59                the server supports the Unix Extensions then the uid
     60                and gid can be retrieved from the server (and uid
     61                and gid would not have to be specifed on the mount.
     62                For servers which do not support the CIFS Unix
     63                extensions, the default uid (and gid) returned on lookup
     64                of existing files will be the uid (gid) of the person
     65                who executed the mount (root, except when mount.cifs
     66                is configured setuid for user mounts) unless the "uid="
     67                (gid) mount option is specified.  For the uid (gid) of newly
     68                created files and directories, ie files created since
     69                the last mount of the server share, the expected uid
     70                (gid) is cached as long as the inode remains in
     71                memory on the client.   Also note that permission
     72                checks (authorization checks) on accesses to a file occur
     73                at the server, but there are cases in which an administrator
     74                may want to restrict at the client as well.  For those
     75                servers which do not report a uid/gid owner
     76                (such as Windows), permissions can also be checked at the
     77                client, and a crude form of client side permission checking
     78                can be enabled by specifying file_mode and dir_mode on
     79                the client.  Note that the mount.cifs helper must be
     80                at version 1.10 or higher to support specifying the uid
     81                (or gid) in non-numeric form.
     82        </p></dd><dt><span class="term">gid=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>sets the gid that will own all files on
     83the mounted filesystem.  It may be specified as either a groupname or a numeric
     84gid. For other considerations see the description of uid above.
    5985                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">port=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>sets the port number on the server to attempt to contact to negotiate
    6086CIFS support.  If the CIFS server is not listening on this port or
    6187if it is not specified, the default ports will be tried i.e.
    6288port 445 is tried and if no response then port 139 is tried.
    63                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">netbiosname=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>When mounting to servers via port 139, specifies the RFC1001
     89                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">servern=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>
     90                Specify the server netbios name (RFC1001 name) to use
     91                when attempting to setup a session to the server. Although
     92                rarely needed for mounting to newer servers, this option
     93                is needed for mounting to some older servers (such
     94                as OS/2 or Windows 98 and Windows ME) since when connecting
     95                over port 139 they, unlike most newer servers, do not
     96                support a default server name.  A server name can be up
     97                to 15 characters long and is usually uppercased.
     98                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">netbiosname=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>When mounting to servers via port 139, specifies the RFC1001
    6499                source name to use to represent the client netbios machine
    65100                name when doing the RFC1001 netbios session initialize.
    66101                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">file_mode=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>If the server does not support the CIFS Unix extensions this
    67102                                overrides the default file mode.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dir_mode=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>If the server does not support the CIFS Unix extensions this
    68                                 overrides the default mode for directories. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">ip=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>sets the destination host or IP address.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">domain=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>sets the domain (workgroup) of the user </p></dd><dt><span class="term">guest</span></dt><dd><p>don't prompt for a password </p></dd><dt><span class="term">iocharset</span></dt><dd><p>Charset used to convert local path names to and from
     103                                overrides the default mode for directories. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">ip=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>sets the destination IP address.  This option is set automatically if the server name portion of the requested UNC name can be resolved so rarely needs to be specified by the user.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">domain=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>sets the domain (workgroup) of the user </p></dd><dt><span class="term">guest</span></dt><dd><p>don't prompt for a password </p></dd><dt><span class="term">iocharset</span></dt><dd><p>Charset used to convert local path names to and from
    69104                Unicode. Unicode is used by default for network path
    70105                names if the server supports it. If iocharset is
    … …  
    164199                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">noserverino</span></dt><dd><p>client generates inode numbers (rather than using the actual one
    165200                from the server) by default.
    166                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">nouser_xattr</span></dt><dd><p>(default) Do not allow getfattr/setfattr to get/set xattrs, even if server would support it otherwise. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">rsize=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>default network read size</p></dd><dt><span class="term">wsize=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>default network write size</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Print additional debugging information for the mount. Note that this parameter must be specified before the -o. For example:</p><p>mount -t cifs //server/share /mnt --verbose -o user=username</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300777"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>
     201                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">nouser_xattr</span></dt><dd><p>(default) Do not allow getfattr/setfattr to get/set xattrs, even if server would support it otherwise. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">rsize=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>default network read size (usually 16K). The client currently
     202                can not use rsize larger than CIFSMaxBufSize. CIFSMaxBufSize
     203                defaults to 16K and may be changed (from 8K to the maximum
     204                kmalloc size allowed by your kernel) at module install time
     205                for cifs.ko. Setting CIFSMaxBufSize to a very large value
     206                will cause cifs to use more memory and may reduce performance
     207                in some cases.  To use rsize greater than 127K (the original
     208                cifs protocol maximum) also requires that the server support
     209                a new Unix Capability flag (for very large read) which some
     210                newer servers (e.g. Samba 3.0.26 or later) do. rsize can be
     211                set from a minimum of 2048 to a maximum of 130048 (127K or
     212                CIFSMaxBufSize, whichever is smaller)
     213
     214                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">wsize=<em class="replaceable"><code>arg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>default network write size (default 57344)
     215                maximum wsize currently allowed by CIFS is 57344 (fourteen
     216                4096 byte pages)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Print additional debugging information for the mount. Note that this parameter must be specified before the -o. For example:</p><p>mount -t cifs //server/share /mnt --verbose -o user=username</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324899"></a><h2>SERVICE FORMATTING AND DELIMITERS</h2><p>
     217                It's generally preferred to use forward slashes (/) as a delimiter in service names. They are considered to be the "universal delimiter" since they are generally not allowed to be embedded within path components on Windows machines and the client can convert them to blackslashes (\) unconditionally. Conversely, backslash characters are allowed by POSIX to be part of a path component, and can't be automatically converted in the same way.
     218        </p><p>
     219                mount.cifs will attempt to convert backslashes to forward slashes where it's able to do so, but it cannot do so in any path component following the sharename.
     220        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324918"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>
    167221                The variable <span class="emphasis"><em>USER</em></span> may contain the username of the
    168222person to be used to authenticate to the server.
    … …  
    176230of a file to read the password from. A single line of input is
    177231read and used as the password.
    178         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300809"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>This command may be used only by root, unless installed setuid, in which case the noeexec and nosuid mount flags are enabled.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300820"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p>
     232        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324946"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>This command may be used only by root, unless installed setuid, in which case the noeexec and nosuid mount flags are enabled.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324957"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p>
    179233The primary mechanism for making configuration changes and for reading
    180234debug information for the cifs vfs is via the Linux /proc filesystem.
    … …  
    187241installation (device driver load).
    188242For more information see the kernel file <code class="filename">fs/cifs/README</code>.
    189 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300847"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Mounting using the CIFS URL specification is currently not supported.
     243</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324982"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Mounting using the CIFS URL specification is currently not supported.
    190244        </p><p>The credentials file does not handle usernames or passwords with
    191245                leading space.</p><p>
    … …  
    195249when reporting bugs (minimum: mount.cifs (try mount.cifs -V), kernel (see /proc/version) and
    196250server type you are trying to contact.
    197 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300867"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 1.39 of
    198         the cifs vfs filesystem (roughly Linux kernel 2.6.15).</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300878"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>
     251</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325003"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 1.52 of
     252        the cifs vfs filesystem (roughly Linux kernel 2.6.24).</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325013"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>
    199253        Documentation/filesystems/cifs.txt and fs/cifs/README in the linux kernel
    200254        source tree may contain additional options and information.
    201 </p><p><a href="umount.cifs.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">umount.cifs</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300898"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Steve French</p><p>The syntax and manpage were loosely based on that of smbmount. It
     255</p><p><a class="citerefentry" href="umount.cifs.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">umount.cifs</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325033"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Steve French</p><p>The syntax and manpage were loosely based on that of smbmount. It
    202256                was converted to Docbook/XML by Jelmer Vernooij.</p><p>The maintainer of the Linux cifs vfs and the userspace
    203                 tool <span class="emphasis"><em>mount.cifs</em></span> is <a href="mailto:sfrench@samba.org" target="_top">Steve French</a>.
    204                 The <a href="mailto:linux-cifs-client@lists.samba.org" target="_top">Linux CIFS Mailing list</a>
     257                tool <span class="emphasis"><em>mount.cifs</em></span> is <a class="ulink" href="mailto:sfrench@samba.org" target="_top">Steve French</a>.
     258                The <a class="ulink" href="mailto:linux-cifs-client@lists.samba.org" target="_top">Linux CIFS Mailing list</a>
    205259                is the preferred place to ask questions regarding these programs.
    206260        </p></div></div></body></html>

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/net.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>net</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="net.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>net &#8212; Tool for administration of Samba and remote
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>net</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="net.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>net &#8212; Tool for administration of Samba and remote
    22        CIFS servers.
    3         </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">net</code> {&lt;ads|rap|rpc&gt;} [-h] [-w workgroup] [-W myworkgroup] [-U user] [-I ip-address] [-p port] [-n myname] [-s conffile] [-S server] [-l] [-P] [-d debuglevel] [-V]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259362"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The samba net utility is meant to work just like the net utility
     3        </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">net</code> {&lt;ads|rap|rpc&gt;} [-h] [-w workgroup] [-W myworkgroup] [-U user] [-I ip-address] [-p port] [-n myname] [-s conffile] [-S server] [-l] [-P] [-d debuglevel] [-V]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282818"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The Samba net utility is meant to work just like the net utility
    44        available for windows and DOS. The first argument should be used
    55        to specify the protocol to use when executing a certain command.
    … …  
    88        argument is omitted, net will try to determine it automatically.
    99        Not all commands are available on all protocols.
    10         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259387"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options.
     10        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283377"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options.
    1111</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-w target-workgroup</span></dt><dd><p>
    1212                Sets target workgroup or domain. You have to specify
    … …  
    2525                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n &lt;primary NetBIOS name&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override
    2626the NetBIOS name that Samba uses for itself. This is identical
    27 to setting the <a class="indexterm" name="id260390"></a> parameter in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.
     27to setting the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NETBIOSNAME">netbios name</a> parameter in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.
    2828However, a command
    2929line setting will take precedence over settings in
    … …  
    4343                Make queries to the external server using the machine account of the local server.
    4444                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
    45 from 0 to 10.  The default value if this parameter is
    46 not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
     45from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is
     46not specified is 0.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
    4747logged to the log files about the activities of the
    4848server. At level 0, only critical errors and serious
    … …  
    5454use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log
    5555data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will
    56 override the <a class="indexterm" name="id260134"></a> parameter
    57 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260151"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id260156"></a><h3>CHANGESECRETPW</h3><p>This command allows the Samba machine account password to be set from an external application
     56override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL">log level</a> parameter
     57in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324518"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324523"></a><h3>CHANGESECRETPW</h3><p>This command allows the Samba machine account password to be set from an external application
    5858to a machine account password that has already been stored in Active Directory. DO NOT USE this command
    5959unless you know exactly what you are doing. The use of this command requires that the force flag (-f)
    … …  
    6262this without care and attention as it will overwrite a legitimate machine password without warning.
    6363YOU HAVE BEEN WARNED.
    64 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id260172"></a><h3>TIME</h3><p>The <code class="literal">NET TIME</code> command allows you to view the time on a remote server
    65         or synchronise the time on the local server with the time on the remote server.</p><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id260188"></a><h4>TIME</h4><p>Without any options, the <code class="literal">NET TIME</code> command
     64</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324538"></a><h3>TIME</h3><p>The <code class="literal">NET TIME</code> command allows you to view the time on a remote server
     65        or synchronise the time on the local server with the time on the remote server.</p><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324553"></a><h4>TIME</h4><p>Without any options, the <code class="literal">NET TIME</code> command
    6666displays the time on the remote server.
    67 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id260203"></a><h4>TIME SYSTEM</h4><p>Displays the time on the remote server in a format ready for <code class="literal">/bin/date</code></p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300441"></a><h4>TIME SET</h4><p>Tries to set the date and time of the local server to that on
    68 the remote server using <code class="literal">/bin/date</code>. </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300456"></a><h4>TIME ZONE</h4><p>Displays the timezone in hours from GMT on the remote computer.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300467"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] JOIN [TYPE] [-U username[%password]] [createupn=UPN] [createcomputer=OU] [options]</h3><p>
     67</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324568"></a><h4>TIME SYSTEM</h4><p>Displays the time on the remote server in a format ready for <code class="literal">/bin/date</code>.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324583"></a><h4>TIME SET</h4><p>Tries to set the date and time of the local server to that on
     68the remote server using <code class="literal">/bin/date</code>. </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324597"></a><h4>TIME ZONE</h4><p>Displays the timezone in hours from GMT on the remote computer.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324609"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] JOIN [TYPE] [-U username[%password]] [createupn=UPN] [createcomputer=OU] [options]</h3><p>
    6969Join a domain.  If the account already exists on the server, and
    7070[TYPE] is MEMBER, the machine will attempt to join automatically.
    … …  
    8383and ldap, so it may need to be doubled or quadrupled to pass through,
    8484and it is not used as a delimiter.
    85 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300496"></a><h3>[RPC] OLDJOIN [options]</h3><p>Join a domain. Use the OLDJOIN option to join the domain
     85</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324636"></a><h3>[RPC] OLDJOIN [options]</h3><p>Join a domain. Use the OLDJOIN option to join the domain
    8686using the old style of domain joining - you need to create a trust
    87 account in server manager first.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300507"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] USER</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300513"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER</h4><p>List all users</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300522"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>target</code></em></h4><p>Delete specified user</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300535"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>target</code></em></h4><p>List the domain groups of a the specified user.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300547"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER RENAME <em class="replaceable"><code>oldname</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>newname</code></em></h4><p>Rename specified user.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300563"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> [password] [-F user flags] [-C comment]</h4><p>Add specified user.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300579"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] GROUP</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300584"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP [misc options] [targets]</h4><p>List user groups.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300595"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> [misc. options]</h4><p>Delete specified group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300608"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> [-C comment]</h4><p>Create specified group.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300623"></a><h3>[RAP|RPC] SHARE</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300629"></a><h4>[RAP|RPC] SHARE [misc. options] [targets]</h4><p>Enumerates all exported resources (network shares) on target server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300640"></a><h4>[RAP|RPC] SHARE ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>name=serverpath</code></em> [-C comment] [-M maxusers] [targets]</h4><p>Adds a share from a server (makes the export active). Maxusers
     87account in server manager first.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324647"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] USER</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324652"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER</h4><p>List all users</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324662"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>target</code></em></h4><p>Delete specified user</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324674"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>target</code></em></h4><p>List the domain groups of the specified user.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324685"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER RENAME <em class="replaceable"><code>oldname</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>newname</code></em></h4><p>Rename specified user.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324700"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> [password] [-F user flags] [-C comment]</h4><p>Add specified user.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324714"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] GROUP</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324720"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP [misc options] [targets]</h4><p>List user groups.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324729"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> [misc. options]</h4><p>Delete specified group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324742"></a><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> [-C comment]</h4><p>Create specified group.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324756"></a><h3>[RAP|RPC] SHARE</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324761"></a><h4>[RAP|RPC] SHARE [misc. options] [targets]</h4><p>Enumerates all exported resources (network shares) on target server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324771"></a><h4>[RAP|RPC] SHARE ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>name=serverpath</code></em> [-C comment] [-M maxusers] [targets]</h4><p>Adds a share from a server (makes the export active). Maxusers
    8888specifies the number of users that can be connected to the
    89 share simultaneously.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300655"></a><h4>SHARE DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>sharenam</code></em></h4><p>Delete specified share.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300668"></a><h3>[RPC|RAP] FILE</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300674"></a><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE</h4><p>List all open files on remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300684"></a><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE CLOSE <em class="replaceable"><code>fileid</code></em></h4><p>Close file with specified <em class="replaceable"><code>fileid</code></em> on
    90 remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300701"></a><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>fileid</code></em></h4><p>
     89share simultaneously.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324786"></a><h4>SHARE DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em></h4><p>Delete specified share.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324798"></a><h3>[RPC|RAP] FILE</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324804"></a><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE</h4><p>List all open files on remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324813"></a><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE CLOSE <em class="replaceable"><code>fileid</code></em></h4><p>Close file with specified <em class="replaceable"><code>fileid</code></em> on
     90remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324828"></a><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>fileid</code></em></h4><p>
    9191Print information on specified <em class="replaceable"><code>fileid</code></em>.
    9292Currently listed are: file-id, username, locks, path, permissions.
    93 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300718"></a><h4>[RAP|RPC] FILE USER</h4><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300730"></a><h3>SESSION</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300736"></a><h4>RAP SESSION</h4><p>Without any other options, SESSION enumerates all active SMB/CIFS
    94 sessions on the target server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300746"></a><h4>RAP SESSION DELETE|CLOSE <em class="replaceable"><code>CLIENT_NAME</code></em></h4><p>Close the specified sessions.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300759"></a><h4>RAP SESSION INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>CLIENT_NAME</code></em></h4><p>Give a list with all the open files in specified session.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300773"></a><h3>RAP SERVER <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h3><p>List all servers in specified domain or workgroup. Defaults
    95 to local domain.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300786"></a><h3>RAP DOMAIN</h3><p>Lists all domains and workgroups visible on the
    96 current network.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300797"></a><h3>RAP PRINTQ</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300802"></a><h4>RAP PRINTQ LIST <em class="replaceable"><code>QUEUE_NAME</code></em></h4><p>Lists the specified print queue and print jobs on the server.
     93</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324844"></a><h4>[RAP|RPC] FILE USER <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em></h4><p>
     94List files opened by specified <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em>.
     95Please note that <code class="literal">net rap file user</code> does not work
     96against Samba servers.
     97</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324865"></a><h3>SESSION</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324870"></a><h4>RAP SESSION</h4><p>Without any other options, SESSION enumerates all active SMB/CIFS
     98sessions on the target server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324881"></a><h4>RAP SESSION DELETE|CLOSE <em class="replaceable"><code>CLIENT_NAME</code></em></h4><p>Close the specified sessions.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324893"></a><h4>RAP SESSION INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>CLIENT_NAME</code></em></h4><p>Give a list with all the open files in specified session.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324906"></a><h3>RAP SERVER <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h3><p>List all servers in specified domain or workgroup. Defaults
     99to local domain.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324919"></a><h3>RAP DOMAIN</h3><p>Lists all domains and workgroups visible on the
     100current network.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324929"></a><h3>RAP PRINTQ</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324934"></a><h4>RAP PRINTQ LIST <em class="replaceable"><code>QUEUE_NAME</code></em></h4><p>Lists the specified print queue and print jobs on the server.
    97101If the <em class="replaceable"><code>QUEUE_NAME</code></em> is omitted, all
    98 queues are listed.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300819"></a><h4>RAP PRINTQ DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>JOBID</code></em></h4><p>Delete job with specified id.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300833"></a><h3>RAP VALIDATE <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>password</code></em>]</h3><p>
     102queues are listed.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324950"></a><h4>RAP PRINTQ DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>JOBID</code></em></h4><p>Delete job with specified id.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324963"></a><h3>RAP VALIDATE <em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>password</code></em>]</h3><p>
    99103Validate whether the specified user can log in to the
    100104remote server. If the password is not specified on the commandline, it
    101105will be prompted.
    102 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300856"></a><h3>RAP GROUPMEMBER</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300861"></a><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER LIST <em class="replaceable"><code>GROUP</code></em></h4><p>List all members of the specified group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300874"></a><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>GROUP</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>USER</code></em></h4><p>Delete member from group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300890"></a><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>GROUP</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>USER</code></em></h4><p>Add member to group.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300907"></a><h3>RAP ADMIN <em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em></h3><p>Execute the specified <em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em> on
     106</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324984"></a><h3>RAP GROUPMEMBER</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id324990"></a><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER LIST <em class="replaceable"><code>GROUP</code></em></h4><p>List all members of the specified group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325001"></a><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>GROUP</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>USER</code></em></h4><p>Delete member from group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325016"></a><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>GROUP</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>USER</code></em></h4><p>Add member to group.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325032"></a><h3>RAP ADMIN <em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em></h3><p>Execute the specified <em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em> on
    103107the remote server. Only works with OS/2 servers.
    104 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300928"></a><h3>RAP SERVICE</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300934"></a><h4>RAP SERVICE START <em class="replaceable"><code>NAME</code></em> [arguments...]</h4><p>Start the specified service on the remote server. Not implemented yet.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id300953"></a><h4>RAP SERVICE STOP</h4><p>Stop the specified service on the remote server.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300969"></a><h3>RAP PASSWORD <em class="replaceable"><code>USER</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>OLDPASS</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>NEWPASS</code></em></h3><p>
     108</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325051"></a><h3>RAP SERVICE</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325057"></a><h4>RAP SERVICE START <em class="replaceable"><code>NAME</code></em> [arguments...]</h4><p>Start the specified service on the remote server. Not implemented yet.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325074"></a><h4>RAP SERVICE STOP</h4><p>Stop the specified service on the remote server.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325089"></a><h3>RAP PASSWORD <em class="replaceable"><code>USER</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>OLDPASS</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>NEWPASS</code></em></h3><p>
    105109Change password of <em class="replaceable"><code>USER</code></em> from <em class="replaceable"><code>OLDPASS</code></em> to <em class="replaceable"><code>NEWPASS</code></em>.
    106 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301000"></a><h3>LOOKUP</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301005"></a><h4>LOOKUP HOST <em class="replaceable"><code>HOSTNAME</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>TYPE</code></em>]</h4><p>
     110</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325117"></a><h3>LOOKUP</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325122"></a><h4>LOOKUP HOST <em class="replaceable"><code>HOSTNAME</code></em> [<em class="replaceable"><code>TYPE</code></em>]</h4><p>
    107111Lookup the IP address of the given host with the specified type (netbios suffix).
    108112The type defaults to 0x20 (workstation).
    109 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301023"></a><h4>LOOKUP LDAP [<em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Give IP address of LDAP server of specified <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>. Defaults to local domain.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301040"></a><h4>LOOKUP KDC [<em class="replaceable"><code>REALM</code></em>]</h4><p>Give IP address of KDC for the specified <em class="replaceable"><code>REALM</code></em>.
    110 Defaults to local realm.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301058"></a><h4>LOOKUP DC [<em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>]</h4><p>Give IP's of Domain Controllers for specified <em class="replaceable"><code>
    111 DOMAIN</code></em>. Defaults to local domain.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301075"></a><h4>LOOKUP MASTER <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Give IP of master browser for specified <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>
    112 or workgroup. Defaults to local domain.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301093"></a><h3>CACHE</h3><p>Samba uses a general caching interface called 'gencache'. It
     113</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325140"></a><h4>LOOKUP LDAP [<em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>]</h4><p>Give IP address of LDAP server of specified <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>. Defaults to local domain.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325156"></a><h4>LOOKUP KDC [<em class="replaceable"><code>REALM</code></em>]</h4><p>Give IP address of KDC for the specified <em class="replaceable"><code>REALM</code></em>.
     114Defaults to local realm.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325172"></a><h4>LOOKUP DC [<em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>]</h4><p>Give IP's of Domain Controllers for specified <em class="replaceable"><code>
     115DOMAIN</code></em>. Defaults to local domain.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325188"></a><h4>LOOKUP MASTER <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Give IP of master browser for specified <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>
     116or workgroup. Defaults to local domain.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325204"></a><h3>CACHE</h3><p>Samba uses a general caching interface called 'gencache'. It
    113117can be controlled using 'NET CACHE'.</p><p>All the timeout parameters support the suffixes:
    114118
    115119</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>s - Seconds</td></tr><tr><td>m - Minutes</td></tr><tr><td>h - Hours</td></tr><tr><td>d - Days</td></tr><tr><td>w - Weeks</td></tr></table><p>
    116120
    117 </p><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301129"></a><h4>CACHE ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>data</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>time-out</code></em></h4><p>Add specified key+data to the cache with the given timeout.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301149"></a><h4>CACHE DEL <em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em></h4><p>Delete key from the cache.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301161"></a><h4>CACHE SET <em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>data</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>time-out</code></em></h4><p>Update data of existing cache entry.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301181"></a><h4>CACHE SEARCH <em class="replaceable"><code>PATTERN</code></em></h4><p>Search for the specified pattern in the cache data.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301194"></a><h4>CACHE LIST</h4><p>
     121</p><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325238"></a><h4>CACHE ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>data</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>time-out</code></em></h4><p>Add specified key+data to the cache with the given timeout.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325256"></a><h4>CACHE DEL <em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em></h4><p>Delete key from the cache.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325268"></a><h4>CACHE SET <em class="replaceable"><code>key</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>data</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>time-out</code></em></h4><p>Update data of existing cache entry.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325286"></a><h4>CACHE SEARCH <em class="replaceable"><code>PATTERN</code></em></h4><p>Search for the specified pattern in the cache data.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325298"></a><h4>CACHE LIST</h4><p>
    118122List all current items in the cache.
    119 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301204"></a><h4>CACHE FLUSH</h4><p>Remove all the current items from the cache.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301215"></a><h3>GETLOCALSID [DOMAIN]</h3><p>Print the SID of the specified domain, or if the parameter is
    120 omitted, the SID of the domain the local server is in.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301226"></a><h3>SETLOCALSID S-1-5-21-x-y-z</h3><p>Sets domain sid for the local server to the specified SID.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301237"></a><h3>GROUPMAP</h3><p>Manage the mappings between Windows group SIDs and UNIX groups.
    121 Parameters take the for "parameter=value".  Common options include:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>unixgroup - Name of the UNIX group</p></li><li><p>ntgroup - Name of the Windows NT group (must be
     123</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325308"></a><h4>CACHE FLUSH</h4><p>Remove all the current items from the cache.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325318"></a><h3>GETLOCALSID [DOMAIN]</h3><p>Prints the SID of the specified domain, or if the parameter is
     124omitted, the SID of the local server.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325329"></a><h3>SETLOCALSID S-1-5-21-x-y-z</h3><p>Sets SID for the local server to the specified SID.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325338"></a><h3>GETDOMAINSID</h3><p>Prints the local machine SID and the SID of the current
     125domain.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325349"></a><h3>SETDOMAINSID</h3><p>Sets the SID of the current domain.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325358"></a><h3>GROUPMAP</h3><p>Manage the mappings between Windows group SIDs and UNIX groups.
     126Common options include:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>unixgroup - Name of the UNIX group</p></li><li><p>ntgroup - Name of the Windows NT group (must be
    122127  resolvable to a SID</p></li><li><p>rid - Unsigned 32-bit integer</p></li><li><p>sid - Full SID in the form of "S-1-..."</p></li><li><p>type - Type of the group; either 'domain', 'local',
    123   or 'builtin'</p></li><li><p>comment - Freeform text description of the group</p></li></ul></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301279"></a><h4>GROUPMAP ADD</h4><p>
     128  or 'builtin'</p></li><li><p>comment - Freeform text description of the group</p></li></ul></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325398"></a><h4>GROUPMAP ADD</h4><p>
    124129Add a new group mapping entry:
    125130</p><pre class="programlisting">
    126131net groupmap add {rid=int|sid=string} unixgroup=string \
    127       [type={domain|local}] [ntgroup=string] [comment=string]
     132        [type={domain|local}] [ntgroup=string] [comment=string]
    128133</pre><p>
    129 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301296"></a><h4>GROUPMAP DELETE</h4><p>Delete a group mapping entry. If more then one group name matches, the first entry found is deleted.</p><p>net groupmap delete {ntgroup=string|sid=SID}</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301310"></a><h4>GROUPMAP MODIFY</h4><p>Update en existing group entry</p><p>
     134</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325414"></a><h4>GROUPMAP DELETE</h4><p>Delete a group mapping entry. If more than one group name matches, the first entry found is deleted.</p><p>net groupmap delete {ntgroup=string|sid=SID}</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325427"></a><h4>GROUPMAP MODIFY</h4><p>Update en existing group entry.</p><p>
    130135</p><pre class="programlisting">
    131136net groupmap modify {ntgroup=string|sid=SID} [unixgroup=string] \
    132137       [comment=string] [type={domain|local}]
    133138</pre><p>
    134 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301330"></a><h4>GROUPMAP LIST</h4><p>List existing group mapping entries</p><p>net groupmap list [verbose] [ntgroup=string] [sid=SID]</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301345"></a><h3>MAXRID</h3><p>Prints out the highest RID currently in use on the local
     139</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325446"></a><h4>GROUPMAP LIST</h4><p>List existing group mapping entries.</p><p>net groupmap list [verbose] [ntgroup=string] [sid=SID]</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325460"></a><h3>MAXRID</h3><p>Prints out the highest RID currently in use on the local
    135140server (by the active 'passdb backend').
    136 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301356"></a><h3>RPC INFO</h3><p>Print information about the domain of the remote server,
     141</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325471"></a><h3>RPC INFO</h3><p>Print information about the domain of the remote server,
    137142such as domain name, domain sid and number of users and groups.
    138 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301367"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] TESTJOIN</h3><p>Check whether participation in a domain is still valid.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301378"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] CHANGETRUSTPW</h3><p>Force change of domain trust password.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301388"></a><h3>RPC TRUSTDOM</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301393"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Add a interdomain trust account for
    139 <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em> to the remote server.
    140 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301410"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM DEL <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIM</code></em></h4><p>Remove interdomain trust account for
    141 <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em> from the remote server.
    142 </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301431"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM ESTABLISH <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>
     143</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325482"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] TESTJOIN</h3><p>Check whether participation in a domain is still valid.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325491"></a><h3>[RPC|ADS] CHANGETRUSTPW</h3><p>Force change of domain trust password.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325501"></a><h3>RPC TRUSTDOM</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325506"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Add a interdomain trust account for <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>.
     144This is in fact a Samba account named <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN$</code></em>
     145with the account flag <code class="constant">'I'</code> (interdomain trust account).
     146If the command is used against localhost it has the same effect as
     147<code class="literal">smbpasswd -a -i DOMAIN</code>. Please note that both commands
     148expect a appropriate UNIX account.
     149</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325534"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM DEL <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Remove interdomain trust account for
     150<em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em>. If it is used against localhost
     151it has the same effect as <code class="literal">smbpasswd -x DOMAIN$</code>.
     152</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325555"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM ESTABLISH <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>
    143153Establish a trust relationship to a trusting domain.
    144154Interdomain account must already be created on the remote PDC.
    145 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301444"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM REVOKE <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Abandon relationship to trusted domain</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301457"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM LIST</h4><p>List all current interdomain trust relationships.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301468"></a><h4>RPC RIGHTS</h4><p>This subcommand is used to view and manage Samba's rights assignments (also
    146 referred to as privileges).  There are three options current available:
     155</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325568"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM REVOKE <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN</code></em></h4><p>Abandon relationship to trusted domain</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325580"></a><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM LIST</h4><p>List all current interdomain trust relationships.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325589"></a><h4>RPC RIGHTS</h4><p>This subcommand is used to view and manage Samba's rights assignments (also
     156referred to as privileges).  There are three options currently available:
    147157<em class="parameter"><code>list</code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>grant</code></em>, and
    148158<em class="parameter"><code>revoke</code></em>.  More details on Samba's privilege model and its use
    149 can be found in the Samba-HOWTO-Collection.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301498"></a><h3>RPC ABORTSHUTDOWN</h3><p>Abort the shutdown of a remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301509"></a><h3>RPC SHUTDOWN [-t timeout] [-r] [-f] [-C message]</h3><p>Shut down the remote server.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>
     159can be found in the Samba-HOWTO-Collection.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325618"></a><h3>RPC ABORTSHUTDOWN</h3><p>Abort the shutdown of a remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325627"></a><h3>RPC SHUTDOWN [-t timeout] [-r] [-f] [-C message]</h3><p>Shut down the remote server.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>
    150160Reboot after shutdown.
    151161</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-f</span></dt><dd><p>
    … …  
    155165user of the system can use this time to cancel the shutdown.
    156166</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-C message</span></dt><dd><p>Display the specified message on the screen to
    157 announce the shutdown.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301568"></a><h3>RPC SAMDUMP</h3><p>Print out sam database of remote server. You need
    158 to run this against the PDC, from a Samba machine joined as a BDC. </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301579"></a><h3>RPC VAMPIRE</h3><p>Export users, aliases and groups from remote server to
     167announce the shutdown.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325685"></a><h3>RPC SAMDUMP</h3><p>Print out sam database of remote server. You need
     168to run this against the PDC, from a Samba machine joined as a BDC. </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325695"></a><h3>RPC VAMPIRE</h3><p>Export users, aliases and groups from remote server to
    159169local server.  You need to run this against the PDC, from a Samba machine joined as a BDC.
    160 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301591"></a><h3>RPC GETSID</h3><p>Fetch domain SID and store it in the local <code class="filename">secrets.tdb</code>. </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301607"></a><h3>ADS LEAVE</h3><p>Make the remote host leave the domain it is part of. </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301617"></a><h3>ADS STATUS</h3><p>Print out status of machine account of the local machine in ADS.
     170</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325706"></a><h3>RPC GETSID</h3><p>Fetch domain SID and store it in the local <code class="filename">secrets.tdb</code>. </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325721"></a><h3>ADS LEAVE</h3><p>Make the remote host leave the domain it is part of. </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325731"></a><h3>ADS STATUS</h3><p>Print out status of machine account of the local machine in ADS.
    161171Prints out quite some debug info. Aimed at developers, regular
    162 users should use <code class="literal">NET ADS TESTJOIN</code>.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301634"></a><h3>ADS PRINTER</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301640"></a><h4>ADS PRINTER INFO [<em class="replaceable"><code>PRINTER</code></em>] [<em class="replaceable"><code>SERVER</code></em>]</h4><p>
     172users should use <code class="literal">NET ADS TESTJOIN</code>.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325747"></a><h3>ADS PRINTER</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325752"></a><h4>ADS PRINTER INFO [<em class="replaceable"><code>PRINTER</code></em>] [<em class="replaceable"><code>SERVER</code></em>]</h4><p>
    163173Lookup info for <em class="replaceable"><code>PRINTER</code></em> on <em class="replaceable"><code>SERVER</code></em>. The printer name defaults to "*", the
    164 server name defaults to the local host.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301665"></a><h4>ADS PRINTER PUBLISH <em class="replaceable"><code>PRINTER</code></em></h4><p>Publish specified printer using ADS.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id301677"></a><h4>ADS PRINTER REMOVE <em class="replaceable"><code>PRINTER</code></em></h4><p>Remove specified printer from ADS directory.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301691"></a><h3>ADS SEARCH <em class="replaceable"><code>EXPRESSION</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>ATTRIBUTES...</code></em></h3><p>Perform a raw LDAP search on a ADS server and dump the results. The
     174server name defaults to the local host.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325775"></a><h4>ADS PRINTER PUBLISH <em class="replaceable"><code>PRINTER</code></em></h4><p>Publish specified printer using ADS.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id325787"></a><h4>ADS PRINTER REMOVE <em class="replaceable"><code>PRINTER</code></em></h4><p>Remove specified printer from ADS directory.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325800"></a><h3>ADS SEARCH <em class="replaceable"><code>EXPRESSION</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>ATTRIBUTES...</code></em></h3><p>Perform a raw LDAP search on a ADS server and dump the results. The
    165175expression is a standard LDAP search expression, and the
    166176attributes are a list of LDAP fields to show in the results.</p><p>Example: <strong class="userinput"><code>net ads search '(objectCategory=group)' sAMAccountName</code></strong>
    167 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301718"></a><h3>ADS DN <em class="replaceable"><code>DN</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>(attributes)</code></em></h3><p>
     177</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325825"></a><h3>ADS DN <em class="replaceable"><code>DN</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>(attributes)</code></em></h3><p>
    168178Perform a raw LDAP search on a ADS server and dump the results. The
    169179DN standard LDAP DN, and the attributes are a list of LDAP fields
    170180to show in the result.
    171 </p><p>Example: <strong class="userinput"><code>net ads dn 'CN=administrator,CN=Users,DC=my,DC=domain' SAMAccountName</code></strong></p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301744"></a><h3>ADS WORKGROUP</h3><p>Print out workgroup name for specified kerberos realm.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301754"></a><h3>SAM CREATEBUILTINGROUP &lt;NAME&gt;</h3><p>
     181</p><p>Example: <strong class="userinput"><code>net ads dn 'CN=administrator,CN=Users,DC=my,DC=domain' SAMAccountName</code></strong></p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325849"></a><h3>ADS WORKGROUP</h3><p>Print out workgroup name for specified kerberos realm.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325859"></a><h3>SAM CREATEBUILTINGROUP &lt;NAME&gt;</h3><p>
    172182(Re)Create a BUILTIN group.
    173183Only a wellknown set of BUILTIN groups can be created with this command.
    … …  
    175185Users, Guests, Power Users, Account Operators, Server Operators, Print
    176186Operators, Backup Operators, Replicator, RAS Servers, Pre-Windows 2000
    177 ompatible Access.
     187compatible Access.
    178188
    179189This command requires a running Winbindd with idmap allocation properly
    180190configured. The group gid will be allocated out of the winbindd range.
    181 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301768"></a><h3>SAM CREATELOCALGROUP &lt;NAME&gt;</h3><p>
     191</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325873"></a><h3>SAM CREATELOCALGROUP &lt;NAME&gt;</h3><p>
    182192Create a LOCAL group (also known as Alias).
    183193
    184194This command requires a running Winbindd with idmap allocation properly
    185195configured. The group gid will be allocated out of the winbindd range.
    186 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301780"></a><h3>SAM DELETELOCALGROUP &lt;NAME&gt;</h3><p>
     196</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325884"></a><h3>SAM DELETELOCALGROUP &lt;NAME&gt;</h3><p>
    187197Delete an existing LOCAL group (also known as Alias).
    188198
    189 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301791"></a><h3>SAM MAPUNIXGROUP &lt;NAME&gt;</h3><p>
     199</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325894"></a><h3>SAM MAPUNIXGROUP &lt;NAME&gt;</h3><p>
    190200Map an existing Unix group and make it a Domain Group, the domain group
    191201will have the same name.
    192 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301802"></a><h3>SAM UNMAPUNIXGROUP &lt;NAME&gt;</h3><p>
     202</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325905"></a><h3>SAM UNMAPUNIXGROUP &lt;NAME&gt;</h3><p>
    193203Remove an existing group mapping entry.
    194 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301813"></a><h3>SAM ADDMEM &lt;GROUP&gt; &lt;MEMBER&gt;</h3><p>
     204</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325914"></a><h3>SAM ADDMEM &lt;GROUP&gt; &lt;MEMBER&gt;</h3><p>
    195205Add a member to a Local group. The group can be specified only by name,
    196206the member can be specified by name or SID.
    197 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301824"></a><h3>SAM DELMEM  &lt;GROUP&gt; &lt;MEMBER&gt;</h3><p>
     207</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325926"></a><h3>SAM DELMEM  &lt;GROUP&gt; &lt;MEMBER&gt;</h3><p>
    198208Remove a member from a Local group. The group and the member must be
    199209specified by name.
    200 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301835"></a><h3>SAM LISTMEM &lt;GROUP&gt;</h3><p>
     210</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325937"></a><h3>SAM LISTMEM &lt;GROUP&gt;</h3><p>
    201211List Local group members. The group must be specified by name.
    202 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301846"></a><h3>SAM LIST &lt;users|groups|localgroups|builtin|workstations&gt; [verbose]</h3><p>
     212</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325947"></a><h3>SAM LIST &lt;users|groups|localgroups|builtin|workstations&gt; [verbose]</h3><p>
    203213List the specified set of accounts by name. If verbose is specified,
    204214the rid and description is also provided for each account.
    205 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301858"></a><h3>SAM SHOW &lt;NAME&gt;</h3><p>
    206 Show the full DOMAIN\\NAME the SID and the type for the corrisponding
     215</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325959"></a><h3>SAM SHOW &lt;NAME&gt;</h3><p>
     216Show the full DOMAIN\\NAME the SID and the type for the corresponding
    207217account.
    208 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301868"></a><h3>SAM SET HOMEDIR &lt;NAME&gt; &lt;DIRECTORY&gt;</h3><p>
     218</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325970"></a><h3>SAM SET HOMEDIR &lt;NAME&gt; &lt;DIRECTORY&gt;</h3><p>
    209219Set the home directory for a user account.
    210 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301879"></a><h3>SAM SET PROFILEPATH &lt;NAME&gt; &lt;PATH&gt;</h3><p>
     220</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325979"></a><h3>SAM SET PROFILEPATH &lt;NAME&gt; &lt;PATH&gt;</h3><p>
    211221Set the profile path for a user account.
    212 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301890"></a><h3>SAM SET COMMENT &lt;NAME&gt; &lt;COMMENT&gt;</h3><p>
     222</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325989"></a><h3>SAM SET COMMENT &lt;NAME&gt; &lt;COMMENT&gt;</h3><p>
    213223Set the comment for a user or group account.
    214 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301900"></a><h3>SAM SET FULLNAME &lt;NAME&gt; &lt;FULL NAME&gt;</h3><p>
     224</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325998"></a><h3>SAM SET FULLNAME &lt;NAME&gt; &lt;FULL NAME&gt;</h3><p>
    215225Set the full name for a user account.
    216 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301911"></a><h3>SAM SET LOGONSCRIPT &lt;NAME&gt; &lt;SCRIPT&gt;</h3><p>
     226</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id326008"></a><h3>SAM SET LOGONSCRIPT &lt;NAME&gt; &lt;SCRIPT&gt;</h3><p>
    217227Set the logon script for a user account.
    218 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301921"></a><h3>SAM SET HOMEDRIVE &lt;NAME&gt; &lt;DRIVE&gt;</h3><p>
     228</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id326018"></a><h3>SAM SET HOMEDRIVE &lt;NAME&gt; &lt;DRIVE&gt;</h3><p>
    219229Set the home drive for a user account.
    220 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301932"></a><h3>SAM SET WORKSTATIONS &lt;NAME&gt; &lt;WORKSTATIONS&gt;</h3><p>
     230</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id326027"></a><h3>SAM SET WORKSTATIONS &lt;NAME&gt; &lt;WORKSTATIONS&gt;</h3><p>
    221231Set the workstations a user account is allowed to log in from.
    222 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301943"></a><h3>SAM SET DISABLE &lt;NAME&gt;</h3><p>
     232</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id326037"></a><h3>SAM SET DISABLE &lt;NAME&gt;</h3><p>
    223233Set the "disabled" flag for a user account.
    224 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301953"></a><h3>SAM SET PWNOTREQ &lt;NAME&gt;</h3><p>
     234</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id326047"></a><h3>SAM SET PWNOTREQ &lt;NAME&gt;</h3><p>
    225235Set the "password not required" flag for a user account.
    226 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301964"></a><h3>SAM SET AUTOLOCK &lt;NAME&gt;</h3><p>
     236</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id326057"></a><h3>SAM SET AUTOLOCK &lt;NAME&gt;</h3><p>
    227237Set the "autolock" flag for a user account.
    228 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301974"></a><h3>SAM SET PWNOEXP &lt;NAME&gt;</h3><p>
     238</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id326067"></a><h3>SAM SET PWNOEXP &lt;NAME&gt;</h3><p>
    229239Set the "password do not expire" flag for a user account.
    230 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301985"></a><h3>SAM SET PWMUSTCHANGENOW &lt;NAME&gt; [yes|no]</h3><p>
    231 Set or unset the "password must change" flag fro a user account.
    232 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301996"></a><h3>SAM POLICY LIST</h3><p>
    233 List the avilable account policies.
    234 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id302006"></a><h3>SAM POLICY SHOW &lt;account policy&gt;</h3><p>
     240</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id326077"></a><h3>SAM SET PWDMUSTCHANGENOW &lt;NAME&gt; [yes|no]</h3><p>
     241Set or unset the "password must change" flag for a user account.
     242</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id326087"></a><h3>SAM POLICY LIST</h3><p>
     243List the available account policies.
     244</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id326097"></a><h3>SAM POLICY SHOW &lt;account policy&gt;</h3><p>
    235245Show the account policy value.
    236 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id302016"></a><h3>SAM POLICY SET &lt;account policy&gt; &lt;value&gt;</h3><p>
     246</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id326107"></a><h3>SAM POLICY SET &lt;account policy&gt; &lt;value&gt;</h3><p>
    237247Set a value for the account policy.
    238248Valid values can be: "forever", "never", "off", or a number.
    239 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id302028"></a><h3>SAM PROVISION</h3><p>
     249</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id326118"></a><h3>SAM PROVISION</h3><p>
    240250Only available if ldapsam:editposix is set and winbindd is running.
    241251Properly populates the ldap tree with the basic accounts (Administrator)
    242252and groups (Domain Users, Domain Admins, Domain Guests) on the ldap tree.
    243 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id302040"></a><h3>IDMAP DUMP &lt;output file&gt;</h3><p>
    244 Dumps the mappings in the specified output file.
    245 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id302050"></a><h3>IDMAP RESTORE [input file]</h3><p>
     253</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id326130"></a><h3>IDMAP DUMP &lt;local tdb file name&gt;</h3><p>
     254Dumps the mappings contained in the local tdb file specified.
     255This command is useful to dump only the mappings produced by the idmap_tdb backend.
     256</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id326141"></a><h3>IDMAP RESTORE [input file]</h3><p>
    246257Restore the mappings from the specified file or stdin.
    247 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id302061"></a><h3>IDMAP SECRET &lt;DOMAIN&gt;|ALLOC &lt;secret&gt;</h3><p>
    248 Store a secret for the sepcified domain, used primarily for domains
     258</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id326152"></a><h3>IDMAP SECRET &lt;DOMAIN&gt;|ALLOC &lt;secret&gt;</h3><p>
     259Store a secret for the specified domain, used primarily for domains
    249260that use idmap_ldap as a backend. In this case the secret is used
    250261as the password for the user DN used to bind to the ldap server.
    251 </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id302073"></a><h3>USERSHARE</h3><p>Starting with version 3.0.23, a Samba server now supports the ability for
    252 non-root users to add user define shares to be exported using the "net usershare"
     262</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id326164"></a><h3>USERSHARE</h3><p>Starting with version 3.0.23, a Samba server now supports the ability for
     263non-root users to add user defined shares to be exported using the "net usershare"
    253264commands.
    254265</p><p>
    255 To set this up, first set up your smb.conf by adding to the [global] section :
     266To set this up, first set up your smb.conf by adding to the [global] section:
    256267
    257268usershare path = /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares
    … …  
    278289</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>net usershare add sharename path [comment] [acl] [guest_ok=[y|n]] - to add or change a user defined share.</td></tr><tr><td>net usershare delete sharename - to delete a user defined share.</td></tr><tr><td>net usershare info [-l|--long] [wildcard sharename] - to print info about a user defined share.</td></tr><tr><td>net usershare list [-l|--long] [wildcard sharename] - to list user defined shares.</td></tr></table><p>
    279290
    280 </p><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id302119"></a><h4>USERSHARE ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[comment]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[acl]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[guest_ok=[y|n]]</code></em></h4><p>
     291</p><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id326209"></a><h4>USERSHARE ADD <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>path</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[comment]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[acl]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[guest_ok=[y|n]]</code></em></h4><p>
    281292Add or replace a new user defined share, with name "sharename".
    282293</p><p>
    283294"path" specifies the absolute pathname on the system to be exported.
    284 Restrictions may be put on this, see the global smb.conf parameters :
     295Restrictions may be put on this, see the global smb.conf parameters:
    285296"usershare owner only", "usershare prefix allow list", and
    286297"usershare prefix deny list".
    … …  
    292303Note that guest connections are not allowed unless the smb.conf parameter
    293304"usershare allow guests" has been set. The definition of a user
    294 defined share acl is : "user:permission", where user is a valid
     305defined share acl is: "user:permission", where user is a valid
    295306username on the system and permission can be "F", "R", or "D".
    296307"F" stands for "full permissions", ie. read and write permissions.
    … …  
    315326at connect time so will see the change immediately, there is no need
    316327to restart smbd on adding, deleting or changing a user defined share.
    317 </div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id302183"></a><h4>USERSHARE DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em></h4><p>
     328</div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id326266"></a><h4>USERSHARE DELETE <em class="replaceable"><code>sharename</code></em></h4><p>
    318329Deletes the user defined share by name. The Samba smbd daemon
    319330immediately notices this change, although it will not disconnect
    320331any users currently connected to the deleted share.
    321 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id302197"></a><h4>USERSHARE INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>[-l|--long]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[wildcard sharename]</code></em></h4><p>
     332</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id326279"></a><h4>USERSHARE INFO <em class="replaceable"><code>[-l|--long]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>[wildcard sharename]</code></em></h4><p>
    322333Get info on user defined shares owned by the current user matching the given pattern, or all users.
    323334</p><p>
    … …  
    328339shares created by other users.
    329340</p><p>
    330 The information given about a share looks like :
     341The information given about a share looks like:
    331342
    332343[foobar]
    … …  
    338349And is a list of the current settings of the user defined share that can be
    339350modified by the "net usershare add" command.
    340 </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id302225"></a><h4>USERSHARE LIST <em class="replaceable"><code>[-l|--long]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>wildcard sharename</code></em></h4><p>
     351</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><a name="id326307"></a><h4>USERSHARE LIST <em class="replaceable"><code>[-l|--long]</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>wildcard sharename</code></em></h4><p>
    341352List all the user defined shares owned by the current user matching the given pattern, or all users.
    342353</p><p>
    … …  
    346357If the '-l' or '--long' option is also given, it includes the names of user defined
    347358shares created by other users.
    348 </p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id302250"></a><h3>HELP [COMMAND]</h3><p>Gives usage information for the specified command.</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id302261"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is complete for version 3.0 of the Samba
    349         suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id302272"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     359</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id326334"></a><h3>HELP [COMMAND]</h3><p>Gives usage information for the specified command.</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id326344"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is complete for version 3.0 of the Samba
     360        suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id326354"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    350361        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    351362        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/nmbd.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>nmbd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="nmbd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>nmbd &#8212; NetBIOS name server to provide NetBIOS
    2         over IP naming services to clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">nmbd</code> [-D] [-F] [-S] [-a] [-i] [-o] [-h] [-V] [-d &lt;debug level&gt;] [-H &lt;lmhosts file&gt;] [-l &lt;log directory&gt;] [-p &lt;port number&gt;] [-s &lt;configuration file&gt;]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259605"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">nmbd</code> is a server that understands
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>nmbd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="nmbd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>nmbd &#8212; NetBIOS name server to provide NetBIOS
     2        over IP naming services to clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">nmbd</code> [-D] [-F] [-S] [-a] [-i] [-o] [-h] [-V] [-d &lt;debug level&gt;] [-H &lt;lmhosts file&gt;] [-l &lt;log directory&gt;] [-p &lt;port number&gt;] [-s &lt;configuration file&gt;]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282811"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">nmbd</code> is a server that understands
    33        and can reply to NetBIOS over IP name service requests, like
    44        those produced by SMB/CIFS clients such as Windows 95/98/ME,
    … …  
    1212        is running on.  Its "own NetBIOS name" is by
    1313        default the primary DNS name of the host it is running on,
    14         but this can be overridden by the <a class="indexterm" name="id259397"></a>netbios name
     14        but this can be overridden by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NETBIOSNAME">netbios name</a>
    1515        in <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>. Thus <code class="literal">nmbd</code> will
    1616        reply to broadcast queries for its own name(s). Additional
    1717        names for <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to respond on can be set
    18         via parameters in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> configuration file.</p><p><code class="literal">nmbd</code> can also be used as a WINS
     18        via parameters in the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> configuration file.</p><p><code class="literal">nmbd</code> can also be used as a WINS
    1919        (Windows Internet Name Server) server. What this basically means
    2020        is that it will act as a WINS database server, creating a
    … …  
    2323        proxy, relaying broadcast queries from clients that do
    2424        not understand how to talk the WINS protocol to a WINS
    25         server.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260369"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-D</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes
     25        server.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283029"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-D</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes
    2626                <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to operate as a daemon. That is,
    2727                it detaches itself and runs in the background, fielding
    … …  
    5252                file is a list of NetBIOS names to IP addresses that
    5353                is loaded by the nmbd server and used via the name
    54                 resolution mechanism <a class="indexterm" name="id260151"></a>name resolve order described in <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> to resolve any
     54                resolution mechanism <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMERESOLVEORDER">name resolve order</a> described in <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> to resolve any
    5555                NetBIOS name queries needed by the server. Note
    5656                that the contents of this file are <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span>
    … …  
    6161                are <code class="filename">/usr/local/samba/lib/lmhosts</code>,
    6262                <code class="filename">/usr/samba/lib/lmhosts</code> or
    63                 <code class="filename">/etc/samba/lmhosts</code>. See the <a href="lmhosts.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">lmhosts</span>(5)</span></a> man page for details on the contents of this file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
    64 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
    65 configuration details required by the server.  The
    66 information in this file includes server-specific
    67 information such as what printcap file to use, as well
    68 as descriptions of all the services that the server is
    69 to provide. See <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for more information.
    70 The default configuration file name is determined at
    71 compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
    72 from 0 to 10.  The default value if this parameter is
    73 not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
     63                <code class="filename">/etc/samba/lmhosts</code>. See the <a class="citerefentry" href="lmhosts.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">lmhosts</span>(5)</span></a> man page for details on the contents of this file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
     64from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is
     65not specified is 0.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
    7466logged to the log files about the activities of the
    7567server. At level 0, only critical errors and serious
    … …  
    8173use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log
    8274data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will
    83 override the <a class="indexterm" name="id300494"></a> parameter
    84 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logdirectory</span></dt><dd><p>Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension
     75override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL">log level</a> parameter
     76in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
     77</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
     78configuration details required by the server.  The
     79information in this file includes server-specific
     80information such as what printcap file to use, as well
     81as descriptions of all the services that the server is
     82to provide. See <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for more information.
     83The default configuration file name is determined at
     84compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--log-basename=logdirectory</span></dt><dd><p>Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension
    8585<code class="constant">".progname"</code> will be appended (e.g. log.smbclient,
    8686log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client.
    … …  
    8989                that <code class="literal">nmbd</code> responds to name queries on. Don't
    9090                use this option unless you are an expert, in which case you
    91                 won't need help!</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300546"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</code></span></dt><dd><p>If the server is to be run by the
     91                won't need help!</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324682"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</code></span></dt><dd><p>If the server is to be run by the
    9292                <code class="literal">inetd</code> meta-daemon, this file
    9393                must contain suitable startup information for the
    … …  
    101101                to service port (e.g., 139) and protocol type (e.g., tcp).
    102102                </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf</code></span></dt><dd><p>This is the default location of
    103                 the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> server
     103                the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> server
    104104                configuration file. Other common places that systems
    105105                install this file are <code class="filename">/usr/samba/lib/smb.conf</code>
    106106                and <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</p><p>When run as a WINS server (see the
    107                         <a class="indexterm" name="id300653"></a>wins support
    108                 parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> man page),
     107                        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINSSUPPORT">wins support</a>
     108                parameter in the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> man page),
    109109                <code class="literal">nmbd</code>
    110110                will store the WINS database in the file <code class="filename">wins.dat</code>
    111111                in the <code class="filename">var/locks</code> directory configured under
    112112                wherever Samba was configured to install itself.</p><p>If <code class="literal">nmbd</code> is acting as a <span class="emphasis"><em>
    113                                 browse master</em></span> (see the <a class="indexterm" name="id300700"></a>local master
    114                 parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> man page, <code class="literal">nmbd</code>
     113                                browse master</em></span> (see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOCALMASTER">local master</a>
     114                parameter in the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> man page, <code class="literal">nmbd</code>
    115115                will store the browsing database in the file <code class="filename">browse.dat
    116116                </code> in the <code class="filename">var/locks</code> directory
    117117                configured under wherever Samba was configured to install itself.
    118                 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300739"></a><h2>SIGNALS</h2><p>To shut down an <code class="literal">nmbd</code> process it is recommended
     118                </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324858"></a><h2>SIGNALS</h2><p>To shut down an <code class="literal">nmbd</code> process it is recommended
    119119        that SIGKILL (-9) <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> be used, except as a last
    120120        resort, as this may leave the name database in an inconsistent state.
    … …  
    127127        cause <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to dump out its server database in
    128128        the <code class="filename">log.nmb</code> file.</p><p>The debug log level of nmbd may be raised or lowered
    129         using <a href="smbcontrol.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbcontrol</span>(1)</span></a> (SIGUSR[1|2] signals
     129        using <a class="citerefentry" href="smbcontrol.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbcontrol</span>(1)</span></a> (SIGUSR[1|2] signals
    130130        are no longer used since Samba 2.2). This is to allow
    131131        transient problems to be diagnosed, whilst still running
    132         at a normally low log level.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300819"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
    133         the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300829"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>
    134         <a href="inetd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">inetd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>, and the Internet
     132        at a normally low log level.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324930"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
     133        the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324940"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>
     134        <a class="citerefentry" href="inetd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">inetd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>, and the Internet
    135135        RFC's <code class="filename">rfc1001.txt</code>, <code class="filename">rfc1002.txt</code>.
    136136        In addition the CIFS (formerly SMB) specification is available
    137         as a link from the Web page <a href="http://samba.org/cifs/" target="_top">
    138         http://samba.org/cifs/</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300907"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     137        as a link from the Web page <a class="ulink" href="http://samba.org/cifs/" target="_top">
     138        http://samba.org/cifs/</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325013"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    139139        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    140140        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar
    141141        to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p>The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer.
    142142        The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another
    143         excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
     143        excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
    144144        ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/</a>) and updated for the Samba 2.0
    145145        release by Jeremy Allison.  The conversion to DocBook for

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/nmblookup.1.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>nmblookup</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="nmblookup"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>nmblookup &#8212; NetBIOS over TCP/IP client used to lookup NetBIOS
    2         names</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">nmblookup</code> [-M] [-R] [-S] [-r] [-A] [-h] [-B &lt;broadcast address&gt;] [-U &lt;unicast address&gt;] [-d &lt;debug level&gt;] [-s &lt;smb config file&gt;] [-i &lt;NetBIOS scope&gt;] [-T] [-f] {name}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259363"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">nmblookup</code> is used to query NetBIOS names
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>nmblookup</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="nmblookup"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>nmblookup &#8212; NetBIOS over TCP/IP client used to lookup NetBIOS
     2        names</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">nmblookup</code> [-M] [-R] [-S] [-r] [-A] [-h] [-B &lt;broadcast address&gt;] [-U &lt;unicast address&gt;] [-d &lt;debug level&gt;] [-s &lt;smb config file&gt;] [-i &lt;NetBIOS scope&gt;] [-T] [-f] {name}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282793"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">nmblookup</code> is used to query NetBIOS names
    33        and map them to IP addresses in a network using NetBIOS over TCP/IP
    44        queries. The options allow the name queries to be directed at a
    55        particular IP broadcast area or to a particular machine. All queries
    6         are done over UDP.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259391"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-M</span></dt><dd><p>Searches for a master browser by looking
     6        are done over UDP.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283377"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-M</span></dt><dd><p>Searches for a master browser by looking
    77                up the  NetBIOS name <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> with a
    88                type of <code class="constant">0x1d</code>. If <em class="replaceable"><code>
    … …  
    2525                and only replies to UDP port 137. Unfortunately, on most UNIX
    2626                systems root privilege is needed to bind to this port, and
    27                 in addition, if the <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon is running on this machine it also binds to this port.
     27                in addition, if the <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon is running on this machine it also binds to this port.
    2828                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-A</span></dt><dd><p>Interpret <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> as
    2929                an IP Address and do a node status query on this address.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n &lt;primary NetBIOS name&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override
    3030the NetBIOS name that Samba uses for itself. This is identical
    31 to setting the <a class="indexterm" name="id260420"></a> parameter in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.
     31to setting the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NETBIOSNAME">netbios name</a> parameter in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.
    3232However, a command
    3333line setting will take precedence over settings in
    … …  
    4949                this option the default behavior of nmblookup is to send the
    5050                query to the broadcast address of the network interfaces as
    51                 either auto-detected or defined in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES" target="_top"><em class="parameter"><code>interfaces</code></em>
    52                 </a> parameter of the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file.
     51                either auto-detected or defined in the <a class="ulink" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES" target="_top"><em class="parameter"><code>interfaces</code></em>
     52                </a> parameter of the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file.
    5353                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-U &lt;unicast address&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Do a unicast query to the specified address or
    5454                host <em class="replaceable"><code>unicast address</code></em>. This option
    5555                (along with the <em class="parameter"><code>-R</code></em> option) is needed to
    56                 query a WINS server.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
    57 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
    58 configuration details required by the server.  The
    59 information in this file includes server-specific
    60 information such as what printcap file to use, as well
    61 as descriptions of all the services that the server is
    62 to provide. See <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for more information.
    63 The default configuration file name is determined at
    64 compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
    65 from 0 to 10.  The default value if this parameter is
    66 not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
     56                query a WINS server.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
     57from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is
     58not specified is 0.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
    6759logged to the log files about the activities of the
    6860server. At level 0, only critical errors and serious
    … …  
    7466use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log
    7567data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will
    76 override the <a class="indexterm" name="id300479"></a> parameter
    77 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logdirectory</span></dt><dd><p>Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension
     68override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL">log level</a> parameter
     69in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
     70</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
     71configuration details required by the server.  The
     72information in this file includes server-specific
     73information such as what printcap file to use, as well
     74as descriptions of all the services that the server is
     75to provide. See <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for more information.
     76The default configuration file name is determined at
     77compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--log-basename=logdirectory</span></dt><dd><p>Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension
    7878<code class="constant">".progname"</code> will be appended (e.g. log.smbclient,
    7979log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client.
    … …  
    8989                by appending '#&lt;type&gt;' to the name. This name may also be
    9090                '*', which will return all registered names within a broadcast
    91                 area.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300559"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p><code class="literal">nmblookup</code> can be used to query
     91                area.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324678"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p><code class="literal">nmblookup</code> can be used to query
    9292                a WINS server (in the same way <code class="literal">nslookup</code> is
    9393                used to query DNS servers). To query a WINS server, <code class="literal">nmblookup</code>
    9494                must be called like this:</p><p><code class="literal">nmblookup -U server -R 'name'</code></p><p>For example, running :</p><p><code class="literal">nmblookup -U samba.org -R 'IRIX#1B'</code></p><p>would query the WINS server samba.org for the domain
    95                 master browser (1B name type) for the IRIX workgroup.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300608"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
    96         the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300619"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, and <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300651"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     95                master browser (1B name type) for the IRIX workgroup.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324723"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
     96        the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324734"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, and <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324765"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    9797        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    9898        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar
    9999        to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p>The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer.
    100100        The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another
    101         excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
     101        excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
    102102        ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/</a>) and updated for the Samba 2.0
    103103        release by Jeremy Allison.  The conversion to DocBook for

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/ntlm_auth.1.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ntlm_auth</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="ntlm-auth.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ntlm_auth &#8212; tool to allow external access to Winbind's NTLM authentication function</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">ntlm_auth</code> [-d debuglevel] [-l logdir] [-s &lt;smb config file&gt;]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259314"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">ntlm_auth</code> is a helper utility that authenticates
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ntlm_auth</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="ntlm-auth.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ntlm_auth &#8212; tool to allow external access to Winbind's NTLM authentication function</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">ntlm_auth</code> [-d debuglevel] [-l logdir] [-s &lt;smb config file&gt;]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283753"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">ntlm_auth</code> is a helper utility that authenticates
    22        users using NT/LM authentication. It returns 0 if the users is authenticated
    33        successfully and 1 if access was denied. ntlm_auth uses winbind to access
    44        the user and authentication data for a domain.  This utility
    55        is only indended to be used by other programs (currently
    6         <a href="http://www.squid-cache.org/" target="_top">Squid</a>
    7         and <a href="http://download.samba.org/ftp/unpacked/lorikeet/trunk/mod_ntlm_winbind/" target="_top">mod_ntlm_winbind</a>)
    8         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259568"></a><h2>OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS</h2><p>
    9     The <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon must be operational
     6        <a class="ulink" href="http://www.squid-cache.org/" target="_top">Squid</a>
     7        and <a class="ulink" href="http://download.samba.org/ftp/unpacked/lorikeet/trunk/mod_ntlm_winbind/" target="_top">mod_ntlm_winbind</a>)
     8        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282750"></a><h2>OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS</h2><p>
     9    The <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon must be operational
    1010    for many of these commands to function.</p><p>Some of these commands also require access to the directory
    1111    <code class="filename">winbindd_privileged</code> in
    … …  
    1313    this command as root or providing group access
    1414    to the <code class="filename">winbindd_privileged</code> directory.  For
    15     security reasons, this directory should not be world-accessable. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259359"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">--helper-protocol=PROTO</span></dt><dd><p>
     15    security reasons, this directory should not be world-accessable. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282790"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">--helper-protocol=PROTO</span></dt><dd><p>
    1616        Operate as a stdio-based helper.  Valid helper protocols are:
    1717        </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">squid-2.4-basic</span></dt><dd><p>
    … …  
    2424                <code class="filename">winbindd_privileged</code> in
    2525                <code class="filename">$LOCKDIR</code>.  The protocol used is
    26                 described here: <a href="http://devel.squid-cache.org/ntlm/squid_helper_protocol.html" target="_top">http://devel.squid-cache.org/ntlm/squid_helper_protocol.html</a>.
     26                described here: <a class="ulink" href="http://devel.squid-cache.org/ntlm/squid_helper_protocol.html" target="_top">http://devel.squid-cache.org/ntlm/squid_helper_protocol.html</a>.
    2727                This protocol has been extended to allow the
    2828                NTLMSSP Negotiate packet to be included as an argument
    … …  
    3030                loss of information in the protocol exchange).
    3131                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">ntlmssp-client-1</span></dt><dd><p>
    32                 Client-side helper for use with arbitary external
     32                Client-side helper for use with arbitrary external
    3333                programs that may wish to use Samba's NTLMSSP
    34                 authentication knowlege. </p><p>This helper is a client, and as such may be run by any
     34                authentication knowledge. </p><p>This helper is a client, and as such may be run by any
    3535                user.  The protocol used is
    36                 effectivly the reverse of the previous protocol.  A
     36                effectively the reverse of the previous protocol.  A
    3737                <code class="literal">YR</code> command (without any arguments)
    3838                starts the authentication exchange.
    … …  
    5454                RADIUS server or the 'winbind' plugin for pppd, for
    5555                the provision of MSCHAP and MSCHAPv2 authentication. 
    56                 </p><p>This protocol consists of lines in for form:
    57                 <code class="literal">Parameter: value</code> and <code class="literal">Paramter::
     56                </p><p>This protocol consists of lines in the form:
     57                <code class="literal">Parameter: value</code> and <code class="literal">Parameter::
    5858                Base64-encode value</code>.  The presence of a single
    5959                period <code class="literal">.</code> indicates that one side has
    … …  
    6565                a newline.  They may also need to decode strings from
    6666                the helper, which likewise may have been base64 encoded.</div><dl><dt><span class="term">Username</span></dt><dd><p>The username, expected to be in
    67                 Samba's <a class="indexterm" name="id260130"></a>unix charset.
    68                 </p><div class="example"><a name="id260139"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 1. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Username: bob</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id260143"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 2. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Username:: Ym9i</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Username</span></dt><dd><p>The user's domain, expected to be in
    69                 Samba's <a class="indexterm" name="id260157"></a>unix charset.
    70                 </p><div class="example"><a name="id260167"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 3. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Domain: WORKGROUP</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id260171"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 4. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Domain:: V09SS0dST1VQ</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Full-Username</span></dt><dd><p>The fully qualified username, expected to be in
    71                 Samba's <a class="indexterm" name="id260184"></a> and qualified with the
    72                 <a class="indexterm" name="id260190"></a>winbind separator.
    73                 </p><div class="example"><a name="id260199"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 5. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Full-Username: WORKGROUP\bob</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id260204"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 6. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Full-Username:: V09SS0dST1VQYm9i</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">LANMAN-Challenge</span></dt><dd><p>The 8 byte <code class="literal">LANMAN Challenge</code> value,
     67                Samba's <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UNIXCHARSET">unix charset</a>.
     68                </p><div class="example"><a name="id283022"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 1. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Username: bob</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id283027"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 2. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Username:: Ym9i</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Username</span></dt><dd><p>The user's domain, expected to be in
     69                Samba's <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UNIXCHARSET">unix charset</a>.
     70                </p><div class="example"><a name="id283053"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 3. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Domain: WORKGROUP</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id283057"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 4. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Domain:: V09SS0dST1VQ</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Full-Username</span></dt><dd><p>The fully qualified username, expected to be in
     71                Samba's <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UNIXCHARSET">unix charset</a> and qualified with the
     72                <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDSEPARATOR">winbind separator</a>.
     73                </p><div class="example"><a name="id283094"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 5. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Full-Username: WORKGROUP\bob</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id324564"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 6. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Full-Username:: V09SS0dST1VQYm9i</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">LANMAN-Challenge</span></dt><dd><p>The 8 byte <code class="literal">LANMAN Challenge</code> value,
    7474                generated randomly by the server, or (in cases such as
    7575                MSCHAPv2) generated in some way by both the server and
    7676                the client.
    77                 </p><div class="example"><a name="id300450"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 7. </b></p><div class="example-contents">LANMAN-Challege: 0102030405060708</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">LANMAN-Response</span></dt><dd><p>The 24 byte <code class="literal">LANMAN Response</code> value,
     77                </p><div class="example"><a name="id324585"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 7. </b></p><div class="example-contents">LANMAN-Challege: 0102030405060708</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">LANMAN-Response</span></dt><dd><p>The 24 byte <code class="literal">LANMAN Response</code> value,
    7878                calculated from the user's password and the supplied
    7979                <code class="literal">LANMAN Challenge</code>.  Typically, this
    8080                is provided over the network by a client wishing to authenticate.
    81                 </p><div class="example"><a name="id300478"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 8. </b></p><div class="example-contents">LANMAN-Response: 0102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F101112131415161718</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">NT-Response</span></dt><dd><p>The &gt;= 24 byte <code class="literal">NT Response</code>
     81                </p><div class="example"><a name="id324612"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 8. </b></p><div class="example-contents">LANMAN-Response: 0102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F101112131415161718</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">NT-Response</span></dt><dd><p>The &gt;= 24 byte <code class="literal">NT Response</code>
    8282                calculated from the user's password and the supplied
    8383                <code class="literal">LANMAN Challenge</code>.  Typically, this is
    8484                provided over the network by a client wishing to authenticate.
    85                  </p><div class="example"><a name="id300508"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 9. </b></p><div class="example-contents">NT-Response: 0102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F101112131415161718</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Password</span></dt><dd><p>The user's password.  This would be
     85                 </p><div class="example"><a name="id324640"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 9. </b></p><div class="example-contents">NT-Response: 0102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F101112131415161718</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Password</span></dt><dd><p>The user's password.  This would be
    8686                provided by a network client, if the helper is being
    8787                used in a legacy situation that exposes plaintext
    8888                passwords in this way.
    89                  </p><div class="example"><a name="id300526"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 10. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Password: samba2</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id300530"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 11. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Password:: c2FtYmEy</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Request-User-Session-Key</span></dt><dd><p>Apon sucessful authenticaiton, return
     89                 </p><div class="example"><a name="id324657"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 10. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Password: samba2</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p><div class="example"><a name="id324662"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 11. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Password:: c2FtYmEy</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Request-User-Session-Key</span></dt><dd><p>Apon sucessful authenticaiton, return
    9090                the user session key associated with the login.
    91                  </p><div class="example"><a name="id300547"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 12. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Request-User-Session-Key: Yes</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Request-LanMan-Session-Key</span></dt><dd><p>Apon sucessful authenticaiton, return
     91                 </p><div class="example"><a name="id324678"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 12. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Request-User-Session-Key: Yes</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Request-LanMan-Session-Key</span></dt><dd><p>Apon sucessful authenticaiton, return
    9292                the LANMAN session key associated with the login.
    93                  </p><div class="example"><a name="id300564"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 13. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Request-LanMan-Session-Key: Yes</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd></dl></div></dd></dl></div></dd><dt><span class="term">--username=USERNAME</span></dt><dd><p>
     93                 </p><div class="example"><a name="id324694"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 13. </b></p><div class="example-contents">Request-LanMan-Session-Key: Yes</div></div><p><br class="example-break"></p></dd></dl></div></dd></dl></div></dd><dt><span class="term">--username=USERNAME</span></dt><dd><p>
    9494        Specify username of user to authenticate
    9595        </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--domain=DOMAIN</span></dt><dd><p>
    … …  
    9999        </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--challenge=STRING</span></dt><dd><p>NTLM challenge (in HEXADECIMAL)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--lm-response=RESPONSE</span></dt><dd><p>LM Response to the challenge (in HEXADECIMAL)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--nt-response=RESPONSE</span></dt><dd><p>NT or NTLMv2 Response to the challenge (in HEXADECIMAL)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--password=PASSWORD</span></dt><dd><p>User's plaintext password</p><p>If
    100100        not specified on the command line, this is prompted for when
    101         required.  </p><p>For the NTLMSSP based server roles, this paramter
     101        required.  </p><p>For the NTLMSSP based server roles, this parameter
    102102          specifies the expected password, allowing testing without
    103103          winbindd operational.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--request-lm-key</span></dt><dd><p>Retreive LM session key</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--request-nt-key</span></dt><dd><p>Request NT key</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--diagnostics</span></dt><dd><p>Perform Diagnostics on the authentication
    104104        chain.  Uses the password from <code class="literal">--password</code>
    105105        or prompts for one.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--require-membership-of={SID|Name}</span></dt><dd><p>Require that a user be a member of specified
    106             group (either name or SID) for authentication to succeed.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
    107 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
    108 configuration details required by the server.  The
    109 information in this file includes server-specific
    110 information such as what printcap file to use, as well
    111 as descriptions of all the services that the server is
    112 to provide. See <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for more information.
    113 The default configuration file name is determined at
    114 compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
    115 from 0 to 10.  The default value if this parameter is
    116 not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
     106            group (either name or SID) for authentication to succeed.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
     107from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is
     108not specified is 0.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
    117109logged to the log files about the activities of the
    118110server. At level 0, only critical errors and serious
    … …  
    124116use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log
    125117data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will
    126 override the <a class="indexterm" name="id300786"></a> parameter
    127 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logdirectory</span></dt><dd><p>Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension
     118override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL">log level</a> parameter
     119in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
     120</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
     121configuration details required by the server.  The
     122information in this file includes server-specific
     123information such as what printcap file to use, as well
     124as descriptions of all the services that the server is
     125to provide. See <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for more information.
     126The default configuration file name is determined at
     127compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--log-basename=logdirectory</span></dt><dd><p>Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension
    128128<code class="constant">".progname"</code> will be appended (e.g. log.smbclient,
    129129log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client.
    130130</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options.
    131 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300830"></a><h2>EXAMPLE SETUP</h2><p>To setup ntlm_auth for use by squid 2.5, with both basic and
     131</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324948"></a><h2>EXAMPLE SETUP</h2><p>To setup ntlm_auth for use by squid 2.5, with both basic and
    132132        NTLMSSP authentication, the following
    133133        should be placed in the <code class="filename">squid.conf</code> file.
    … …  
    145145auth_param ntlm program ntlm_auth --helper-protocol=squid-2.5-ntlmssp --require-membership-of='WORKGROUP\Domain Users'
    146146auth_param basic program ntlm_auth --helper-protocol=squid-2.5-basic --require-membership-of='WORKGROUP\Domain Users'
    147 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300883"></a><h2>TROUBLESHOOTING</h2><p>If you're experiencing problems with authenticating Internet Explorer running
     147</pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324997"></a><h2>TROUBLESHOOTING</h2><p>If you're experiencing problems with authenticating Internet Explorer running
    148148        under MS Windows 9X or Millenium Edition against ntlm_auth's NTLMSSP authentication
    149149        helper (--helper-protocol=squid-2.5-ntlmssp), then please read
    150         <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/Q239/8/69.ASP" target="_top">
     150        <a class="ulink" href="http://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/Q239/8/69.ASP" target="_top">
    151151        the Microsoft Knowledge Base article #239869 and follow instructions described there</a>.
    152         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300901"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba
    153         suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300912"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     152        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325015"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba
     153        suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325025"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    154154        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    155155        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/pam_winbind.7.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>pam_winbind</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="pam_winbind.7"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>pam_winbind &#8212; PAM module for Winbind</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id291806"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>pam_winbind</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="pam_winbind.7"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>pam_winbind &#8212; PAM module for Winbind</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id315537"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>
    22        pam_winbind is a PAM module that can authenticate users against the local domain by talking to the Winbind daemon.
    3         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259300"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>
     3        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283737"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>
    44       
    55                pam_winbind supports several options which can either be set in
    … …  
    1212                </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">debug</span></dt><dd><p>Gives debugging output to syslog.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">debug_state</span></dt><dd><p>Gives detailed PAM state debugging output to syslog.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">require_membership_of=[SID or NAME]</span></dt><dd><p>
    1313                If this option is set, pam_winbind will only succeed if the user is a member of the given SID or NAME. A SID
    14                 can be either a group-SID, a alias-SID or even a user-SID. It is also possible to give a NAME instead of the
     14                can be either a group-SID, an alias-SID or even an user-SID. It is also possible to give a NAME instead of the
    1515                SID. That name must have the form: <em class="parameter"><code>MYDOMAIN\\mygroup</code></em> or
    1616                <em class="parameter"><code>MYDOMAIN\\myuser</code></em>.  pam_winbind will, in that case, lookup the SID internally. Note that
    … …  
    5656
    5757
    58         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260366"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="wbinfo.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">wbinfo</span>(1)</span></a>, <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260401"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of Samba.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260411"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>
     58        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282887"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="wbinfo.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">wbinfo</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282921"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of Samba.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282931"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>
    5959        The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by
    6060        the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed.

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/pdbedit.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>pdbedit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="pdbedit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>pdbedit &#8212; manage the SAM database (Database of Samba Users)</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">pdbedit</code> [-L] [-v] [-w] [-u username] [-f fullname] [-h homedir] [-D drive] [-S script] [-p profile] [-a] [-t, --password-from-stdin] [-m] [-r] [-x] [-i passdb-backend] [-e passdb-backend] [-b passdb-backend] [-g] [-d debuglevel] [-s configfile] [-P account-policy] [-C value] [-c account-control] [-y]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259437"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The pdbedit program is used to manage the users accounts
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>pdbedit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="pdbedit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>pdbedit &#8212; manage the SAM database (Database of Samba Users)</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">pdbedit</code> [-L] [-v] [-w] [-u username] [-f fullname] [-h homedir] [-D drive] [-S script] [-p profile] [-a] [-t, --password-from-stdin] [-m] [-r] [-x] [-i passdb-backend] [-e passdb-backend] [-b passdb-backend] [-g] [-d debuglevel] [-s configfile] [-P account-policy] [-C value] [-c account-control] [-y]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283425"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The pdbedit program is used to manage the users accounts
    22        stored in the sam database and can only be run by root.</p><p>The pdbedit tool uses the passdb modular interface and is
    33        independent from the kind of users database used (currently there
    … …  
    55        without changing the tool).</p><p>There are five main ways to use pdbedit: adding a user account,
    66        removing a user account, modifing a user account, listing user
    7         accounts, importing users accounts.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260385"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-L</span></dt><dd><p>This option lists all the user accounts
     7        accounts, importing users accounts.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282907"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-L</span></dt><dd><p>This option lists all the user accounts
    88                present in the users database.
    99                This option prints a list of user/uid pairs separated by
    … …  
    3636                out the account fields in a format compatible with the
    3737                <code class="filename">smbpasswd</code> file format. (see the
    38                 <a href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a> for details)</p><p>Example: <code class="literal">pdbedit -L -w</code></p><pre class="programlisting">
     38                <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a> for details)</p><p>Example: <code class="literal">pdbedit -L -w</code></p><pre class="programlisting">
    3939sorce:500:508818B733CE64BEAAD3B435B51404EE:
    4040          D2A2418EFC466A8A0F6B1DBB5C3DB80C:
    … …  
    7979</pre><p>
    8080</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>pdbedit does not call the unix password syncronisation
    81                                 script if <a class="indexterm" name="id300639"></a>unix password sync
     81                                script if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC">unix password sync</a>
    8282                                has been set. It only updates the data in the Samba
    8383                                user database.
    … …  
    121121                applies to the account policies instead of the user database.</p><p>This option will allow to migrate account policies from their default
    122122                tdb-store into a passdb backend, e.g. an LDAP directory server.</p><p>Example: <code class="literal">pdbedit -y -i tdbsam: -e ldapsam:ldap://my.ldap.host</code></p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options.
    123 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
    124 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
    125 configuration details required by the server.  The
    126 information in this file includes server-specific
    127 information such as what printcap file to use, as well
    128 as descriptions of all the services that the server is
    129 to provide. See <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for more information.
    130 The default configuration file name is determined at
    131 compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
    132 from 0 to 10.  The default value if this parameter is
    133 not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
     123</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
     124from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is
     125not specified is 0.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
    134126logged to the log files about the activities of the
    135127server. At level 0, only critical errors and serious
    … …  
    141133use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log
    142134data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will
    143 override the <a class="indexterm" name="id301024"></a> parameter
    144 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logdirectory</span></dt><dd><p>Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension
     135override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL">log level</a> parameter
     136in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
     137</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
     138configuration details required by the server.  The
     139information in this file includes server-specific
     140information such as what printcap file to use, as well
     141as descriptions of all the services that the server is
     142to provide. See <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for more information.
     143The default configuration file name is determined at
     144compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--log-basename=logdirectory</span></dt><dd><p>Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension
    145145<code class="constant">".progname"</code> will be appended (e.g. log.smbclient,
    146146log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client.
    147 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id301057"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>This command may be used only by root.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id301067"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
    148         the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id301078"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>, <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id301101"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     147</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325150"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>This command may be used only by root.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325160"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
     148        the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325170"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325192"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    149149        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    150150        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/profiles.1.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>profiles</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="profiles.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>profiles &#8212; A utility to report and change SIDs in registry files
    2         </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">profiles</code> [-v] [-c SID] [-n SID] {file}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259321"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">profiles</code> is a utility that
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>profiles</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="profiles.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>profiles &#8212; A utility to report and change SIDs in registry files
     2        </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">profiles</code> [-v] [-c SID] [-n SID] {file}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283760"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">profiles</code> is a utility that
    33        reports and changes SIDs in windows registry files. It currently only
    44        supports NT.
    5         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259563"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">file</span></dt><dd><p>Registry file to view or edit.  </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-v,--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Increases verbosity of messages.
     5        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282744"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">file</span></dt><dd><p>Registry file to view or edit.  </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-v,--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Increases verbosity of messages.
    66                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-c SID1 -n SID2</span></dt><dd><p>Change all occurences of SID1 in <code class="filename">file</code> by SID2.
    77                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options.
    8 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259374"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba
    9         suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259384"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     8</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283361"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba
     9        suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283371"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    1010        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    1111        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/rpcclient.1.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>rpcclient</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="rpcclient.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>rpcclient &#8212; tool for executing client side
    2         MS-RPC functions</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">rpcclient</code> [-A authfile] [-c &lt;command string&gt;] [-d debuglevel] [-h] [-l logdir] [-N] [-s &lt;smb config file&gt;] [-U username[%password]] [-W workgroup] [-N] [-I destinationIP] {server}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259598"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">rpcclient</code> is a utility initially developed
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>rpcclient</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="rpcclient.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>rpcclient &#8212; tool for executing client side
     2        MS-RPC functions</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">rpcclient</code> [-A authfile] [-c &lt;command string&gt;] [-d debuglevel] [-h] [-l logdir] [-N] [-s &lt;smb config file&gt;] [-U username[%password]] [-W workgroup] [-N] [-I destinationIP] {server}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282779"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">rpcclient</code> is a utility initially developed
    33        to test MS-RPC functionality in Samba itself.  It has undergone
    44        several stages of development and stability.  Many system administrators
    55        have now written scripts around it to manage Windows NT clients from
    6         their UNIX workstation. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259376"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">server</span></dt><dd><p>NetBIOS name of Server to which to connect.
     6        their UNIX workstation. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283364"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">server</span></dt><dd><p>NetBIOS name of Server to which to connect.
    77                The server can be  any SMB/CIFS server.  The name is
    8                 resolved using the <a class="indexterm" name="id259394"></a>name resolve order line from <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-c|--command='command string'</span></dt><dd><p>execute semicolon separated commands (listed
     8                resolved using the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMERESOLVEORDER">name resolve order</a> line from <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-c|--command='command string'</span></dt><dd><p>execute semicolon separated commands (listed
    99                below)) </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-I IP-address</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>IP address</code></em> is the address of the server to connect to.
    1010                It should be specified in standard "a.b.c.d" notation. </p><p>Normally the client would attempt to locate a named
    … …  
    1616                connected to will be ignored. </p><p>There is no default for this parameter. If not supplied,
    1717                it will be determined automatically by the client as described
    18                 above. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
    19 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
    20 configuration details required by the server.  The
    21 information in this file includes server-specific
    22 information such as what printcap file to use, as well
    23 as descriptions of all the services that the server is
    24 to provide. See <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for more information.
    25 The default configuration file name is determined at
    26 compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
    27 from 0 to 10.  The default value if this parameter is
    28 not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
     18                above. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
     19from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is
     20not specified is 0.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
    2921logged to the log files about the activities of the
    3022server. At level 0, only critical errors and serious
    … …  
    3628use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log
    3729data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will
    38 override the <a class="indexterm" name="id260427"></a> parameter
    39 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logdirectory</span></dt><dd><p>Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension
     30override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL">log level</a> parameter
     31in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
     32</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
     33configuration details required by the server.  The
     34information in this file includes server-specific
     35information such as what printcap file to use, as well
     36as descriptions of all the services that the server is
     37to provide. See <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for more information.
     38The default configuration file name is determined at
     39compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--log-basename=logdirectory</span></dt><dd><p>Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension
    4040<code class="constant">".progname"</code> will be appended (e.g. log.smbclient,
    4141log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client.
    … …  
    7373it in directly. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n &lt;primary NetBIOS name&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override
    7474the NetBIOS name that Samba uses for itself. This is identical
    75 to setting the <a class="indexterm" name="id300444"></a> parameter in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.
     75to setting the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NETBIOSNAME">netbios name</a> parameter in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.
    7676However, a command
    7777line setting will take precedence over settings in
    … …  
    9090the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> manual page for the list of valid
    9191options. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options.
    92 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300529"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300535"></a><h3>LSARPC</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">lsaquery</span></dt><dd><p>Query info policy</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lookupsids</span></dt><dd><p>Resolve a list
     92</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324654"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324659"></a><h3>LSARPC</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">lsaquery</span></dt><dd><p>Query info policy</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lookupsids</span></dt><dd><p>Resolve a list
    9393                of SIDs to usernames.
    9494                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">lookupnames</span></dt><dd><p>Resolve a list
    9595                of usernames to SIDs.
    96                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumtrusts</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate trusted domains</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumprivs</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate privileges</p></dd><dt><span class="term">getdispname</span></dt><dd><p>Get the privilege name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumsid</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate the LSA SIDS</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumprivsaccount</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate the privileges of an SID</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumacctrights</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate the rights of an SID</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumacctwithright</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate accounts with a right</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaaddacctrights</span></dt><dd><p>Add rights to an account</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaremoveacctrights</span></dt><dd><p>Remove rights from an account</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsalookupprivvalue</span></dt><dd><p>Get a privilege value given its name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaquerysecobj</span></dt><dd><p>Query LSA security object</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300659"></a><h3>LSARPC-DS</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">dsroledominfo</span></dt><dd><p>Get Primary Domain Information</p></dd></dl></div><p> </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>DFS</em></span></p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">dfsexist</span></dt><dd><p>Query DFS support</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsadd</span></dt><dd><p>Add a DFS share</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsremove</span></dt><dd><p>Remove a DFS share</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsgetinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Query DFS share info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsenum</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate dfs shares</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300728"></a><h3>REG</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">shutdown</span></dt><dd><p>Remote Shutdown</p></dd><dt><span class="term">abortshutdown</span></dt><dd><p>Abort Shutdown</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300753"></a><h3>SRVSVC</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">srvinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Server query info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netshareenum</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate shares</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netfileenum</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate open files</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netremotetod</span></dt><dd><p>Fetch remote time of day</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300795"></a><h3>SAMR</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">queryuser</span></dt><dd><p>Query user info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querygroup</span></dt><dd><p>Query group info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">queryusergroups</span></dt><dd><p>Query user groups</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querygroupmem</span></dt><dd><p>Query group membership</p></dd><dt><span class="term">queryaliasmem</span></dt><dd><p>Query alias membership</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querydispinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Query display info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querydominfo</span></dt><dd><p>Query domain info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumdomusers</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate domain users</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumdomgroups</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate domain groups</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumalsgroups</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate alias groups</p></dd><dt><span class="term">createdomuser</span></dt><dd><p>Create domain user</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samlookupnames</span></dt><dd><p>Look up names</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samlookuprids</span></dt><dd><p>Look up names</p></dd><dt><span class="term">deletedomuser</span></dt><dd><p>Delete domain user</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samquerysecobj</span></dt><dd><p>Query SAMR security object</p></dd><dt><span class="term">getdompwinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Retrieve domain password info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lookupdomain</span></dt><dd><p>Look up domain</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id300941"></a><h3>SPOOLSS</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">adddriver &lt;arch&gt; &lt;config&gt; [&lt;version&gt;]</span></dt><dd><p>
     96                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumtrusts</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate trusted domains</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumprivs</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate privileges</p></dd><dt><span class="term">getdispname</span></dt><dd><p>Get the privilege name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumsid</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate the LSA SIDS</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumprivsaccount</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate the privileges of an SID</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumacctrights</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate the rights of an SID</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaenumacctwithright</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate accounts with a right</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaaddacctrights</span></dt><dd><p>Add rights to an account</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaremoveacctrights</span></dt><dd><p>Remove rights from an account</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsalookupprivvalue</span></dt><dd><p>Get a privilege value given its name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lsaquerysecobj</span></dt><dd><p>Query LSA security object</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324773"></a><h3>LSARPC-DS</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">dsroledominfo</span></dt><dd><p>Get Primary Domain Information</p></dd></dl></div><p> </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>DFS</em></span></p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">dfsexist</span></dt><dd><p>Query DFS support</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsadd</span></dt><dd><p>Add a DFS share</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsremove</span></dt><dd><p>Remove a DFS share</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsgetinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Query DFS share info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dfsenum</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate dfs shares</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324838"></a><h3>REG</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">shutdown</span></dt><dd><p>Remote Shutdown</p></dd><dt><span class="term">abortshutdown</span></dt><dd><p>Abort Shutdown</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324863"></a><h3>SRVSVC</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">srvinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Server query info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netshareenum</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate shares</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netfileenum</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate open files</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netremotetod</span></dt><dd><p>Fetch remote time of day</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324902"></a><h3>SAMR</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">queryuser</span></dt><dd><p>Query user info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querygroup</span></dt><dd><p>Query group info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">queryusergroups</span></dt><dd><p>Query user groups</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querygroupmem</span></dt><dd><p>Query group membership</p></dd><dt><span class="term">queryaliasmem</span></dt><dd><p>Query alias membership</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querydispinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Query display info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">querydominfo</span></dt><dd><p>Query domain info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumdomusers</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate domain users</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumdomgroups</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate domain groups</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumalsgroups</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate alias groups</p></dd><dt><span class="term">createdomuser</span></dt><dd><p>Create domain user</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samlookupnames</span></dt><dd><p>Look up names</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samlookuprids</span></dt><dd><p>Look up names</p></dd><dt><span class="term">deletedomuser</span></dt><dd><p>Delete domain user</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samquerysecobj</span></dt><dd><p>Query SAMR security object</p></dd><dt><span class="term">getdompwinfo</span></dt><dd><p>Retrieve domain password info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lookupdomain</span></dt><dd><p>Look up domain</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325039"></a><h3>SPOOLSS</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">adddriver &lt;arch&gt; &lt;config&gt; [&lt;version&gt;]</span></dt><dd><p>
    9797                Execute an AddPrinterDriver() RPC to install the printer driver
    9898                information on the server.  Note that the driver files should
    … …  
    179179                <code class="literal">enumdrivers</code> commands for obtaining a list of
    180180                of installed printers and drivers.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">addform</span></dt><dd><p>Add form</p></dd><dt><span class="term">setform</span></dt><dd><p>Set form</p></dd><dt><span class="term">getform</span></dt><dd><p>Get form</p></dd><dt><span class="term">deleteform</span></dt><dd><p>Delete form</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumforms</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate form</p></dd><dt><span class="term">setprinter</span></dt><dd><p>Set printer comment</p></dd><dt><span class="term">setprinterdata</span></dt><dd><p>Set REG_SZ printer data</p></dd><dt><span class="term">setprintername &lt;printername&gt;
    181                 &lt;newprintername&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Set printer name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">rffpcnex</span></dt><dd><p>Rffpcnex test</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301320"></a><h3>NETLOGON</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">logonctrl2</span></dt><dd><p>Logon Control 2</p></dd><dt><span class="term">logonctrl</span></dt><dd><p>Logon Control</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samsync</span></dt><dd><p>Sam Synchronisation</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samdeltas</span></dt><dd><p>Query Sam Deltas</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samlogon</span></dt><dd><p>Sam Logon</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id301380"></a><h3>GENERAL COMMANDS</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p>Set the current
     181                &lt;newprintername&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Set printer name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">rffpcnex</span></dt><dd><p>Rffpcnex test</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325391"></a><h3>NETLOGON</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">logonctrl2</span></dt><dd><p>Logon Control 2</p></dd><dt><span class="term">logonctrl</span></dt><dd><p>Logon Control</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samsync</span></dt><dd><p>Sam Synchronisation</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samdeltas</span></dt><dd><p>Query Sam Deltas</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samlogon</span></dt><dd><p>Sam Logon</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id325449"></a><h3>GENERAL COMMANDS</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p>Set the current
    182182                debug level used to log information.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">help (?)</span></dt><dd><p>Print a listing of all
    183183                known commands or extended help  on a particular command.
    184184                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">quit (exit)</span></dt><dd><p>Exit <code class="literal">rpcclient
    185                 </code>.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id301422"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p><code class="literal">rpcclient</code> is designed as a developer testing tool
     185                </code>.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325488"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p><code class="literal">rpcclient</code> is designed as a developer testing tool
    186186        and may not be robust in certain areas (such as command line parsing). 
    187187        It has been known to  generate a core dump upon failures when invalid
    … …  
    193193        to be... a bit flaky in places. </p><p>The development of Samba's implementation is also a bit rough,
    194194        and as more of the services are understood, it can even result in
    195         versions of <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a href="rpcclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">rpcclient</span>(1)</span></a> that are incompatible for some commands or  services. Additionally,
     195        versions of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="rpcclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">rpcclient</span>(1)</span></a> that are incompatible for some commands or  services. Additionally,
    196196        the developers are sending reports to Microsoft,  and problems found
    197197        or reported to Microsoft are fixed in Service Packs,  which may
    198         result in incompatibilities.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id301473"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba
    199         suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id301484"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     198        result in incompatibilities.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325537"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba
     199        suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325547"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    200200        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    201201        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/samba.7.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>samba</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="samba.7"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>samba &#8212; A Windows SMB/CIFS fileserver for UNIX</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">samba</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id291817"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>The Samba software suite is a collection of programs
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>samba</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="samba.7"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>samba &#8212; A Windows SMB/CIFS fileserver for UNIX</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">samba</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283742"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>The Samba software suite is a collection of programs
    22        that implements the Server Message Block (commonly abbreviated
    33        as SMB) protocol for UNIX systems. This protocol is sometimes
    44        also referred to as the Common Internet File System (CIFS). For a
    5         more thorough description, see <a href="http://www.ubiqx.org/cifs/" target="_top">
     5        more thorough description, see <a class="ulink" href="http://www.ubiqx.org/cifs/" target="_top">
    66        http://www.ubiqx.org/cifs/</a>. Samba also implements the NetBIOS
    7         protocol in nmbd.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">smbd</code> daemon provides the file and print services to
     7        protocol in nmbd.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">smbd</code> daemon provides the file and print services to
    88                SMB clients, such as Windows 95/98, Windows NT, Windows
    99                for Workgroups or LanManager. The configuration file
    10                 for this daemon is described in <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>
    11                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">nmbd</code>
     10                for this daemon is described in <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>
     11                </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">nmbd</code>
    1212                daemon provides NetBIOS nameservice and browsing
    1313                support. The configuration file for this daemon
    14                 is described in <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">smbclient</code>
     14                is described in <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">smbclient</code>
    1515                program implements a simple ftp-like client. This
    1616                is useful for accessing SMB shares on other compatible
    1717                servers (such as Windows NT), and can also be used
    1818                to allow a UNIX box to print to a printer attached to
    19                 any SMB server (such as a PC running Windows NT).</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">testparm</code>
    20                 utility is a simple syntax checker for Samba's <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> configuration file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">testprns</code>
     19                any SMB server (such as a PC running Windows NT).</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">testparm</code>
     20                utility is a simple syntax checker for Samba's <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> configuration file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">testprns</code>
    2121                utility supports testing printer names defined
    2222                in your <code class="filename">printcap</code> file used
    23                 by Samba.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbstatus.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbstatus</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">smbstatus</code>
     23                by Samba.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="smbstatus.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbstatus</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">smbstatus</code>
    2424                tool provides access to information about the
    25                 current connections to <code class="literal">smbd</code>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">nmblookup</code>
     25                current connections to <code class="literal">smbd</code>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">nmblookup</code>
    2626                tools allows NetBIOS name queries to be made
    27                 from a UNIX host.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">smbpasswd</code>
     27                from a UNIX host.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">smbpasswd</code>
    2828                command is a tool for changing LanMan and Windows NT
    29                 password hashes on Samba and Windows NT servers.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbcacls.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbcacls</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">smbcacls</code> command is
    30                 a tool to set ACL's on remote CIFS servers. </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbsh.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbsh</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">smbsh</code> command is
     29                password hashes on Samba and Windows NT servers.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="smbcacls.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbcacls</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">smbcacls</code> command is
     30                a tool to set ACL's on remote CIFS servers. </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="smbsh.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbsh</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">smbsh</code> command is
    3131                a program that allows you to run a unix shell with
    32                 with an overloaded VFS.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbtree.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbtree</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">smbtree</code> command
    33                 is a text-based network neighborhood tool.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbtar.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbtar</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">smbtar</code> can make
    34                 backups of data on CIFS/SMB servers.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbspool.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbspool</span>(8)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><code class="literal">smbspool</code> is a
     32                with an overloaded VFS.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="smbtree.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbtree</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">smbtree</code> command
     33                is a text-based network neighborhood tool.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="smbtar.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbtar</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">smbtar</code> can make
     34                backups of data on CIFS/SMB servers.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="smbspool.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbspool</span>(8)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><code class="literal">smbspool</code> is a
    3535                helper utility for printing on printers connected
    36                 to CIFS servers. </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbcontrol.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbcontrol</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><code class="literal">smbcontrol</code> is a utility
     36                to CIFS servers. </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="smbcontrol.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbcontrol</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><code class="literal">smbcontrol</code> is a utility
    3737                that can change the behaviour of running samba daemons.
    38                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="rpcclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">rpcclient</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><code class="literal">rpcclient</code> is a utility
     38                </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="rpcclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">rpcclient</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><code class="literal">rpcclient</code> is a utility
    3939                that can be used to execute RPC commands on remote
    40                 CIFS servers.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="pdbedit.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pdbedit</span>(8)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">pdbedit</code> command
     40                CIFS servers.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="pdbedit.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pdbedit</span>(8)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">pdbedit</code> command
    4141                can be used to maintain the local user database on
    42                 a samba server.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="findsmb.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">findsmb</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">findsmb</code> command
     42                a samba server.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="findsmb.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">findsmb</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">findsmb</code> command
    4343                can be used to find SMB servers on the local network.
    44                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="net.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">net</span>(8)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">net</code> command
     44                </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="net.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">net</span>(8)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">net</code> command
    4545                is supposed to work similar to the DOS/Windows
    46                 NET.EXE command.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><code class="literal">swat</code> is a web-based
     46                NET.EXE command.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><code class="literal">swat</code> is a web-based
    4747                interface to configuring <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>.
    48                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><code class="literal">winbindd</code> is a daemon
     48                </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><code class="literal">winbindd</code> is a daemon
    4949                that is used for integrating authentication and
    50                 the user database into unix.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="wbinfo.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">wbinfo</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><code class="literal">wbinfo</code> is a utility
     50                the user database into unix.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="wbinfo.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">wbinfo</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><code class="literal">wbinfo</code> is a utility
    5151                that retrieves and stores information related to winbind.
    52                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="profiles.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">profiles</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><code class="literal">profiles</code> is a command-line
     52                </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="profiles.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">profiles</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><code class="literal">profiles</code> is a command-line
    5353                utility that can be used to replace all occurences of
    5454                a certain SID with another SID.
    55                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="log2pcap.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">log2pcap</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><code class="literal">log2pcap</code> is a utility
     55                </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="log2pcap.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">log2pcap</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><code class="literal">log2pcap</code> is a utility
    5656                                for generating pcap trace files from Samba log
    57                                 files.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="vfstest.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">vfstest</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><code class="literal">vfstest</code> is a utility
    58                 that can be used to test vfs modules.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="ntlm_auth.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ntlm_auth</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><code class="literal">ntlm_auth</code> is a helper-utility
     57                                files.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="vfstest.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">vfstest</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><code class="literal">vfstest</code> is a utility
     58                that can be used to test vfs modules.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="ntlm_auth.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ntlm_auth</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><code class="literal">ntlm_auth</code> is a helper-utility
    5959                for external programs wanting to do NTLM-authentication.
    6060                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">
    61 <a href="smbmount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbmount</span>(8)</span></a>,
    62 <a href="smbumount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbumount</span>(8)</span></a>,
    63 <a href="smbmnt.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbmnt</span>(8)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><code class="literal">smbmount</code>,<code class="literal">smbumount</code> and <code class="literal">smbmnt</code> are commands that can be used to
     61<a class="citerefentry" href="smbmount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbmount</span>(8)</span></a>,
     62<a class="citerefentry" href="smbumount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbumount</span>(8)</span></a>,
     63<a class="citerefentry" href="smbmnt.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbmnt</span>(8)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><code class="literal">smbmount</code>,<code class="literal">smbumount</code> and <code class="literal">smbmnt</code> are commands that can be used to
    6464                mount CIFS/SMB shares on Linux.
    65                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbcquotas.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbcquotas</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> is a tool that
    66                 can set remote QUOTA's on server with NTFS 5. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300727"></a><h2>COMPONENTS</h2><p>The Samba suite is made up of several components. Each
     65                </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="smbcquotas.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbcquotas</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> is a tool that
     66                can set remote QUOTA's on server with NTFS 5. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324751"></a><h2>COMPONENTS</h2><p>The Samba suite is made up of several components. Each
    6767        component is described in a separate manual page. It is strongly
    6868        recommended that you read the documentation that comes with Samba
    6969        and the manual pages of those components that you use. If the
    7070        manual pages and documents aren't clear enough then please visit
    71         <a href="http://devel.samba.org/" target="_top">http://devel.samba.org</a>
     71        <a class="ulink" href="http://devel.samba.org/" target="_top">http://devel.samba.org</a>
    7272        for information on how to file a bug report or submit a patch.</p><p>If you require help, visit the Samba webpage at
    73         <a href="http://samba.org/" target="_top">http://www.samba.org/</a> and
     73        <a class="ulink" href="http://samba.org/" target="_top">http://www.samba.org/</a> and
    7474        explore the many option available to you.
    75         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300756"></a><h2>AVAILABILITY</h2><p>The Samba software suite is licensed under the
     75        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324778"></a><h2>AVAILABILITY</h2><p>The Samba software suite is licensed under the
    7676        GNU Public License(GPL). A copy of that license should
    7777        have come with the package in the file COPYING. You are
    … …  
    8181        directory pub/samba/. It is also available on several
    8282        mirror sites worldwide.</p><p>You may also find useful information about Samba
    83         on the newsgroup <a href="news:comp.protocols.smb" target="_top">
     83        on the newsgroup <a class="ulink" href="news:comp.protocols.smb" target="_top">
    8484        comp.protocol.smb</a> and the Samba mailing
    8585        list. Details on how to join the mailing list are given in
    … …  
    8787        or Konqueror) then you will also find lots of useful information,
    8888        including back issues of the Samba mailing list, at
    89         <a href="http://lists.samba.org/" target="_top">http://lists.samba.org</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300794"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the
    90         Samba suite. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300805"></a><h2>CONTRIBUTIONS</h2><p>If you wish to contribute to the Samba project,
     89        <a class="ulink" href="http://lists.samba.org/" target="_top">http://lists.samba.org</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324815"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the
     90        Samba suite. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324825"></a><h2>CONTRIBUTIONS</h2><p>If you wish to contribute to the Samba project,
    9191        then I suggest you join the Samba mailing list at
    92         <a href="http://lists.samba.org/" target="_top">http://lists.samba.org</a>.
     92        <a class="ulink" href="http://lists.samba.org/" target="_top">http://lists.samba.org</a>.
    9393        </p><p>If you have patches to submit, visit
    94         <a href="http://devel.samba.org/" target="_top">http://devel.samba.org/</a>
     94        <a class="ulink" href="http://devel.samba.org/" target="_top">http://devel.samba.org/</a>
    9595        for information on how to do it properly. We prefer patches
    96         in <code class="literal">diff -u</code> format.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300837"></a><h2>CONTRIBUTORS</h2><p>Contributors to the project are now too numerous
     96        in <code class="literal">diff -u</code> format.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324855"></a><h2>CONTRIBUTORS</h2><p>Contributors to the project are now too numerous
    9797        to mention here but all deserve the thanks of all Samba
    9898        users. To see a full list, look at the
    9999        <code class="filename">change-log</code> in the source package
    100         for the pre-CVS changes and at <a href="http://cvs.samba.org/" target="_top">
     100        for the pre-CVS changes and at <a class="ulink" href="http://cvs.samba.org/" target="_top">
    101101        http://cvs.samba.org/</a>
    102102        for the contributors to Samba post-CVS. CVS is the Open Source
    103103        source code control system used by the Samba Team to develop
    104         Samba. The project would have been unmanageable without it.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300862"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     104        Samba. The project would have been unmanageable without it.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324879"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    105105        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    106106        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar
    107107        to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p>The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer.
    108108        The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another
    109         excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
     109        excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
    110110        ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/</a>) and updated for the Samba 2.0
    111111        release by Jeremy Allison.  The conversion to DocBook for

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smb.conf.5.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smb.conf</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smb.conf.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smb.conf &#8212; The configuration file for the Samba suite</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id291806"></a><h2>SYNOPSIS</h2><p>
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smb.conf</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smb.conf.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smb.conf &#8212; The configuration file for the Samba suite</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id315538"></a><h2>SYNOPSIS</h2><p>
    22        The <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file is a configuration  file for the Samba suite. <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> contains  runtime configuration information for the Samba programs. The
    33         <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file is designed to be configured and administered by the
    4          <a href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a> program. The
     4         <a class="citerefentry" href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a> program. The
    55        complete description of the file format and possible parameters held within are here for reference purposes.
    66        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="FILEFORMATSECT"></a><h2>FILE FORMAT</h2><p>
    … …  
    2727        which may be given as yes/no, 0/1 or true/false. Case is not significant in boolean values, but is preserved
    2828        in string values. Some items such as create masks are numeric.
    29         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259596"></a><h2>SECTION DESCRIPTIONS</h2><p>
     29        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282776"></a><h2>SECTION DESCRIPTIONS</h2><p>
    3030        Each section in the configuration file (except for the [global] section) describes a shared resource (known as
    3131        a &#8220;<span class="quote">share</span>&#8221;). The section name is the name of the shared resource and the parameters within the
    … …  
    5656</p><pre class="programlisting">
    5757        <em class="parameter"><code>[foo]</code></em>
    58         <a class="indexterm" name="id259433"></a>path = /home/bar
    59         <a class="indexterm" name="id260355"></a>read only = no
     58        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH">path = /home/bar</a>
     59        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY">read only = no</a>
    6060</pre><p>
    6161        </p><p>
    … …  
    6565</p><pre class="programlisting">
    6666        <em class="parameter"><code>[aprinter]</code></em>
    67         <a class="indexterm" name="id260383"></a>path = /usr/spool/public
    68         <a class="indexterm" name="id260390"></a>read only = yes
    69         <a class="indexterm" name="id260397"></a>printable = yes
    70         <a class="indexterm" name="id260404"></a>guest ok = yes
     67        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH">path = /usr/spool/public</a>
     68        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY">read only = yes</a>
     69        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTABLE">printable = yes</a>
     70        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK">guest ok = yes</a>
    7171</pre><p>
    72         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260415"></a><h2>SPECIAL SECTIONS</h2><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id260420"></a><h3>The [global] section</h3><p>
     72        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283054"></a><h2>SPECIAL SECTIONS</h2><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id283060"></a><h3>The [global] section</h3><p>
    7373                Parameters in this section apply to the server as a whole, or are defaults for sections that do not
    7474                specifically define certain items. See the notes under PARAMETERS for more information.
    … …  
    106106</p><pre class="programlisting">
    107107<em class="parameter"><code>[homes]</code></em>
    108 <a class="indexterm" name="id260157"></a>read only = no
     108<a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY">read only = no</a>
    109109</pre><p>
    110110                </p><p>
    … …  
    138138</p><pre class="programlisting">
    139139<em class="parameter"><code>[printers]</code></em>
    140 <a class="indexterm" name="id300481"></a>path = /usr/spool/public
    141 <a class="indexterm" name="id300488"></a>guest ok = yes
    142 <a class="indexterm" name="id300495"></a>printable = yes
     140<a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH">path = /usr/spool/public</a>
     141<a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK">guest ok = yes</a>
     142<a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTABLE">printable = yes</a>
    143143</pre><p>
    144144                </p><p>
    … …  
    161161                <code class="literal">printcap name = lpstat</code> to automatically obtain a list of printers. See the
    162162                <code class="literal">printcap name</code> option for more details.
    163                 </p></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300553"></a><h2>USERSHARES</h2><p>Starting with Samba version 3.0.23 the capability for non-root users to add, modify, and delete
     163                </p></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324680"></a><h2>USERSHARES</h2><p>Starting with Samba version 3.0.23 the capability for non-root users to add, modify, and delete
    164164        their own share definitions has been added. This capability is called <span class="emphasis"><em>usershares</em></span> and
    165165        is controlled by a set of parameters in the [global] section of the smb.conf.
    … …  
    179179
    180180</p><pre class="programlisting">
    181         <a class="indexterm" name="id300682"></a>usershare path = /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares
    182         <a class="indexterm" name="id300690"></a>usershare max shares = 10 # (or the desired number of shares)
     181        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USERSHAREPATH">usershare path = /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares</a>
     182        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USERSHAREMAXSHARES">usershare max shares = 10</a> # (or the desired number of shares)
    183183</pre><p>
    184184
    185185        to the global
    186186        section of your <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>. Members of the group foo may then manipulate the user defined shares
    187         using the following commands.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">net usershare add sharename path [comment] [acl] [guest_ok=[y|n]]</span></dt><dd><p>To create or modify (overwrite) a user defined share.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare delete sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To delete a user defined share.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare list wildcard-sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To list user defined shares.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare info wildcard-sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To print information about user defined shares.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300757"></a><h2>PARAMETERS</h2><p>Parameters define the specific attributes of sections.</p><p>
     187        using the following commands.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">net usershare add sharename path [comment] [acl] [guest_ok=[y|n]]</span></dt><dd><p>To create or modify (overwrite) a user defined share.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare delete sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To delete a user defined share.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare list wildcard-sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To list user defined shares.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">net usershare info wildcard-sharename</span></dt><dd><p>To print information about user defined shares.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324875"></a><h2>PARAMETERS</h2><p>Parameters define the specific attributes of sections.</p><p>
    188188        Some parameters are specific to the [global] section (e.g., <span class="emphasis"><em>security</em></span>).  Some parameters
    189189        are usable in all sections (e.g., <span class="emphasis"><em>create mask</em></span>). All others are permissible only in normal
    … …  
    197197        find them! Where there are synonyms, the preferred synonym is described, others refer to the preferred
    198198        synonym.
    199         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300798"></a><h2>VARIABLE SUBSTITUTIONS</h2><p>
     199        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324914"></a><h2>VARIABLE SUBSTITUTIONS</h2><p>
    200200        Many of the strings that are settable in the config file can take substitutions. For example the option
    201201        &#8220;<span class="quote">path = /tmp/%u</span>&#8221; is interpreted as &#8220;<span class="quote">path = /tmp/john</span>&#8221; if the user connected with the
    … …  
    215215                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">%R</span></dt><dd><p>the selected protocol level after protocol negotiation. It can be one of CORE, COREPLUS,
    216216                        LANMAN1, LANMAN2 or NT1.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%d</span></dt><dd><p>the process id of the current server
    217                         process.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%a</span></dt><dd><p>the architecture of the remote
    218                         machine.  It currently recognizes Samba (<code class="constant">Samba</code>),
    219                         the Linux CIFS file system (<code class="constant">CIFSFS</code>), OS/2, (<code class="constant">OS2</code>),
    220                         Windows for Workgroups (<code class="constant">WfWg</code>), Windows 9x/ME
    221                         (<code class="constant">Win95</code>), Windows NT (<code class="constant">WinNT</code>),
    222                         Windows 2000 (<code class="constant">Win2K</code>), Windows XP (<code class="constant">WinXP</code>),
    223                         and Windows 2003 (<code class="constant">Win2K3</code>).  Anything else will be known as
    224                         <code class="constant">UNKNOWN</code>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%I</span></dt><dd><p>the IP address of the client machine.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%i</span></dt><dd><p>the local IP address to which a client connected.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%T</span></dt><dd><p>the current date and time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%D</span></dt><dd><p>name of the domain or workgroup of the current user.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%w</span></dt><dd><p>the winbind separator.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%$(<em class="replaceable"><code>envvar</code></em>)</span></dt><dd><p>the value of the environment variable
     217                        process.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%a</span></dt><dd><p>
     218                    The architecture of the remote
     219                    machine.  It currently recognizes Samba (<code class="constant">Samba</code>),
     220                    the Linux CIFS file system (<code class="constant">CIFSFS</code>), OS/2, (<code class="constant">OS2</code>),
     221                    Windows for Workgroups (<code class="constant">WfWg</code>), Windows 9x/ME
     222                    (<code class="constant">Win95</code>), Windows NT (<code class="constant">WinNT</code>),
     223                    Windows 2000 (<code class="constant">Win2K</code>),
     224                    Windows XP (<code class="constant">WinXP</code>),
     225                    Windows XP 64-bit(<code class="constant">WinXP64</code>),
     226                    Windows 2003 including
     227                    2003R2 (<code class="constant">Win2K3</code>), and Windows
     228                    Vista (<code class="constant">Vista</code>).  Anything else will be known as
     229                    <code class="constant">UNKNOWN</code>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%I</span></dt><dd><p>the IP address of the client machine.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%i</span></dt><dd><p>the local IP address to which a client connected.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%T</span></dt><dd><p>the current date and time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%D</span></dt><dd><p>name of the domain or workgroup of the current user.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%w</span></dt><dd><p>the winbind separator.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%$(<em class="replaceable"><code>envvar</code></em>)</span></dt><dd><p>the value of the environment variable
    225230                <em class="replaceable"><code>envar</code></em>.</p></dd></dl></div><p>
    226231        The following substitutes apply only to some configuration options (only those that are
    … …  
    254259                controls what the default case is for new filenames (ie. files that don't currently exist in the filesystem).
    255260                Default <span class="emphasis"><em>lower</em></span>.  IMPORTANT NOTE: This option will be used to modify the case of
    256                 <span class="emphasis"><em>all</em></span> incoming client filenames, not just new filenames if the options <a class="indexterm" name="id301239"></a>case sensitive = yes, <a class="indexterm" name="id301246"></a>preserve case = No,
    257                 <a class="indexterm" name="id301253"></a>short preserve case = No are set.  This change is needed as part of the
     261                <span class="emphasis"><em>all</em></span> incoming client filenames, not just new filenames if the options <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CASESENSITIVE">case sensitive = yes</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRESERVECASE">preserve case = No</a>,
     262                <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SHORTPRESERVECASE">short preserve case = No</a> are set.  This change is needed as part of the
    258263                optimisations for directories containing large numbers of files.
    259264                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">preserve case = yes/no</span></dt><dd><p>
    … …  
    301306                If the service is a guest service, a connection is made as the username given in the <code class="literal">guest account
    302307                =</code> for the service, irrespective of the supplied password.
    303                 </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id301448"></a><h2>EXPLANATION OF EACH PARAMETER</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><a name="ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a>abort shutdown script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This a full path name to a script called by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> that
    304         should stop a shutdown procedure issued by the <a class="indexterm" name="id301488"></a>shutdown script.</p><p>If the connected user posseses the <code class="constant">SeRemoteShutdownPrivilege</code>,
     308                </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325539"></a><h2>EXPLANATION OF EACH PARAMETER</h2><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325549"></a>
     309
     310abort shutdown script (G)
     311</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325550"></a><a name="ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This a full path name to a script called by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> that
     312        should stop a shutdown procedure issued by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SHUTDOWNSCRIPT">shutdown script</a>.</p><p>If the connected user posseses the <code class="constant">SeRemoteShutdownPrivilege</code>,
    305313        right, this command will be run as user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>abort shutdown script</code></em> = <code class="literal">""</code>
    306314</em></span>
    307315</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>abort shutdown script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/sbin/shutdown -c</code>
    308316</em></span>
    309 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ACLCHECKPERMISSIONS"></a>acl check permissions (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls what <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>does on receiving a protocol request of "open for delete"
     317</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325623"></a>
     318
     319acl check permissions (S)
     320</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325624"></a><a name="ACLCHECKPERMISSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls what <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>does on receiving a protocol request of "open for delete"
    310321    from a Windows client. If a Windows client doesn't have permissions to delete a file then they
    311322    expect this to be denied at open time. POSIX systems normally only detect restrictions on delete by
    … …  
    327338    </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>acl check permissions</code></em> = <code class="literal">True</code>
    328339</em></span>
    329 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ACLCOMPATIBILITY"></a>acl compatibility (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies what OS ACL semantics should
     340</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id282494"></a>
     341
     342acl compatibility (S)
     343</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id282495"></a><a name="ACLCOMPATIBILITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies what OS ACL semantics should
    330344        be compatible with. Possible values are <span class="emphasis"><em>winnt</em></span> for Windows NT 4,
    331345        <span class="emphasis"><em>win2k</em></span> for Windows 2000 and above and <span class="emphasis"><em>auto</em></span>.
    … …  
    336350</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>acl compatibility</code></em> = <code class="literal">win2k</code>
    337351</em></span>
    338 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ACLGROUPCONTROL"></a>acl group control (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     352</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325826"></a>
     353
     354acl group control (S)
     355</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325828"></a><a name="ACLGROUPCONTROL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    339356        In a POSIX filesystem, only the owner of a file or directory and the superuser can modify the permissions
    340357        and ACLs on a file. If this parameter is set, then Samba overrides this restriction, and also allows the
    … …  
    349366        </p><p>
    350367        This parameter allows Samba to also permit delegation of the control over a point in the exported
    351         directory hierarchy in much the same was as Windows. This allows all members of a UNIX group to
     368        directory hierarchy in much the same way as Windows. This allows all members of a UNIX group to
    352369        control the permissions on a file or directory they have group ownership on.
    353370        </p><p>
    354         This parameter is best used with the <a class="indexterm" name="id301716"></a>inherit owner option and also
    355         on on a share containing directories with the UNIX <span class="emphasis"><em>setgid bit</em></span> bit set
     371        This parameter is best used with the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INHERITOWNER">inherit owner</a> option and also
     372        on on a share containing directories with the UNIX <span class="emphasis"><em>setgid bit</em></span> set
    356373        on them, which causes new files and directories created within it to inherit the group
    357374        ownership from the containing directory.
    … …  
    361378        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>acl group control</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    362379</em></span>
    363 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ACLMAPFULLCONTROL"></a>acl map full control (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
    364         This boolean parameter controls whether <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>maps a POSIX ACE entry of "rwx" (read/write/execute), the maximum
     380</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325907"></a>
     381
     382acl map full control (S)
     383</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325908"></a><a name="ACLMAPFULLCONTROL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
     384        This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>maps a POSIX ACE entry of "rwx" (read/write/execute), the maximum
    365385        allowed POSIX permission set, into a Windows ACL of "FULL CONTROL". If this parameter is set to true any POSIX
    366386        ACE entry of "rwx" will be returned in a Windows ACL as "FULL CONTROL", is this parameter is set to false any
    … …  
    369389        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>acl map full control</code></em> = <code class="literal">True</code>
    370390</em></span>
    371 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDGROUPSCRIPT"></a>add group script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
    372         This is the full pathname to a script that will be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a new group is requested. It
     391</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id325954"></a>
     392
     393add group script (G)
     394</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id325956"></a><a name="ADDGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
     395        This is the full pathname to a script that will be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a new group is requested. It
    373396        will expand any <em class="parameter"><code>%g</code></em> to the group name passed. This script is only useful
    374397        for installations using the Windows NT domain administration tools. The script is free to create a group with
    … …  
    379402</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add group script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/groupadd %g</code>
    380403</em></span>
    381 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDMACHINESCRIPT"></a>add machine script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     404</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326025"></a>
     405
     406add machine script (G)
     407</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326026"></a><a name="ADDMACHINESCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    382408        This is the full pathname to a script that will  be run by
    383          <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a machine is
     409         <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a machine is
    384410        added to Samba's domain and a Unix account matching the machine's name appended with a "$" does not
    385411        already exist.
    386         </p><p>This option is very similar to the <a class="indexterm" name="id301914"></a>add user script, and likewise uses the %u
     412        </p><p>This option is very similar to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ADDUSERSCRIPT">add user script</a>, and likewise uses the %u
    387413        substitution for the account name.  Do not use the %m
    388414        substitution.  </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add machine script</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    … …  
    390416</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add machine script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/adduser -n -g machines -c Machine -d /var/lib/nobody -s /bin/false %u</code>
    391417</em></span>
    392 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDPORTCOMMAND"></a>add port command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Samba 3.0.23 introduces support for adding printer ports
     418</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326098"></a>
     419
     420add port command (G)
     421</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326100"></a><a name="ADDPORTCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Samba 3.0.23 introduced support for adding printer ports
    393422        remotely using the Windows "Add Standard TCP/IP Port Wizard".
    394423        This option defines an external program to be executed when
    395424        smbd receives a request to add a new Port to the system.
    396         he script is passed two parameters:
    397     </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>port name</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>device URI</code></em></p></li></ul></div><p>The deviceURI is in the for of socket://&lt;hostname&gt;[:&lt;portnumber&gt;]
     425        The script is passed two parameters:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>port name</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>device URI</code></em></p></li></ul></div><p>The deviceURI is in the for of socket://&lt;hostname&gt;[:&lt;portnumber&gt;]
    398426        or lpd://&lt;hostname&gt;/&lt;queuename&gt;.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add port command</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    399427</em></span>
    400428</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add port command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc/samba/scripts/addport.sh</code>
    401429</em></span>
    402 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"></a>add printer command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing
     430</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326178"></a>
     431
     432add printer command (G)
     433</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326179"></a><a name="ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing
    403434    support for Windows NT/2000 clients in Samba 2.2, The MS Add
    404435    Printer Wizard (APW) icon is now also available in the
    … …  
    411442    to the print system and to add the appropriate service definition
    412443    to the  <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file in order that it can be
    413     shared by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>.</p><p>The <em class="parameter"><code>addprinter command</code></em> is
     444    shared by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>.</p><p>The <em class="parameter"><code>addprinter command</code></em> is
    414445    automatically invoked with the following parameter (in
    415446    order):</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>printer name</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>share name</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>port name</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>driver name</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>location</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>Windows 9x driver location</code></em></p></li></ul></div><p>All parameters are filled in from the PRINTER_INFO_2 structure sent
    … …  
    429460</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add printer command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/addprinter</code>
    430461</em></span>
    431 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDSHARECOMMAND"></a>add share command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically
    432         add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server Manager.  The
    433         <em class="parameter"><code>add share command</code></em> is used to define an
    434         external program or script which will add a new service definition
    435         to <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>.  In order to successfully
    436         execute the <em class="parameter"><code>add share command</code></em>, <code class="literal">smbd</code>
    437         requires that the administrator be connected using a root account (i.e.
    438         uid == 0).
    439         </p><p>
    440         When executed, <code class="literal">smbd</code> will automatically invoke the
     462</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326348"></a>
     463
     464add share command (G)
     465</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326349"></a><a name="ADDSHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
     466        Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server
     467        Manager.  The <em class="parameter"><code>add share command</code></em> is used to define an external program
     468        or script which will add a new service definition to <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>.  In order
     469        to successfully execute the <em class="parameter"><code>add share command</code></em>, <code class="literal">smbd</code> requires that the administrator be connected using a root account (i.e.  uid == 0).
     470        </p><p>
     471    If the connected account has <code class="literal">SeDiskOperatorPrivilege</code>, scripts defined in
     472    <em class="parameter"><code>change share</code></em> parameter are executed as root.
     473    </p><p>
     474        When executed, <code class="literal">smbd</code> will automatically invoke the
    441475        <em class="parameter"><code>add share command</code></em> with five parameters.
    442         </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>configFile</code></em> - the location
    443                         of the global <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.
    444                         </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>shareName</code></em> - the name of the new
    445                         share.
     476        </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>configFile</code></em> - the location of the global <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.
     477                        </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>shareName</code></em> - the name of the new share.
    446478                        </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>pathName</code></em> - path to an **existing**
    447479                        directory on disk.
    448                         </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>comment</code></em> - comment string to associate
    449                         with the new share.
     480                        </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>comment</code></em> - comment string to associate with the new
     481                        share.
    450482                        </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>max
    451483                        connections</code></em>
    … …  
    453485                        share.
    454486                        </p></li></ul></div><p>
    455         This parameter is only used for add file shares.  To add printer shares,
    456         see the <a class="indexterm" name="id302354"></a>addprinter command.
     487        This parameter is only used for add file shares.  To add printer shares, see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND">addprinter command</a>.
    457488        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add share command</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    458489</em></span>
    459490</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add share command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/bin/addshare</code>
    460491</em></span>
    461 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDUSERSCRIPT"></a>add user script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     492</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326523"></a>
     493
     494add user script (G)
     495</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326524"></a><a name="ADDUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    462496        This is the full pathname to a script that will be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> by
    463         <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>
     497        <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>
    464498        under special circumstances described below.
    465499        </p><p>
    … …  
    470504         <span class="emphasis"><em>ON DEMAND</em></span> when a user accesses the Samba server.
    471505        </p><p>
    472         In order to use this option, <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> must <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> be set to
    473         <a class="indexterm" name="id302456"></a>security = share and <a class="indexterm" name="id302463"></a>add user script
     506        In order to use this option, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> must <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> be set to
     507        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security = share</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ADDUSERSCRIPT">add user script</a>
    474508        must be set to a full pathname for a script that will create a UNIX user given one argument of
    475509        <em class="parameter"><code>%u</code></em>, which expands into the UNIX user name to create.
    476510        </p><p>
    477511        When the Windows user attempts to access the Samba server, at login (session setup in
    478         the SMB protocol) time, <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> contacts the <a class="indexterm" name="id302489"></a>password server
     512        the SMB protocol) time, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> contacts the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDSERVER">password server</a>
    479513        and attempts to authenticate the given user with the given password. If the authentication
    480514        succeeds then <code class="literal">smbd</code> attempts to find a UNIX user in the UNIX
    481515        password database to map the Windows user into. If this lookup fails, and
    482         <a class="indexterm" name="id302504"></a>add user script is set then <code class="literal">smbd</code> will
     516        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ADDUSERSCRIPT">add user script</a> is set then <code class="literal">smbd</code> will
    483517        call the specified script <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span>, expanding any
    484518        <em class="parameter"><code>%u</code></em> argument to be the user name to create.
    … …  
    488522        match existing Windows NT accounts.
    489523        </p><p>
    490         See also <a class="indexterm" name="id302541"></a>security, <a class="indexterm" name="id302548"></a>password server,
    491         <a class="indexterm" name="id302555"></a>delete user script.
     524        See also <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDSERVER">password server</a>,
     525        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEUSERSCRIPT">delete user script</a>.
    492526        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add user script</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    493527</em></span>
    494528</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add user script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/add_user %u</code>
    495529</em></span>
    496 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDUSERTOGROUPSCRIPT"></a>add user to group script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     530</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326711"></a>
     531
     532add user to group script (G)
     533</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326712"></a><a name="ADDUSERTOGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    497534        Full path to the script that will be called when a user is added to a group using the Windows NT domain administration
    498         tools. It will be run by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>
     535        tools. It will be run by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>
    499536        <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span>. Any <em class="parameter"><code>%g</code></em> will be replaced with the group name and
    500537        any <em class="parameter"><code>%u</code></em> will be replaced with the user name.
    … …  
    506543</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>add user to group script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/adduser %u %g</code>
    507544</em></span>
    508 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADMINUSERS"></a>admin users (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users who will be granted
     545</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326794"></a>
     546
     547admin users (S)
     548</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326795"></a><a name="ADMINUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users who will be granted
    509549    administrative privileges on the share. This means that they
    510550    will do all file operations as the super-user (root).</p><p>You should use this option very carefully, as any user in
    511551    this list will be able to do anything they like on the share,
    512     irrespective of file permissions.</p><p>This parameter will not work with the <a class="indexterm" name="id302715"></a>security = share in
     552    irrespective of file permissions.</p><p>This parameter will not work with the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security = share</a> in
    513553    Samba 3.0.  This is by design.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>admin users</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    514554</em></span>
    515555</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>admin users</code></em> = <code class="literal">jason</code>
    516556</em></span>
    517 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="AFSSHARE"></a>afs share (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether special AFS features are enabled
     557</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326862"></a>
     558
     559afs share (S)
     560</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326864"></a><a name="AFSSHARE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether special AFS features are enabled
    518561        for this share. If enabled, it assumes that the directory exported via
    519562        the <em class="parameter"><code>path</code></em> parameter is a local AFS import. The
    … …  
    522565        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>afs share</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    523566</em></span>
    524 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="AFSUSERNAMEMAP"></a>afs username map (G)</span></dt><dd><p>If you are using the fake kaserver AFS feature, you might
     567</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326907"></a>
     568
     569afs username map (G)
     570</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326908"></a><a name="AFSUSERNAMEMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If you are using the fake kaserver AFS feature, you might
    525571        want to hand-craft the usernames you are creating tokens for.
    526572        For example this is necessary if you have users from several domain
    … …  
    532578</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>afs username map</code></em> = <code class="literal">%u@afs.samba.org</code>
    533579</em></span>
    534 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="AIOREADSIZE"></a>aio read size (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support and this
     580</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id326966"></a>
     581
     582aio read size (S)
     583</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id326967"></a><a name="AIOREADSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support and this
    535584    integer parameter is set to non-zero value,
    536585    Samba will read from file asynchronously when size of request is bigger
    537586    than this value. Note that it happens only for non-chained and non-chaining
    538587    reads and when not using write cache.</p><p>Current implementation of asynchronous I/O in Samba 3.0 does support
    539     only up to 10 outstanding asynchronous requests, read and write combined.</p>
    540 
    541   write cache size
    542   aio write size
    543 
    544 <p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>aio read size</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code>
     588    only up to 10 outstanding asynchronous requests, read and write combined.</p><p>Related command: <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITECACHESIZE">write cache size</a></p><p>Related command: <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#AIOWRITESIZE">aio write size</a></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>aio read size</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code>
    545589</em></span>
    546590</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>aio read size</code></em> = <code class="literal">16384
    … …  
    548592    request size</code>
    549593</em></span>
    550 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="AIOWRITESIZE"></a>aio write size (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support and this
     594</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327045"></a>
     595
     596aio write size (S)
     597</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327046"></a><a name="AIOWRITESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support and this
    551598    integer parameter is set to non-zero value,
    552599    Samba will write to file asynchronously when size of request is bigger
    553600    than this value. Note that it happens only for non-chained and non-chaining
    554601    reads and when not using write cache.</p><p>Current implementation of asynchronous I/O in Samba 3.0 does support
    555     only up to 10 outstanding asynchronous requests, read and write combined.</p>
    556  
    557   write cache size
    558   aio read size
    559 
    560 <p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>aio write size</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code>
     602    only up to 10 outstanding asynchronous requests, read and write combined.</p><p>Related command: <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITECACHESIZE">write cache size</a></p><p>Related command: <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#AIOREADSIZE">aio read size</a></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>aio write size</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code>
    561603</em></span>
    562604</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>aio write size</code></em> = <code class="literal">16384
    … …  
    564606    request size</code>
    565607</em></span>
    566 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ALGORITHMICRIDBASE"></a>algorithmic rid base (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This determines how Samba will use its
     608</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327124"></a>
     609
     610algorithmic rid base (G)
     611</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327125"></a><a name="ALGORITHMICRIDBASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This determines how Samba will use its
    567612    algorithmic mapping from uids/gid to the RIDs needed to construct
    568613    NT Security Identifiers.
    … …  
    574619    mapping can't be 'turned off', but pushing it 'out of the way' should
    575620    resolve the issues.  Users and groups can then be assigned 'low' RIDs
    576     in arbitary-rid supporting backends.
     621    in arbitrary-rid supporting backends.
    577622    </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>algorithmic rid base</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code>
    578623</em></span>
    579624</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>algorithmic rid base</code></em> = <code class="literal">100000</code>
    580625</em></span>
    581 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ALLOCATIONROUNDUPSIZE"></a>allocation roundup size (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an administrator to tune the
     626</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327189"></a>
     627
     628allocation roundup size (S)
     629</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327190"></a><a name="ALLOCATIONROUNDUPSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an administrator to tune the
    582630    allocation size reported to Windows clients.  The default
    583631    size of 1Mb generally results in improved Windows client
    … …  
    591639# (to disable roundups)</code>
    592640</em></span>
    593 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS"></a>allow trusted domains (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
    594     This option only takes effect when the <a class="indexterm" name="id303140"></a>security option is set to
     641</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327249"></a>
     642
     643allow trusted domains (G)
     644</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327250"></a><a name="ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
     645    This option only takes effect when the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security</a> option is set to
    595646    <code class="constant">server</code>, <code class="constant">domain</code> or <code class="constant">ads</code>. 
    596647    If it is set to no, then attempts to connect to a resource from
    … …  
    606657    can make implementing a security boundary difficult.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>allow trusted domains</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    607658</em></span>
    608 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ANNOUNCEAS"></a>announce as (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies what type of server <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will announce itself as, to a network neighborhood browse
     659</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327313"></a>
     660
     661announce as (G)
     662</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327314"></a><a name="ANNOUNCEAS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies what type of server <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will announce itself as, to a network neighborhood browse
    609663    list. By default this is set to Windows NT. The valid options
    610664    are : "NT Server" (which can also be written as "NT"),
    … …  
    618672</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>announce as</code></em> = <code class="literal">Win95</code>
    619673</em></span>
    620 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ANNOUNCEVERSION"></a>announce version (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies the major and minor version numbers
     674</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327382"></a>
     675
     676announce version (G)
     677</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327383"></a><a name="ANNOUNCEVERSION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies the major and minor version numbers
    621678    that nmbd will use when announcing itself as a server. The default
    622679    is 4.9.  Do not change this parameter unless you have a specific
    … …  
    625682</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>announce version</code></em> = <code class="literal">2.0</code>
    626683</em></span>
    627 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="AUTHMETHODS"></a>auth methods (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     684</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327436"></a>
     685
     686auth methods (G)
     687</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327438"></a><a name="AUTHMETHODS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    628688    This option allows the administrator to chose what authentication methods <code class="literal">smbd</code>
    629     will use when authenticating a user. This option defaults to sensible values based on <a class="indexterm" name="id303341"></a>security. 
     689    will use when authenticating a user. This option defaults to sensible values based on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security</a>. 
    630690    This should be considered a developer option and used only in rare circumstances.  In the majority (if not all)
    631691    of production servers, the default setting should be adequate.
    … …  
    646706</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>auth methods</code></em> = <code class="literal">guest sam winbind</code>
    647707</em></span>
    648 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="AVAILABLE"></a>available (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter lets you "turn off" a service. If
     708</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327532"></a>
     709
     710available (S)
     711</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327533"></a><a name="AVAILABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter lets you "turn off" a service. If
    649712        <em class="parameter"><code>available = no</code></em>, then <span class="emphasis"><em>ALL</em></span>
    650713        attempts to connect to the service will fail. Such failures are
    651714        logged.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>available</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    652715</em></span>
    653 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BINDINTERFACESONLY"></a>bind interfaces only (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This global parameter allows the Samba admin
     716</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327578"></a>
     717
     718bind interfaces only (G)
     719</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327579"></a><a name="BINDINTERFACESONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This global parameter allows the Samba admin
    654720        to limit what interfaces on a machine will serve SMB requests. It
    655         affects file service <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and name service <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> in a slightly different ways.</p><p>
     721        affects file service <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and name service <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> in a slightly different ways.</p><p>
    656722        For name service it causes <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to bind to ports 137 and 138 on the
    657         interfaces listed in the <a class="indexterm" name="id303510"></a>interfaces parameter. <code class="literal">nmbd</code>
     723        interfaces listed in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES">interfaces</a> parameter. <code class="literal">nmbd</code>
    658724        also binds to the "all addresses" interface (0.0.0.0) on ports 137 and 138 for the purposes of
    659725        reading broadcast messages.  If this option is not set then <code class="literal">nmbd</code> will
    660         service name requests on all of these sockets. If <a class="indexterm" name="id303531"></a>bind interfaces only is set then
     726        service name requests on all of these sockets. If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#BINDINTERFACESONLY">bind interfaces only</a> is set then
    661727         <code class="literal">nmbd</code> will check the source address of any packets coming in on the
    662728        broadcast sockets and discard any that don't match the broadcast addresses of the interfaces in the
    663         <a class="indexterm" name="id303545"></a>interfaces parameter list.  As unicast packets are received on the other sockets it
     729        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES">interfaces</a> parameter list.  As unicast packets are received on the other sockets it
    664730        allows <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to refuse to serve names to machines that send packets that
    665         arrive through any interfaces not listed in the <a class="indexterm" name="id303560"></a>interfaces list.  IP Source address
     731        arrive through any interfaces not listed in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES">interfaces</a> list.  IP Source address
    666732        spoofing does defeat this simple check, however, so it must not be used seriously as a security feature for
    667733         <code class="literal">nmbd</code>.
    668734        </p><p>
    669         For file service it causes <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> to bind only to the interface list given in the <a class="indexterm" name="id303585"></a>interfaces parameter. This restricts the networks that <code class="literal">smbd</code> will
     735        For file service it causes <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> to bind only to the interface list given in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES">interfaces</a> parameter. This restricts the networks that <code class="literal">smbd</code> will
    670736        serve to packets coming in those interfaces.  Note that you should not use this parameter for machines that
    671737        are serving PPP or other intermittent or non-broadcast network interfaces as it will not cope with
    672738        non-permanent interfaces.
    673739        </p><p>
    674         If <a class="indexterm" name="id303604"></a>bind interfaces only is set then unless the network address
    675          <span class="emphasis"><em>127.0.0.1</em></span> is added to the <a class="indexterm" name="id303615"></a>interfaces parameter list
    676          <a href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a> and
    677          <a href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a> may not work as
     740        If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#BINDINTERFACESONLY">bind interfaces only</a> is set then unless the network address
     741         <span class="emphasis"><em>127.0.0.1</em></span> is added to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES">interfaces</a> parameter list
     742         <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a> and
     743         <a class="citerefentry" href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a> may not work as
    678744        expected due to the reasons covered below.
    679745        </p><p>
    680746        To change a users SMB password, the <code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> by default connects to the
    681747         <span class="emphasis"><em>localhost - 127.0.0.1</em></span> address as an SMB client to issue the password change request. If
    682         <a class="indexterm" name="id303653"></a>bind interfaces only is set then unless the network address
    683          <span class="emphasis"><em>127.0.0.1</em></span> is added to the <a class="indexterm" name="id303664"></a>interfaces parameter list then <code class="literal"> smbpasswd</code> will fail to connect in it's default mode.  <code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> can be forced to use the primary IP interface of the local host by using
    684         its <a href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>    <em class="parameter"><code>-r <em class="replaceable"><code>remote machine</code></em></code></em> parameter, with <em class="replaceable"><code>remote
     748        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#BINDINTERFACESONLY">bind interfaces only</a> is set then unless the network address
     749         <span class="emphasis"><em>127.0.0.1</em></span> is added to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES">interfaces</a> parameter list then <code class="literal"> smbpasswd</code> will fail to connect in it's default mode.  <code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> can be forced to use the primary IP interface of the local host by using
     750        its <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>       <em class="parameter"><code>-r <em class="replaceable"><code>remote machine</code></em></code></em> parameter, with <em class="replaceable"><code>remote
    685751        machine</code></em> set to the IP name of the primary interface of the local host.
    686752        </p><p>
    … …  
    692758        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>bind interfaces only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    693759</em></span>
    694 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BLOCKINGLOCKS"></a>blocking locks (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior
    695         of <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when given a request by a client
     760</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327875"></a>
     761
     762blocking locks (S)
     763</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327876"></a><a name="BLOCKINGLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior
     764        of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when given a request by a client
    696765        to obtain a byte range lock on a region of an open file, and the
    697766        request has a time limit associated with it.</p><p>If this parameter is set and the lock range requested
    … …  
    703772        cannot be obtained.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>blocking locks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    704773</em></span>
    705 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BLOCKSIZE"></a>block size (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior of <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when reporting disk free
     774</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id327934"></a>
     775
     776block size (S)
     777</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id327935"></a><a name="BLOCKSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when reporting disk free
    706778    sizes. By default, this reports a disk block size of 1024 bytes.
    707779    </p><p>Changing this parameter may have some effect on the
    … …  
    717789</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>block size</code></em> = <code class="literal">4096</code>
    718790</em></span>
    719 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BROWSABLE"></a>browsable</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for browseable.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BROWSEABLE"></a>browseable (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether this share is seen in
     791</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328005"></a><a name="BROWSABLE"></a>browsable</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328006"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#BROWSEABLE">browseable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328031"></a>
     792
     793browseable (S)
     794</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328032"></a><a name="BROWSEABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether this share is seen in
    720795        the list of available shares in a net view and in the browse list.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>browseable</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    721796</em></span>
    722 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BROWSELIST"></a>browse list (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will serve a browse list to
     797</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328068"></a>
     798
     799browse list (G)
     800</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328070"></a><a name="BROWSELIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will serve a browse list to
    723801        a client doing a <code class="literal">NetServerEnum</code> call. Normally
    724802        set to <code class="constant">yes</code>. You should never need to change
    725803        this.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>browse list</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    726804</em></span>
    727 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CASESIGNAMES"></a>casesignames</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for case sensitive.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CASESENSITIVE"></a>case sensitive (S)</span></dt><dd><p>See the discussion in the section <a class="indexterm" name="id304074"></a>name mangling.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>case sensitive</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    728 </em></span>
    729 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CHANGENOTIFY"></a>change notify (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should reply
     805</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328121"></a><a name="CASESIGNAMES"></a>casesignames</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328122"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#CASESENSITIVE">case sensitive</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328146"></a>
     806
     807case sensitive (S)
     808</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328147"></a><a name="CASESENSITIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>See the discussion in the section <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING">name mangling</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>case sensitive</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
     809</em></span>
     810</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328190"></a>
     811
     812change notify (S)
     813</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328191"></a><a name="CHANGENOTIFY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should reply
    730814        to a client's file change notify requests.
    731         </p><p>You should never need to change this parameter</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>change notify</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    732 </em></span>
    733 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CHANGESHARECOMMAND"></a>change share command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically
    734         add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server Manager.  The
    735         <em class="parameter"><code>change share command</code></em> is used to define an
    736         external program or script which will modify an existing service definition
    737         in <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>.  In order to successfully
    738         execute the <em class="parameter"><code>change share command</code></em>, <code class="literal">smbd</code>
    739         requires that the administrator be connected using a root account (i.e.
    740         uid == 0).
    741         </p><p>
    742         When executed, <code class="literal">smbd</code> will automatically invoke the
     815        </p><p>You should never need to change this parameter</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>change notify</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
     816</em></span>
     817</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328231"></a>
     818
     819change share command (G)
     820</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328232"></a><a name="CHANGESHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
     821        Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server
     822Manager.  The <em class="parameter"><code>change share command</code></em> is used to define an external
     823program or script which will modify an existing service definition in <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>.  In order to successfully execute the <em class="parameter"><code>change
     824share command</code></em>, <code class="literal">smbd</code> requires that the administrator be
     825connected using a root account (i.e. uid == 0).
     826        </p><p>
     827        If the connected account has <code class="literal">SeDiskOperatorPrivilege</code>, scripts defined in
     828        <em class="parameter"><code>change share</code></em> parameter are executed as root.
     829        </p><p>
     830        When executed, <code class="literal">smbd</code> will automatically invoke the
    743831        <em class="parameter"><code>change share command</code></em> with five parameters.
    744         </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>configFile</code></em> - the location 
    745                         of the global <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file. 
    746                         </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>shareName</code></em> - the name of the new 
     832        </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>configFile</code></em> - the location
     833                        of the global <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.
     834                        </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>shareName</code></em> - the name of the new
    747835                        share.
    748836                        </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>pathName</code></em> - path to an **existing**
    749837                        directory on disk.
    750                         </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>comment</code></em> - comment string to associate 
     838                        </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>comment</code></em> - comment string to associate
    751839                        with the new share.
    752840                        </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>max
    … …  
    755843                        share.
    756844                        </p></li></ul></div><p>
    757         This parameter is only used modify existing file shares definitions.  To modify 
     845        This parameter is only used modify existing file shares definitions.  To modify
    758846        printer shares, use the "Printers..." folder as seen when browsing the Samba host.
    759847        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>change share command</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    … …  
    761849</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>change share command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/bin/addshare</code>
    762850</em></span>
    763 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CHECKPASSWORDSCRIPT"></a>check password script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to check password
     851</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328401"></a>
     852
     853check password script (G)
     854</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328402"></a><a name="CHECKPASSWORDSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to check password
    764855    complexity. The password is sent to the program's standrad input.</p><p>The program must return 0 on good password any other value otherwise.
    765856    In case the password is considered weak (the program do not return 0) the
    766857    user will be notified and the password change will fail.</p><p>Note: In the example directory there is a sample program called crackcheck
    767     that uses cracklib to checkpassword quality</p>.
    768 
    769 
    770 <p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>check password script</code></em> = <code class="literal">Disabled</code>
     858    that uses cracklib to checkpassword quality.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>check password script</code></em> = <code class="literal">Disabled</code>
    771859</em></span>
    772860</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>check password script</code></em> = <code class="literal">check password script = /usr/local/sbin/crackcheck</code>
    773861</em></span>
    774 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CLIENTLANMANAUTH"></a>client lanman auth (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> and other samba client
     862</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328464"></a>
     863
     864client lanman auth (G)
     865</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328465"></a><a name="CLIENTLANMANAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> and other samba client
    775866    tools will attempt to authenticate itself to servers using the
    776867    weaker LANMAN password hash. If disabled, only server which support NT
    … …  
    783874    attempted.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client lanman auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    784875</em></span>
    785 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CLIENTNTLMV2AUTH"></a>client ntlmv2 auth (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to
     876</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328533"></a>
     877
     878client ntlmv2 auth (G)
     879</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328534"></a><a name="CLIENTNTLMV2AUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to
    786880    authenticate itself to servers using the NTLMv2 encrypted password
    787881    response.</p><p>If enabled, only an NTLMv2 and LMv2 response (both much more
    … …  
    795889        responses, and not the weaker LM or NTLM.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client ntlmv2 auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    796890</em></span>
    797 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CLIENTPLAINTEXTAUTH"></a>client plaintext auth (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether a client should send a plaintext
     891</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328613"></a>
     892
     893client plaintext auth (G)
     894</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328614"></a><a name="CLIENTPLAINTEXTAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether a client should send a plaintext
    798895                password if the server does not support encrypted passwords.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client plaintext auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    799896</em></span>
    800 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CLIENTSCHANNEL"></a>client schannel (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     897</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328651"></a>
     898
     899client schannel (G)
     900</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328652"></a><a name="CLIENTSCHANNEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    801901    This controls whether the client offers or even demands the use of the netlogon schannel.
    802     <a class="indexterm" name="id304593"></a>client schannel = no does not offer the schannel,
    803     <a class="indexterm" name="id304601"></a>client schannel = auto offers the schannel but does not
    804     enforce it, and <a class="indexterm" name="id304608"></a>client schannel = yes denies access
     902    <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CLIENTSCHANNEL">client schannel = no</a> does not offer the schannel,
     903    <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CLIENTSCHANNEL">client schannel = auto</a> offers the schannel but does not
     904    enforce it, and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CLIENTSCHANNEL">client schannel = yes</a> denies access
    805905    if the server is not able to speak netlogon schannel.
    806906    </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client schannel</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code>
    … …  
    808908</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client schannel</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    809909</em></span>
    810 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CLIENTSIGNING"></a>client signing (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the client offers or requires
     910</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328727"></a>
     911
     912client signing (G)
     913</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328728"></a><a name="CLIENTSIGNING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the client offers or requires
    811914    the server it talks to to use SMB signing. Possible values
    812915    are <span class="emphasis"><em>auto</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>mandatory</em></span>
    … …  
    814917    </p><p>When set to auto, SMB signing is offered, but not enforced.
    815918    When set to mandatory, SMB signing is required and if set
    816         to disabled, SMB signing is not offered either.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client signing</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code>
    817 </em></span>
    818 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CLIENTUSESPNEGO"></a>client use spnego (G)</span></dt><dd><p> This variable controls whether Samba clients will try
     919        to disabled, SMB signing is not offered either.
     920</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client signing</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code>
     921</em></span>
     922</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328779"></a>
     923
     924client use spnego (G)
     925</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328780"></a><a name="CLIENTUSESPNEGO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This variable controls whether Samba clients will try
    819926    to use Simple and Protected NEGOciation (as specified by rfc2478) with
    820927    supporting servers (including WindowsXP, Windows2000 and Samba
    … …  
    822929    mechanism.  This enables Kerberos authentication in particular.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>client use spnego</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    823930</em></span>
    824 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="COMMENT"></a>comment (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a text field that is seen next to a share
     931</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328818"></a>
     932
     933comment (S)
     934</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328820"></a><a name="COMMENT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a text field that is seen next to a share
    825935        when a client does a queries the server, either via the network
    826936        neighborhood or via <code class="literal">net view</code> to list what shares
    827937        are available.</p><p>If you want to set the string that is displayed next to the
    828                 machine name then see the <a class="indexterm" name="id304778"></a>server string parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>comment</code></em> = <code class="literal">
     938                machine name then see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSTRING">server string</a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>comment</code></em> = <code class="literal">
    829939# No comment</code>
    830940</em></span>
    831941</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>comment</code></em> = <code class="literal">Fred's Files</code>
    832942</em></span>
    833 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CONFIGFILE"></a>config file (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the config file
     943</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328889"></a>
     944
     945config file (G)
     946</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328890"></a><a name="CONFIGFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the config file
    834947        to use, instead of the default (usually <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>).
    835948        There is a chicken and egg problem here as this option is set
    … …  
    841954        clients).</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>config file</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.%m</code>
    842955</em></span>
    843 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="COPY"></a>copy (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows you to "clone" service
     956</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id328950"></a>
     957
     958copy (S)
     959</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id328951"></a><a name="COPY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows you to "clone" service
    844960        entries. The specified service is simply duplicated under the
    845961        current service's name. Any parameters specified in the current
    … …  
    851967</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>copy</code></em> = <code class="literal">otherservice</code>
    852968</em></span>
    853 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CREATEMODE"></a>create mode</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for create mask.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CREATEMASK"></a>create mask (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     969</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329008"></a><a name="CREATEMODE"></a>create mode</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329009"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#CREATEMASK">create mask</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329034"></a>
     970
     971create mask (S)
     972</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329035"></a><a name="CREATEMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    854973        When a file is created, the necessary permissions are calculated according to the mapping from DOS modes to
    855974        UNIX permissions, and the resulting UNIX mode is then bit-wise 'AND'ed with this parameter. This parameter may
    … …  
    861980        </p><p>
    862981        Following this Samba will bit-wise 'OR' the UNIX mode created from this parameter with the value of the
    863         <a class="indexterm" name="id305012"></a>force create mode parameter which is set to 000 by default.
    864         </p><p>
    865         This parameter does not affect directory masks. See the parameter <a class="indexterm" name="id305023"></a>directory mask
     982        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCECREATEMODE">force create mode</a> parameter which is set to 000 by default.
     983        </p><p>
     984        This parameter does not affect directory masks. See the parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DIRECTORYMASK">directory mask</a>
    866985        for details.
    867986        </p><p>
    868987        Note that this parameter does not apply to permissions set by Windows NT/2000 ACL editors. If the
    869         administrator wishes to enforce a mask on access control lists also, they need to set the <a class="indexterm" name="id305036"></a>security mask.
     988        administrator wishes to enforce a mask on access control lists also, they need to set the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITYMASK">security mask</a>.
    870989        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>create mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0744</code>
    871990</em></span>
    872991</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>create mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0775</code>
    873992</em></span>
    874 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CSCPOLICY"></a>csc policy (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     993</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329141"></a>
     994
     995csc policy (S)
     996</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329142"></a><a name="CSCPOLICY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    875997        This stands for <span class="emphasis"><em>client-side caching policy</em></span>, and specifies how clients capable of offline
    876998        caching will cache the files in the share. The valid values are: manual, documents, programs, disable.
    … …  
    8791001        </p><p>
    8801002        For example, shares containing roaming profiles can have offline caching disabled using
    881         <a class="indexterm" name="id305112"></a>csc policy = disable.
     1003        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CSCPOLICY">csc policy = disable</a>.
    8821004        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>csc policy</code></em> = <code class="literal">manual</code>
    8831005</em></span>
    8841006</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>csc policy</code></em> = <code class="literal">programs</code>
    8851007</em></span>
    886 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CUPSOPTIONS"></a>cups options (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
    887     This parameter is only applicable if <a class="indexterm" name="id305175"></a>printing is
     1008</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329213"></a>
     1009
     1010cups options (S)
     1011</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329214"></a><a name="CUPSOPTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
     1012    This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING">printing</a> is
    8881013    set to <code class="constant">cups</code>.  Its value is a free form string of options
    8891014    passed directly to the cups library. 
    … …  
    8931018   specific option (as listed in "lpoptions -d printername -l")
    8941019   valid for the target queue.
     1020   Multiple parameters should be space-delimited name/value pairs according to
     1021   the PAPI text option ABNF specification. Collection values
     1022   ("name={a=... b=... c=...}") are stored with the curley brackets intact.
    8951023   </p><p>
    8961024   You should set this parameter to <code class="constant">raw</code> if your CUPS server
    … …  
    9011029   </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cups options</code></em> = <code class="literal">""</code>
    9021030</em></span>
    903 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cups options</code></em> = <code class="literal">"raw,media=a4,job-sheets=secret,secret"</code>
    904 </em></span>
    905 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CUPSSERVER"></a>cups server (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
    906     This parameter is only applicable if <a class="indexterm" name="id305268"></a>printing is set to <code class="constant">cups</code>.
     1031</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cups options</code></em> = <code class="literal">"raw media=a4"</code>
     1032</em></span>
     1033</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329303"></a>
     1034
     1035cups server (G)
     1036</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329304"></a><a name="CUPSSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
     1037    This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING">printing</a> is set to <code class="constant">cups</code>.
    9071038    </p><p>
    9081039   If set, this option overrides the ServerName option in the CUPS <code class="filename">client.conf</code>. This is
    … …  
    9171048</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>cups server</code></em> = <code class="literal">mycupsserver:1631</code>
    9181049</em></span>
    919 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEADTIME"></a>deadtime (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a decimal integer)
     1050</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329395"></a>
     1051
     1052deadtime (G)
     1053</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329396"></a><a name="DEADTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a decimal integer)
    9201054    represents the number of minutes of inactivity before a connection
    9211055    is considered dead, and it is disconnected. The deadtime only takes
    … …  
    9291063</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>deadtime</code></em> = <code class="literal">15</code>
    9301064</em></span>
    931 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP"></a>debug hires timestamp (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     1065</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329467"></a>
     1066
     1067debug hires timestamp (G)
     1068</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329468"></a><a name="DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    9321069    Sometimes the timestamps in the log messages are needed with a resolution of higher that seconds, this
    9331070    boolean parameter adds microsecond resolution to the timestamp  message header when turned on.
    9341071    </p><p>
    935     Note that the parameter <a class="indexterm" name="id305445"></a>debug timestamp must be on for this to have an effect.
     1072    Note that the parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP">debug timestamp</a> must be on for this to have an effect.
    9361073    </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug hires timestamp</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    9371074</em></span>
    938 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGPID"></a>debug pid (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
    939     When using only one log file for more then one forked <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>-process there may be hard to follow which process outputs which
     1075</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329516"></a>
     1076
     1077debug pid (G)
     1078</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329517"></a><a name="DEBUGPID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
     1079    When using only one log file for more then one forked <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>-process there may be hard to follow which process outputs which
    9401080    message. This boolean parameter is adds the process-id to the timestamp message headers in the
    9411081    logfile when turned on.
    9421082    </p><p>
    943     Note that the parameter <a class="indexterm" name="id305504"></a>debug timestamp must be on for this to have an effect.
     1083    Note that the parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP">debug timestamp</a> must be on for this to have an effect.
    9441084    </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug pid</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    9451085</em></span>
    946 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGPREFIXTIMESTAMP"></a>debug prefix timestamp (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     1086</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329573"></a>
     1087
     1088debug prefix timestamp (G)
     1089</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329574"></a><a name="DEBUGPREFIXTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    9471090    With this option enabled, the timestamp message header is prefixed to the debug message without the
    948     filename and function information that is included with the <a class="indexterm" name="id305552"></a>debug timestamp
     1091    filename and function information that is included with the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP">debug timestamp</a>
    9491092    parameter. This gives timestamps to the messages without adding an additional line.
    9501093    </p><p>
    951     Note that this parameter overrides the <a class="indexterm" name="id305563"></a>debug timestamp parameter.
     1094    Note that this parameter overrides the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP">debug timestamp</a> parameter.
    9521095    </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug prefix timestamp</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    9531096</em></span>
    954 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TIMESTAMPLOGS"></a>timestamp logs</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for debug timestamp.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGTIMESTAMP"></a>debug timestamp (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     1097</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329630"></a><a name="TIMESTAMPLOGS"></a>timestamp logs</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329631"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP">debug timestamp</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329655"></a>
     1098
     1099debug timestamp (G)
     1100</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329656"></a><a name="DEBUGTIMESTAMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    9551101    Samba debug log messages are timestamped by default. If you are running at a high
    956     <a class="indexterm" name="id305630"></a>debug level these timestamps can be distracting. This
     1102    <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGLEVEL">debug level</a> these timestamps can be distracting. This
    9571103    boolean parameter allows timestamping to be turned off.
    9581104        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug timestamp</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    9591105</em></span>
    960 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGUID"></a>debug uid (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     1106</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329701"></a>
     1107
     1108debug uid (G)
     1109</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329702"></a><a name="DEBUGUID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    9611110    Samba is sometimes run as root and sometime run as the connected user, this boolean parameter inserts the
    9621111    current euid, egid, uid and gid to the timestamp message headers in the log file if turned on.
    9631112    </p><p>
    964     Note that the parameter <a class="indexterm" name="id305681"></a>debug timestamp must be on for this to have an effect.
     1113    Note that the parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP">debug timestamp</a> must be on for this to have an effect.
    9651114    </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>debug uid</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    9661115</em></span>
    967 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEFAULTCASE"></a>default case (S)</span></dt><dd><p>See the section on <a class="indexterm" name="id305726"></a>name mangling.
    968         Also note the <a class="indexterm" name="id305734"></a>short preserve case parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>default case</code></em> = <code class="literal">lower</code>
    969 </em></span>
    970 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEFAULTDEVMODE"></a>default devmode (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only applicable to <a class="indexterm" name="id305779"></a>printable services.
     1116</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329750"></a>
     1117
     1118default case (S)
     1119</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329751"></a><a name="DEFAULTCASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING">name mangling</a>.
     1120        Also note the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SHORTPRESERVECASE">short preserve case</a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>default case</code></em> = <code class="literal">lower</code>
     1121</em></span>
     1122</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329801"></a>
     1123
     1124default devmode (S)
     1125</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329802"></a><a name="DEFAULTDEVMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only applicable to <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTABLE">printable</a> services.
    9711126    When smbd is serving Printer Drivers to Windows NT/2k/XP clients, each printer on the Samba
    9721127    server has a Device Mode which defines things such as paper size and
    … …  
    9881143    will instruct smbd to generate a default one.
    9891144    </p><p>For more information on Windows NT/2k printing and Device Modes,
    990     see the <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/" target="_top">MSDN documentation</a>.
     1145    see the <a class="ulink" href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/" target="_top">MSDN documentation</a>.
    9911146</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>default devmode</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    9921147</em></span>
    993 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEFAULT"></a>default</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for default service.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEFAULTSERVICE"></a>default service (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a service
     1148</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329880"></a><a name="DEFAULT"></a>default</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329881"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DEFAULTSERVICE">default service</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329905"></a>
     1149
     1150default service (G)
     1151</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329906"></a><a name="DEFAULTSERVICE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a service
    9941152        which will be connected to if the service actually requested cannot
    9951153        be found. Note that the square brackets are <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span>
    … …  
    9971155        parameter is not given, attempting to connect to a nonexistent
    9981156        service results in an error.</p><p>
    999         Typically the default service would be a <a class="indexterm" name="id305892"></a>guest ok, <a class="indexterm" name="id305899"></a>read-only service.</p><p>Also note that the apparent service name will be changed to equal
     1157        Typically the default service would be a <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK">guest ok</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READ-ONLY">read-only</a> service.</p><p>Also note that the apparent service name will be changed to equal
    10001158        that of the requested service, this is very useful as it allows you to use macros like <em class="parameter"><code>%S</code></em> to make a wildcard service.
    10011159        </p><p>Note also that any "_" characters in the name of the service
    … …  
    10051163</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>default service</code></em> = <code class="literal">pub</code>
    10061164</em></span>
    1007 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEFERSHARINGVIOLATIONS"></a>defer sharing violations (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     1165</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id329998"></a>
     1166
     1167defer sharing violations (G)
     1168</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id329999"></a><a name="DEFERSHARINGVIOLATIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    10081169        Windows allows specifying how a file will be shared with
    10091170        other processes when it is opened. Sharing violations occur when
    … …  
    10181179        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>defer sharing violations</code></em> = <code class="literal">True</code>
    10191180</em></span>
    1020 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEGROUPSCRIPT"></a>delete group script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will
    1021         be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a group is requested to be deleted.
     1181</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330046"></a>
     1182
     1183delete group script (G)
     1184</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330048"></a><a name="DELETEGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will
     1185        be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a group is requested to be deleted.
    10221186        It will expand any <em class="parameter"><code>%g</code></em> to the group name passed. 
    10231187        This script is only useful for installations using the Windows NT domain administration tools.
    10241188        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete group script</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    10251189</em></span>
    1026 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"></a>deleteprinter command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printer
     1190</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330101"></a>
     1191
     1192deleteprinter command (G)
     1193</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330102"></a><a name="DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printer
    10271194    support for Windows NT/2000 clients in Samba 2.2, it is now
    10281195    possible to delete printer at run time by issuing the
    10291196    DeletePrinter() RPC call.</p><p>For a Samba host this means that the printer must be
    10301197    physically deleted from underlying printing system.  The
    1031     <a class="indexterm" name="id306089"></a>deleteprinter command defines a script to be run which
     1198    <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND">deleteprinter command</a> defines a script to be run which
    10321199    will perform the necessary operations for removing the printer
    10331200    from the print system and from <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>.
    1034     </p><p>The <a class="indexterm" name="id306106"></a>deleteprinter command is
    1035     automatically called with only one parameter: <a class="indexterm" name="id306114"></a>printer name.
    1036         </p><p>Once the <a class="indexterm" name="id306124"></a>deleteprinter command has
     1201    </p><p>The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND">deleteprinter command</a> is
     1202    automatically called with only one parameter: <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTERNAME">printer name</a>.
     1203        </p><p>Once the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND">deleteprinter command</a> has
    10371204    been executed, <code class="literal">smbd</code> will reparse the <code class="filename">
    10381205    smb.conf</code> to associated printer no longer exists. 
    … …  
    10421209</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>deleteprinter command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/removeprinter</code>
    10431210</em></span>
    1044 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEREADONLY"></a>delete readonly (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows readonly files to be deleted. 
     1211</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330216"></a>
     1212
     1213delete readonly (S)
     1214</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330217"></a><a name="DELETEREADONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows readonly files to be deleted. 
    10451215        This is not normal DOS semantics, but is allowed by UNIX.</p><p>This option may be useful for running applications such
    10461216        as rcs, where UNIX file ownership prevents changing file
    10471217        permissions, and DOS semantics prevent deletion of a read only file.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete readonly</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    10481218</em></span>
    1049 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETESHARECOMMAND"></a>delete share command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically
    1050         add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server Manager.  The
    1051         <em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em> is used to define an
    1052         external program or script which will remove an existing service
    1053         definition from <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>.  In order to successfully
    1054         execute the <em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em>, <code class="literal">smbd</code>
    1055         requires that the administrator be connected using a root account (i.e.
    1056         uid == 0).
    1057         </p><p>
    1058         When executed, <code class="literal">smbd</code> will automatically invoke the
     1219</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330259"></a>
     1220
     1221delete share command (G)
     1222</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330260"></a><a name="DELETESHARECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
     1223        Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server
     1224        Manager.  The <em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em> is used to define an external
     1225        program or script which will remove an existing service definition from
     1226        <code class="filename">smb.conf</code>.  In order to successfully execute the
     1227        <em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em>, <code class="literal">smbd</code>
     1228        requires that the administrator be connected using a root account (i.e.  uid == 0).
     1229        </p><p>
     1230    If the connected account has <code class="literal">SeDiskOperatorPrivilege</code>, scripts defined in
     1231    <em class="parameter"><code>change share</code></em> parameter are executed as root.
     1232    </p><p>
     1233        When executed, <code class="literal">smbd</code> will automatically invoke the
    10591234        <em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em> with two parameters.
    1060         </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>configFile</code></em> - the location 
    1061                         of the global <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file. 
    1062                         </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>shareName</code></em> - the name of 
     1235        </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>configFile</code></em> - the location
     1236                        of the global <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.
     1237                        </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>shareName</code></em> - the name of
    10631238                        the existing service.
    10641239                        </p></li></ul></div><p>
    1065         This parameter is only used to remove file shares.  To delete printer shares, 
    1066         see the <a class="indexterm" name="id306327"></a>deleteprinter command.
     1240        This parameter is only used to remove file shares.  To delete printer shares,
     1241        see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND">deleteprinter command</a>.
    10671242        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    10681243</em></span>
    10691244</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete share command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/bin/delshare</code>
    10701245</em></span>
    1071 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT"></a>delete user from group script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Full path to the script that will be called when
     1246</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330402"></a>
     1247
     1248delete user from group script (G)
     1249</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330403"></a><a name="DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Full path to the script that will be called when
    10721250        a user is removed from a group using the Windows NT domain administration
    1073         tools. It will be run by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span>.
     1251        tools. It will be run by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span>.
    10741252        Any <em class="parameter"><code>%g</code></em> will be replaced with the group name and
    10751253        any <em class="parameter"><code>%u</code></em> will be replaced with the user name.
    … …  
    10781256</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete user from group script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/deluser %u %g</code>
    10791257</em></span>
    1080 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEUSERSCRIPT"></a>delete user script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will
    1081         be run by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when managing users
     1258</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330476"></a>
     1259
     1260delete user script (G)
     1261</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330477"></a><a name="DELETEUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will
     1262        be run by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when managing users
    10821263        with remote RPC (NT) tools.
    10831264        </p><p>This script is called when a remote client removes a user
    … …  
    10871268</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete user script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/del_user %u</code>
    10881269</em></span>
    1089 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEVETOFILES"></a>delete veto files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This option is used when Samba is attempting to
     1270</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330549"></a>
     1271
     1272delete veto files (S)
     1273</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330550"></a><a name="DELETEVETOFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used when Samba is attempting to
    10901274        delete a directory that contains one or more vetoed directories
    1091         (see the <a class="indexterm" name="id306545"></a>veto files
     1275        (see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VETOFILES">veto files</a>
    10921276        option).  If this option is set to <code class="constant">no</code> (the default) then if a vetoed
    10931277        directory contains any non-vetoed files or directories then the
    … …  
    10971281        serving systems such as NetAtalk which create meta-files within
    10981282        directories you might normally veto DOS/Windows users from seeing
    1099         (e.g. <code class="filename">.AppleDouble</code>)</p><p>Setting <a class="indexterm" name="id306576"></a>delete veto files = yes allows these
     1283        (e.g. <code class="filename">.AppleDouble</code>)</p><p>Setting <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEVETOFILES">delete veto files = yes</a> allows these
    11001284        directories to be  transparently deleted when the parent directory
    11011285        is deleted (so long as the user has permissions to do so).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>delete veto files</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    11021286</em></span>
    1103 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DFREECACHETIME"></a>dfree cache time (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     1287</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330624"></a>
     1288
     1289dfree cache time (S)
     1290</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330626"></a><a name="DFREECACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    11041291        The <em class="parameter"><code>dfree cache time</code></em> should only be used on systems where a problem
    11051292        occurs with the internal disk space calculations. This has been known to happen with Ultrix, but may occur
    … …  
    11091296        This is a new parameter introduced in Samba version 3.0.21.  It specifies in seconds the time that smbd will
    11101297        cache the output of a disk free query. If set to zero (the default) no caching is done. This allows a heavily
    1111         loaded server to prevent rapid spawning of <a class="indexterm" name="id306636"></a>dfree command scripts increasing the load.
     1298        loaded server to prevent rapid spawning of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DFREECOMMAND">dfree command</a> scripts increasing the load.
    11121299        </p><p>
    11131300        By default this parameter is zero, meaning no caching will be done.
    11141301        </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dfree cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">dfree cache time = 60</code>
    11151302</em></span>
    1116 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DFREECOMMAND"></a>dfree command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     1303</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330690"></a>
     1304
     1305dfree command (S)
     1306</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330691"></a><a name="DFREECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    11171307        The <em class="parameter"><code>dfree command</code></em> setting should only be used on systems where a
    11181308        problem occurs with the internal disk space calculations. This has been known to happen with Ultrix, but may
    … …  
    11251315        </p><p>
    11261316        In Samba version 3.0.21 this parameter has been changed to be a per-share parameter, and in addition the
    1127         parameter <a class="indexterm" name="id306708"></a>dfree cache time was added to allow the output of this script to be cached
     1317        parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DFREECACHETIME">dfree cache time</a> was added to allow the output of this script to be cached
    11281318        for systems under heavy load.
    11291319        </p><p>
    … …  
    11401330</p><pre class="programlisting">
    11411331#!/bin/sh
    1142 df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
     1332df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $(NF-4),$(NF-2)}'
    11431333</pre><p>
    11441334        or perhaps (on Sys V based systems):
    … …  
    11521342        </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dfree command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/dfree</code>
    11531343</em></span>
    1154 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DIRECTORYMODE"></a>directory mode</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for directory mask.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DIRECTORYMASK"></a>directory mask (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is the octal modes which are
     1344</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330797"></a><a name="DIRECTORYMODE"></a>directory mode</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330798"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#DIRECTORYMASK">directory mask</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330822"></a>
     1345
     1346directory mask (S)
     1347</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330823"></a><a name="DIRECTORYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is the octal modes which are
    11551348    used when converting DOS modes to UNIX modes when creating UNIX
    11561349    directories.</p><p>When a directory is created, the necessary permissions are
    … …  
    11631356    and 'other' write bits from the UNIX mode, allowing only the
    11641357    user who owns the directory to modify it.</p><p>Following this Samba will bit-wise 'OR' the UNIX mode
    1165     created from this parameter with the value of the <a class="indexterm" name="id306842"></a>force directory mode parameter.
     1358    created from this parameter with the value of the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE">force directory mode</a> parameter.
    11661359    This parameter is set to 000 by default (i.e. no extra mode bits are added).</p><p>Note that this parameter does not apply to permissions
    11671360    set by Windows NT/2000 ACL editors. If the administrator wishes to enforce
    1168     a mask on access control lists also, they need to set the <a class="indexterm" name="id306854"></a>directory security mask.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>directory mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0755</code>
     1361    a mask on access control lists also, they need to set the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK">directory security mask</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>directory mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0755</code>
    11691362</em></span>
    11701363</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>directory mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0775</code>
    11711364</em></span>
    1172 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"></a>directory security mask (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits
    1173     can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating the UNIX
    1174     permission on a directory using the native NT security dialog
     1365</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id330915"></a>
     1366
     1367directory security mask (S)
     1368</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id330916"></a><a name="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits
     1369    will be set when a Windows NT client is manipulating the UNIX
     1370    permission on a directory using the native NT security dialog
    11751371    box.</p><p>
    1176         This parameter is applied as a mask (AND'ed with) to the changed permission bits, thus preventing any bits not
    1177         in this mask from being modified.  Make sure not to mix up this parameter with <a class="indexterm" name="id306924"></a>force  directory security mode, which works similar like this one but uses logical OR instead of AND.
    1178         Essentially, zero bits in this mask may be treated as a set of bits the user is not allowed to change.
    1179         </p><p>If not set explicitly this parameter is set to 0777
    1180     meaning a user is allowed to modify all the user/group/world
     1372        This parameter is applied as a mask (AND'ed with) to the incoming permission bits, thus resetting
     1373        any bits not in this mask.  Make sure not to mix up this parameter with <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE">force  directory security mode</a>, which works similar like this one but uses logical OR instead of AND.
     1374        Essentially, zero bits in this mask are a set of bits that will always be set to zero.
     1375        </p><p>
     1376        Essentially, all bits set to zero in this mask will result in setting to zero the corresponding bits on the
     1377        file permissions regardless of the previous status of this bits on the file.
     1378    </p><p>If not set explicitly this parameter is set to 0777
     1379    meaning a user is allowed to set all the user/group/world
    11811380    permissions on a directory.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note</em></span> that users who can access the
    11821381    Samba server through other means can easily bypass this restriction,
    … …  
    11871386</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>directory security mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0700</code>
    11881387</em></span>
    1189 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DISABLENETBIOS"></a>disable netbios (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable netbios support
     1388</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331003"></a>
     1389
     1390disable netbios (G)
     1391</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331004"></a><a name="DISABLENETBIOS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable netbios support
    11901392    in Samba. Netbios is the only available form of browsing in
    11911393    all windows versions except for 2000 and XP. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Clients that only support netbios won't be able to
    … …  
    11931395        </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>disable netbios</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    11941396</em></span>
    1195 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DISABLESPOOLSS"></a>disable spoolss (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable Samba's support
     1397</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331047"></a>
     1398
     1399disable spoolss (G)
     1400</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331048"></a><a name="DISABLESPOOLSS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable Samba's support
    11961401    for the SPOOLSS set of MS-RPC's and will yield identical behavior
    11971402    as Samba 2.0.x.  Windows NT/2000 clients will downgrade to using
    … …  
    12051410</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>disable spoolss</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    12061411</em></span>
    1207 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DISPLAYCHARSET"></a>display charset (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     1412</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331092"></a>
     1413
     1414display charset (G)
     1415</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331093"></a><a name="DISPLAYCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    12081416        Specifies the charset that samba will use to print messages to stdout and stderr.
    12091417        The default value is "LOCALE", which means automatically set, depending on the
    12101418        current locale. The value should generally be the same as the value of the parameter
    1211         <a class="indexterm" name="id258203"></a>unix charset.
     1419        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UNIXCHARSET">unix charset</a>.
    12121420        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>display charset</code></em> = <code class="literal">"LOCALE" or "ASCII" (depending on the system)</code>
    12131421</em></span>
    12141422</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>display charset</code></em> = <code class="literal">UTF8</code>
    12151423</em></span>
    1216 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DMAPISUPPORT"></a>dmapi support (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should use DMAPI to
     1424</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331154"></a>
     1425
     1426dmapi support (S)
     1427</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331155"></a><a name="DMAPISUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should use DMAPI to
    12171428        determine whether a file is offline or not. This would typically
    12181429        be used in conjunction with a hierarchical storage system that
    … …  
    12291440        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dmapi support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    12301441</em></span>
    1231 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DNSPROXY"></a>dns proxy (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies that <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server and
     1442</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331207"></a>
     1443
     1444dns proxy (G)
     1445</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331208"></a><a name="DNSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies that <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server and
    12321446        finding that a NetBIOS name has not been registered, should treat the
    12331447        NetBIOS name word-for-word as a DNS name and do a lookup with the DNS server
    … …  
    12381452        action.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dns proxy</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    12391453</em></span>
    1240 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOMAINLOGONS"></a>domain logons (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     1454</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331266"></a>
     1455
     1456domain logons (G)
     1457</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331267"></a><a name="DOMAINLOGONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    12411458        If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, the Samba server will
    12421459        provide the netlogon service for Windows 9X network logons for the
    1243         <a class="indexterm" name="id307348"></a>workgroup it is in.
     1460        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP">workgroup</a> it is in.
    12441461        This will also cause the Samba server to act as a domain
    12451462        controller for NT4 style domain services. For more details on
    … …  
    12481465        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>domain logons</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    12491466</em></span>
    1250 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOMAINMASTER"></a>domain master (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
    1251         Tell <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> to enable
     1467</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331316"></a>
     1468
     1469domain master (G)
     1470</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331317"></a><a name="DOMAINMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
     1471        Tell <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> to enable
    12521472        WAN-wide browse list collation. Setting this option causes <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to claim a
    12531473        special domain specific NetBIOS name that identifies it as a domain master browser for its given
    1254         <a class="indexterm" name="id307410"></a>workgroup. Local master browsers in the same <a class="indexterm" name="id307417"></a>workgroup on
     1474        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP">workgroup</a>. Local master browsers in the same <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP">workgroup</a> on
    12551475        broadcast-isolated subnets will give this <code class="literal">nmbd</code> their local browse lists,
    1256         and then ask <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> for a
     1476        and then ask <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> for a
    12571477        complete copy of the browse list for the whole wide area network.  Browser clients will then contact their
    12581478        local master browser, and will receive the domain-wide browse list, instead of just the list for their
    12591479        broadcast-isolated subnet.
    12601480        </p><p>
    1261         Note that Windows NT Primary Domain Controllers expect to be able to claim this <a class="indexterm" name="id307445"></a>workgroup specific special NetBIOS name that identifies them as domain master browsers for that
    1262         <a class="indexterm" name="id307453"></a>workgroup by default (i.e. there is no way to prevent a Windows NT PDC from attempting
     1481        Note that Windows NT Primary Domain Controllers expect to be able to claim this <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP">workgroup</a> specific special NetBIOS name that identifies them as domain master browsers for that
     1482        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP">workgroup</a> by default (i.e. there is no way to prevent a Windows NT PDC from attempting
    12631483        to do this). This means that if this parameter is set and <code class="literal">nmbd</code> claims the
    1264         special name for a <a class="indexterm" name="id307467"></a>workgroup before a Windows NT PDC is able to do so then cross
     1484        special name for a <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP">workgroup</a> before a Windows NT PDC is able to do so then cross
    12651485        subnet browsing will behave strangely and may fail.
    12661486        </p><p>
    1267         If <a class="indexterm" name="id307478"></a>domain logons = yes, then the default behavior is to enable the
    1268         <a class="indexterm" name="id307486"></a>domain master parameter.  If <a class="indexterm" name="id307493"></a>domain logons is not enabled (the
    1269         default setting), then neither will <a class="indexterm" name="id307501"></a>domain master be enabled by default.
    1270         </p><p>
    1271         When <a class="indexterm" name="id307511"></a>domain logons = Yes the default setting for this parameter is
    1272         Yes, with the result that Samba will be a PDC. If <a class="indexterm" name="id307519"></a>domain master = No,
     1487        If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINLOGONS">domain logons = yes</a>, then the default behavior is to enable the
     1488        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINMASTER">domain master</a> parameter.  If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINLOGONS">domain logons</a> is not enabled (the
     1489        default setting), then neither will <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINMASTER">domain master</a> be enabled by default.
     1490        </p><p>
     1491        When <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINLOGONS">domain logons = Yes</a> the default setting for this parameter is
     1492        Yes, with the result that Samba will be a PDC. If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINMASTER">domain master = No</a>,
    12731493        Samba will function as a BDC. In general, this parameter should be set to 'No' only on a BDC.
    12741494        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>domain master</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code>
    12751495</em></span>
    1276 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DONTDESCEND"></a>dont descend (S)</span></dt><dd><p>There are certain directories on some systems
     1496</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331483"></a>
     1497
     1498dont descend (S)
     1499</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331484"></a><a name="DONTDESCEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>There are certain directories on some systems
    12771500        (e.g., the <code class="filename">/proc</code> tree under Linux) that are either not
    12781501        of interest to clients or are infinitely deep (recursive). This
    … …  
    12851508</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dont descend</code></em> = <code class="literal">/proc,/dev</code>
    12861509</em></span>
    1287 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOSCHARSET"></a>dos charset (G)</span></dt><dd><p>DOS SMB clients assume the server has
     1510</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331557"></a>
     1511
     1512dos charset (G)
     1513</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331558"></a><a name="DOSCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>DOS SMB clients assume the server has
    12881514        the same charset as they do. This option specifies which
    12891515        charset Samba should talk to DOS clients.
    12901516        </p><p>The default depends on which charsets you have installed.
    12911517        Samba tries to use charset 850 but falls back to ASCII in
    1292         case it is not available. Run <a href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> to check the default on your system.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOSFILEMODE"></a>dos filemode (S)</span></dt><dd><p> The default behavior in Samba is to provide
     1518        case it is not available. Run <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> to check the default on your system.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331596"></a>
     1519
     1520dos filemode (S)
     1521</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331597"></a><a name="DOSFILEMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> The default behavior in Samba is to provide
    12931522        UNIX-like behavior where only the owner of a file/directory is
    12941523        able to change the permissions on it.  However, this behavior
    … …  
    13001529        Ownership of the file/directory may also be changed.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dos filemode</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    13011530</em></span>
    1302 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION"></a>dos filetime resolution (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Under the DOS and Windows FAT filesystem, the finest
     1531</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331637"></a>
     1532
     1533dos filetime resolution (S)
     1534</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331638"></a><a name="DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Under the DOS and Windows FAT filesystem, the finest
    13031535        granularity on time resolution is two seconds. Setting this parameter
    13041536        for a share causes Samba to round the reported time down to the
    13051537        nearest two second boundary when a query call that requires one second
    1306         resolution is made to <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>.</p><p>This option is mainly used as a compatibility option for Visual
     1538        resolution is made to <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>.</p><p>This option is mainly used as a compatibility option for Visual
    13071539        C++ when used against Samba shares. If oplocks are enabled on a
    13081540        share, Visual C++ uses two different time reading calls to check if a
    … …  
    13151547        happy.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dos filetime resolution</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    13161548</em></span>
    1317 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOSFILETIMES"></a>dos filetimes (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Under DOS and Windows, if a user can write to a
     1549</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331693"></a>
     1550
     1551dos filetimes (S)
     1552</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331694"></a><a name="DOSFILETIMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Under DOS and Windows, if a user can write to a
    13181553        file they can change the timestamp on it. Under POSIX semantics,
    13191554        only the owner of the file or root may change the timestamp. By
    … …  
    13211556        timestamp on a file if the user <code class="literal">smbd</code> is acting
    13221557        on behalf of is not the file owner. Setting this option to <code class="constant">
    1323         yes</code> allows DOS semantics and <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will change the file
     1558        yes</code> allows DOS semantics and <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will change the file
    13241559        timestamp as DOS requires. Due to changes in Microsoft Office 2000 and beyond,
    13251560        the default for this parameter has been changed from "no" to "yes" in Samba 3.0.14
    … …  
    13291564        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>dos filetimes</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    13301565</em></span>
    1331 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="EASUPPORT"></a>ea support (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will allow clients to attempt to store OS/2 style Extended
     1566</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331752"></a>
     1567
     1568ea support (S)
     1569</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331753"></a><a name="EASUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will allow clients to attempt to store OS/2 style Extended
    13321570    attributes on a share. In order to enable this parameter the underlying filesystem exported by
    13331571    the share must support extended attributes (such as provided on XFS and EXT3 on Linux, with the
    … …  
    13361574                extended attributes must be compiled into the Linux kernel.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ea support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    13371575</em></span>
    1338 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ENABLEASUSUPPORT"></a>enable asu support (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Hosts running the "Advanced Server for Unix (ASU)" product
     1576</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331800"></a>
     1577
     1578enable asu support (G)
     1579</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331801"></a><a name="ENABLEASUSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Hosts running the "Advanced Server for Unix (ASU)" product
    13391580    require some special accomodations such as creating a builting [ADMIN$]
    13401581    share that only supports IPC connections.  The has been the default
    … …  
    13441585    an [ADMIN$] file share in smb.conf.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enable asu support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    13451586</em></span>
    1346 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ENABLEPRIVILEGES"></a>enable privileges (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     1587</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331841"></a>
     1588
     1589enable privileges (G)
     1590</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331842"></a><a name="ENABLEPRIVILEGES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    13471591        This parameter controls whether or not smbd will honor privileges assigned to specific SIDs via either
    13481592         <code class="literal">net rpc rights</code> or one of the Windows user and group manager tools.  This parameter is
    … …  
    13571601        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enable privileges</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    13581602</em></span>
    1359 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"></a>encrypt passwords (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls whether encrypted passwords
     1603</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331896"></a>
     1604
     1605encrypt passwords (G)
     1606</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331897"></a><a name="ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls whether encrypted passwords
    13601607    will be negotiated with the client. Note that Windows NT 4.0 SP3 and
    13611608    above and also Windows 98 will by default expect encrypted passwords
    … …  
    13741621    plain text passwords you must set this parameter to no.
    13751622    </p><p>In order for encrypted passwords to work correctly
    1376     <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> must either
    1377     have access to a local <a href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a> file (see the <a href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a> program for information on how to set up
    1378     and maintain this file), or set the <a class="indexterm" name="id308038"></a>security = [server|domain|ads] parameter which
     1623    <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> must either
     1624    have access to a local <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a> file (see the <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a> program for information on how to set up
     1625    and maintain this file), or set the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security = [server|domain|ads]</a> parameter which
    13791626    causes <code class="literal">smbd</code> to authenticate against another
    13801627        server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>encrypt passwords</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    13811628</em></span>
    1382 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ENHANCEDBROWSING"></a>enhanced browsing (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option enables a couple of enhancements to
     1629</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id331987"></a>
     1630
     1631enhanced browsing (G)
     1632</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id331988"></a><a name="ENHANCEDBROWSING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option enables a couple of enhancements to
    13831633        cross-subnet browse propagation that have been added in Samba
    13841634        but which are not standard in Microsoft implementations. 
    … …  
    13931643        cross-subnet browse propagation much more reliable.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enhanced browsing</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    13941644</em></span>
    1395 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ENUMPORTSCOMMAND"></a>enumports command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign
     1645</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332041"></a>
     1646
     1647enumports command (G)
     1648</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332042"></a><a name="ENUMPORTSCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign
    13961649    to UNIX hosts.  Under Windows NT/2000 print servers, a port
    13971650    is associated with a port monitor and generally takes the form of
    … …  
    14101663</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>enumports command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/listports</code>
    14111664</em></span>
    1412 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="EVENTLOGLIST"></a>eventlog list (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of log names that Samba will
     1665</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332116"></a>
     1666
     1667eventlog list (G)
     1668</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332117"></a><a name="EVENTLOGLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of log names that Samba will
    14131669    report to the Microsoft EventViewer utility.  The listed
    14141670    eventlogs will be associated with tdb file on disk in the
    … …  
    14231679</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>eventlog list</code></em> = <code class="literal">Security Application Syslog Apache</code>
    14241680</em></span>
    1425 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES"></a>fake directory create times (S)</span></dt><dd><p>NTFS and Windows VFAT file systems keep a create
     1681</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332185"></a>
     1682
     1683fake directory create times (S)
     1684</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332186"></a><a name="FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>NTFS and Windows VFAT file systems keep a create
    14261685        time for all files and directories. This is not the same as the
    14271686        ctime - status change time - that Unix keeps, so Samba by default
    … …  
    14451704        will proceed as expected.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>fake directory create times</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    14461705</em></span>
    1447 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FAKEOPLOCKS"></a>fake oplocks (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission
     1706</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332240"></a>
     1707
     1708fake oplocks (S)
     1709</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332241"></a><a name="FAKEOPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission
    14481710        from a server to locally cache file operations. If a server grants
    14491711        an oplock (opportunistic lock) then the client is free to assume
    … …  
    14511713        cache file data. With some oplock types the client may even cache
    14521714        file open/close operations. This can give enormous performance benefits.
    1453         </p><p>When you set <code class="literal">fake oplocks = yes</code>, <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will
    1454         always grant oplock requests no matter how many clients are using the file.</p><p>It is generally much better to use the real <a class="indexterm" name="id308378"></a>oplocks support rather
     1715        </p><p>When you set <code class="literal">fake oplocks = yes</code>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will
     1716        always grant oplock requests no matter how many clients are using the file.</p><p>It is generally much better to use the real <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS">oplocks</a> support rather
    14551717        than this parameter.</p><p>If you enable this option on all read-only shares or
    14561718        shares that you know will only be accessed from one client at a
    … …  
    14611723        this option carefully!</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>fake oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    14621724</em></span>
    1463 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FOLLOWSYMLINKS"></a>follow symlinks (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
    1464         This parameter allows the Samba administrator to stop <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>    from following symbolic links in a particular share. Setting this
     1725</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332314"></a>
     1726
     1727follow symlinks (S)
     1728</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332315"></a><a name="FOLLOWSYMLINKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
     1729        This parameter allows the Samba administrator to stop <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>       from following symbolic links in a particular share. Setting this
    14651730        parameter to <code class="constant">no</code> prevents any file or directory that is a symbolic link from being
    14661731        followed (the user will get an  error).  This option is very useful to stop users from adding a symbolic
    … …  
    14711736        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>follow symlinks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    14721737</em></span>
    1473 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCECREATEMODE"></a>force create mode (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit
     1738</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332379"></a>
     1739
     1740force create mode (S)
     1741</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332380"></a><a name="FORCECREATEMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit
    14741742    permissions that will <span class="emphasis"><em>always</em></span> be set on a
    14751743    file created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto
    … …  
    14841752</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force create mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">0755</code>
    14851753</em></span>
    1486 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"></a>force directory mode (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit
     1754</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332448"></a>
     1755
     1756force directory mode (S)
     1757</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332450"></a><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit
    14871758    permissions that will <span class="emphasis"><em>always</em></span> be set on a directory
    14881759    created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto the
    … …  
    14971768</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force directory mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">0755</code>
    14981769</em></span>
    1499 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"></a>force directory security mode (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     1770</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332518"></a>
     1771
     1772force directory security mode (S)
     1773</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332519"></a><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    15001774        This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating
    15011775        the UNIX permission on a directory using the native NT security dialog box.
    15021776        </p><p>
    15031777        This parameter is applied as a mask (OR'ed with) to the changed permission bits, thus forcing any bits in this
    1504         mask that the user may have modified to be on.  Make sure not to mix up this parameter with <a class="indexterm" name="id308652"></a>directory security mask, which works in a similar manner to this one, but uses a logical AND instead
     1778        mask that the user may have modified to be on.  Make sure not to mix up this parameter with <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK">directory security mask</a>, which works in a similar manner to this one, but uses a logical AND instead
    15051779        of an OR.
    15061780        </p><p>
    … …  
    15181792</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force directory security mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">700</code>
    15191793</em></span>
    1520 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GROUP"></a>group</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for force group.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCEGROUP"></a>force group (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX group name that will be
     1794</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332602"></a><a name="GROUP"></a>group</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332603"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#FORCEGROUP">force group</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332627"></a>
     1795
     1796force group (S)
     1797</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332628"></a><a name="FORCEGROUP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX group name that will be
    15211798    assigned as the default primary group for all users connecting
    15221799    to this service. This is useful for sharing files by ensuring
    … …  
    15361813    primary group assigned to sys when accessing this Samba share. All
    15371814    other users will retain their ordinary primary group.</p><p>
    1538         If the <a class="indexterm" name="id308775"></a>force user parameter is also set the group specified in
     1815        If the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCEUSER">force user</a> parameter is also set the group specified in
    15391816    <em class="parameter"><code>force group</code></em> will override the primary group
    15401817    set in <em class="parameter"><code>force user</code></em>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force group</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    … …  
    15421819</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force group</code></em> = <code class="literal">agroup</code>
    15431820</em></span>
    1544 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCEPRINTERNAME"></a>force printername (S)</span></dt><dd><p>When printing from Windows NT (or later),
     1821</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332718"></a>
     1822
     1823force printername (S)
     1824</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332719"></a><a name="FORCEPRINTERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When printing from Windows NT (or later),
    15451825    each printer in <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> has two
    15461826    associated names which can be used by the client.  The first
    … …  
    15651845    folder.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force printername</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    15661846</em></span>
    1567 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCESECURITYMODE"></a>force security mode (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     1847</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332792"></a>
     1848
     1849force security mode (S)
     1850</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332793"></a><a name="FORCESECURITYMODE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    15681851        This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating
    15691852    the UNIX permission on a file using the native NT security dialog box.
    15701853        </p><p>
    15711854        This parameter is applied as a mask (OR'ed with) to the changed permission bits, thus forcing any bits in this
    1572         mask that the user may have modified to be on.  Make sure not to mix up this parameter with <a class="indexterm" name="id308932"></a>security mask, which works similar like this one but uses logical AND instead of OR.
     1855        mask that the user may have modified to be on.  Make sure not to mix up this parameter with <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITYMASK">security mask</a>, which works similar like this one but uses logical AND instead of OR.
    15731856        </p><p>
    15741857        Essentially, one bits in this mask may be treated as a set of bits that, when modifying security on a file,
    … …  
    15851868</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force security mode</code></em> = <code class="literal">700</code>
    15861869</em></span>
    1587 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCEUNKNOWNACLUSER"></a>force unknown acl user (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     1870</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332876"></a>
     1871
     1872force unknown acl user (S)
     1873</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332877"></a><a name="FORCEUNKNOWNACLUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    15881874    If this parameter is set, a Windows NT ACL that contains an unknown SID (security descriptor, or
    15891875    representation of a user or group id) as the owner or group owner of the file will be silently
    … …  
    15991885    </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force unknown acl user</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    16001886</em></span>
    1601 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCEUSER"></a>force user (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX user name that will be
     1887</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332929"></a>
     1888
     1889force user (S)
     1890</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332930"></a><a name="FORCEUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX user name that will be
    16021891    assigned as the default user for all users connecting to this service.
    16031892    This is useful for sharing files. You should also use it carefully
    … …  
    16131902</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>force user</code></em> = <code class="literal">auser</code>
    16141903</em></span>
    1615 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FSTYPE"></a>fstype (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     1904</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id332994"></a>
     1905
     1906fstype (S)
     1907</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id332995"></a><a name="FSTYPE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    16161908        This parameter allows the administrator to configure the string that specifies the type of filesystem a share
    1617         is using that is reported by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>
     1909        is using that is reported by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>
    16181910        when a client queries the filesystem type for a share. The default type is <code class="constant">NTFS</code> for compatibility
    16191911        with Windows NT but this can be changed to other strings such as <code class="constant">Samba</code> or <code class="constant">FAT</code>
    … …  
    16231915</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>fstype</code></em> = <code class="literal">Samba</code>
    16241916</em></span>
    1625 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GETQUOTACOMMAND"></a>get quota command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">get quota command</code> should only be used
     1917</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333067"></a>
     1918
     1919get quota command (G)
     1920</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333068"></a><a name="GETQUOTACOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">get quota command</code> should only be used
    16261921        whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that
    16271922        samba can use.</p><p>This option is only available with <code class="literal">./configure --with-sys-quotas</code>.
    … …  
    16351930</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>get quota command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/sbin/query_quota</code>
    16361931</em></span>
    1637 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GETWDCACHE"></a>getwd cache (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a tuning option. When this is enabled a
     1932</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333230"></a>
     1933
     1934getwd cache (G)
     1935</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333231"></a><a name="GETWDCACHE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a tuning option. When this is enabled a
    16381936    caching algorithm will be used to reduce the time taken for getwd()
    16391937    calls. This can have a significant impact on performance, especially
    1640     when the <a class="indexterm" name="id309382"></a>wide smbconfoptions parameter is set to <code class="constant">no</code>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>getwd cache</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    1641 </em></span>
    1642 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GUESTACCOUNT"></a>guest account (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a username which will be used for access
    1643     to services which are specified as <a class="indexterm" name="id309432"></a>guest ok (see below). Whatever privileges this
     1938    when the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WIDESMBCONFOPTIONS">wide smbconfoptions</a> parameter is set to <code class="constant">no</code>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>getwd cache</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
     1939</em></span>
     1940</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333279"></a>
     1941
     1942guest account (G)
     1943</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333280"></a><a name="GUESTACCOUNT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a username which will be used for access
     1944    to services which are specified as <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK">guest ok</a> (see below). Whatever privileges this
    16441945    user has will be available to any client connecting to the guest service.
    16451946    This user must exist in the password file, but does not require
    … …  
    16581959</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>guest account</code></em> = <code class="literal">ftp</code>
    16591960</em></span>
    1660 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PUBLIC"></a>public</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for guest ok.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GUESTOK"></a>guest ok (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for
     1961</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333368"></a><a name="PUBLIC"></a>public</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333369"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#GUESTOK">guest ok</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333393"></a>
     1962
     1963guest ok (S)
     1964</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333394"></a><a name="GUESTOK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for
    16611965    a service, then no password is required to connect to the service.
    1662     Privileges will be those of the <a class="indexterm" name="id309550"></a>guest account.</p><p>This paramater nullifies the benifits of setting
    1663     <a class="indexterm" name="id309561"></a>restrict anonymous = 2
    1664         </p><p>See the section below on <a class="indexterm" name="id309572"></a>security for more information about this option.
     1966    Privileges will be those of the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT">guest account</a>.</p><p>This paramater nullifies the benifits of setting
     1967    <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#RESTRICTANONYMOUS">restrict anonymous = 2</a>
     1968        </p><p>See the section below on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security</a> for more information about this option.
    16651969        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>guest ok</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    16661970</em></span>
    1667 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ONLYGUEST"></a>only guest</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for guest only.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GUESTONLY"></a>guest only (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for
     1971</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333462"></a><a name="ONLYGUEST"></a>only guest</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333463"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#GUESTONLY">guest only</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333487"></a>
     1972
     1973guest only (S)
     1974</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333488"></a><a name="GUESTONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code> for
    16681975    a service, then only guest connections to the service are permitted.
    1669     This parameter will have no effect if <a class="indexterm" name="id309642"></a>guest ok is not set for the service.</p><p>See the section below on <a class="indexterm" name="id309653"></a>security for more information about this option.
     1976    This parameter will have no effect if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK">guest ok</a> is not set for the service.</p><p>See the section below on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security</a> for more information about this option.
    16701977        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>guest only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    16711978</em></span>
    1672 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDEDOTFILES"></a>hide dot files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls whether
     1979</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333546"></a>
     1980
     1981hide dot files (S)
     1982</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333547"></a><a name="HIDEDOTFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls whether
    16731983        files starting with a dot appear as hidden files.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide dot files</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    16741984</em></span>
    1675 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDEFILES"></a>hide files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of files or directories that are not
     1985</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333584"></a>
     1986
     1987hide files (S)
     1988</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333585"></a><a name="HIDEFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of files or directories that are not
    16761989        visible but are accessible.  The DOS 'hidden' attribute is applied
    16771990        to any files or directories that match.</p><p>Each entry in the list must be separated by a '/',
    … …  
    16841997        as they are scanned.</p><p>
    16851998        The example shown above is based on files that the Macintosh
    1686         SMB client (DAVE) available from <a href="http://www.thursby.com" target="_top">
     1999        SMB client (DAVE) available from <a class="ulink" href="http://www.thursby.com" target="_top">
    16872000        Thursby</a> creates for internal use, and also still hides
    16882001        all files beginning with a dot.
    … …  
    16952008# no file are hidden</code>
    16962009</em></span>
    1697 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDESPECIALFILES"></a>hide special files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     2010</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333659"></a>
     2011
     2012hide special files (S)
     2013</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333660"></a><a name="HIDESPECIALFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    16982014        This parameter prevents clients from seeing special files such as sockets, devices and
    16992015        fifo's in directory listings.
    17002016        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide special files</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    17012017</em></span>
    1702 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDEUNREADABLE"></a>hide unreadable (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter prevents clients from seeing the
     2018</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333697"></a>
     2019
     2020hide unreadable (S)
     2021</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333698"></a><a name="HIDEUNREADABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter prevents clients from seeing the
    17032022                existance of files that cannot be read. Defaults to off.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide unreadable</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    17042023</em></span>
    1705 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES"></a>hide unwriteable files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     2024</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333735"></a>
     2025
     2026hide unwriteable files (S)
     2027</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333736"></a><a name="HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    17062028    This parameter prevents clients from seeing the existance of files that cannot be written to.
    17072029    Defaults to off. Note that unwriteable directories are shown as usual.
    17082030    </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hide unwriteable files</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    17092031</em></span>
    1710 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOMEDIRMAP"></a>homedir map (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
    1711         If <a class="indexterm" name="id309932"></a>nis homedir is <code class="constant">yes</code>, and <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> is also acting         as a Win95/98 <em class="parameter"><code>logon server</code></em>
     2032</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333773"></a>
     2033
     2034homedir map (G)
     2035</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333774"></a><a name="HOMEDIRMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
     2036        If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NISHOMEDIR">nis homedir</a> is <code class="constant">yes</code>, and <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> is also acting       as a Win95/98 <em class="parameter"><code>logon server</code></em>
    17122037        then this parameter specifies the NIS (or YP) map from which the server for the user's  home directory should be extracted. 
    17132038        At present, only the Sun auto.home map format is understood. The form of the map is:
    … …  
    17232048</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>homedir map</code></em> = <code class="literal">amd.homedir</code>
    17242049</em></span>
    1725 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOSTMSDFS"></a>host msdfs (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     2050</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333870"></a>
     2051
     2052host msdfs (G)
     2053</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333871"></a><a name="HOSTMSDFS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    17262054        If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, Samba will act as a Dfs server, and allow Dfs-aware clients to browse
    17272055        Dfs trees hosted on the server.
    17282056        </p><p>
    1729         See also the <a class="indexterm" name="id310039"></a>msdfs root share  level  parameter.  For more  information  on
     2057        See also the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MSDFSROOT">msdfs root</a> share  level  parameter.  For more  information  on
    17302058        setting  up a Dfs tree on Samba, refer to the MSFDS chapter in the book Samba3-HOWTO.
    17312059        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>host msdfs</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    17322060</em></span>
    1733 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOSTNAMELOOKUPS"></a>hostname lookups (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether samba should use (expensive)
     2061</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id333932"></a>
     2062
     2063hostname lookups (G)
     2064</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id333933"></a><a name="HOSTNAMELOOKUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether samba should use (expensive)
    17342065    hostname lookups or use the ip addresses instead. An example place
    17352066    where hostname lookups are currently used is when checking
    … …  
    17392070</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hostname lookups</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    17402071</em></span>
    1741 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ALLOWHOSTS"></a>allow hosts</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for hosts allow.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOSTSALLOW"></a>hosts allow (S)</span></dt><dd><p>A synonym for this parameter is <a class="indexterm" name="id310176"></a>allow hosts.</p><p>This parameter is a comma, space, or tab delimited
     2072</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334002"></a><a name="ALLOWHOSTS"></a>allow hosts</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334003"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#HOSTSALLOW">hosts allow</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334033"></a>
     2073
     2074hosts allow (S)
     2075</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334034"></a><a name="HOSTSALLOW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>A synonym for this parameter is <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ALLOWHOSTS">allow hosts</a>.</p><p>This parameter is a comma, space, or tab delimited
    17422076    set of hosts which are permitted to access a service.</p><p>If specified in the [global] section then it will
    17432077    apply to all services, regardless of whether the individual
    … …  
    17492083    page may not be present on your system, so a brief description will
    17502084    be given here also.</p><p>Note that the localhost address 127.0.0.1 will always
    1751     be allowed access unless specifically denied by a <a class="indexterm" name="id310214"></a>hosts deny option.</p><p>You can also specify hosts by network/netmask pairs and
     2085    be allowed access unless specifically denied by a <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#HOSTSDENY">hosts deny</a> option.</p><p>You can also specify hosts by network/netmask pairs and
    17522086    by netgroup names if your system supports netgroups. The
    17532087    <span class="emphasis"><em>EXCEPT</em></span> keyword can also be used to limit a
    17542088    wildcard list. The following examples may provide some help:</p><p>Example 1: allow all IPs in 150.203.*.*; except one</p><p><code class="literal">hosts allow = 150.203. EXCEPT 150.203.6.66</code></p><p>Example 2: allow hosts that match the given network/netmask</p><p><code class="literal">hosts allow = 150.203.15.0/255.255.255.0</code></p><p>Example 3: allow a couple of hosts</p><p><code class="literal">hosts allow = lapland, arvidsjaur</code></p><p>Example 4: allow only hosts in NIS netgroup "foonet", but
    1755     deny access from one particular host</p><p><code class="literal">hosts allow = @foonet</code></p><p><code class="literal">hosts deny = pirate</code></p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Note that access still requires suitable user-level passwords.</p></div><p>See <a href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> for a way of testing your host access
     2089    deny access from one particular host</p><p><code class="literal">hosts allow = @foonet</code></p><p><code class="literal">hosts deny = pirate</code></p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Note that access still requires suitable user-level passwords.</p></div><p>See <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> for a way of testing your host access
    17562090    to see if it does what you expect.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hosts allow</code></em> = <code class="literal">
    17572091# none (i.e., all hosts permitted access)</code>
    … …  
    17592093</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hosts allow</code></em> = <code class="literal">150.203.5. myhost.mynet.edu.au</code>
    17602094</em></span>
    1761 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DENYHOSTS"></a>deny hosts</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for hosts deny.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOSTSDENY"></a>hosts deny (S)</span></dt><dd><p>The opposite of <em class="parameter"><code>hosts allow</code></em>
     2095</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334221"></a><a name="DENYHOSTS"></a>deny hosts</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334222"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#HOSTSDENY">hosts deny</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334251"></a>
     2096
     2097hosts deny (S)
     2098</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334252"></a><a name="HOSTSDENY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The opposite of <em class="parameter"><code>hosts allow</code></em>
    17622099    - hosts listed here are <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> permitted access to
    17632100    services unless the specific services have their own lists to override
    … …  
    17662103        In the event that it is necessary to deny all by default, use the keyword
    17672104        ALL (or the netmask <code class="literal">0.0.0.0/0</code>) and then explicitly specify
    1768         to the <a class="indexterm" name="id310401"></a>hosts allow = hosts allow parameter those hosts
     2105        to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#HOSTSALLOW">hosts allow = hosts allow</a> parameter those hosts
    17692106        that should be permitted access.
    17702107        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hosts deny</code></em> = <code class="literal">
    … …  
    17732110</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>hosts deny</code></em> = <code class="literal">150.203.4. badhost.mynet.edu.au</code>
    17742111</em></span>
    1775 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="IDMAPALLOCBACKEND"></a>idmap alloc backend (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     2112</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334347"></a>
     2113
     2114idmap alloc backend (G)
     2115</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334348"></a><a name="IDMAPALLOCBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    17762116        The idmap alloc backend provides a plugin interface for Winbind to use
    17772117        when allocating Unix uids/gids for Windows SIDs.  This option is
    1778         to be used in conjunction with the <a class="indexterm" name="id310466"></a>idmap domains
     2118        to be used in conjunction with the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS">idmap domains</a>
    17792119        parameter and refers to the name of the idmap module which will provide
    17802120        the id allocation functionality.  Please refer to the man page
    17812121        for each idmap plugin to determine whether or not the module implements
    1782         the allocation feature.  The most common plugins are the tdb (<a href="idmap_tdb.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_tdb</span>(8)</span></a>)
    1783         and ldap (<a href="idmap_ldap.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_ldap</span>(8)</span></a>) libraries.
    1784         </p><p>Also refer to the <a class="indexterm" name="id310495"></a>idmap alloc config option.
     2122        the allocation feature.  The most common plugins are the tdb (<a class="citerefentry" href="idmap_tdb.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_tdb</span>(8)</span></a>)
     2123        and ldap (<a class="citerefentry" href="idmap_ldap.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_ldap</span>(8)</span></a>) libraries.
     2124        </p><p>Also refer to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPALLOCCONFIG">idmap alloc config</a> option.
    17852125        </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap alloc backend</code></em> = <code class="literal">tdb</code>
    17862126</em></span>
    1787 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="IDMAPALLOCCONFIG"></a>idmap alloc config (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     2127</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334438"></a>
     2128
     2129idmap alloc config (G)
     2130</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334439"></a><a name="IDMAPALLOCCONFIG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    17882131        The idmap alloc config prefix provides a means of managing settings
    1789         for the backend defined by the <a class="indexterm" name="id310546"></a>idmap alloc backend
     2132        for the backend defined by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPALLOCBACKEND">idmap alloc backend</a>
    17902133        parameter.  Refer to the man page for each idmap plugin regarding
    17912134        specific configuration details.
    1792         </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="IDMAPBACKEND"></a>idmap backend (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     2135        </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334478"></a>
     2136
     2137idmap backend (G)
     2138</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334479"></a><a name="IDMAPBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    17932139        The idmap backend provides a plugin interface for Winbind to use
    17942140        varying backends to store SID/uid/gid mapping tables.  This
    17952141        option is mutually exclusive with the newer and more flexible
    1796         <a class="indexterm" name="id310581"></a>idmap domains parameter.  The main difference
     2142        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS">idmap domains</a> parameter.  The main difference
    17972143        between the "idmap backend" and the "idmap domains"
    17982144        is that the former only allows on backend for all domains while the
    17992145        latter supports configuring backends on a per domain basis.
    1800         </p><p>Examples of SID/uid/gid backends include tdb (<a href="idmap_tdb.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_tdb</span>(8)</span></a>),
    1801         ldap (<a href="idmap_ldap.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_ldap</span>(8)</span></a>), rid (<a href="idmap_rid.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_rid</span>(8)</span></a>),
    1802         and ad (<a href="idmap_tdb.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_tdb</span>(8)</span></a>).
     2146        </p><p>Examples of SID/uid/gid backends include tdb (<a class="citerefentry" href="idmap_tdb.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_tdb</span>(8)</span></a>),
     2147        ldap (<a class="citerefentry" href="idmap_ldap.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_ldap</span>(8)</span></a>), rid (<a class="citerefentry" href="idmap_rid.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_rid</span>(8)</span></a>),
     2148        and ad (<a class="citerefentry" href="idmap_tdb.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_tdb</span>(8)</span></a>).
    18032149        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap backend</code></em> = <code class="literal">tdb</code>
    18042150</em></span>
    1805 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="IDMAPCACHETIME"></a>idmap cache time (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's
     2151</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334568"></a>
     2152
     2153idmap cache time (G)
     2154</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334569"></a><a name="IDMAPCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's
    18062155        idmap interface will cache positive SID/uid/gid query results.
    18072156        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">900</code>
    18082157</em></span>
    1809 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="IDMAPCONFIG"></a>idmap config (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     2158</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334609"></a>
     2159
     2160idmap config (G)
     2161</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334610"></a><a name="IDMAPCONFIG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    18102162        The idmap config prefix provides a means of managing each domain
    1811         defined by the <a class="indexterm" name="id310703"></a>idmap domains option using Samba's
     2163        defined by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS">idmap domains</a> option using Samba's
    18122164        parameteric option support.  The idmap config prefix should be
    18132165        followed by the name of the domain, a colon, and a setting specific to
    … …  
    18232175                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">readonly = [yes|no]</span></dt><dd><p>
    18242176                        Mark the domain as readonly which means that no attempts to
    1825                         allocate a uid or gid (by the <a class="indexterm" name="id310750"></a>idmap alloc     backend) for any user or group in that domain
     2177                        allocate a uid or gid (by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPALLOCBACKEND">idmap alloc     backend</a>) for any user or group in that domain
    18262178                        will be attempted.
    18272179                </p></dd></dl></div><p>
    1828         The following example illustrates how to configure the <a href="idmap_ad.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_ad</span>(8)</span></a>
    1829         for the CORP domain and the <a href="idmap_tdb.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_tdb</span>(8)</span></a> backend for all other domains.  The
     2180        The following example illustrates how to configure the <a class="citerefentry" href="idmap_ad.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_ad</span>(8)</span></a>
     2181        for the CORP domain and the <a class="citerefentry" href="idmap_tdb.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_tdb</span>(8)</span></a> backend for all other domains.  The
    18302182        TRUSTEDDOMAINS string is simply a key used to reference the "idmap
    18312183        config" settings and does not represent the actual name of a domain.
    … …  
    18392191        idmap config TRUSTEDDOMAINS:default = yes
    18402192        idmap config TRUSTEDDOMAINS:range   = 1000 - 9999
    1841         </pre><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="IDMAPDOMAINS"></a>idmap domains (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     2193        </pre><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334730"></a>
     2194
     2195idmap domains (G)
     2196</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334731"></a><a name="IDMAPDOMAINS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    18422197        The idmap domains option defines a list of Windows domains which will each
    18432198        have a separately configured backend for managing Winbind's SID/uid/gid
    1844         tables.  This parameter is mutually exclusive with the older <a class="indexterm" name="id310818"></a>idmap backend option.
     2199        tables.  This parameter is mutually exclusive with the older <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPBACKEND">idmap backend</a> option.
    18452200        </p><p>
    18462201        Values consist of the short domain name for Winbind's primary or collection
    … …  
    18482203        domain backend for any domain not explicitly listed.
    18492204        </p><p>
    1850         Refer to the <a class="indexterm" name="id310834"></a>idmap config for details about
     2205        Refer to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPCONFIG">idmap config</a> for details about
    18512206        managing the SID/uid/gid backend for each domain.
    18522207        </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap domains</code></em> = <code class="literal">default AD CORP</code>
    18532208</em></span>
    1854 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDGID"></a>winbind gid</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for idmap gid.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="IDMAPGID"></a>idmap gid (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The idmap gid parameter specifies the range of group ids
     2209</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334808"></a><a name="WINBINDGID"></a>winbind gid</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334809"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#IDMAPGID">idmap gid</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334838"></a>
     2210
     2211idmap gid (G)
     2212</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334839"></a><a name="IDMAPGID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The idmap gid parameter specifies the range of group ids
    18552213        that are allocated for the purpose of mapping UNX groups to NT group
    18562214        SIDs. This range of group ids should have no
    18572215        existing local or NIS groups within it as strange conflicts can
    1858         occur otherwise.</p><p>See also the <a class="indexterm" name="id310911"></a>idmap backend, <a class="indexterm" name="id310918"></a>idmap domains, and <a class="indexterm" name="id310925"></a>idmap config options.
     2216        occur otherwise.</p><p>See also the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPBACKEND">idmap backend</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS">idmap domains</a>, and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPCONFIG">idmap config</a> options.
    18592217        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap gid</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    18602218</em></span>
    18612219</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap gid</code></em> = <code class="literal">10000-20000</code>
    18622220</em></span>
    1863 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="IDMAPNEGATIVECACHETIME"></a>idmap negative cache time (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's
     2221</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334932"></a>
     2222
     2223idmap negative cache time (G)
     2224</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334933"></a><a name="IDMAPNEGATIVECACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of seconds that Winbind's
    18642225        idmap interface will cache negative SID/uid/gid query results.
    18652226        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap negative cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">120</code>
    18662227</em></span>
    1867 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDUID"></a>winbind uid</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for idmap uid.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="IDMAPUID"></a>idmap uid (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     2228</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id334974"></a><a name="WINBINDUID"></a>winbind uid</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id334975"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#IDMAPUID">idmap uid</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335004"></a>
     2229
     2230idmap uid (G)
     2231</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335005"></a><a name="IDMAPUID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    18682232        The idmap uid parameter specifies the range of user ids that are
    18692233        allocated for use in mapping UNIX users to NT user SIDs. This
    18702234        range of ids should have no existing local
    1871         or NIS users within it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise.</p><p>See also the <a class="indexterm" name="id311053"></a>idmap backend, <a class="indexterm" name="id311060"></a>idmap domains, and <a class="indexterm" name="id311067"></a>idmap config options.
     2235        or NIS users within it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise.</p><p>See also the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPBACKEND">idmap backend</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS">idmap domains</a>, and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPCONFIG">idmap config</a> options.
    18722236        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap uid</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    18732237</em></span>
    18742238</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>idmap uid</code></em> = <code class="literal">10000-20000</code>
    18752239</em></span>
    1876 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INCLUDE"></a>include (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     2240</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335097"></a>
     2241
     2242include (G)
     2243</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335098"></a><a name="INCLUDE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    18772244        This allows you to include one config file inside another.  The file is included literally, as though typed
    18782245        in place.
    … …  
    18842251</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>include</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/lib/admin_smb.conf</code>
    18852252</em></span>
    1886 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INHERITACLS"></a>inherit acls (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter can be used to ensure that if default acls
     2253</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335174"></a>
     2254
     2255inherit acls (S)
     2256</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335176"></a><a name="INHERITACLS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter can be used to ensure that if default acls
    18872257    exist on parent directories, they are always honored when creating a
    18882258    new file or subdirectory in these parent directories. The default
    … …  
    18922262</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>inherit acls</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    18932263</em></span>
    1894 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INHERITOWNER"></a>inherit owner (S)</span></dt><dd><p>The ownership of new files and directories
     2264</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335218"></a>
     2265
     2266inherit owner (S)
     2267</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335219"></a><a name="INHERITOWNER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The ownership of new files and directories
    18952268        is normally governed by effective uid of the connected user.
    18962269        This option allows the Samba administrator to specify that
    … …  
    19012274        roaming profile directory are actually owner by the user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>inherit owner</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    19022275</em></span>
    1903 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INHERITPERMISSIONS"></a>inherit permissions (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
    1904         The permissions on new files and directories are normally governed by <a class="indexterm" name="id311291"></a>create mask,
    1905         <a class="indexterm" name="id311298"></a>directory mask, <a class="indexterm" name="id311305"></a>force create mode and <a class="indexterm" name="id311312"></a>force directory mode but the boolean inherit permissions parameter overrides this.
     2276</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335266"></a>
     2277
     2278inherit permissions (S)
     2279</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335267"></a><a name="INHERITPERMISSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
     2280        The permissions on new files and directories are normally governed by <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK">create mask</a>,
     2281        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DIRECTORYMASK">directory mask</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCECREATEMODE">force create mode</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE">force directory mode</a> but the boolean inherit permissions parameter overrides this.
    19062282        </p><p>New directories inherit the mode of the parent directory,
    19072283    including bits such as setgid.</p><p>
    19082284        New files inherit their read/write bits from the parent directory.  Their execute bits continue to be
    1909         determined by <a class="indexterm" name="id311328"></a>map archive, <a class="indexterm" name="id311335"></a>map hidden and <a class="indexterm" name="id311342"></a>map system as usual.
     2285        determined by <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPARCHIVE">map archive</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPHIDDEN">map hidden</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPSYSTEM">map system</a> as usual.
    19102286        </p><p>Note that the setuid bit is <span class="emphasis"><em>never</em></span> set via
    19112287    inheritance (the code explicitly prohibits this).</p><p>This can be particularly useful on large systems with
    … …  
    19132289    share to be used flexibly by each user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>inherit permissions</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    19142290</em></span>
    1915 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INTERFACES"></a>interfaces (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override the default
     2291</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335403"></a>
     2292
     2293interfaces (G)
     2294</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335404"></a><a name="INTERFACES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override the default
    19162295        network interfaces list that Samba will use for browsing, name
    19172296        registration and other NBT traffic. By default Samba will query
    … …  
    19372316</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>interfaces</code></em> = <code class="literal">eth0 192.168.2.10/24 192.168.3.10/255.255.255.0</code>
    19382317</em></span>
    1939 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INVALIDUSERS"></a>invalid users (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that should not be allowed
     2318</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335508"></a>
     2319
     2320invalid users (S)
     2321</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335509"></a><a name="INVALIDUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that should not be allowed
    19402322    to login to this service. This is really a <span class="emphasis"><em>paranoid</em></span>
    19412323    check to absolutely ensure an improper setting does not breach
    … …  
    19572339</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>invalid users</code></em> = <code class="literal">root fred admin @wheel</code>
    19582340</em></span>
    1959 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="IPRINTSERVER"></a>iprint server (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
    1960     This parameter is only applicable if <a class="indexterm" name="id311602"></a>printing is set to <code class="constant">iprint</code>.
     2341</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335608"></a>
     2342
     2343iprint server (G)
     2344</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335609"></a><a name="IPRINTSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
     2345    This parameter is only applicable if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING">printing</a> is set to <code class="constant">iprint</code>.
    19612346    </p><p>
    19622347   If set, this option overrides the ServerName option in the CUPS <code class="filename">client.conf</code>. This is
    … …  
    19662351</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>iprint server</code></em> = <code class="literal">MYCUPSSERVER</code>
    19672352</em></span>
    1968 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="KEEPALIVE"></a>keepalive (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (an integer) represents
     2353</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335690"></a>
     2354
     2355keepalive (G)
     2356</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335692"></a><a name="KEEPALIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (an integer) represents
    19692357    the number of seconds between <em class="parameter"><code>keepalive</code></em>
    19702358    packets. If this parameter is zero, no keepalive packets will be
    19712359    sent. Keepalive packets, if sent, allow the server to tell whether
    19722360    a client is still present and responding.</p><p>Keepalives should, in general, not be needed if the socket
    1973     has the SO_KEEPALIVE attribute set on it by default. (see <a class="indexterm" name="id311691"></a>socket options).
     2361    has the SO_KEEPALIVE attribute set on it by default. (see <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SOCKETOPTIONS">socket options</a>).
    19742362Basically you should only use this option if you strike difficulties.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>keepalive</code></em> = <code class="literal">300</code>
    19752363</em></span>
    19762364</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>keepalive</code></em> = <code class="literal">600</code>
    19772365</em></span>
    1978 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="KERNELCHANGENOTIFY"></a>kernel change notify (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should ask the
     2366</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335772"></a>
     2367
     2368kernel change notify (S)
     2369</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335773"></a><a name="KERNELCHANGENOTIFY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether Samba should ask the
    19792370        kernel for change notifications in directories so that
    19802371        SMB clients can refresh whenever the data on the server changes.
    … …  
    19832374        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>kernel change notify</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    19842375</em></span>
    1985 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="KERNELOPLOCKS"></a>kernel oplocks (G)</span></dt><dd><p>For UNIXes that support kernel based <a class="indexterm" name="id311797"></a>oplocks
     2376</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335818"></a>
     2377
     2378kernel oplocks (G)
     2379</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335819"></a><a name="KERNELOPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>For UNIXes that support kernel based <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS">oplocks</a>
    19862380        (currently only IRIX and the Linux 2.4 kernel), this parameter
    19872381        allows the use of them to be turned on or off.</p><p>Kernel oplocks support allows Samba <em class="parameter"><code>oplocks
    19882382        </code></em> to be broken whenever a local UNIX process or NFS operation
    1989         accesses a file that <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> has oplocked. This allows complete
     2383        accesses a file that <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> has oplocked. This allows complete
    19902384        data consistency between SMB/CIFS, NFS and local file access (and is
    19912385        a <span class="emphasis"><em>very</em></span> cool feature :-).</p><p>This parameter defaults to <code class="constant">on</code>, but is translated
    … …  
    19932387        You should never need to touch this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>kernel oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    19942388</em></span>
    1995 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LANMANAUTH"></a>lanman auth (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to
     2389</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335900"></a>
     2390
     2391lanman auth (G)
     2392</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335901"></a><a name="LANMANAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to
    19962393    authenticate users or permit password changes
    19972394    using the LANMAN password hash. If disabled, only clients which support NT
    … …  
    20102407    special configuration to use it.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lanman auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    20112408</em></span>
    2012 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LARGEREADWRITE"></a>large readwrite (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not
    2013     <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> supports the new 64k
     2409</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id335983"></a>
     2410
     2411large readwrite (G)
     2412</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id335984"></a><a name="LARGEREADWRITE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not
     2413    <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> supports the new 64k
    20142414    streaming read and write varient SMB requests introduced with
    20152415    Windows 2000. Note that due to Windows 2000 client redirector bugs
    … …  
    20192419        tested as some other Samba code paths.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>large readwrite</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    20202420</em></span>
    2021 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPADMINDN"></a>ldap admin dn (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
    2022         The <a class="indexterm" name="id312005"></a>ldap admin dn defines the Distinguished  Name (DN) name used by Samba to contact
    2023         the ldap server when retreiving  user account information. The <a class="indexterm" name="id312013"></a>ldap admin dn is used
     2421</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336035"></a>
     2422
     2423ldap admin dn (G)
     2424</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336036"></a><a name="LDAPADMINDN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
     2425        The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN">ldap admin dn</a> defines the Distinguished  Name (DN) name used by Samba to contact
     2426        the ldap server when retreiving  user account information. The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN">ldap admin dn</a> is used
    20242427        in conjunction with the admin dn password stored in the <code class="filename">private/secrets.tdb</code>
    2025         file.  See the <a href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>
     2428        file.  See the <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>
    20262429        man page for more information on how  to accomplish this.
    20272430        </p><p>
    2028         The <a class="indexterm" name="id312038"></a>ldap admin dn requires a fully specified DN. The <a class="indexterm" name="id312046"></a>ldap  suffix is not appended to the <a class="indexterm" name="id312053"></a>ldap admin dn.
    2029         </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPDELETEDN"></a>ldap delete dn (G)</span></dt><dd><p> This parameter specifies whether a delete
     2431        The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN">ldap admin dn</a> requires a fully specified DN. The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX">ldap  suffix</a> is not appended to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN">ldap admin dn</a>.
     2432        </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336136"></a>
     2433
     2434ldap delete dn (G)
     2435</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336137"></a><a name="LDAPDELETEDN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This parameter specifies whether a delete
    20302436        operation in the ldapsam deletes the complete entry or only the attributes
    20312437        specific to Samba.
    20322438        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap delete dn</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    20332439</em></span>
    2034 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPGROUPSUFFIX"></a>ldap group suffix (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the suffix that is
     2440</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336178"></a>
     2441
     2442ldap group suffix (G)
     2443</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336179"></a><a name="LDAPGROUPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the suffix that is
    20352444        used for groups when these are added to the LDAP directory.
    2036         If this parameter is unset, the value of <a class="indexterm" name="id312126"></a>ldap suffix will be used instead.  The suffix string is pre-pended to the
    2037         <a class="indexterm" name="id312134"></a>ldap suffix string so use a partial DN.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap group suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
     2445        If this parameter is unset, the value of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX">ldap suffix</a> will be used instead.  The suffix string is pre-pended to the
     2446        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX">ldap suffix</a> string so use a partial DN.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap group suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    20382447</em></span>
    20392448</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap group suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=Groups</code>
    20402449</em></span>
    2041 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPIDMAPSUFFIX"></a>ldap idmap suffix (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     2450</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336256"></a>
     2451
     2452ldap idmap suffix (G)
     2453</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336258"></a><a name="LDAPIDMAPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    20422454        This parameters specifies the suffix that is used when storing idmap mappings. If this parameter
    2043         is unset, the value of <a class="indexterm" name="id312196"></a>ldap suffix will be used instead.  The suffix
    2044         string is pre-pended to the <a class="indexterm" name="id312204"></a>ldap suffix string so use a partial DN.
     2455        is unset, the value of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX">ldap suffix</a> will be used instead.  The suffix
     2456        string is pre-pended to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX">ldap suffix</a> string so use a partial DN.
    20452457        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap idmap suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    20462458</em></span>
    20472459</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap idmap suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=Idmap</code>
    20482460</em></span>
    2049 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPMACHINESUFFIX"></a>ldap machine suffix (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     2461</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336336"></a>
     2462
     2463ldap machine suffix (G)
     2464</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336337"></a><a name="LDAPMACHINESUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    20502465        It specifies where machines should be added to the ldap tree.  If this parameter is unset, the value of
    2051         <a class="indexterm" name="id312266"></a>ldap suffix will be used instead.  The suffix string is pre-pended to the
    2052         <a class="indexterm" name="id312274"></a>ldap suffix string so use a partial DN.
     2466        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX">ldap suffix</a> will be used instead.  The suffix string is pre-pended to the
     2467        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX">ldap suffix</a> string so use a partial DN.
    20532468        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap machine suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    20542469</em></span>
    20552470</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap machine suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=Computers</code>
    20562471</em></span>
    2057 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPPASSWDSYNC"></a>ldap passwd sync (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     2472</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336414"></a>
     2473
     2474ldap passwd sync (G)
     2475</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336415"></a><a name="LDAPPASSWDSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    20582476        This option is used to define whether or not Samba should sync the LDAP password with the NT
    20592477        and LM hashes for normal accounts (NOT for workstation, server or domain trusts) on a password
    20602478        change via SAMBA. 
    20612479        </p><p>
    2062         The <a class="indexterm" name="id312340"></a>ldap passwd sync can be set to one of three values:
     2480        The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPPASSWDSYNC">ldap passwd sync</a> can be set to one of three values:
    20632481        </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>Yes</code></em>  =  Try
    20642482                        to update the LDAP, NT and LM passwords and update the pwdLastSet time.</p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>No</code></em> = Update NT and
    … …  
    20662484                        the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest.</p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap passwd sync</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    20672485</em></span>
    2068 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPREPLICATIONSLEEP"></a>ldap replication sleep (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     2486</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336509"></a>
     2487
     2488ldap replication sleep (G)
     2489</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336510"></a><a name="LDAPREPLICATIONSLEEP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    20692490        When Samba is asked to write to a read-only LDAP replica, we are redirected to talk to the read-write master server.
    20702491        This server then replicates our changes back to the 'local' server, however the replication might take some seconds,
    … …  
    20792500        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap replication sleep</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code>
    20802501</em></span>
    2081 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPSAM:EDITPOSIX"></a>ldapsam:editposix (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     2502</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336564"></a>
     2503
     2504ldapsam:editposix (G)
     2505</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336565"></a><a name="LDAPSAM:EDITPOSIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    20822506        Editposix is an option that leverages ldapsam:trusted to make it simpler to manage a domain controller
    20832507        eliminating the need to set up custom scripts to add and manage the posix users and groups. This option
    … …  
    20922516        the smb.conf ldap options must be properly configured.
    20932517
    2094         The typical ldap setup used with the <a class="indexterm" name="id312494"></a>ldapsam:trusted = yes option
    2095         is usually sufficient to use <a class="indexterm" name="id312501"></a>ldapsam:editposix = yes as well.
     2518        The typical ldap setup used with the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSAM:TRUSTED">ldapsam:trusted = yes</a> option
     2519        is usually sufficient to use <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSAM:EDITPOSIX">ldapsam:editposix = yes</a> as well.
    20962520        </p><p>
    20972521        An example configuration can be the following:
    … …  
    21582582        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldapsam:editposix</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    21592583</em></span>
    2160 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPSAM:TRUSTED"></a>ldapsam:trusted (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     2584</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336673"></a>
     2585
     2586ldapsam:trusted (G)
     2587</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336674"></a><a name="LDAPSAM:TRUSTED"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    21612588        By default, Samba as a Domain Controller with an LDAP backend needs to use the Unix-style NSS subsystem to
    21622589        access user and group information. Due to the way Unix stores user information in /etc/passwd and /etc/group
    … …  
    21662593        are used to deal with user and group attributes lack such optimization.
    21672594        </p><p>
    2168         To make Samba scale well in large environments, the <a class="indexterm" name="id312581"></a>ldapsam:trusted = yes
     2595        To make Samba scale well in large environments, the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSAM:TRUSTED">ldapsam:trusted = yes</a>
    21692596        option assumes that the complete user and group database that is relevant to Samba is stored in LDAP with the
    21702597        standard posixAccount/posixGroup attributes. It further assumes that the Samba auxiliary object classes are
    21712598        stored together with the POSIX data in the same LDAP object. If these assumptions are met,
    2172         <a class="indexterm" name="id312590"></a>ldapsam:trusted = yes can be activated and Samba can bypass the
     2599        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSAM:TRUSTED">ldapsam:trusted = yes</a> can be activated and Samba can bypass the
    21732600        NSS system to query user group memberships. Optimized LDAP queries can greatly speed up domain logon and
    21742601        administration tasks. Depending on the size of the LDAP database a factor of 100 or more for common queries
    … …  
    21762603        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldapsam:trusted</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    21772604</em></span>
    2178 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPSSL"></a>ldap ssl (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option is used to define whether or not Samba should
     2605</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336748"></a>
     2606
     2607ldap ssl (G)
     2608</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336750"></a><a name="LDAPSSL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used to define whether or not Samba should
    21792609        use SSL when connecting to the ldap server
    21802610        This is <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> related to
    21812611        Samba's previous SSL support which was enabled by specifying the
    21822612         <code class="literal">--with-ssl</code> option to the <code class="filename">configure</code>
    2183         script.</p><p>The <a class="indexterm" name="id312659"></a>ldap ssl can be set to one of three values:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>Off</code></em> = Never
     2613        script.</p><p>The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSSL">ldap ssl</a> can be set to one of three values:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>Off</code></em> = Never
    21842614                        use SSL when querying the directory.</p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>Start_tls</code></em> = Use
    21852615                        the LDAPv3 StartTLS extended operation (RFC2830) for
    … …  
    21872617                        on the ldaps port when contacting the <em class="parameter"><code>ldap server</code></em>. Only available when the
    21882618                        backwards-compatiblity <code class="literal">--with-ldapsam</code> option is specified
    2189                 to configure. See <a class="indexterm" name="id312714"></a>passdb backend</p>.
     2619                to configure. See <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSDBBACKEND">passdb backend</a></p>.
    21902620                </li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap ssl</code></em> = <code class="literal">start_tls</code>
    21912621</em></span>
    2192 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPSUFFIX"></a>ldap suffix (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies the base for all ldap suffixes and for storing the sambaDomain object.</p><p>
    2193         The ldap suffix will be appended to the values specified for the <a class="indexterm" name="id312767"></a>ldap user suffix,
    2194          <a class="indexterm" name="id312774"></a>ldap group suffix, <a class="indexterm" name="id312781"></a>ldap machine suffix, and the
    2195          <a class="indexterm" name="id312788"></a>ldap idmap suffix. Each of these should be given only a DN relative to the
    2196          <a class="indexterm" name="id312796"></a>ldap suffix.
     2622</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336881"></a>
     2623
     2624ldap suffix (G)
     2625</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336882"></a><a name="LDAPSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the base for all ldap suffixes and for storing the sambaDomain object.</p><p>
     2626        The ldap suffix will be appended to the values specified for the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPUSERSUFFIX">ldap user suffix</a>,
     2627         <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPGROUPSUFFIX">ldap group suffix</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPMACHINESUFFIX">ldap machine suffix</a>, and the
     2628         <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPIDMAPSUFFIX">ldap idmap suffix</a>. Each of these should be given only a DN relative to the
     2629         <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX">ldap suffix</a>.
    21972630        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    21982631</em></span>
    21992632</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">dc=samba,dc=org</code>
    22002633</em></span>
    2201 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPTIMEOUT"></a>ldap timeout (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     2634</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id336997"></a>
     2635
     2636ldap timeout (G)
     2637</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id336998"></a><a name="LDAPTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    22022638        When Samba connects to an ldap server that servermay be down or unreachable. To prevent Samba from hanging whilst
    22032639        waiting for the connection this parameter specifies in seconds how long Samba should wait before failing the
    … …  
    22052641        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">15</code>
    22062642</em></span>
    2207 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPUSERSUFFIX"></a>ldap user suffix (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     2643</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337040"></a>
     2644
     2645ldap user suffix (G)
     2646</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337041"></a><a name="LDAPUSERSUFFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    22082647        This parameter specifies where users are added to the tree. If this parameter is unset,
    2209         the value of <a class="indexterm" name="id312898"></a>ldap suffix will be used instead.  The suffix
    2210         string is pre-pended to the  <a class="indexterm" name="id312906"></a>ldap suffix string so use a partial DN.
     2648        the value of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX">ldap suffix</a> will be used instead.  The suffix
     2649        string is pre-pended to the  <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX">ldap suffix</a> string so use a partial DN.
    22112650        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap user suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    22122651</em></span>
    22132652</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ldap user suffix</code></em> = <code class="literal">ou=people</code>
    22142653</em></span>
    2215 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LEVEL2OPLOCKS"></a>level2 oplocks (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether Samba supports
     2654</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337118"></a>
     2655
     2656level2 oplocks (S)
     2657</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337119"></a><a name="LEVEL2OPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether Samba supports
    22162658        level2 (read-only) oplocks on a share.</p><p>Level2, or read-only oplocks allow Windows NT clients
    22172659        that have an oplock on a file to downgrade from a read-write oplock
    … …  
    22272669        delete any read-ahead caches.</p><p>It is recommended that this parameter be turned on to
    22282670        speed access to shared executables.</p><p>For more discussions on level2 oplocks see the CIFS spec.</p><p>
    2229         Currently, if <a class="indexterm" name="id312993"></a>kernel oplocks are supported then
     2671        Currently, if <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#KERNELOPLOCKS">kernel oplocks</a> are supported then
    22302672        level2 oplocks are not granted (even if this parameter is set to
    2231         <code class="constant">yes</code>).  Note also, the <a class="indexterm" name="id313004"></a>oplocks
     2673        <code class="constant">yes</code>).  Note also, the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS">oplocks</a>
    22322674        parameter must be set to <code class="constant">yes</code> on this share in order for
    22332675        this parameter to have any effect.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>level2 oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    22342676</em></span>
    2235 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LMANNOUNCE"></a>lm announce (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will produce Lanman announce
     2677</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337214"></a>
     2678
     2679lm announce (G)
     2680</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337215"></a><a name="LMANNOUNCE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will produce Lanman announce
    22362681        broadcasts that are needed by OS/2 clients in order for them to see
    22372682        the Samba server in their browse list. This parameter can have three
    … …  
    22412686        broadcasts. If set to <code class="constant">yes</code> Samba will produce
    22422687        Lanman announce broadcasts at a frequency set by the parameter
    2243         <a class="indexterm" name="id313085"></a>lm interval. If set to <code class="constant">auto</code>
     2688        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LMINTERVAL">lm interval</a>. If set to <code class="constant">auto</code>
    22442689        Samba will not send Lanman announce broadcasts by default but will
    22452690        listen for them. If it hears such a broadcast on the wire it will
    22462691        then start sending them at a frequency set by the parameter
    2247         <a class="indexterm" name="id313097"></a>lm interval.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lm announce</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code>
     2692        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LMINTERVAL">lm interval</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lm announce</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code>
    22482693</em></span>
    22492694</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lm announce</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    22502695</em></span>
    2251 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LMINTERVAL"></a>lm interval (G)</span></dt><dd><p>If Samba is set to produce Lanman announce
     2696</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337329"></a>
     2697
     2698lm interval (G)
     2699</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337330"></a><a name="LMINTERVAL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If Samba is set to produce Lanman announce
    22522700        broadcasts needed by OS/2 clients (see the
    2253                 <a class="indexterm" name="id313160"></a>lm announce parameter) then this
     2701                <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LMANNOUNCE">lm announce</a> parameter) then this
    22542702        parameter defines the frequency in seconds with which they will be
    22552703        made.  If this is set to zero then no Lanman announcements will be
    2256         made despite the setting of the <a class="indexterm" name="id313168"></a>lm announce
     2704        made despite the setting of the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LMANNOUNCE">lm announce</a>
    22572705        parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lm interval</code></em> = <code class="literal">60</code>
    22582706</em></span>
    22592707</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lm interval</code></em> = <code class="literal">120</code>
    22602708</em></span>
    2261 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOADPRINTERS"></a>load printers (G)</span></dt><dd><p>A boolean variable that controls whether all
     2709</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337410"></a>
     2710
     2711load printers (G)
     2712</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337411"></a><a name="LOADPRINTERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>A boolean variable that controls whether all
    22622713    printers in the printcap will be loaded for browsing by default.
    2263     See the <a class="indexterm" name="id313232"></a>printers section for
     2714    See the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTERS">printers</a> section for
    22642715    more details.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>load printers</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    22652716</em></span>
    2266 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCALMASTER"></a>local master (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to try and become a local master browser
     2717</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337463"></a>
     2718
     2719local master (G)
     2720</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337464"></a><a name="LOCALMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to try and become a local master browser
    22672721        on a subnet. If set to <code class="constant">no</code> then <code class="literal">
    22682722        nmbd</code> will not attempt to become a local master browser
    … …  
    22742728master browser.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>local master</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    22752729</em></span>
    2276 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKDIR"></a>lock dir</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for lock directory.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKDIRECTORY"></a>lock directory (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the directory where lock
     2730</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337560"></a><a name="LOCKDIR"></a>lock dir</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337561"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#LOCKDIRECTORY">lock directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337590"></a>
     2731
     2732lock directory (G)
     2733</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337591"></a><a name="LOCKDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the directory where lock
    22772734        files will be placed.  The lock files are used to implement the
    2278         <a class="indexterm" name="id313394"></a>max connections option.
     2735        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAXCONNECTIONS">max connections</a> option.
    22792736        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lock directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">${prefix}/var/locks</code>
    22802737</em></span>
    22812738</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lock directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/var/run/samba/locks</code>
    22822739</em></span>
    2283 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKING"></a>locking (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether or not locking will be
     2740</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337660"></a>
     2741
     2742locking (S)
     2743</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337662"></a><a name="LOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether or not locking will be
    22842744        performed by the server in response to lock requests from the
    22852745        client.</p><p>If <code class="literal">locking = no</code>, all lock and unlock
    … …  
    22912751        is not really recommended even in this case.</p><p>Be careful about disabling locking either globally or in a
    22922752        specific service, as lack of locking may result in data corruption.
    2293         You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKSPINCOUNT"></a>lock spin count (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter has been made inoperative in Samba 3.0.24.
     2753        You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337730"></a>
     2754
     2755lock spin count (G)
     2756</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337731"></a><a name="LOCKSPINCOUNT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter has been made inoperative in Samba 3.0.24.
    22942757        The functionality it contolled is now controlled by the parameter
    2295         <a class="indexterm" name="id313524"></a>lock spin time.
     2758        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOCKSPINTIME">lock spin time</a>.
    22962759        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lock spin count</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code>
    22972760</em></span>
    2298 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKSPINTIME"></a>lock spin time (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The time in microseconds that smbd should
     2761</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337782"></a>
     2762
     2763lock spin time (G)
     2764</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337783"></a><a name="LOCKSPINTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The time in microseconds that smbd should
    22992765        keep waiting to see if a failed lock request can
    23002766        be granted. This parameter has changed in default
    23012767        value from Samba 3.0.23 from 10 to 200. The associated
    2302         <a class="indexterm" name="id313571"></a>lock spin count parameter is
     2768        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOCKSPINCOUNT">lock spin count</a> parameter is
    23032769        no longer used in Samba 3.0.24. You should not need
    23042770        to change the value of this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lock spin time</code></em> = <code class="literal">200</code>
    23052771</em></span>
    2306 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGFILE"></a>log file (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     2772</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337837"></a>
     2773
     2774log file (G)
     2775</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337838"></a><a name="LOGFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    23072776    This option allows you to override the name of the Samba log file (also known as the debug file).
    23082777    </p><p>
    … …  
    23102779    </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>log file</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/var/log.%m</code>
    23112780</em></span>
    2312 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGLEVEL"></a>debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for log level.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGLEVEL"></a>log level (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     2781</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337887"></a><a name="DEBUGLEVEL"></a>debuglevel</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337888"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#LOGLEVEL">log level</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id337916"></a>
     2782
     2783log level (G)
     2784</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id337918"></a><a name="LOGLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    23132785    The value of the parameter (a astring) allows the debug level (logging level) to be specified in the
    2314     <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file. This parameter has been extended since the 2.2.x
    2315     series, now it allow to specify the debug level for multiple debug classes. This is to give greater
    2316     flexibility in the configuration of the system.
    2317     </p><p>
    2318     The default will be the log level specified on the command line or level zero if none was specified.
    2319     </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>log level</code></em> = <code class="literal">3 passdb:5 auth:10 winbind:2</code>
    2320 </em></span>
    2321 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGONDRIVE"></a>logon drive (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     2786    <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.
     2787    </p><p>This parameter has been extended since the 2.2.x
     2788    series, now it allows to specify the debug level for multiple
     2789    debug classes. This is to give greater flexibility in the configuration
     2790    of the system. The following debug classes are currently implemented:
     2791    </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>all</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>tdb</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>printdrivers</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>lanman</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>smb</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>rpc_parse</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>rpc_srv</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>rpc_cli</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>passdb</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>sam</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>auth</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>winbind</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>vfs</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>idmap</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>quota</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>acls</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>locking</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>msdfs</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>dmapi</code></em></p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>registry</code></em></p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>log level</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code>
     2792</em></span>
     2793</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>log level</code></em> = <code class="literal">3 passdb:5 auth:10 winbind:2</code>
     2794</em></span>
     2795</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338145"></a>
     2796
     2797logon drive (G)
     2798</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338146"></a><a name="LOGONDRIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    23222799        This parameter specifies the local path to which the home directory will be
    2323         connected (see <a class="indexterm" name="id313742"></a>logon home) and is only used by NT
     2800        connected (see <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONHOME">logon home</a>) and is only used by NT
    23242801        Workstations.
    23252802        </p><p>
    … …  
    23292806</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon drive</code></em> = <code class="literal">h:</code>
    23302807</em></span>
    2331 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGONHOME"></a>logon home (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     2808</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338218"></a>
     2809
     2810logon home (G)
     2811</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338219"></a><a name="LOGONHOME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    23322812        This parameter specifies the home directory location when a Win95/98 or NT Workstation logs into a Samba PDC. 
    23332813        It allows you to do
    … …  
    23482828         <code class="literal">net use /home</code> but use the whole string when dealing with profiles.
    23492829        </p><p>
    2350         Note that in prior versions of Samba, the <a class="indexterm" name="id313860"></a>logon path was returned rather than
     2830        Note that in prior versions of Samba, the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONPATH">logon path</a> was returned rather than
    23512831        <em class="parameter"><code>logon home</code></em>.  This broke <code class="literal">net use /home</code>
    23522832        but allowed profiles outside the home directory. The current implementation is correct, and can be used for
    23532833        profiles if you use the above trick.
    23542834        </p><p>
    2355         Disable this feature by setting <a class="indexterm" name="id313884"></a>logon home = "" - using the empty string.
     2835        Disable this feature by setting <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONHOME">logon home = ""</a> - using the empty string.
    23562836        </p><p>
    23572837        This option is only useful if Samba is set up as a logon server.
    … …  
    23602840</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon home</code></em> = <code class="literal">\\remote_smb_server\%U</code>
    23612841</em></span>
    2362 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGONPATH"></a>logon path (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     2842</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338370"></a>
     2843
     2844logon path (G)
     2845</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338371"></a><a name="LOGONPATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    23632846        This parameter specifies the directory where roaming profiles (Desktop, NTuser.dat, etc) are
    23642847        stored.  Contrary to previous versions of these manual pages, it has nothing to do with Win 9X roaming
    23652848        profiles.  To find out how to handle roaming profiles for Win 9X system, see the
    2366         <a class="indexterm" name="id313953"></a>logon home parameter.
     2849        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONHOME">logon home</a> parameter.
    23672850        </p><p>
    23682851        This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you to have separate logon scripts for each user or
    … …  
    23932876        </p></div><p>Note that this option is only useful if Samba is set up as a domain controller.</p><p>
    23942877        Disable the use of roaming profiles by setting the value of this parameter to the empty string. For
    2395         example, <a class="indexterm" name="id314030"></a>logon path = "". Take note that even if the default setting
     2878        example, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONPATH">logon path = ""</a>. Take note that even if the default setting
    23962879        in the smb.conf file is the empty string, any value specified in the user account settings in the passdb
    23972880        backend will over-ride the effect of setting this parameter to null. Disabling of all roaming profile use
    … …  
    24042887        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon path</code></em> = <code class="literal">\\%N\%U\profile</code>
    24052888</em></span>
    2406 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGONSCRIPT"></a>logon script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     2889</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338516"></a>
     2890
     2891logon script (G)
     2892</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338517"></a><a name="LOGONSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    24072893        This parameter specifies the batch file (<code class="filename">.bat</code>) or NT command file
    24082894        (<code class="filename">.cmd</code>) to be downloaded and run on a machine when a user successfully logs in.  The file
    … …  
    24102896        </p><p>
    24112897        The script must be a relative path to the <em class="parameter"><code>[netlogon]</code></em> service.  If the [netlogon]
    2412         service specifies a <a class="indexterm" name="id314112"></a>path of <code class="filename">/usr/local/samba/netlogon</code>, and <a class="indexterm" name="id314125"></a>logon  script = STARTUP.BAT, then the file that will be downloaded is:
     2898        service specifies a <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH">path</a> of <code class="filename">/usr/local/samba/netlogon</code>, and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONSCRIPT">logon  script = STARTUP.BAT</a>, then the file that will be downloaded is:
    24132899</p><pre class="programlisting">
    24142900        /usr/local/samba/netlogon/STARTUP.BAT
    … …  
    24352921</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>logon script</code></em> = <code class="literal">scripts\%U.bat</code>
    24362922</em></span>
    2437 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPPAUSECOMMAND"></a>lppause command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be
     2923</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338674"></a>
     2924
     2925lppause command (S)
     2926</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338675"></a><a name="LPPAUSECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be
    24382927    executed on the server host in order to stop printing or spooling
    24392928    a specific print job.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes
    … …  
    24502939    in the lppause command as the PATH may not be available to the server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lppause command</code></em> = <code class="literal">
    24512940# Currently no default value is given to
    2452     this string, unless the value of the <a class="indexterm" name="id314292"></a>printing
     2941    this string, unless the value of the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING">printing</a>
    24532942    parameter is <code class="constant">SYSV</code>, in which case the default is :
    24542943    <code class="literal">lp -i %p-%j -H hold</code> or if the value of the
    … …  
    24592948</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lppause command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p0</code>
    24602949</em></span>
    2461 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPQCACHETIME"></a>lpq cache time (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls how long lpq info will be cached
     2950</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338810"></a>
     2951
     2952lpq cache time (G)
     2953</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338811"></a><a name="LPQCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls how long lpq info will be cached
    24622954        for to prevent the <code class="literal">lpq</code> command being called too
    24632955        often. A separate cache is kept for each variation of the <code class="literal">
    … …  
    24722964</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lpq cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">10</code>
    24732965</em></span>
    2474 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPQCOMMAND"></a>lpq command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be
     2966</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id338922"></a>
     2967
     2968lpq command (S)
     2969</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id338923"></a><a name="LPQCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be
    24752970    executed on the server host in order to obtain <code class="literal">lpq
    24762971    </code>-style printer status information.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which
    … …  
    24942989</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lpq command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/lpq -P%p</code>
    24952990</em></span>
    2496 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPRESUMECOMMAND"></a>lpresume command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be
     2991</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339038"></a>
     2992
     2993lpresume command (S)
     2994</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339039"></a><a name="LPRESUMECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be
    24972995    executed on the server host in order to restart or continue
    24982996    printing or spooling a specific print job.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes
    24992997    a printer name and job number to resume the print job. See
    2500     also the <a class="indexterm" name="id314599"></a>lppause command parameter.</p><p>If a <em class="parameter"><code>%p</code></em> is given then the printer name
     2998    also the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LPPAUSECOMMAND">lppause command</a> parameter.</p><p>If a <em class="parameter"><code>%p</code></em> is given then the printer name
    25012999    is put in its place. A <em class="parameter"><code>%j</code></em> is replaced with
    25023000    the job number (an integer).</p><p>Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path
    25033001    in the <em class="parameter"><code>lpresume command</code></em> as the PATH may not
    2504     be available to the server.</p><p>See also the <a class="indexterm" name="id314635"></a>printing parameter.</p><p>Default: Currently no default value is given
     3002    be available to the server.</p><p>See also the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING">printing</a> parameter.</p><p>Default: Currently no default value is given
    25053003    to this string, unless the value of the <em class="parameter"><code>printing</code></em>
    2506     parameter is <code class="constant">SYSV</code>, in which case the default is :</p><p><code class="literal">lp -i %p-%j -H resume</code></p><p>or if the value of the <em class="parameter"><code>printing</code></em> parameter
    2507     is <code class="constant">SOFTQ</code>, then the default is:</p><p><code class="literal">qstat -s -j%j -r</code></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lpresume command</code></em> = <code class="literal">lpresume command = /usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p2</code>
    2508 </em></span>
    2509 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPRMCOMMAND"></a>lprm command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be
     3004    parameter is <code class="constant">SYSV</code>, in which case the default is:</p><p><code class="literal">lp -i %p-%j -H resume</code></p><p>or if the value of the <em class="parameter"><code>printing</code></em> parameter
     3005    is <code class="constant">SOFTQ</code>, then the default is:</p><p><code class="literal">qstat -s -j%j -r</code></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lpresume command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p2</code>
     3006</em></span>
     3007</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339181"></a>
     3008
     3009lprm command (S)
     3010</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339182"></a><a name="LPRMCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be
    25103011    executed on the server host in order to delete a print job.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes
    25113012    a printer name and job number, and deletes the print job.</p><p>If a <em class="parameter"><code>%p</code></em> is given then the printer name
    … …  
    25243025        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>lprm command</code></em> = <code class="literal"> determined by printing parameter</code>
    25253026</em></span>
    2526 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT"></a>machine password timeout (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
    2527         If a Samba server is a member of a Windows NT Domain (see the <a class="indexterm" name="id314802"></a>security = domain parameter) then periodically a running smbd process will try and change
     3027</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339263"></a>
     3028
     3029machine password timeout (G)
     3030</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339264"></a><a name="MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
     3031        If a Samba server is a member of a Windows NT Domain (see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security = domain</a> parameter) then periodically a running smbd process will try and change
    25283032        the MACHINE ACCOUNT PASSWORD stored in the TDB called <code class="filename">private/secrets.tdb
    25293033        </code>.  This parameter specifies how often this password will be changed, in seconds. The default is one
    25303034        week (expressed in seconds), the same as a Windows NT Domain member server.
    25313035        </p><p>
    2532         See also <a href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>,
    2533         and the <a class="indexterm" name="id314828"></a>security = domain parameter.
     3036        See also <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>,
     3037        and the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security = domain</a> parameter.
    25343038        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>machine password timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">604800</code>
    25353039</em></span>
    2536 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAGICOUTPUT"></a>magic output (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     3040</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339345"></a>
     3041
     3042magic output (S)
     3043</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339346"></a><a name="MAGICOUTPUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    25373044        This parameter specifies the name of a file which will contain output created by a magic script (see the
    2538         <a class="indexterm" name="id314875"></a>magic script parameter below).
     3045        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAGICSCRIPT">magic script</a> parameter below).
    25393046        </p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>If two clients use the same <em class="parameter"><code>magic script
    25403047        </code></em> in the same directory the output file content is undefined.
    … …  
    25433050</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>magic output</code></em> = <code class="literal">myfile.txt</code>
    25443051</em></span>
    2545 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAGICSCRIPT"></a>magic script (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a file which,
     3052</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339425"></a>
     3053
     3054magic script (S)
     3055</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339426"></a><a name="MAGICSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a file which,
    25463056        if opened, will be executed by the server when the file is closed.
    25473057        This allows a UNIX script to be sent to the Samba host and
    … …  
    25493059        completion assuming that the user has the appropriate level
    25503060        of privilege and the file permissions allow the deletion.</p><p>If the script generates output, output will be sent to
    2551         the file specified by the <a class="indexterm" name="id314959"></a>magic output
     3061        the file specified by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAGICOUTPUT">magic output</a>
    25523062        parameter (see above).</p><p>Note that some shells are unable to interpret scripts
    25533063        containing CR/LF instead of CR as
    … …  
    25593069</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>magic script</code></em> = <code class="literal">user.csh</code>
    25603070</em></span>
    2561 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLEDMAP"></a>mangled map (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     3071</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339523"></a>
     3072
     3073mangled map (S)
     3074</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339524"></a><a name="MANGLEDMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    25623075        This is for those who want to directly map UNIX file names which cannot be represented on
    25633076        Windows/DOS.  The mangling of names is not always what is needed.  In particular you may have
    … …  
    25703083        you would use:
    25713084        </p><p>
    2572         <a class="indexterm" name="id315073"></a>mangled map = (*.html *.htm).
     3085        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MANGLEDMAP">mangled map = (*.html *.htm)</a>.
    25733086        </p><p>
    25743087        One very useful case is to remove the annoying <code class="filename">;1</code> off
    … …  
    25803093</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangled map</code></em> = <code class="literal">(*;1 *;)</code>
    25813094</em></span>
    2582 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLEDNAMES"></a>mangled names (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether non-DOS names under UNIX
     3095</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339635"></a>
     3096
     3097mangled names (S)
     3098</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339636"></a><a name="MANGLEDNAMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether non-DOS names under UNIX
    25833099        should be mapped to DOS-compatible names ("mangled") and made visible,
    2584         or whether non-DOS names should simply be ignored.</p><p>See the section on <a class="indexterm" name="id315151"></a>name mangling for
     3100        or whether non-DOS names should simply be ignored.</p><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING">name mangling</a> for
    25853101        details on how to control the mangling process.</p><p>If mangling is used then the mangling algorithm is as follows:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The first (up to) five alphanumeric characters
    25863102                        before the rightmost dot of the filename are preserved, forced
    … …  
    25923108                        only if it contains any upper case characters or is longer than three
    25933109                        characters.</p><p>Note that the character to use may be specified using
    2594                                 the <a class="indexterm" name="id315185"></a>mangling char
     3110                                the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MANGLINGCHAR">mangling char</a>
    25953111                        option, if you don't like '~'.</p></li><li><p>Files whose UNIX name begins with a dot will be
    25963112                        presented as DOS hidden files. The mangled name will be created as
    … …  
    26053121        do not change between sessions.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangled names</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    26063122</em></span>
    2607 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLEPREFIX"></a>mangle prefix (G)</span></dt><dd><p> controls the number of prefix
     3123</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339754"></a>
     3124
     3125mangle prefix (G)
     3126</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339756"></a><a name="MANGLEPREFIX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> controls the number of prefix
    26083127        characters from the original name used when generating
    26093128        the mangled names. A larger value will give a weaker
    … …  
    26153134</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangle prefix</code></em> = <code class="literal">4</code>
    26163135</em></span>
    2617 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLINGCHAR"></a>mangling char (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls what character is used as
    2618         the <span class="emphasis"><em>magic</em></span> character in <a class="indexterm" name="id315321"></a>name mangling. The
     3136</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339818"></a>
     3137
     3138mangling char (S)
     3139</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339819"></a><a name="MANGLINGCHAR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what character is used as
     3140        the <span class="emphasis"><em>magic</em></span> character in <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMEMANGLING">name mangling</a>. The
    26193141        default is a '~' but this may interfere with some software. Use this option to set
    26203142        it to whatever you prefer. This is effective only when mangling method is hash.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangling char</code></em> = <code class="literal">~</code>
    … …  
    26223144</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangling char</code></em> = <code class="literal">^</code>
    26233145</em></span>
    2624 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLINGMETHOD"></a>mangling method (G)</span></dt><dd><p> controls the algorithm used for the generating
     3146</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339891"></a>
     3147
     3148mangling method (G)
     3149</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339892"></a><a name="MANGLINGMETHOD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> controls the algorithm used for the generating
    26253150        the mangled names. Can take two different values, "hash" and
    26263151        "hash2". "hash" is the algorithm that was used
    … …  
    26333158</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>mangling method</code></em> = <code class="literal">hash</code>
    26343159</em></span>
    2635 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPACLINHERIT"></a>map acl inherit (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map the 'inherit' and 'protected'
     3160</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id339952"></a>
     3161
     3162map acl inherit (S)
     3163</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id339954"></a><a name="MAPACLINHERIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map the 'inherit' and 'protected'
    26363164    access control entry flags stored in Windows ACLs into an extended attribute
    26373165    called user.SAMBA_PAI. This parameter only takes effect if Samba is being run
    … …  
    26413169    </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map acl inherit</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    26423170</em></span>
    2643 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPARCHIVE"></a>map archive (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     3171</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id340005"></a>
     3172
     3173map archive (S)
     3174</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id340006"></a><a name="MAPARCHIVE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    26443175        This controls whether the DOS archive attribute
    26453176        should be mapped to the UNIX owner execute bit.  The DOS archive bit
    … …  
    26493180        be quite annoying for shared source code, documents, etc...
    26503181        </p><p>
    2651         Note that this requires the <a class="indexterm" name="id315501"></a>create mask        parameter to be set such that owner
     3182        Note that this requires the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK">create mask</a>   parameter to be set such that owner
    26523183        execute bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 100). See the parameter
    2653         <a class="indexterm" name="id315509"></a>create mask for details.
     3184        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK">create mask</a> for details.
    26543185        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map archive</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    26553186</em></span>
    2656 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPHIDDEN"></a>map hidden (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     3187</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id340074"></a>
     3188
     3189map hidden (S)
     3190</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id340075"></a><a name="MAPHIDDEN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    26573191        This controls whether DOS style hidden files should be mapped to the UNIX world execute bit.
    26583192        </p><p>
    2659         Note that this requires the <a class="indexterm" name="id315559"></a>create mask to be set such that the world execute
    2660         bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 001). See the parameter <a class="indexterm" name="id315567"></a>create mask
     3193        Note that this requires the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK">create mask</a> to be set such that the world execute
     3194        bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 001). See the parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK">create mask</a>
    26613195        for details.
    2662         </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPREADONLY"></a>map read only (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     3196        </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id340128"></a>
     3197
     3198map read only (S)
     3199</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id340129"></a><a name="MAPREADONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    26633200        This controls how the DOS read only attribute should be mapped from a UNIX filesystem.
    26643201        </p><p>
    2665         This parameter can take three different values, which tell <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> how to display the read only attribute on files, where either
    2666         <a class="indexterm" name="id315613"></a>store dos attributes is set to <code class="constant">No</code>, or no extended attribute is
    2667         present. If <a class="indexterm" name="id315624"></a>store dos attributes is set to <code class="constant">yes</code> then this
     3202        This parameter can take three different values, which tell <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> how to display the read only attribute on files, where either
     3203        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#STOREDOSATTRIBUTES">store dos attributes</a> is set to <code class="constant">No</code>, or no extended attribute is
     3204        present. If <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#STOREDOSATTRIBUTES">store dos attributes</a> is set to <code class="constant">yes</code> then this
    26683205        parameter is <span class="emphasis"><em>ignored</em></span>. This is a new parameter introduced in Samba version 3.0.21.
    26693206        </p><p>The three settings are :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
    … …  
    26733210                </p></li><li><p>
    26743211                <code class="constant">Permissions</code> - The read only DOS attribute is mapped to the effective permissions of
    2675                 the connecting user, as evaluated by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> by reading the unix permissions and POSIX ACL (if present).
     3212                the connecting user, as evaluated by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> by reading the unix permissions and POSIX ACL (if present).
    26763213                If the connecting user does not have permission to modify the file, the read only attribute
    26773214                is reported as being set on the file.
    26783215                </p></li><li><p>
    26793216                <code class="constant">No</code> - The read only DOS attribute is unaffected by permissions, and can only be set by
    2680                 the <a class="indexterm" name="id315681"></a>store dos attributes method. This may be useful for exporting mounted CDs.
     3217                the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#STOREDOSATTRIBUTES">store dos attributes</a> method. This may be useful for exporting mounted CDs.
    26813218                </p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map read only</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    26823219</em></span>
    2683 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPSYSTEM"></a>map system (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     3220</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id340269"></a>
     3221
     3222map system (S)
     3223</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id340270"></a><a name="MAPSYSTEM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    26843224        This controls whether DOS style system files should be mapped to the UNIX group execute bit.
    26853225        </p><p>
    2686         Note that this requires the <a class="indexterm" name="id315731"></a>create mask        to be set such that the group
     3226        Note that this requires the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK">create mask</a>   to be set such that the group
    26873227        execute bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 010). See the parameter
    2688         <a class="indexterm" name="id315739"></a>create mask for details.
     3228        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK">create mask</a> for details.
    26893229        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map system</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    26903230</em></span>
    2691 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPTOGUEST"></a>map to guest (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only useful in <a class="indexterm" name="id315785"></a>SECURITY =
    2692     security modes other than <em class="parameter"><code>security = share</code></em>
     3231</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id340335"></a>
     3232
     3233map to guest (G)
     3234</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id340336"></a><a name="MAPTOGUEST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only useful in <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">SECURITY =
     3235    security</a> modes other than <em class="parameter"><code>security = share</code></em>
    26933236    and <em class="parameter"><code>security = server</code></em>
    26943237    - i.e. <code class="constant">user</code>, and <code class="constant">domain</code>.</p><p>This parameter can take four different values, which tell
    2695     <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> what to do with user
     3238    <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> what to do with user
    26963239    login requests that don't match a valid UNIX user in some way.</p><p>The four settings are :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="constant">Never</code> - Means user login
    26973240            requests with an invalid password are rejected. This is the
    … …  
    26993242            logins with an invalid password are rejected, unless the username
    27003243            does not exist, in which case it is treated as a guest login and
    2701             mapped into the <a class="indexterm" name="id315849"></a>guest account.</p></li><li><p><code class="constant">Bad Password</code> - Means user logins
     3244            mapped into the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT">guest account</a>.</p></li><li><p><code class="constant">Bad Password</code> - Means user logins
    27023245            with an invalid password are treated as a guest login and mapped
    2703             into the <a class="indexterm" name="id315866"></a>guest account. Note that
     3246            into the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT">guest account</a>. Note that
    27043247            this can cause problems as it means that any user incorrectly typing
    27053248            their password will be silently logged on as "guest" - and
    … …  
    27313274</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>map to guest</code></em> = <code class="literal">Bad User</code>
    27323275</em></span>
    2733 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXCONNECTIONS"></a>max connections (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows the number of simultaneous connections to a service to be limited.
     3276</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id340551"></a>
     3277
     3278max connections (S)
     3279</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id340552"></a><a name="MAXCONNECTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows the number of simultaneous connections to a service to be limited.
    27343280    If <em class="parameter"><code>max connections</code></em> is greater than 0 then connections
    27353281    will be refused if this number of connections to the service are already open. A value
    27363282    of zero mean an unlimited number of connections may be made.</p><p>Record lock files are used to implement this feature. The lock files will be stored in
    2737     the directory specified by the <a class="indexterm" name="id316002"></a>lock directory option.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max connections</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code>
     3283    the directory specified by the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOCKDIRECTORY">lock directory</a> option.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max connections</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code>
    27383284</em></span>
    27393285</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max connections</code></em> = <code class="literal">10</code>
    27403286</em></span>
    2741 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXDISKSIZE"></a>max disk size (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to put an upper limit
     3287</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id340632"></a>
     3288
     3289max disk size (G)
     3290</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id340633"></a><a name="MAXDISKSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to put an upper limit
    27423291    on the apparent size of disks. If you set this option to 100
    27433292    then all shares will appear to be not larger than 100 MB in
    … …  
    27533302</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max disk size</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code>
    27543303</em></span>
    2755 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXLOGSIZE"></a>max log size (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     3304</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id340717"></a>
     3305
     3306max log size (G)
     3307</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id340718"></a><a name="MAXLOGSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    27563308    This option (an integer in kilobytes) specifies the max size the log file should grow to.
    27573309    Samba periodically checks the size and if it is exceeded it will rename the file, adding
    … …  
    27623314</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max log size</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code>
    27633315</em></span>
    2764 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXMUX"></a>max mux (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum number of
     3316</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id340785"></a>
     3317
     3318max mux (G)
     3319</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id340786"></a><a name="MAXMUX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum number of
    27653320    outstanding simultaneous SMB operations that Samba tells the client
    27663321        it will allow. You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max mux</code></em> = <code class="literal">50</code>
    27673322</em></span>
    2768 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXOPENFILES"></a>max open files (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of
    2769     open files that one <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> file
     3323</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id340827"></a>
     3324
     3325max open files (G)
     3326</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id340828"></a><a name="MAXOPENFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of
     3327    open files that one <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> file
    27703328    serving process may have open for a client at any one time. The
    27713329    default for this parameter is set very high (10,000) as Samba uses
    … …  
    27743332    this parameter so you should never need to touch this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max open files</code></em> = <code class="literal">10000</code>
    27753333</em></span>
    2776 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXPRINTJOBS"></a>max print jobs (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of
     3334</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id340882"></a>
     3335
     3336max print jobs (S)
     3337</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id340884"></a><a name="MAXPRINTJOBS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of
    27773338    jobs allowable in a Samba printer queue at any given moment.
    2778     If this number is exceeded, <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will remote "Out of Space" to the client.
     3339    If this number is exceeded, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will remote "Out of Space" to the client.
    27793340        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max print jobs</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code>
    27803341</em></span>
    27813342</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max print jobs</code></em> = <code class="literal">5000</code>
    27823343</em></span>
    2783 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PROTOCOL"></a>protocol</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for max protocol.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXPROTOCOL"></a>max protocol (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the highest
     3344</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id340950"></a><a name="PROTOCOL"></a>protocol</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id340951"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#MAXPROTOCOL">max protocol</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id340980"></a>
     3345
     3346max protocol (G)
     3347</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id340982"></a><a name="MAXPROTOCOL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the highest
    27843348    protocol level that will be supported by the server.</p><p>Possible values are :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="constant">CORE</code>: Earliest version. No
    27853349            concept of user names.</p></li><li><p><code class="constant">COREPLUS</code>: Slight improvements on
    … …  
    27933357</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max protocol</code></em> = <code class="literal">LANMAN1</code>
    27943358</em></span>
    2795 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXREPORTEDPRINTJOBS"></a>max reported print jobs (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     3359</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id341100"></a>
     3360
     3361max reported print jobs (S)
     3362</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id341101"></a><a name="MAXREPORTEDPRINTJOBS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    27963363    This parameter limits the maximum number of jobs displayed in a port monitor for
    27973364    Samba printer queue at any given moment. If this number is exceeded, the excess
    … …  
    28023369</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max reported print jobs</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code>
    28033370</em></span>
    2804 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXSMBDPROCESSES"></a>max smbd processes (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> processes concurrently running on a system and is intended
     3371</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id341159"></a>
     3372
     3373max smbd processes (G)
     3374</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id341160"></a><a name="MAXSMBDPROCESSES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> processes concurrently running on a system and is intended
    28053375    as a stopgap to prevent degrading service to clients in the event that the server has insufficient
    28063376    resources to handle more than this number of connections.  Remember that under normal operating
    2807     conditions, each user will have an <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> associated with him or her to handle connections to all
     3377    conditions, each user will have an <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> associated with him or her to handle connections to all
    28083378    shares from a given host.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max smbd processes</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code>
    28093379</em></span>
    28103380</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max smbd processes</code></em> = <code class="literal">1000</code>
    28113381</em></span>
    2812 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXSTATCACHESIZE"></a>max stat cache size (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the size in memory of any
    2813          <em class="parameter"><code>stat cache</code></em> being used
    2814         to speed up case insensitive name mappings. This parameter is
    2815         the number of kilobyte (1024) units the stat cache can use.
    2816         A value of zero means unlimited which is not advised a&#1109; it can
    2817         use a lot of memory.
    2818         You should not need to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max stat cache size</code></em> = <code class="literal">1024</code>
     3382</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id341236"></a>
     3383
     3384max stat cache size (G)
     3385</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id341237"></a><a name="MAXSTATCACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the size in memory of any
     3386          <em class="parameter"><code>stat cache</code></em> being used
     3387          to speed up case insensitive name mappings. It represents
     3388          the number of kilobyte (1024) units the stat cache can use.
     3389          A value of zero, meaning unlimited, is not advisable due to
     3390          increased memory useage.  You should not need to change this
     3391          parameter.
     3392        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max stat cache size</code></em> = <code class="literal">256</code>
    28193393</em></span>
    28203394</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max stat cache size</code></em> = <code class="literal">100</code>
    28213395</em></span>
    2822 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXTTL"></a>max ttl (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> what the default 'time to live'
     3396</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id341302"></a>
     3397
     3398max ttl (G)
     3399</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id341303"></a><a name="MAXTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> what the default 'time to live'
    28233400    of NetBIOS names should be (in seconds) when <code class="literal">nmbd</code> is
    28243401    requesting a name using either a broadcast packet or from a WINS server. You should
    28253402        never need to change this parameter. The default is 3 days.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max ttl</code></em> = <code class="literal">259200</code>
    28263403</em></span>
    2827 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXWINSTTL"></a>max wins ttl (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server
    2828         (<a class="indexterm" name="id316771"></a>wins support = yes) what the maximum
     3404</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id341358"></a>
     3405
     3406max wins ttl (G)
     3407</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id341359"></a><a name="MAXWINSTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server
     3408        (<a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINSSUPPORT">wins support = yes</a>) what the maximum
    28293409    'time to live' of NetBIOS names that <code class="literal">nmbd</code>
    28303410    will grant will be (in seconds). You should never need to change this
    28313411        parameter.  The default is 6 days (518400 seconds).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max wins ttl</code></em> = <code class="literal">518400</code>
    28323412</em></span>
    2833 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXXMIT"></a>max xmit (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum packet size
     3413</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id341426"></a>
     3414
     3415max xmit (G)
     3416</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id341427"></a><a name="MAXXMIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum packet size
    28343417    that will be negotiated by Samba. The default is 16644, which
    28353418    matches the behavior of Windows 2000.  A value below 2048 is likely to cause problems.
    … …  
    28393422</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>max xmit</code></em> = <code class="literal">8192</code>
    28403423</em></span>
    2841 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MESSAGECOMMAND"></a>message command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies what command to run when the
     3424</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id341486"></a>
     3425
     3426message command (G)
     3427</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id341487"></a><a name="MESSAGECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies what command to run when the
    28423428        server receives a WinPopup style message.</p><p>This would normally be a command that would
    28433429        deliver the message somehow. How this is to be done is
    … …  
    28783464</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>message command</code></em> = <code class="literal">csh -c 'xedit %s; rm %s' &amp;</code>
    28793465</em></span>
    2880 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MINPRINTSPACE"></a>min print space (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This sets the minimum amount of free disk
     3466</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id341678"></a>
     3467
     3468min print space (S)
     3469</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id341679"></a><a name="MINPRINTSPACE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This sets the minimum amount of free disk
    28813470    space that must be available before a user will be able to spool
    28823471    a print job. It is specified in kilobytes. The default is 0, which
    … …  
    28853474</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min print space</code></em> = <code class="literal">2000</code>
    28863475</em></span>
    2887 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MINPROTOCOL"></a>min protocol (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the
     3476</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id341738"></a>
     3477
     3478min protocol (G)
     3479</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id341739"></a><a name="MINPROTOCOL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the
    28883480    lowest SMB protocol dialect than Samba will support.  Please refer
    2889     to the <a class="indexterm" name="id317130"></a>max protocol
     3481    to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAXPROTOCOL">max protocol</a>
    28903482    parameter for a list of valid protocol names and a brief description
    28913483    of each.  You may also wish to refer to the C source code in
    28923484    <code class="filename">source/smbd/negprot.c</code> for a listing of known protocol
    28933485    dialects supported by clients.</p><p>If you are viewing this parameter as a security measure, you should
    2894     also refer to the <a class="indexterm" name="id317149"></a>lanman auth parameter.  Otherwise, you should never need
     3486    also refer to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LANMANAUTH">lanman auth</a> parameter.  Otherwise, you should never need
    28953487    to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min protocol</code></em> = <code class="literal">CORE</code>
    28963488</em></span>
    28973489</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min protocol</code></em> = <code class="literal">NT1</code>
    28983490</em></span>
    2899 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MINWINSTTL"></a>min wins ttl (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>
    2900     when acting as a WINS server (<a class="indexterm" name="id317220"></a>wins support = yes) what the minimum 'time to live'
     3491</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id341830"></a>
     3492
     3493min wins ttl (G)
     3494</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id341831"></a><a name="MINWINSTTL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>
     3495    when acting as a WINS server (<a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINSSUPPORT">wins support = yes</a>) what the minimum 'time to live'
    29013496    of NetBIOS names that <code class="literal">nmbd</code> will grant will be (in
    29023497    seconds). You should never need to change this parameter.  The default
    29033498    is 6 hours (21600 seconds).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>min wins ttl</code></em> = <code class="literal">21600</code>
    29043499</em></span>
    2905 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MSDFSPROXY"></a>msdfs proxy (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter indicates that the share is a
     3500</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id341896"></a>
     3501
     3502msdfs proxy (S)
     3503</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id341897"></a><a name="MSDFSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter indicates that the share is a
    29063504        stand-in for another CIFS share whose location is specified by
    29073505        the value of the parameter. When clients attempt to connect to
    29083506        this share, they are redirected to the proxied share using
    29093507        the SMB-Dfs protocol.</p><p>Only Dfs roots can act as proxy shares. Take a look at the
    2910         <a class="indexterm" name="id317279"></a>msdfs root and <a class="indexterm" name="id317286"></a>host msdfs
    2911         options to find out how to set up a Dfs root share.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>msdfs proxy</code></em> = <code class="literal">\\otherserver\someshare</code>
    2912 </em></span>
    2913 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MSDFSROOT"></a>msdfs root (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, Samba treats the
     3508        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MSDFSROOT">msdfs root</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#HOSTMSDFS">host msdfs</a>
     3509        options to find out how to set up a Dfs root share.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>msdfs proxy</code></em> = <code class="literal">\otherserver\someshare</code>
     3510</em></span>
     3511</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id341969"></a>
     3512
     3513msdfs root (S)
     3514</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id341970"></a><a name="MSDFSROOT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, Samba treats the
    29143515        share as a Dfs root and allows clients to browse the
    29153516        distributed file system tree rooted at the share directory.
    … …  
    29193520        Samba, refer to the MSDFS chapter in the Samba3-HOWTO book.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>msdfs root</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    29203521</em></span>
    2921 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NAMECACHETIMEOUT"></a>name cache timeout (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies the number of seconds it takes before
     3522</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342022"></a>
     3523
     3524name cache timeout (G)
     3525</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342023"></a><a name="NAMECACHETIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the number of seconds it takes before
    29223526    entries in samba's hostname resolve cache time out. If
    29233527    the timeout is set to 0. the caching is disabled.
    … …  
    29263530</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>name cache timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code>
    29273531</em></span>
    2928 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NAMERESOLVEORDER"></a>name resolve order (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option is used by the programs in the Samba
     3532</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342080"></a>
     3533
     3534name resolve order (G)
     3535</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342081"></a><a name="NAMERESOLVEORDER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option is used by the programs in the Samba
    29293536    suite to determine what naming services to use and in what order
    29303537    to resolve host names to IP addresses. Its main purpose to is to
    … …  
    29443551                _ldap._tcp.domain.
    29453552        </p></li><li><p><code class="constant">wins</code> : Query a name with
    2946             the IP address listed in the <a class="indexterm" name="id317498"></a>WINSSERVER parameter.  If no WINS server has
     3553            the IP address listed in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINSSERVER">WINSSERVER</a> parameter.  If no WINS server has
    29473554            been specified this method will be ignored.</p></li><li><p><code class="constant">bcast</code> : Do a broadcast on
    2948             each of the known local interfaces listed in the <a class="indexterm" name="id317515"></a>interfaces
     3555            each of the known local interfaces listed in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES">interfaces</a>
    29493556            parameter. This is the least reliable of the name resolution
    29503557            methods as it depends on the target host being on a locally
    … …  
    29573564</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>name resolve order</code></em> = <code class="literal">lmhosts bcast host</code>
    29583565</em></span>
    2959 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NETBIOSALIASES"></a>netbios aliases (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of NetBIOS names that nmbd will
     3566</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342261"></a>
     3567
     3568netbios aliases (G)
     3569</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342262"></a><a name="NETBIOSALIASES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of NetBIOS names that nmbd will
    29603570        advertise as additional names by which the Samba server is known. This allows one machine
    29613571        to appear in browse lists under multiple names. If a machine is acting as a browse server
    … …  
    29673577</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>netbios aliases</code></em> = <code class="literal">TEST TEST1 TEST2</code>
    29683578</em></span>
    2969 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NETBIOSNAME"></a>netbios name (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     3579</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342322"></a>
     3580
     3581netbios name (G)
     3582</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342323"></a><a name="NETBIOSNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    29703583                This sets the NetBIOS name by which a Samba server is known. By default it is the same as the first component
    29713584                of the host's DNS name. If a machine is a browse server or logon server this name (or the first component of
    … …  
    29803593</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>netbios name</code></em> = <code class="literal">MYNAME</code>
    29813594</em></span>
    2982 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NETBIOSSCOPE"></a>netbios scope (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This sets the NetBIOS scope that Samba will
     3595</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342399"></a>
     3596
     3597netbios scope (G)
     3598</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342400"></a><a name="NETBIOSSCOPE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This sets the NetBIOS scope that Samba will
    29833599        operate under. This should not be set unless every machine
    29843600        on your LAN also sets this value.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>netbios scope</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    29853601</em></span>
    2986 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NISHOMEDIR"></a>nis homedir (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Get the home share server from a NIS map. For
     3602</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342440"></a>
     3603
     3604nis homedir (G)
     3605</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342441"></a><a name="NISHOMEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Get the home share server from a NIS map. For
    29873606        UNIX systems that use an automounter, the user's home directory
    29883607        will often be mounted on a workstation on demand from a remote
    … …  
    29983617        server. When Samba is returning the home share to the client, it
    29993618        will consult the NIS map specified in
    3000         <a class="indexterm" name="id317804"></a>homedir map and return the server
     3619        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#HOMEDIRMAP">homedir map</a> and return the server
    30013620        listed there.</p><p>Note that for this option to work there must be a working
    30023621        NIS system and the Samba server with this option must also
    30033622        be a logon server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nis homedir</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    30043623</em></span>
    3005 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NTACLSUPPORT"></a>nt acl support (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map
     3624</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342511"></a>
     3625
     3626nt acl support (S)
     3627</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342512"></a><a name="NTACLSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map
    30063628    UNIX permissions into Windows NT access control lists.  The UNIX
    30073629    permissions considered are the the traditional UNIX owner and
    … …  
    30103632    releases prior to 2.2.2.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nt acl support</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    30113633</em></span>
    3012 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NTLMAUTH"></a>ntlm auth (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to
     3634</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342562"></a>
     3635
     3636ntlm auth (G)
     3637</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342563"></a><a name="NTLMAUTH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to
    30133638    authenticate users using the NTLM encrypted password response.
    30143639    If disabled, either the lanman password hash or an NTLMv2 response
    … …  
    30183643        special configuration to us it.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>ntlm auth</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    30193644</em></span>
    3020 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NTPIPESUPPORT"></a>nt pipe support (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether
    3021     <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will allow Windows NT
     3645</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342622"></a>
     3646
     3647nt pipe support (G)
     3648</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342623"></a><a name="NTPIPESUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether
     3649    <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will allow Windows NT
    30223650    clients to connect to the NT SMB specific <code class="constant">IPC$</code>
    30233651    pipes. This is a developer debugging option and can be left
    30243652        alone.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nt pipe support</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    30253653</em></span>
    3026 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NTSTATUSSUPPORT"></a>nt status support (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will negotiate NT specific status
     3654</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342676"></a>
     3655
     3656nt status support (G)
     3657</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342677"></a><a name="NTSTATUSSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will negotiate NT specific status
    30273658    support with Windows NT/2k/XP clients. This is a developer debugging option and should be left alone.
    30283659    If this option is set to <code class="constant">no</code> then Samba offers
    … …  
    30303661    reported.</p><p>You should not need to ever disable this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>nt status support</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    30313662</em></span>
    3032 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NULLPASSWORDS"></a>null passwords (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Allow or disallow client access to accounts that have null passwords. </p><p>See also <a href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>null passwords</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    3033 </em></span>
    3034 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS"></a>obey pam restrictions (G)</span></dt><dd><p>When Samba 3.0 is configured to enable PAM support
     3663</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342734"></a>
     3664
     3665null passwords (G)
     3666</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342735"></a><a name="NULLPASSWORDS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Allow or disallow client access to accounts that have null passwords. </p><p>See also <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>null passwords</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
     3667</em></span>
     3668</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342785"></a>
     3669
     3670obey pam restrictions (G)
     3671</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342786"></a><a name="OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When Samba 3.0 is configured to enable PAM support
    30353672    (i.e. --with-pam), this parameter will control whether or not Samba
    30363673    should obey PAM's account and session management directives.  The
    30373674    default behavior is to use PAM for clear text authentication only
    30383675    and to ignore any account or session management.  Note that Samba
    3039     always ignores PAM for authentication in the case of <a class="indexterm" name="id318122"></a>encrypt passwords = yes.  The reason
     3676    always ignores PAM for authentication in the case of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS">encrypt passwords = yes</a>.  The reason
    30403677    is that PAM modules cannot support the challenge/response
    30413678    authentication mechanism needed in the presence of SMB password encryption.
    30423679</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>obey pam restrictions</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    30433680</em></span>
    3044 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ONLYUSER"></a>only user (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean option that controls whether
     3681</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342841"></a>
     3682
     3683only user (S)
     3684</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342842"></a><a name="ONLYUSER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean option that controls whether
    30453685    connections with usernames not in the <em class="parameter"><code>user</code></em>
    30463686    list will be allowed. By default this option is disabled so that a
    … …  
    30483688    this parameter will force the server to only use the login
    30493689    names from the <em class="parameter"><code>user</code></em> list and is only really
    3050     useful in <a class="indexterm" name="id318183"></a>security = share level security.</p><p>Note that this also means Samba won't try to deduce
     3690    useful in <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security = share</a> level security.</p><p>Note that this also means Samba won't try to deduce
    30513691    usernames from the service name. This can be annoying for
    30523692    the [homes] section. To get around this you could use <code class="literal">user =
    … …  
    30553695    name of the user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>only user</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    30563696</em></span>
    3057 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OPENFILESDATABASEHASHSIZE"></a>open files database hash size (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter was added in Samba 3.0.23. This is an internal tuning parameter that sets
     3697</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342924"></a>
     3698
     3699open files database hash size (G)
     3700</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342925"></a><a name="OPENFILESDATABASEHASHSIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter was added in Samba 3.0.23. This is an internal tuning parameter that sets
    30583701        the hash size of the tdb used for the open file databases. The presence of this parameter
    30593702        allows tuning of the system for very large (thousands of concurrent users) Samba setups.
    … …  
    30633706</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>open files database hash size</code></em> = <code class="literal">1338457</code>
    30643707</em></span>
    3065 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME"></a>oplock break wait time (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     3708</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id342986"></a>
     3709
     3710oplock break wait time (G)
     3711</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id342988"></a><a name="OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    30663712        This is a tuning parameter added due to bugs in both Windows 9x and WinNT. If Samba responds to a client too
    30673713        quickly when that client issues an SMB that can cause an oplock break request, then the network client can
    … …  
    30723718        </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>oplock break wait time</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code>
    30733719</em></span>
    3074 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT"></a>oplock contention limit (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
    3075         This is a <span class="emphasis"><em>very</em></span> advanced <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> tuning option to improve the efficiency of the
     3720</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id343035"></a>
     3721
     3722oplock contention limit (S)
     3723</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id343036"></a><a name="OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
     3724        This is a <span class="emphasis"><em>very</em></span> advanced <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> tuning option to improve the efficiency of the
    30763725        granting of oplocks under multiple client contention for the same file.
    30773726        </p><p>
    3078         In brief it specifies a number, which causes <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>not to grant an oplock even when requested if the
     3727        In brief it specifies a number, which causes <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>not to grant an oplock even when requested if the
    30793728        approximate number of clients contending for an oplock on the same file goes over this
    30803729        limit. This causes <code class="literal">smbd</code> to behave in a similar
    … …  
    30843733        </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>oplock contention limit</code></em> = <code class="literal">2</code>
    30853734</em></span>
    3086 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OPLOCKS"></a>oplocks (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     3735</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id343113"></a>
     3736
     3737oplocks (S)
     3738</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id343114"></a><a name="OPLOCKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    30873739        This boolean option tells <code class="literal">smbd</code> whether to
    30883740        issue oplocks (opportunistic locks) to file open requests on this
    … …  
    30963748        </p><p>
    30973749        Oplocks may be selectively turned off on certain files with a share. See
    3098         the <a class="indexterm" name="id318454"></a>veto oplock files parameter. On some systems
     3750        the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VETOOPLOCKFILES">veto oplock files</a> parameter. On some systems
    30993751        oplocks are recognized by the underlying operating system. This
    31003752        allows data synchronization between all access to oplocked files,
    31013753        whether it be via Samba or NFS or a local UNIX process. See the
    3102         <a class="indexterm" name="id318463"></a>kernel oplocks parameter for details.
     3754        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#KERNELOPLOCKS">kernel oplocks</a> parameter for details.
    31033755        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>oplocks</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    31043756</em></span>
    3105 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OS2DRIVERMAP"></a>os2 driver map (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The parameter is used to define the absolute
     3757</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id343203"></a>
     3758
     3759os2 driver map (G)
     3760</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id343204"></a><a name="OS2DRIVERMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The parameter is used to define the absolute
    31063761    path to a file containing a mapping of Windows NT printer driver
    31073762    names to OS/2 printer driver names.  The format is:</p><p>&lt;nt driver name&gt; = &lt;os2 driver name&gt;.&lt;device name&gt;</p><p>For example, a valid entry using the HP LaserJet 5
    … …  
    31133768    </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>os2 driver map</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    31143769</em></span>
    3115 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OSLEVEL"></a>os level (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     3770</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id343264"></a>
     3771
     3772os level (G)
     3773</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id343265"></a><a name="OSLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    31163774        This integer value controls what level Samba advertises itself as for browse elections. The value of this
    3117         parameter determines whether <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> has a chance of becoming a local master browser for the <a class="indexterm" name="id318576"></a>workgroup in the local broadcast area.
     3775        parameter determines whether <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> has a chance of becoming a local master browser for the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP">workgroup</a> in the local broadcast area.
    31183776</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>
    3119         Note :</em></span>By default, Samba will win a local master browsing election over all Microsoft operating
    3120         systems except a Windows NT 4.0/2000 Domain Controller.  This means that a misconfigured Samba host can
     3777        Note:</em></span> By default, Samba will win a local master browsing election over all Microsoft operating
     3778        systems except a Windows NT 4.0/2000 Domain Controller. This means that a misconfigured Samba host can
    31213779        effectively isolate a subnet for browsing purposes. This parameter is largely auto-configured in the Samba-3
    3122         release series and it is seldom necessary to manually over-ride the default setting. Please refer to
     3780        release series and it is seldom necessary to manually override the default setting. Please refer to
    31233781        chapter 9 of the Samba-3 HOWTO document for further information regarding the use of this parameter.
     3782        <span class="emphasis"><em>Note:</em></span> The maximum value for this parameter is 255. If you use higher values, counting
     3783        will start at 0!
    31243784        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>os level</code></em> = <code class="literal">20</code>
    31253785</em></span>
    31263786</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>os level</code></em> = <code class="literal">65</code>
    31273787</em></span>
    3128 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"></a>pam password change (G)</span></dt><dd><p>With the addition of better PAM support in Samba 2.2,
     3788</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id343355"></a>
     3789
     3790pam password change (G)
     3791</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id343356"></a><a name="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the addition of better PAM support in Samba 2.2,
    31293792    this parameter, it is possible to use PAM's password change control
    31303793    flag for Samba.  If enabled, then PAM will be used for password
    31313794    changes when requested by an SMB client instead of the program listed in
    3132     <a class="indexterm" name="id318651"></a>passwd program.
     3795    <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWDPROGRAM">passwd program</a>.
    31333796    It should be possible to enable this without changing your
    3134     <a class="indexterm" name="id318658"></a>passwd chat parameter for most setups.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>pam password change</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    3135 </em></span>
    3136 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PANICACTION"></a>panic action (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a Samba developer option that allows a
    3137         system command to be called when either <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> or <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>        crashes. This is usually used to
     3797    <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWDCHAT">passwd chat</a> parameter for most setups.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>pam password change</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
     3798</em></span>
     3799</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id343424"></a>
     3800
     3801panic action (G)
     3802</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id343425"></a><a name="PANICACTION"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a Samba developer option that allows a
     3803        system command to be called when either <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> or <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>      crashes. This is usually used to
    31383804        draw attention to the fact that a problem occurred.
    31393805        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>panic action</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    … …  
    31413807</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>panic action</code></em> = <code class="literal">"/bin/sleep 90000"</code>
    31423808</em></span>
    3143 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY"></a>paranoid server security (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Some version of NT 4.x allow non-guest
     3809</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id343498"></a>
     3810
     3811paranoid server security (G)
     3812</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id343499"></a><a name="PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Some version of NT 4.x allow non-guest
    31443813    users with a bad passowrd. When this option is enabled, samba will not
    31453814    use a broken NT 4.x server as password server, but instead complain
    … …  
    31493818    bad logon to the remote server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>paranoid server security</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    31503819</em></span>
    3151 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSDBBACKEND"></a>passdb backend (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows the administrator to chose which backend
     3820</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id343545"></a>
     3821
     3822passdb backend (G)
     3823</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id343546"></a><a name="PASSDBBACKEND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows the administrator to chose which backend
    31523824    will be used for storing user and possibly group information.  This allows
    3153     you to swap between dfferent storage mechanisms without recompile. </p><p>The parameter value is divided into two parts, the backend's name, and a 'location'
     3825    you to swap between different storage mechanisms without recompile. </p><p>The parameter value is divided into two parts, the backend's name, and a 'location'
    31543826    string that has meaning only to that particular backed.  These are separated
    31553827    by a : character.</p><p>Available backends can include:
    … …  
    31583830                </p></li><li><p><code class="literal">tdbsam</code> - The TDB based password storage
    31593831                backend.  Takes a path to the TDB as an optional argument (defaults to passdb.tdb
    3160                 in the <a class="indexterm" name="id318855"></a>private dir directory.</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">ldapsam</code> - The LDAP based passdb
     3832                in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRIVATEDIR">private dir</a> directory.</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">ldapsam</code> - The LDAP based passdb
    31613833                backend.  Takes an LDAP URL as an optional argument (defaults to
    31623834                <code class="literal">ldap://localhost</code>)</p><p>LDAP connections should be secured where possible.  This may be done using either
    3163                 Start-TLS (see <a class="indexterm" name="id318885"></a>ldap ssl) or by
     3835                Start-TLS (see <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSSL">ldap ssl</a>) or by
    31643836                specifying <em class="parameter"><code>ldaps://</code></em> in
    3165                 the URL argument. </p><p>Multiple servers may also be specified in double-quotes, if your
    3166                 LDAP libraries supports the LDAP URL notation.
    3167                 (OpenLDAP does).   
     3837                the URL argument. </p><p>Multiple servers may also be specified in double-quotes.
     3838                Whether multiple servers are supported or not and the exact
     3839                syntax depends on the LDAP library you use.
    31683840                </p></li></ul></div><p>
    31693841
    … …  
    31733845passdb backend = tdbsam:/etc/samba/private/passdb.tdb
    31743846
    3175 or
     3847or multi server LDAP URL with OpenLDAP library:
    31763848
    31773849passdb backend = ldapsam:"ldap://ldap-1.example.com ldap://ldap-2.example.com"
     3850
     3851or multi server LDAP URL with Netscape based LDAP library:
     3852
     3853passdb backend = ldapsam:"ldap://ldap-1.example.com ldap-2.example.com"
    31783854</pre><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passdb backend</code></em> = <code class="literal">smbpasswd</code>
    31793855</em></span>
    3180 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSDBEXPANDEXPLICIT"></a>passdb expand explicit (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     3856</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id343687"></a>
     3857
     3858passdb expand explicit (G)
     3859</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id343688"></a><a name="PASSDBEXPANDEXPLICIT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    31813860        This parameter controls whether Samba substitutes %-macros in the passdb fields if they are explicitly set. We
    31823861        used to expand macros here, but this turned out to be a bug because the Windows client can expand a variable
    … …  
    31843863    </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passdb expand explicit</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    31853864</em></span>
    3186 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWDCHAT"></a>passwd chat (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This string controls the <span class="emphasis"><em>"chat"</em></span>
    3187     conversation that takes places between <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and the local password changing
    3188     program to change the user's password. The string describes a
    3189     sequence of response-receive pairs that <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> uses to determine what to send to the
    3190     <a class="indexterm" name="id319013"></a>passwd program and what to expect back. If the expected output is not
    3191     received then the password is not changed.</p><p>This chat sequence is often quite site specific, depending
    3192     on what local methods are used for password control (such as NIS
    3193     etc).</p><p>Note that this parameter only is only used if the <a class="indexterm" name="id319030"></a>unix password sync parameter is set  to <code class="constant">yes</code>. This sequence is
    3194     then called <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> when the SMB password  in the
    3195     smbpasswd file is being changed, without access to the old password
    3196     cleartext. This means that root must be able to reset the user's password without
    3197     knowing the text of the previous password. In the presence of
    3198     NIS/YP,  this means that the <a class="indexterm" name="id319046"></a>passwd program must
    3199     be executed on the NIS master.
    3200     </p><p>The string can contain the macro <em class="parameter"><code>%n</code></em> which is substituted
    3201     for the new password.  The chat sequence can also contain the standard
    3202     macros \n, \r, \t and \s to
    3203     give line-feed, carriage-return, tab and space.  The chat sequence string can also contain
    3204     a '*' which matches any sequence of characters. Double quotes can be used to collect strings with spaces
    3205     in them into a single string.</p><p>If the send string in any part of the chat sequence  is a full
    3206     stop ".",  then no string is sent. Similarly,  if the
    3207     expect string is a full stop then no string is expected.</p><p>If the <a class="indexterm" name="id319074"></a>pam password change parameter is set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, the
    3208         chat pairs may be matched in any order, and success is determined by the PAM result, not any particular
    3209         output. The \n macro is ignored for PAM conversions.
    3210     </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat</code></em> = <code class="literal">*new*password* %n\n*new*password* %n\n *changed*</code>
    3211 </em></span>
    3212 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat</code></em> = <code class="literal">"*Enter OLD password*" %o\n "*Enter NEW password*" %n\n "*Reenter NEW password*" %n\n "*Password changed*"</code>
    3213 </em></span>
    3214 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWDCHATDEBUG"></a>passwd chat debug (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean specifies if the passwd chat script
     3865</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id343730"></a>
     3866
     3867passwd chat debug (G)
     3868</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id343731"></a><a name="PASSWDCHATDEBUG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean specifies if the passwd chat script
    32153869    parameter is run in <span class="emphasis"><em>debug</em></span> mode. In this mode the
    32163870    strings passed to and received from the passwd chat are printed
    3217     in the <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> log with a
    3218     <a class="indexterm" name="id319156"></a>debug level
     3871    in the <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> log with a
     3872    <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEBUGLEVEL">debug level</a>
    32193873    of 100. This is a dangerous option as it will allow plaintext passwords
    32203874    to be seen in the <code class="literal">smbd</code> log. It is available to help
    … …  
    32223876    when calling the <em class="parameter"><code>passwd program</code></em> and should
    32233877    be turned off after this has been done. This option has no effect if the
    3224     <a class="indexterm" name="id319184"></a>pam password change
    3225         paramter is set. This parameter is off by default.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat debug</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    3226 </em></span>
    3227 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWDCHATTIMEOUT"></a>passwd chat timeout (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This integer specifies the number of seconds smbd will wait for an initial
     3878    <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE">pam password change</a>
     3879        parameter is set. This parameter is off by default.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat debug</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
     3880</em></span>
     3881</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id343826"></a>
     3882
     3883passwd chat timeout (G)
     3884</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id343827"></a><a name="PASSWDCHATTIMEOUT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This integer specifies the number of seconds smbd will wait for an initial
    32283885    answer from a passwd chat script being run. Once the initial answer is received
    32293886    the subsequent answers must be received in one tenth of this time. The default it
    32303887    two seconds.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat timeout</code></em> = <code class="literal">2</code>
    32313888</em></span>
    3232 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWDPROGRAM"></a>passwd program (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to set
     3889</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id343869"></a>
     3890
     3891passwd chat (G)
     3892</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id343870"></a><a name="PASSWDCHAT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This string controls the <span class="emphasis"><em>"chat"</em></span>
     3893    conversation that takes places between <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and the local password changing
     3894    program to change the user's password. The string describes a
     3895    sequence of response-receive pairs that <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> uses to determine what to send to the
     3896    <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWDPROGRAM">passwd program</a> and what to expect back. If the expected output is not
     3897    received then the password is not changed.</p><p>This chat sequence is often quite site specific, depending
     3898    on what local methods are used for password control (such as NIS
     3899    etc).</p><p>Note that this parameter only is only used if the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC">unix password sync</a> parameter is set  to <code class="constant">yes</code>. This sequence is
     3900    then called <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> when the SMB password  in the
     3901    smbpasswd file is being changed, without access to the old password
     3902    cleartext. This means that root must be able to reset the user's password without
     3903    knowing the text of the previous password. In the presence of
     3904    NIS/YP,  this means that the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWDPROGRAM">passwd program</a> must
     3905    be executed on the NIS master.
     3906    </p><p>The string can contain the macro <em class="parameter"><code>%n</code></em> which is substituted
     3907    for the new password.  The old passsword (<em class="parameter"><code>%o</code></em>) is only available when
     3908    <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS">encrypt passwords</a> has been disabled.
     3909    The chat sequence can also contain the standard macros
     3910    \n, \r, \t and \s to give line-feed, carriage-return, tab
     3911    and space.  The chat sequence string can also contain
     3912    a '*' which matches any sequence of characters. Double quotes can
     3913    be used to collect strings with spaces in them into a single
     3914    string.</p><p>If the send string in any part of the chat sequence  is a full
     3915    stop ".",  then no string is sent. Similarly,  if the
     3916    expect string is a full stop then no string is expected.</p><p>If the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE">pam password change</a> parameter is set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, the
     3917        chat pairs may be matched in any order, and success is determined by the PAM result, not any particular
     3918        output. The \n macro is ignored for PAM conversions.
     3919    </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat</code></em> = <code class="literal">*new*password* %n\n*new*password* %n\n *changed*</code>
     3920</em></span>
     3921</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd chat</code></em> = <code class="literal">"*Enter NEW password*" %n\n "*Reenter NEW password*" %n\n "*Password changed*"</code>
     3922</em></span>
     3923</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id344052"></a>
     3924
     3925passwd program (G)
     3926</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id344053"></a><a name="PASSWDPROGRAM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to set
    32333927    UNIX user passwords.  Any occurrences of <em class="parameter"><code>%u</code></em>
    32343928    will be replaced with the user name. The user name is checked for
    … …  
    32513945</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>passwd program</code></em> = <code class="literal">/bin/passwd %u</code>
    32523946</em></span>
    3253 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWORDLEVEL"></a>password level (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Some client/server combinations have difficulty
     3947</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id344178"></a>
     3948
     3949password level (G)
     3950</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id344179"></a><a name="PASSWORDLEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Some client/server combinations have difficulty
    32543951    with mixed-case passwords.  One offending client is Windows for
    32553952    Workgroups, which for some reason forces passwords to upper
    … …  
    32693966    made - the password as is and the password in all-lower case.</p><p>This parameter is used only when using plain-text passwords. It is
    32703967    not at all used when encrypted passwords as in use (that is the default
    3271     since samba-3.0.0). Use this only when <a class="indexterm" name="id319448"></a>encrypt passwords = No.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>password level</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code>
     3968    since samba-3.0.0). Use this only when <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS">encrypt passwords = No</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>password level</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code>
    32723969</em></span>
    32733970</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>password level</code></em> = <code class="literal">4</code>
    32743971</em></span>
    3275 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWORDSERVER"></a>password server (G)</span></dt><dd><p>By specifying the name of another SMB server
     3972</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id344300"></a>
     3973
     3974password server (G)
     3975</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id344301"></a><a name="PASSWORDSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>By specifying the name of another SMB server
    32763976    or Active Directory domain controller with this option,
    32773977    and using <code class="literal">security = [ads|domain|server]</code>
    … …  
    32853985    have no effect on password servers for Windows NT 4.0 domains or netbios
    32863986    connections.</p><p>If parameter is a name, it is looked up using the
    3287     parameter <a class="indexterm" name="id319530"></a>name resolve order and so may resolved
     3987    parameter <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMERESOLVEORDER">name resolve order</a> and so may resolved
    32883988    by any method and order described in that parameter.</p><p>The password server must be a machine capable of using
    32893989    the "LM1.2X002" or the "NT LM 0.12" protocol, and it must be in
    … …  
    33354035</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>password server</code></em> = <code class="literal">*</code>
    33364036</em></span>
    3337 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DIRECTORY"></a>directory</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for path.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PATH"></a>path (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a directory to which
     4037</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id344580"></a><a name="DIRECTORY"></a>directory</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id344581"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PATH">path</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id344610"></a>
     4038
     4039path (S)
     4040</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id344611"></a><a name="PATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a directory to which
    33384041        the user of the service is to be given access. In the case of
    33394042        printable services, this is where print data will spool prior to
    … …  
    33474050        will be replaced by the NetBIOS name of the machine they are
    33484051        connecting from. These replacements are very useful for setting
    3349         up pseudo home directories for users.</p><p>Note that this path will be based on <a class="indexterm" name="id319834"></a>root dir
     4052        up pseudo home directories for users.</p><p>Note that this path will be based on <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ROOTDIR">root dir</a>
    33504053         if one was specified.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>path</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    33514054</em></span>
    33524055</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>path</code></em> = <code class="literal">/home/fred</code>
    33534056</em></span>
    3354 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PIDDIRECTORY"></a>pid directory (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     4057</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id344706"></a>
     4058
     4059pid directory (G)
     4060</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id344707"></a><a name="PIDDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    33554061        This option specifies the directory where pid files will be placed. 
    33564062        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>pid directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">${prefix}/var/locks</code>
    … …  
    33584064</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>pid directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">pid directory = /var/run/</code>
    33594065</em></span>
    3360 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="POSIXLOCKING"></a>posix locking (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
    3361         The <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>
     4066</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id344764"></a>
     4067
     4068posix locking (S)
     4069</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id344765"></a><a name="POSIXLOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
     4070        The <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>
    33624071        daemon maintains an database of file locks obtained by SMB clients. The default behavior is
    33634072        to map this internal database to POSIX locks. This means that file locks obtained by SMB clients are
    … …  
    33664075        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>posix locking</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    33674076</em></span>
    3368 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="POSTEXEC"></a>postexec (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run
     4077</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id344819"></a>
     4078
     4079postexec (S)
     4080</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id344820"></a><a name="POSTEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run
    33694081        whenever the service is disconnected. It takes the usual
    33704082        substitutions. The command may be run as the root on some
    … …  
    33744086</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>postexec</code></em> = <code class="literal">echo \"%u disconnected from %S from %m (%I)\" &gt;&gt; /tmp/log</code>
    33754087</em></span>
    3376 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="EXEC"></a>exec</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for preexec.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PREEXEC"></a>preexec (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run whenever
     4088</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id344888"></a>
     4089
     4090preexec close (S)
     4091</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id344889"></a><a name="PREEXECCLOSE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
     4092        This boolean option controls whether a non-zero return code from <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PREEXEC">preexec</a>
     4093        should close the service being connected to.
     4094        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preexec close</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
     4095</em></span>
     4096</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id344940"></a><a name="EXEC"></a>exec</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id344941"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PREEXEC">preexec</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id344970"></a>
     4097
     4098preexec (S)
     4099</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id344971"></a><a name="PREEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run whenever
    33774100        the service is connected to. It takes the usual substitutions.</p><p>An interesting example is to send the users a welcome
    33784101        message every time they log in. Maybe a message of the day? Here
    … …  
    33814104        /usr/local/samba/bin/smbclient -M %m -I %I' &amp; </code>
    33824105        </p><p>Of course, this could get annoying after a while :-)</p><p>
    3383         See also <a class="indexterm" name="id320111"></a>preexec close and <a class="indexterm" name="id320118"></a>postexec.
     4106        See also <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PREEXECCLOSE">preexec close</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#POSTEXEC">postexec</a>.
    33844107        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preexec</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    33854108</em></span>
    33864109</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preexec</code></em> = <code class="literal">echo \"%u connected to %S from %m (%I)\" &gt;&gt; /tmp/log</code>
    33874110</em></span>
    3388 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PREEXECCLOSE"></a>preexec close (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
    3389         This boolean option controls whether a non-zero return code from <a class="indexterm" name="id320180"></a>preexec
    3390         should close the service being connected to.
    3391         </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preexec close</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    3392 </em></span>
    3393 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PREFEREDMASTER"></a>prefered master</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for preferred master.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PREFERREDMASTER"></a>preferred master (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
    3394         This boolean parameter controls if <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> is a preferred master browser  for its workgroup.
     4111</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345071"></a><a name="PREFEREDMASTER"></a>prefered master</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id345072"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PREFERREDMASTER">preferred master</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345101"></a>
     4112
     4113preferred master (G)
     4114</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id345102"></a><a name="PREFERREDMASTER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
     4115        This boolean parameter controls if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> is a preferred master browser  for its workgroup.
    33954116        </p><p>
    33964117        If this is set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, on startup, <code class="literal">nmbd</code> will force
    33974118        an election, and it will have a slight advantage in winning the election.  It is recommended that this
    3398         parameter is used in conjunction with <a class="indexterm" name="id320270"></a>domain master = yes, so that
     4119        parameter is used in conjunction with <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINMASTER">domain master = yes</a>, so that
    33994120        <code class="literal">nmbd</code> can guarantee becoming a domain master.
    34004121        </p><p>
    … …  
    34054126        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preferred master</code></em> = <code class="literal">auto</code>
    34064127</em></span>
    3407 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="AUTOSERVICES"></a>auto services</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for preload.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRELOAD"></a>preload (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of services that you want to be
     4128</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345188"></a>
     4129
     4130preload modules (G)
     4131</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id345189"></a><a name="PRELOADMODULES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of paths to modules that should
     4132        be loaded into smbd before a client connects. This improves
     4133        the speed of smbd when reacting to new connections somewhat. </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload modules</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
     4134</em></span>
     4135</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload modules</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/lib/samba/passdb/mysql.so</code>
     4136</em></span>
     4137</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345245"></a><a name="AUTOSERVICES"></a>auto services</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id345246"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRELOAD">preload</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345276"></a>
     4138
     4139preload (G)
     4140</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id345277"></a><a name="PRELOAD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a list of services that you want to be
    34084141        automatically added to the browse lists. This is most useful
    34094142        for homes and printers services that would otherwise not be
    34104143        visible.</p><p>
    34114144        Note that if you just want all printers in your
    3412         printcap file loaded then the <a class="indexterm" name="id320355"></a>load printers
     4145        printcap file loaded then the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOADPRINTERS">load printers</a>
    34134146         option is easier.
    34144147        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    … …  
    34164149</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload</code></em> = <code class="literal">fred lp colorlp</code>
    34174150</em></span>
    3418 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRELOADMODULES"></a>preload modules (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of paths to modules that should
    3419         be loaded into smbd before a client connects. This improves
    3420         the speed of smbd when reacting to new connections somewhat. </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload modules</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    3421 </em></span>
    3422 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preload modules</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/lib/samba/passdb/mysql.so</code>
    3423 </em></span>
    3424 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRESERVECASE"></a>preserve case (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     4151</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345350"></a>
     4152
     4153preserve case (S)
     4154</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id345351"></a><a name="PRESERVECASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    34254155        This controls if new filenames are created with the case that the client passes, or if
    3426         they are forced to be the <a class="indexterm" name="id320472"></a>default case.
    3427         </p><p>
    3428         See the section on <a href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a> for a fuller discussion.
     4156        they are forced to be the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEFAULTCASE">default case</a>.
     4157        </p><p>
     4158        See the section on <a class="link" href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a> for a fuller discussion.
    34294159        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>preserve case</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    34304160</em></span>
    3431 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTOK"></a>print ok</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for printable.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTABLE"></a>printable (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then
     4161</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345413"></a><a name="PRINTOK"></a>print ok</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id345414"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTABLE">printable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345443"></a>
     4162
     4163printable (S)
     4164</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id345444"></a><a name="PRINTABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then
    34324165    clients may open, write to and submit spool files on the directory
    34334166    specified for the service. </p><p>Note that a printable service will ALWAYS allow writing
    34344167    to the service path (user privileges permitting) via the spooling
    3435     of print data. The <a class="indexterm" name="id320662"></a>read only parameter controls only non-printing access to
     4168    of print data. The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY">read only</a> parameter controls only non-printing access to
    34364169    the resource.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printable</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    34374170</em></span>
    3438 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTCAPCACHETIME"></a>printcap cache time (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the number of seconds before the printing
     4171</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345503"></a>
     4172
     4173printcap cache time (G)
     4174</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id345504"></a><a name="PRINTCAPCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the number of seconds before the printing
    34394175    subsystem is again asked for the known printers.  If the value
    34404176    is greater than 60 the initial waiting time is set to 60 seconds
    … …  
    34464182</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printcap cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">600</code>
    34474183</em></span>
    3448 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTCAP"></a>printcap</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for printcap name.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTCAPNAME"></a>printcap name (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     4184</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345567"></a><a name="PRINTCAP"></a>printcap</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id345568"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTCAPNAME">printcap name</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345598"></a>
     4185
     4186printcap name (S)
     4187</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id345599"></a><a name="PRINTCAPNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    34494188        This parameter may be used to override the compiled-in default printcap name used by the server (usually
    3450         <code class="filename"> /etc/printcap</code>). See the discussion of the <a href="#PRINTERSSECT" title="The [printers] section">[printers]</a> section above for reasons why you might want to do this.
     4189        <code class="filename"> /etc/printcap</code>). See the discussion of the <a class="link" href="#PRINTERSSECT" title="The [printers] section">[printers]</a> section above for reasons why you might want to do this.
    34514190        </p><p>
    34524191        To use the CUPS printing interface set <code class="literal">printcap name = cups </code>. This should
    3453         be supplemented by an addtional setting <a class="indexterm" name="id320815"></a>printing = cups in the [global]
     4192        be supplemented by an addtional setting <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING">printing = cups</a> in the [global]
    34544193        section.  <code class="literal">printcap name = cups</code> will use the  "dummy" printcap
    34554194        created by CUPS, as specified in your CUPS configuration file.
    … …  
    34814220</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printcap name</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc/myprintcap</code>
    34824221</em></span>
    3483 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTCOMMAND"></a>print command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>After a print job has finished spooling to
     4222</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id345769"></a>
     4223
     4224print command (S)
     4225</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id345770"></a><a name="PRINTCOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>After a print job has finished spooling to
    34844226    a service, this command will be used via a <code class="literal">system()</code>
    34854227    call to process the spool file. Typically the command specified will
    … …  
    35044246    be created but not processed and (most importantly) not removed.</p><p>Note that printing may fail on some UNIXes from the
    35054247    <code class="constant">nobody</code> account. If this happens then create
    3506     an alternative guest account that can print and set the <a class="indexterm" name="id321038"></a>guest account
     4248    an alternative guest account that can print and set the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT">guest account</a>
    35074249    in the [global] section.</p><p>You can form quite complex print commands by realizing
    35084250    that they are just passed to a shell. For example the following
    … …  
    35114253    /tmp/print.log; lpr -P %p %s; rm %s</code></p><p>You may have to vary this command considerably depending
    35124254    on how you normally print files on your system. The default for
    3513     the parameter varies depending on the setting of the <a class="indexterm" name="id321064"></a>printing
     4255    the parameter varies depending on the setting of the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTING">printing</a>
    35144256        parameter.</p><p>Default: For <code class="literal">printing = BSD, AIX, QNX, LPRNG
    35154257    or PLP :</code></p><p><code class="literal">print command = lpr -r -P%p %s</code></p><p>For <code class="literal">printing = SYSV or HPUX :</code></p><p><code class="literal">print command = lp -c -d%p %s; rm %s</code></p><p>For <code class="literal">printing = SOFTQ :</code></p><p><code class="literal">print command = lp -d%p -s %s; rm %s</code></p><p>For printing = CUPS :   If SAMBA is compiled against
    3516     libcups, then <a class="indexterm" name="id321121"></a>printcap = cups
     4258    libcups, then <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTCAP">printcap = cups</a>
    35174259    uses the CUPS API to
    35184260    submit jobs, etc.  Otherwise it maps to the System V
    … …  
    35234265        set print command will be ignored.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>print command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s</code>
    35244266</em></span>
    3525 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTERADMIN"></a>printer admin (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     4267</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346012"></a>
     4268
     4269printer admin (S)
     4270</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346013"></a><a name="PRINTERADMIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    35264271        This lists users who can do anything to printers
    35274272        via the remote administration interfaces offered
    … …  
    35394284</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printer admin</code></em> = <code class="literal">admin, @staff</code>
    35404285</em></span>
    3541 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTER"></a>printer</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for printer name.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTERNAME"></a>printer name (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     4286</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346076"></a><a name="PRINTER"></a>printer</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346077"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#PRINTERNAME">printer name</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346105"></a>
     4287
     4288printer name (S)
     4289</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346106"></a><a name="PRINTERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    35424290        This parameter specifies the name of the printer to which print jobs spooled through a printable service
    35434291        will be sent.
    … …  
    35464294        does not have its own printer name specified.
    35474295        </p><p>
    3548         The default value of the <a class="indexterm" name="id321277"></a>printer name may be <code class="literal">lp</code> on many
     4296        The default value of the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTERNAME">printer name</a> may be <code class="literal">lp</code> on many
    35494297        systems.
    35504298        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printer name</code></em> = <code class="literal">none</code>
    … …  
    35524300</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printer name</code></em> = <code class="literal">laserwriter</code>
    35534301</em></span>
    3554 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTING"></a>printing (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameters controls how printer status  information is
     4302</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346189"></a>
     4303
     4304printing (S)
     4305</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346190"></a><a name="PRINTING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameters controls how printer status  information is
    35554306    interpreted on your system. It also affects the  default values for
    35564307    the <em class="parameter"><code>print command</code></em>,  <em class="parameter"><code>lpq command</code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>lppause command </code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>lpresume command</code></em>, and  <em class="parameter"><code>lprm command</code></em> if specified in the
    … …  
    35614312    <code class="constant">QNX</code>, <code class="constant">SOFTQ</code>,
    35624313    and <code class="constant">CUPS</code>.</p><p>To see what the defaults are for the other print
    3563     commands when using the various options use the <a href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> program.</p><p>This option can be set on a per printer basis.  Please be
     4314    commands when using the various options use the <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> program.</p><p>This option can be set on a per printer basis.  Please be
    35644315    aware however, that you must place any of the various printing
    35654316    commands (e.g. print command, lpq command, etc...) after defining
    35664317    the value for the <em class="parameter"><code>printing</code></em> option since it will
    3567     reset the printing commands to default values.</p><p>See also the discussion in the <a href="#PRINTERSSECT" title="The [printers] section">
    3568     [printers]</a> section.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTJOBUSERNAME"></a>printjob username (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies which user information will be
     4318    reset the printing commands to default values.</p><p>See also the discussion in the <a class="link" href="#PRINTERSSECT" title="The [printers] section">
     4319    [printers]</a> section.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346318"></a>
     4320
     4321printjob username (S)
     4322</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346319"></a><a name="PRINTJOBUSERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies which user information will be
    35694323    passed to the printing system. Usually, the username is sent,
    35704324    but in some cases, e.g. the domain prefix is useful, too.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printjob username</code></em> = <code class="literal">%U</code>
    … …  
    35724326</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>printjob username</code></em> = <code class="literal">%D\%U</code>
    35734327</em></span>
    3574 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRIVATEDIR"></a>private dir (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameters defines the directory
     4328</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346376"></a>
     4329
     4330private dir (G)
     4331</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346377"></a><a name="PRIVATEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameters defines the directory
    35754332    smbd will use for storing such files as <code class="filename">smbpasswd</code>
    35764333    and <code class="filename">secrets.tdb</code>.
    35774334</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>private dir</code></em> = <code class="literal">${prefix}/private</code>
    35784335</em></span>
    3579 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PROFILEACLS"></a>profile acls (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     4336</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346429"></a>
     4337
     4338profile acls (S)
     4339</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346430"></a><a name="PROFILEACLS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    35804340        This boolean parameter was added to fix the problems that people have been
    35814341        having with storing user profiles on Samba shares from Windows 2000 or
    … …  
    36054365        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>profile acls</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    36064366</em></span>
    3607 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"></a>queuepause command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be
     4367</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346489"></a>
     4368
     4369queuepause command (S)
     4370</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346490"></a><a name="QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be
    36084371    executed on the server host in order to pause the printer queue.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes
    36094372    a printer name as its only parameter and stops the printer queue,
    … …  
    36164379        server.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>queuepause command</code></em> = <code class="literal">disable %p</code>
    36174380</em></span>
    3618 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="QUEUERESUMECOMMAND"></a>queueresume command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be
     4381</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346559"></a>
     4382
     4383queueresume command (S)
     4384</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346560"></a><a name="QUEUERESUMECOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be
    36194385    executed on the server host in order to resume the printer queue. It
    36204386    is the command to undo the behavior that is caused by the
    3621     previous parameter (<a class="indexterm" name="id321707"></a>queuepause command).</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes
     4387    previous parameter (<a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND">queuepause command</a>).</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes
    36224388    a printer name as its only parameter and resumes the printer queue,
    36234389    such that queued jobs are resubmitted to the printer.</p><p>This command is not supported by Windows for Workgroups,
    … …  
    36314397</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>queueresume command</code></em> = <code class="literal">enable %p</code>
    36324398</em></span>
    3633 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="READBMPX"></a>read bmpx (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether
    3634     <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will support the "Read
     4399</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346651"></a>
     4400
     4401read bmpx (G)
     4402</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346652"></a><a name="READBMPX"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether
     4403    <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will support the "Read
    36354404    Block Multiplex" SMB. This is now rarely used and defaults to
    36364405    <code class="constant">no</code>. You should never need to set this
    36374406        parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read bmpx</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    36384407</em></span>
    3639 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="READLIST"></a>read list (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     4408</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346704"></a>
     4409
     4410read list (S)
     4411</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346705"></a><a name="READLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    36404412        This is a list of users that are given read-only access to a service. If the connecting user is in this list
    3641         then they will not be given write access, no matter what the <a class="indexterm" name="id321844"></a>read only option is set
    3642         to. The list can include group names using the syntax described in the <a class="indexterm" name="id321852"></a>invalid users
     4413        then they will not be given write access, no matter what the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY">read only</a> option is set
     4414        to. The list can include group names using the syntax described in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#INVALIDUSERS">invalid users</a>
    36434415        parameter.
    3644         </p><p>This parameter will not work with the <a class="indexterm" name="id321862"></a>security = share in
     4416        </p><p>This parameter will not work with the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security = share</a> in
    36454417    Samba 3.0.  This is by design.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read list</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    36464418</em></span>
    36474419</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read list</code></em> = <code class="literal">mary, @students</code>
    36484420</em></span>
    3649 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="READONLY"></a>read only (S)</span></dt><dd><p>An inverted synonym is <a class="indexterm" name="id321924"></a>writeable.</p><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then users
     4421</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346798"></a>
     4422
     4423read only (S)
     4424</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346799"></a><a name="READONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>An inverted synonym is <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITEABLE">writeable</a>.</p><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, then users
    36504425    of a service may not create or modify files in the service's
    36514426    directory.</p><p>Note that a printable service (<code class="literal">printable = yes</code>)
    … …  
    36534428    (user privileges permitting), but only via spooling operations.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read only</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    36544429</em></span>
    3655 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="READRAW"></a>read raw (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server
     4430</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346871"></a>
     4431
     4432read raw (G)
     4433</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346872"></a><a name="READRAW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server
    36564434    will support the raw read SMB requests when transferring data
    36574435    to clients.</p><p>If enabled, raw reads allow reads of 65535 bytes in
    … …  
    36624440        tool and left severely alone.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>read raw</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    36634441</em></span>
    3664 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="REALM"></a>realm (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the kerberos realm to use. The realm is
     4442</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346926"></a>
     4443
     4444realm (G)
     4445</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346927"></a><a name="REALM"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the kerberos realm to use. The realm is
    36654446        used as the ADS equivalent of the NT4 <code class="literal">domain</code>. It
    36664447        is usually set to the DNS name of the kerberos server.
    … …  
    36694450</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>realm</code></em> = <code class="literal">mysambabox.mycompany.com</code>
    36704451</em></span>
    3671 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="REMOTEANNOUNCE"></a>remote announce (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
    3672         This option allows you to setup <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>to periodically announce itself
     4452</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id346989"></a>
     4453
     4454remote announce (G)
     4455</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id346990"></a><a name="REMOTEANNOUNCE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
     4456        This option allows you to setup <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>to periodically announce itself
    36734457        to arbitrary IP addresses with an arbitrary workgroup name.
    36744458        </p><p>
    … …  
    36834467        the above line would cause <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to announce itself
    36844468        to the two given IP addresses using the given workgroup names. If you leave out the
    3685         workgroup name then the one given in the <a class="indexterm" name="id322141"></a>workgroup parameter
     4469        workgroup name then the one given in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP">workgroup</a> parameter
    36864470        is used instead.
    36874471        </p><p>
    … …  
    36934477        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>remote announce</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    36944478</em></span>
    3695 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="REMOTEBROWSESYNC"></a>remote browse sync (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
    3696         This option allows you to setup <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to periodically request
     4479</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id347085"></a>
     4480
     4481remote browse sync (G)
     4482</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id347086"></a><a name="REMOTEBROWSESYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
     4483        This option allows you to setup <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to periodically request
    36974484        synchronization of browse lists with the master browser of a Samba
    36984485        server that is on a remote segment. This option will allow you to
    … …  
    37204507        is in fact the browse master on its segment.
    37214508        </p><p>
    3722         The <a class="indexterm" name="id322243"></a>remote browse sync may be used on networks
     4509        The <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#REMOTEBROWSESYNC">remote browse sync</a> may be used on networks
    37234510        where there is no WINS server, and may be used on disjoint networks where
    37244511        each network has its own WINS server.
    37254512        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>remote browse sync</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    37264513</em></span>
    3727 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="RENAMEUSERSCRIPT"></a>rename user script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
    3728         This is the full pathname to a script that will be run as root by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> under special circumstances described below.
     4514</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id347185"></a>
     4515
     4516rename user script (G)
     4517</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id347186"></a><a name="RENAMEUSERSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
     4518        This is the full pathname to a script that will be run as root by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> under special circumstances described below.
    37294519        </p><p>
    37304520        When a user with admin authority or SeAddUserPrivilege rights renames a user (e.g.: from the NT4 User Manager
    … …  
    37434533        </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>rename user script</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    37444534</em></span>
    3745 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="RESETONZEROVC"></a>reset on zero vc (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     4535</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id347264"></a>
     4536
     4537reset on zero vc (G)
     4538</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id347265"></a><a name="RESETONZEROVC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    37464539        This boolean option controls whether an incoming session setup
    37474540        should kill other connections coming from the same IP. This matches
    … …  
    37624555        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>reset on zero vc</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    37634556</em></span>
    3764 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="RESTRICTANONYMOUS"></a>restrict anonymous (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The setting of this parameter determines whether user and
     4557</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id347310"></a>
     4558
     4559restrict anonymous (G)
     4560</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id347311"></a><a name="RESTRICTANONYMOUS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The setting of this parameter determines whether user and
    37654561    group list information is returned for an anonymous connection.
    37664562    and mirrors the effects of the
    … …  
    37824578        </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>
    37834579    The security advantage of using restrict anonymous = 2 is removed
    3784     by setting <a class="indexterm" name="id322431"></a>guest ok = yes on any share.
     4580    by setting <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK">guest ok = yes</a> on any share.
    37854581        </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>restrict anonymous</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code>
    37864582</em></span>
    3787 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOT"></a>root</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for root directory.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTDIR"></a>root dir</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for root directory.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTDIRECTORY"></a>root directory (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The server will <code class="literal">chroot()</code> (i.e.
     4583</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id347384"></a><a name="ROOT"></a>root</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id347385"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id347415"></a><a name="ROOTDIR"></a>root dir</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id347416"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#ROOTDIRECTORY">root directory</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id347444"></a>
     4584
     4585root directory (G)
     4586</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id347446"></a><a name="ROOTDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The server will <code class="literal">chroot()</code> (i.e.
    37884587    Change its root directory) to this directory on startup. This is
    37894588    not strictly necessary for secure operation. Even without it the
    … …  
    37924591    parts of the filesystem, or attempts to use ".." in file names
    37934592    to access other directories (depending on the setting of the
    3794         <a class="indexterm" name="id322529"></a>wide smbconfoptions parameter).
     4593        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WIDESMBCONFOPTIONS">wide smbconfoptions</a> parameter).
    37954594    </p><p>Adding a <em class="parameter"><code>root directory</code></em> entry other
    37964595    than "/" adds an extra level of security, but at a price. It
    … …  
    38084607</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/homes/smb</code>
    38094608</em></span>
    3810 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTPOSTEXEC"></a>root postexec (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     4609</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id347557"></a>
     4610
     4611root postexec (S)
     4612</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id347558"></a><a name="ROOTPOSTEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    38114613        This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>postexec</code></em>
    38124614        parameter except that the command is run as root. This is useful for
    … …  
    38144616        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root postexec</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    38154617</em></span>
    3816 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTPREEXEC"></a>root preexec (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     4618</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id347604"></a>
     4619
     4620root preexec close (S)
     4621</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id347605"></a><a name="ROOTPREEXECCLOSE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>preexec close
     4622        </code></em> parameter except that the command is run as root.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root preexec close</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
     4623</em></span>
     4624</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id347652"></a>
     4625
     4626root preexec (S)
     4627</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id347653"></a><a name="ROOTPREEXEC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    38174628        This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>preexec</code></em>
    38184629        parameter except that the command is run as root. This is useful for
    … …  
    38204631        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root preexec</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    38214632</em></span>
    3822 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTPREEXECCLOSE"></a>root preexec close (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is the same as the <em class="parameter"><code>preexec close
    3823         </code></em> parameter except that the command is run as root.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>root preexec close</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    3824 </em></span>
    3825 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SECURITY"></a>security (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option affects how clients respond to
     4633</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id347698"></a>
     4634
     4635security mask (S)
     4636</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id347699"></a><a name="SECURITYMASK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
     4637        This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits will be set when a Windows NT client is manipulating the
     4638        UNIX permission on a file using the native NT security dialog box.
     4639        </p><p>
     4640        This parameter is applied as a mask (AND'ed with) to the incoming permission bits, thus resetting
     4641        any bits not in this mask. Make sure not to mix up this parameter with <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCESECURITYMODE">force  security mode</a>, which works in a manner similar to this one but uses a logical OR instead of an AND.
     4642        </p><p>
     4643        Essentially, all bits set to zero in this mask will result in setting to zero the corresponding bits on the
     4644        file permissions regardless of the previous status of this bits on the file.
     4645    </p><p>
     4646        If not set explicitly this parameter is 0777, allowing a user to set all the user/group/world permissions on a file.
     4647    </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>
     4648        Note</em></span> that users who can access the Samba server through other means can easily bypass this
     4649    restriction, so it is primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems.  Administrators of
     4650        most normal systems will probably want to leave it set to <code class="constant">0777</code>.
     4651        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>security mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0777</code>
     4652</em></span>
     4653</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>security mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0770</code>
     4654</em></span>
     4655</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id347793"></a>
     4656
     4657security (G)
     4658</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id347794"></a><a name="SECURITY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option affects how clients respond to
    38264659    Samba and is one of the most important settings in the <code class="filename">
    38274660    smb.conf</code> file.</p><p>The option sets the "security mode bit" in replies to
    3828     protocol negotiations with <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> to turn share level security on or off. Clients decide
     4661    protocol negotiations with <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> to turn share level security on or off. Clients decide
    38294662    based on this bit whether (and how) to transfer user and password
    38304663    information to the server.</p><p>The default is <code class="literal">security = user</code>, as this is
    … …  
    38474680    is commonly used for a shared printer server. It is more difficult
    38484681    to setup guest shares with <code class="literal">security = user</code>, see
    3849     the <a class="indexterm" name="id322862"></a>map to guestparameter for details.</p><p>It is possible to use <code class="literal">smbd</code> in a <span class="emphasis"><em>
     4682    the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPTOGUEST">map to guest</a>parameter for details.</p><p>It is possible to use <code class="literal">smbd</code> in a <span class="emphasis"><em>
    38504683    hybrid mode</em></span> where it is offers both user and share
    3851     level security under different <a class="indexterm" name="id322883"></a>NetBIOS aliases. </p><p>The different settings will now be explained.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSSHARE"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = SHARE</em></span></p><p>When clients connect to a share level security server they
     4684    level security under different <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NETBIOSALIASES">NetBIOS aliases</a>. </p><p>The different settings will now be explained.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSSHARE"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = SHARE</em></span></p><p>When clients connect to a share level security server they
    38524685    need not log onto the server with a valid username and password before
    38534686    attempting to connect to a shared resource (although modern clients
    … …  
    38624695    techniques to determine the correct UNIX user to use on behalf
    38634696    of the client.</p><p>A list of possible UNIX usernames to match with the given
    3864     client password is constructed using the following methods :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>If the <a class="indexterm" name="id322959"></a>guest only parameter is set, then all the other
    3865             stages are missed and only the <a class="indexterm" name="id322966"></a>guest account username is checked.
     4697    client password is constructed using the following methods :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>If the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTONLY">guest only</a> parameter is set, then all the other
     4698            stages are missed and only the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT">guest account</a> username is checked.
    38664699            </p></li><li><p>Is a username is sent with the share connection
    3867             request, then this username (after mapping - see <a class="indexterm" name="id322981"></a>username map),
     4700            request, then this username (after mapping - see <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USERNAMEMAP">username map</a>),
    38684701            is added as a potential username.
    38694702            </p></li><li><p>If the client did a previous <span class="emphasis"><em>logon
    … …  
    38744707            </p></li><li><p>The NetBIOS name of the client is added to
    38754708            the list as a potential username.
    3876             </p></li><li><p>Any users on the <a class="indexterm" name="id323021"></a>user list are added as potential usernames.
     4709            </p></li><li><p>Any users on the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USER">user</a> list are added as potential usernames.
    38774710            </p></li></ul></div><p>If the <em class="parameter"><code>guest only</code></em> parameter is
    38784711    not set, then this list is then tried with the supplied password.
    … …  
    38834716    guest user will be used, otherwise access is denied.</p><p>Note that it can be <span class="emphasis"><em>very</em></span> confusing
    38844717    in share-level security as to which UNIX username will eventually
    3885     be used in granting access.</p><p>See also the section <a href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION">
     4718    be used in granting access.</p><p>See also the section <a class="link" href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION">
    38864719    NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a>.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSUSER"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = USER</em></span></p><p>This is the default security setting in Samba 3.0.
    38874720    With user-level security a client must first "log-on" with a
    3888     valid username and password (which can be mapped using the <a class="indexterm" name="id323090"></a>username map
    3889     parameter). Encrypted passwords (see the <a class="indexterm" name="id323098"></a>encrypted passwords parameter) can also
    3890     be used in this security mode. Parameters such as <a class="indexterm" name="id323106"></a>user and <a class="indexterm" name="id323113"></a>guest only if set      are then applied and
     4721    valid username and password (which can be mapped using the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USERNAMEMAP">username map</a>
     4722    parameter). Encrypted passwords (see the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTEDPASSWORDS">encrypted passwords</a> parameter) can also
     4723    be used in this security mode. Parameters such as <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USER">user</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTONLY">guest only</a> if set   are then applied and
    38914724    may change the UNIX user to use on this connection, but only after
    38924725    the user has been successfully authenticated.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note</em></span> that the name of the resource being
    … …  
    38944727    the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why
    38954728    guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing
    3896     the server to automatically map unknown users into the <a class="indexterm" name="id323132"></a>guest account.
    3897     See the <a class="indexterm" name="id323140"></a>map to guest parameter for details on doing this.</p><p>See also the section <a href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION">NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a>.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = DOMAIN</em></span></p><p>This mode will only work correctly if <a href="net.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">net</span>(8)</span></a> has been used to add this
    3898     machine into a Windows NT Domain. It expects the <a class="indexterm" name="id323178"></a>encrypted passwords
     4729    the server to automatically map unknown users into the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT">guest account</a>.
     4730    See the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPTOGUEST">map to guest</a> parameter for details on doing this.</p><p>See also the section <a class="link" href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION">NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a>.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = DOMAIN</em></span></p><p>This mode will only work correctly if <a class="citerefentry" href="net.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">net</span>(8)</span></a> has been used to add this
     4731    machine into a Windows NT Domain. It expects the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTEDPASSWORDS">encrypted passwords</a>
    38994732        parameter to be set to <code class="constant">yes</code>. In this
    39004733    mode Samba will try to validate the username/password by passing
    … …  
    39104743    the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why
    39114744    guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing
    3912     the server to automatically map unknown users into the <a class="indexterm" name="id323228"></a>guest account.
    3913     See the <a class="indexterm" name="id323235"></a>map to guest parameter for details on doing this.</p><p>See also the section <a href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION">
    3914     NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a>.</p><p>See also the <a class="indexterm" name="id323256"></a>password server parameter and
    3915          the <a class="indexterm" name="id323264"></a>encrypted passwords parameter.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSSERVER"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = SERVER</em></span></p><p>
     4745    the server to automatically map unknown users into the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT">guest account</a>.
     4746    See the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPTOGUEST">map to guest</a> parameter for details on doing this.</p><p>See also the section <a class="link" href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION">
     4747    NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a>.</p><p>See also the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDSERVER">password server</a> parameter and
     4748         the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTEDPASSWORDS">encrypted passwords</a> parameter.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSSERVER"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = SERVER</em></span></p><p>
    39164749        In this mode Samba will try to validate the username/password by passing it to another SMB server, such as an
    39174750        NT box. If this fails it will revert to <code class="literal">security = user</code>. It expects the
    3918         <a class="indexterm" name="id323290"></a>encrypted passwords parameter to be set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, unless the remote
     4751        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTEDPASSWORDS">encrypted passwords</a> parameter to be set to <code class="constant">yes</code>, unless the remote
    39194752        server does not support them.  However note that if encrypted passwords have been negotiated then Samba cannot
    39204753        revert back to checking the UNIX password file, it must have a valid <code class="filename">smbpasswd</code> file to check users against. See the chapter about the User Database in
    … …  
    39364769    the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why
    39374770    guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing
    3938     the server to automatically map unknown users into the <a class="indexterm" name="id323348"></a>guest account.
    3939     See the <a class="indexterm" name="id323355"></a>map to guest parameter for details on doing this.</p><p>See also the section <a href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION">
    3940     NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a>.</p><p>See also the <a class="indexterm" name="id323376"></a>password server parameter and the
    3941         <a class="indexterm" name="id323383"></a>encrypted passwords parameter.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSADS"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = ADS</em></span></p><p>In this mode, Samba will act as a domain member in an ADS realm. To operate
     4771    the server to automatically map unknown users into the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTACCOUNT">guest account</a>.
     4772    See the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPTOGUEST">map to guest</a> parameter for details on doing this.</p><p>See also the section <a class="link" href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION">
     4773    NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a>.</p><p>See also the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDSERVER">password server</a> parameter and the
     4774        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTEDPASSWORDS">encrypted passwords</a> parameter.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSADS"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = ADS</em></span></p><p>In this mode, Samba will act as a domain member in an ADS realm. To operate
    39424775                in this mode, the machine running Samba will need to have Kerberos installed
    39434776                and configured and Samba will need to be joined to the ADS realm using the
    … …  
    39474780</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>security</code></em> = <code class="literal">DOMAIN</code>
    39484781</em></span>
    3949 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SECURITYMASK"></a>security mask (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
    3950         This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating the
    3951         UNIX permission on a file using the native NT security dialog box.
    3952         </p><p>
    3953         This parameter is applied as a mask (AND'ed with) to the changed permission bits, thus preventing any bits not
    3954         in this mask from being modified.  Make sure not to mix up this parameter with <a class="indexterm" name="id323475"></a>force  security mode, which works in a manner similar to this one but uses a logical OR instead of an AND.
    3955         </p><p>
    3956         Essentially, zero bits in this mask may be treated as a set of bits the user is not allowed to change.
    3957         </p><p>
    3958         If not set explicitly this parameter is 0777, allowing a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a file.
    3959     </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>
    3960         Note</em></span> that users who can access the Samba server through other means can easily bypass this
    3961     restriction, so it is primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems.  Administrators of
    3962         most normal systems will probably want to leave it set to <code class="constant">0777</code>.
    3963         </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>security mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0777</code>
    3964 </em></span>
    3965 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>security mask</code></em> = <code class="literal">0770</code>
    3966 </em></span>
    3967 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SERVERSCHANNEL"></a>server schannel (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     4782</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id348581"></a>
     4783
     4784server schannel (G)
     4785</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id348582"></a><a name="SERVERSCHANNEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    39684786        This controls whether the server offers or even demands the use of the netlogon schannel.
    3969         <a class="indexterm" name="id323559"></a>server schannel = no does not offer the schannel, <a class="indexterm" name="id323566"></a>server schannel = auto offers the schannel but does not enforce it, and <a class="indexterm" name="id323574"></a>server schannel = yes denies access if the client is not able to speak netlogon schannel.
     4787        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSCHANNEL">server schannel = no</a> does not offer the schannel, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSCHANNEL">server schannel = auto</a> offers the schannel but does not enforce it, and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SERVERSCHANNEL">server schannel = yes</a> denies access if the client is not able to speak netlogon schannel.
    39704788        This is only the case for Windows NT4 before SP4.
    39714789        </p><p>
    … …  
    39764794</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>server schannel</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    39774795</em></span>
    3978 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SERVERSIGNING"></a>server signing (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the server offers or requires
     4796</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id348689"></a>
     4797
     4798server signing (G)
     4799</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id348690"></a><a name="SERVERSIGNING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the server offers or requires
    39794800    the client it talks to to use SMB signing. Possible values
    39804801    are <span class="emphasis"><em>auto</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>mandatory</em></span>
    … …  
    39844805        to disabled, SMB signing is not offered either.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>server signing</code></em> = <code class="literal">Disabled</code>
    39854806</em></span>
    3986 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SERVERSTRING"></a>server string (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls what string will show up in the printer comment box in print
     4807</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id348746"></a>
     4808
     4809server string (G)
     4810</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id348747"></a><a name="SERVERSTRING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what string will show up in the printer comment box in print
    39874811        manager and next to the IPC connection in <code class="literal">net view</code>. It
    39884812        can be any string that you wish to show to your users.</p><p>It also sets what will appear in browse lists next
    … …  
    39934817</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>server string</code></em> = <code class="literal">University of GNUs Samba Server</code>
    39944818</em></span>
    3995 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SETDIRECTORY"></a>set directory (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     4819</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id348834"></a>
     4820
     4821set directory (S)
     4822</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id348835"></a><a name="SETDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    39964823        If <code class="literal">set directory = no</code>, then        users of the
    39974824        service may not use the setdir command to change directory.
    … …  
    40024829        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    40034830</em></span>
    4004 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SETPRIMARYGROUPSCRIPT"></a>set primary group script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Thanks to the Posix subsystem in NT a Windows User has a
     4831</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id348891"></a>
     4832
     4833set primary group script (G)
     4834</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id348892"></a><a name="SETPRIMARYGROUPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Thanks to the Posix subsystem in NT a Windows User has a
    40054835        primary group in addition to the auxiliary groups.  This script
    40064836        sets the primary group in the unix userdatase when an
    … …  
    40144844</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set primary group script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/sbin/usermod -g '%g' '%u'</code>
    40154845</em></span>
    4016 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SETQUOTACOMMAND"></a>set quota command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">set quota command</code> should only be used
     4846</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id348968"></a>
     4847
     4848set quota command (G)
     4849</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id348969"></a><a name="SETQUOTACOMMAND"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>The <code class="literal">set quota command</code> should only be used
    40174850        whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that
    40184851        samba can use.</p><p>This option is only available if Samba was configured with the argument <code class="literal">--with-sys-quotas</code> or
    … …  
    40204853        was found in the system. Most packages are configured with these options already.</p><p>This parameter should specify the path to a script that
    40214854        can set quota for the specified arguments.</p><p>The specified script should take the following arguments:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>1 - quota type
    4022                         </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="circle"><li><p>1 - user quotas</p></li><li><p>2 - user default quotas (uid = -1)</p></li><li><p>3 - group quotas</p></li><li><p>4 - group default quotas (gid = -1)</p></li></ul></div><p>
    4023                         </p></li><li><p>2 - id (uid for user, gid for group, -1 if N/A)</p></li><li><p>3 - quota state (0 = disable, 1 = enable, 2 = enable and enforce)</p></li><li><p>4 - block softlimit</p></li><li><p>5 - block hardlimit</p></li><li><p>6 - inode softlimit</p></li><li><p>7 - inode hardlimit</p></li><li><p>8(optional) - block size, defaults to 1024</p></li></ul></div><p>The script should output at least one line of data on success. And nothing on failure.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set quota command</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
     4855                        </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="circle"><li><p>1 - user quotas</p></li><li><p>2 - user default quotas (uid = -1)</p></li><li><p>3 - group quotas</p></li><li><p>4 - group default quotas (gid = -1)</p></li></ul></div></li><li><p>2 - id (uid for user, gid for group, -1 if N/A)</p></li><li><p>3 - quota state (0 = disable, 1 = enable, 2 = enable and enforce)</p></li><li><p>4 - block softlimit</p></li><li><p>5 - block hardlimit</p></li><li><p>6 - inode softlimit</p></li><li><p>7 - inode hardlimit</p></li><li><p>8(optional) - block size, defaults to 1024</p></li></ul></div><p>The script should output at least one line of data on success. And nothing on failure.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set quota command</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    40244856</em></span>
    40254857</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>set quota command</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/sbin/set_quota</code>
    40264858</em></span>
    4027 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SHAREMODES"></a>share modes (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This enables or disables the honoring of
     4859</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id349122"></a>
     4860
     4861share modes (S)
     4862</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id349123"></a><a name="SHAREMODES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This enables or disables the honoring of
    40284863        the <em class="parameter"><code>share modes</code></em> during a file open. These
    40294864        modes are used by clients to gain exclusive read or write access
    … …  
    40384873        off as many Windows applications will break if you do so.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>share modes</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    40394874</em></span>
    4040 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SHORTPRESERVECASE"></a>short preserve case (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     4875</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id349210"></a>
     4876
     4877short preserve case (S)
     4878</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id349211"></a><a name="SHORTPRESERVECASE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    40414879        This boolean parameter controls if new files which conform to 8.3 syntax, that is all in upper case and of
    4042         suitable length, are created upper case, or if they are forced to be the <a class="indexterm" name="id324165"></a>default case.
    4043         This  option can be use with <a class="indexterm" name="id324172"></a>preserve case = yes to permit long filenames
     4880        suitable length, are created upper case, or if they are forced to be the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEFAULTCASE">default case</a>.
     4881        This  option can be use with <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PRESERVECASE">preserve case = yes</a> to permit long filenames
    40444882        to retain their case, while short names are lowered.
    4045         </p><p>See the section on <a href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>short preserve case</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    4046 </em></span>
    4047 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"></a>show add printer wizard (G)</span></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing support
     4883        </p><p>See the section on <a class="link" href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>short preserve case</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
     4884</em></span>
     4885</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id349284"></a>
     4886
     4887show add printer wizard (G)
     4888</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id349285"></a><a name="SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing support
    40484889    for Windows NT/2000 client in Samba 2.2, a "Printers..." folder will
    40494890    appear on Samba hosts in the share listing.  Normally this folder will
    … …  
    40634904                administrative privilege on an individual printer.</p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>show add printer wizard</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    40644905</em></span>
    4065 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a>shutdown script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This a full path name to a script called by
    4066          <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> that should
     4906</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id349357"></a>
     4907
     4908shutdown script (G)
     4909</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id349358"></a><a name="SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This a full path name to a script called by
     4910         <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> that should
    40674911        start a shutdown procedure.</p><p>If the connected user posseses the <code class="constant">SeRemoteShutdownPrivilege</code>,
    40684912        right, this command will be run as user.</p><p>The %z %t %r %f variables are expanded as follows:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>%z</code></em> will be substituted with the
    … …  
    40884932</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>shutdown script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/usr/local/samba/sbin/shutdown %m %t %r %f</code>
    40894933</em></span>
    4090 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SMBPASSWDFILE"></a>smb passwd file (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option sets the path to the encrypted smbpasswd file. By
     4934</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id349502"></a>
     4935
     4936smb passwd file (G)
     4937</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id349503"></a><a name="SMBPASSWDFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option sets the path to the encrypted smbpasswd file. By
    40914938    default the path to the smbpasswd file  is compiled into Samba.</p><p>
    40924939    An example of use is:
    … …  
    40964943    </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>smb passwd file</code></em> = <code class="literal">${prefix}/private/smbpasswd</code>
    40974944</em></span>
    4098 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SMBPORTS"></a>smb ports (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies which ports the server should listen on for SMB traffic.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>smb ports</code></em> = <code class="literal">445 139</code>
    4099 </em></span>
    4100 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SOCKETADDRESS"></a>socket address (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to control what
     4945</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id349554"></a>
     4946
     4947smb ports (G)
     4948</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id349555"></a><a name="SMBPORTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies which ports the server should listen on for SMB traffic.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>smb ports</code></em> = <code class="literal">445 139</code>
     4949</em></span>
     4950</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id349595"></a>
     4951
     4952socket address (G)
     4953</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id349596"></a><a name="SOCKETADDRESS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to control what
    41014954        address Samba will listen for connections on. This is used to
    41024955        support multiple virtual interfaces on the one server, each
    … …  
    41064959</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>socket address</code></em> = <code class="literal">192.168.2.20</code>
    41074960</em></span>
    4108 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SOCKETOPTIONS"></a>socket options (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to set socket options
     4961</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id349657"></a>
     4962
     4963socket options (G)
     4964</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id349658"></a><a name="SOCKETOPTIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to set socket options
    41094965    to be used when talking with the client.</p><p>Socket options are controls on the networking layer
    41104966    of the operating systems which allow the connection to be
    … …  
    41194975    either incorrectly  typed it or you need to add an include file
    41204976    to includes.h for your OS.  If the latter is the case please
    4121     send the patch to <a href="mailto:samba-technical@samba.org" target="_top">
     4977    send the patch to <a class="ulink" href="mailto:samba-technical@samba.org" target="_top">
    41224978    samba-technical@samba.org</a>.</p><p>Any of the supported socket options may be combined
    41234979    in any way you like, as long as your OS allows it.</p><p>This is the list of socket options currently settable
    … …  
    41344990</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>socket options</code></em> = <code class="literal">IPTOS_LOWDELAY</code>
    41354991</em></span>
    4136 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STATCACHE"></a>stat cache (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will use a cache in order to
     4992</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id349850"></a>
     4993
     4994stat cache (G)
     4995</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id349851"></a><a name="STATCACHE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will use a cache in order to
    41374996        speed up case insensitive name mappings. You should never need
    41384997        to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>stat cache</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    41394998</em></span>
    4140 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STOREDOSATTRIBUTES"></a>store dos attributes (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     4999</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id349899"></a>
     5000
     5001store dos attributes (S)
     5002</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id349900"></a><a name="STOREDOSATTRIBUTES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    41415003        If this parameter is set Samba attempts to first read DOS attributes (SYSTEM, HIDDEN, ARCHIVE or
    41425004        READ-ONLY) from a filesystem extended attribute, before mapping DOS attributes to UNIX permission bits (such
    4143         as occurs with <a class="indexterm" name="id324831"></a>map hidden and <a class="indexterm" name="id324838"></a>map readonly).  When set, DOS
     5005        as occurs with <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPHIDDEN">map hidden</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPREADONLY">map readonly</a>).  When set, DOS
    41445006        attributes will be stored onto an extended attribute in the UNIX filesystem, associated with the file or
    4145         directory.  For no other mapping to occur as a fall-back, the parameters <a class="indexterm" name="id324846"></a>map hidden,
    4146         <a class="indexterm" name="id324854"></a>map system, <a class="indexterm" name="id324861"></a>map archive and <a class="indexterm" name="id324868"></a>map  readonly must be set to off.  This parameter writes the DOS attributes as a string into the extended
     5007        directory.  For no other mapping to occur as a fall-back, the parameters <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPHIDDEN">map hidden</a>,
     5008        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPSYSTEM">map system</a>, <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPARCHIVE">map archive</a> and <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPREADONLY">map  readonly</a> must be set to off.  This parameter writes the DOS attributes as a string into the extended
    41475009        attribute named "user.DOSATTRIB". This extended attribute is explicitly hidden from smbd clients requesting an
    41485010        EA list. On Linux the filesystem must have been mounted with the mount option user_xattr in order for
    … …  
    41505012        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>store dos attributes</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    41515013</em></span>
    4152 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STRICTALLOCATE"></a>strict allocate (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls the handling of
     5014</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350009"></a>
     5015
     5016strict allocate (S)
     5017</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350010"></a><a name="STRICTALLOCATE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls the handling of
    41535018    disk space allocation in the server. When this is set to <code class="constant">yes</code>
    41545019    the server will change from UNIX behaviour of not committing real
    … …  
    41625027    of users.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>strict allocate</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    41635028</em></span>
    4164 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STRICTLOCKING"></a>strict locking (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     5029</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350073"></a>
     5030
     5031strict locking (S)
     5032</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350074"></a><a name="STRICTLOCKING"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    41655033        This is an enumerated type that controls the handling of file locking in the server. When this is set to <code class="constant">yes</code>,
    41665034        the server will check every read and write access for file locks, and deny access if locks exist. This can be slow on
    … …  
    41785046        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>strict locking</code></em> = <code class="literal">Auto</code>
    41795047</em></span>
    4180 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STRICTSYNC"></a>strict sync (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Many Windows applications (including the Windows 98 explorer
     5048</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350145"></a>
     5049
     5050strict sync (S)
     5051</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350146"></a><a name="STRICTSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Many Windows applications (including the Windows 98 explorer
    41815052    shell) seem to confuse flushing buffer contents to disk with doing
    41825053    a sync to disk. Under UNIX, a sync call forces the process to be
    … …  
    41855056    This is very slow and should only be done rarely. Setting this
    41865057    parameter to <code class="constant">no</code> (the default) means that
    4187     <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> ignores the Windows
     5058    <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> ignores the Windows
    41885059    applications requests for a sync call. There is only a possibility
    41895060    of losing data if the operating system itself that Samba is running
    … …  
    41925063    reported with the new Windows98 explorer shell file copies.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>strict sync</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    41935064</em></span>
    4194 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SVCCTLLIST"></a>svcctl list (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of init scripts that smbd
     5065</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350206"></a>
     5066
     5067svcctl list (G)
     5068</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350207"></a><a name="SVCCTLLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option defines a list of init scripts that smbd
    41955069    will use for starting and stopping Unix services via the Win32
    41965070    ServiceControl API.  This allows Windows administrators to
    … …  
    42055079</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>svcctl list</code></em> = <code class="literal">cups postfix portmap httpd</code>
    42065080</em></span>
    4207 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SYNCALWAYS"></a>sync always (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls
     5081</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350287"></a>
     5082
     5083sync always (S)
     5084</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350288"></a><a name="SYNCALWAYS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls
    42085085    whether writes will always be written to stable storage before
    42095086    the write call returns. If this is <code class="constant">no</code> then the server will be
    … …  
    42165093    any affect.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>sync always</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    42175094</em></span>
    4218 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SYSLOG"></a>syslog (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     5095</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350353"></a>
     5096
     5097syslog only (G)
     5098</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350354"></a><a name="SYSLOGONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
     5099    If this parameter is set then Samba debug messages are logged into the system
     5100    syslog only, and not to the debug log files. There still will be some
     5101        logging to log.[sn]mbd even if <span class="emphasis"><em>syslog only</em></span> is enabled.
     5102    </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>syslog only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
     5103</em></span>
     5104</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350399"></a>
     5105
     5106syslog (G)
     5107</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350400"></a><a name="SYSLOG"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    42195108    This parameter maps how Samba debug messages are logged onto the system syslog logging levels.
    42205109    Samba debug level zero maps onto syslog <code class="constant">LOG_ERR</code>, debug level one maps onto
    … …  
    42235112    </p><p>
    42245113    This parameter sets the threshold for sending messages to syslog.  Only messages with debug
    4225     level less than this value will be sent to syslog.
     5114    level less than this value will be sent to syslog. There still will be some
     5115    logging to log.[sn]mbd even if <span class="emphasis"><em>syslog only</em></span> is enabled.
    42265116    </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>syslog</code></em> = <code class="literal">1</code>
    42275117</em></span>
    4228 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SYSLOGONLY"></a>syslog only (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
    4229     If this parameter is set then Samba debug messages are logged into the system
    4230     syslog only, and not to the debug log files.
    4231     </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>syslog only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    4232 </em></span>
    4233 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TEMPLATEHOMEDIR"></a>template homedir (G)</span></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT
    4234         user, the <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon  uses this
     5118</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350465"></a>
     5119
     5120template homedir (G)
     5121</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350466"></a><a name="TEMPLATEHOMEDIR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT
     5122        user, the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon  uses this
    42355123        parameter to fill in the home directory for that user. If the
    42365124        string <em class="parameter"><code>%D</code></em> is present it
    … …  
    42395127        is substituted with the user's Windows  NT user name.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>template homedir</code></em> = <code class="literal">/home/%D/%U</code>
    42405128</em></span>
    4241 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TEMPLATESHELL"></a>template shell (G)</span></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT
    4242         user, the <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon uses this
    4243         parameter to fill in the login shell for that user.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TIMEOFFSET"></a>time offset (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a setting in minutes to add
     5129</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350528"></a>
     5130
     5131template shell (G)
     5132</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350529"></a><a name="TEMPLATESHELL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT
     5133        user, the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon uses this
     5134        parameter to fill in the login shell for that user.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350564"></a>
     5135
     5136time offset (G)
     5137</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350565"></a><a name="TIMEOFFSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a setting in minutes to add
    42445138        to the normal GMT to local time conversion. This is useful if
    42455139        you are serving a lot of PCs that have incorrect daylight
    … …  
    42485142</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>time offset</code></em> = <code class="literal">60</code>
    42495143</em></span>
    4250 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TIMESERVER"></a>time server (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> advertises itself as a time server to Windows
     5144</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350623"></a>
     5145
     5146time server (G)
     5147</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350624"></a><a name="TIMESERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> advertises itself as a time server to Windows
    42515148clients.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>time server</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    42525149</em></span>
    4253 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UNIXCHARSET"></a>unix charset (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies the charset the unix machine
     5150</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350672"></a>
     5151
     5152unix charset (G)
     5153</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350674"></a><a name="UNIXCHARSET"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Specifies the charset the unix machine
    42545154                Samba runs on uses. Samba needs to know this in order to be able to
    42555155                convert text to the charsets other SMB clients use.
    … …  
    42605160</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>unix charset</code></em> = <code class="literal">ASCII</code>
    42615161</em></span>
    4262 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UNIXEXTENSIONS"></a>unix extensions (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba
     5162</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350736"></a>
     5163
     5164unix extensions (G)
     5165</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350737"></a><a name="UNIXEXTENSIONS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba
    42635166    implments the CIFS UNIX extensions, as defined by HP.
    42645167    These extensions enable Samba to better serve UNIX CIFS clients
    … …  
    42675170    no current use to Windows clients.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>unix extensions</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    42685171</em></span>
    4269 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"></a>unix password sync (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba
     5172</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350779"></a>
     5173
     5174unix password sync (G)
     5175</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350780"></a><a name="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba
    42705176    attempts to synchronize the UNIX password with the SMB password
    42715177    when the encrypted SMB password in the smbpasswd file is changed.
    … …  
    42765182        access to the old password cleartext, only the new).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>unix password sync</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    42775183</em></span>
    4278 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UPDATEENCRYPTED"></a>update encrypted (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     5184</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350836"></a>
     5185
     5186update encrypted (G)
     5187</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350837"></a><a name="UPDATEENCRYPTED"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    42795188        This boolean parameter allows a user logging on with a plaintext password to have their encrypted (hashed)
    42805189        password in the smbpasswd file to be updated automatically as they log on. This option allows a site to
    … …  
    42865195        in the smbpasswd file this parameter should be set to <code class="constant">no</code>.
    42875196        </p><p>
    4288         In order for this parameter to be operative the <a class="indexterm" name="id325719"></a>encrypt passwords parameter must
    4289     be set to <code class="constant">no</code>. The default value of <a class="indexterm" name="id325730"></a>encrypt  passwords = Yes. Note: This must be set to <code class="constant">no</code> for this <a class="indexterm" name="id325741"></a>update encrypted to work.
     5197        In order for this parameter to be operative the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS">encrypt passwords</a> parameter must
     5198    be set to <code class="constant">no</code>. The default value of <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS">encrypt  passwords = Yes</a>. Note: This must be set to <code class="constant">no</code> for this <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#UPDATEENCRYPTED">update encrypted</a> to work.
    42905199        </p><p>
    42915200        Note that even when this parameter is set a user authenticating to <code class="literal">smbd</code>
    … …  
    42945203        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>update encrypted</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    42955204</em></span>
    4296 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USECLIENTDRIVER"></a>use client driver (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter applies only to Windows NT/2000
     5205</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id350941"></a>
     5206
     5207use client driver (S)
     5208</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id350942"></a><a name="USECLIENTDRIVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter applies only to Windows NT/2000
    42975209    clients.  It has no effect on Windows 95/98/ME clients.  When
    42985210    serving a printer to Windows NT/2000 clients without first installing
    … …  
    43195231        server.</em></span></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use client driver</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    43205232</em></span>
    4321 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USEKERBEROSKEYTAB"></a>use kerberos keytab (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     5233</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351010"></a>
     5234
     5235use kerberos keytab (G)
     5236</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351011"></a><a name="USEKERBEROSKEYTAB"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    43225237        Specifies whether Samba should attempt to maintain service principals in the systems
    43235238        keytab file for <code class="constant">host/FQDN</code> and <code class="constant">cifs/FQDN</code>.
    … …  
    43315246        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use kerberos keytab</code></em> = <code class="literal">False</code>
    43325247</em></span>
    4333 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USEMMAP"></a>use mmap (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This global parameter determines if the tdb internals of Samba can
     5248</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351074"></a>
     5249
     5250use mmap (G)
     5251</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351075"></a><a name="USEMMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This global parameter determines if the tdb internals of Samba can
    43345252    depend on mmap working correctly on the running system. Samba requires a coherent
    43355253    mmap/read-write system memory cache. Currently only HPUX does not have such a
    … …  
    43405258    </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use mmap</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    43415259</em></span>
    4342 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USER"></a>user</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for username.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERS"></a>users</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for username.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERNAME"></a>username (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Multiple users may be specified in a comma-delimited
     5260</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351122"></a>
     5261
     5262username level (G)
     5263</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351123"></a><a name="USERNAMELEVEL"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This option helps Samba to try and 'guess' at
     5264    the real UNIX username, as many DOS clients send an all-uppercase
     5265    username. By default Samba tries all lowercase, followed by the
     5266    username with the first letter capitalized, and fails if the
     5267    username is not found on the UNIX machine.</p><p>If this parameter is set to non-zero the behavior changes.
     5268    This parameter is a number that specifies the number of uppercase
     5269    combinations to try while trying to determine the UNIX user name. The
     5270    higher the number the more combinations will be tried, but the slower
     5271    the discovery of usernames will be. Use this parameter when you have
     5272    strange usernames on your UNIX machine, such as <code class="constant">AstrangeUser
     5273    </code>.</p><p>This parameter is needed only on UNIX systems that have case
     5274    sensitive usernames.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username level</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code>
     5275</em></span>
     5276</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username level</code></em> = <code class="literal">5</code>
     5277</em></span>
     5278</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351196"></a>
     5279
     5280username map script (G)
     5281</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351197"></a><a name="USERNAMEMAPSCRIPT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This script is a mutually exclusive alternative to the
     5282        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#USERNAMEMAP">username map</a> parameter.  This parameter
     5283        specifies and external program or script that must accept a single
     5284        command line option (the username transmitted in the authentication
     5285        request) and return a line line on standard output (the name to which
     5286        the account should mapped).  In this way, it is possible to store
     5287        username map tables in an LDAP or NIS directory services.
     5288        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username map script</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
     5289</em></span>
     5290</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username map script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc/samba/scripts/mapusers.sh</code>
     5291</em></span>
     5292</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351267"></a>
     5293
     5294username map (G)
     5295</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351268"></a><a name="USERNAMEMAP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
     5296        This option allows you to specify a file containing a mapping of usernames from the clients to the server.
     5297        This can be used for several purposes. The most common is to map usernames that users use on DOS or Windows
     5298        machines to those that the UNIX box uses. The other is to map multiple users to a single username so that they
     5299        can more easily share files.
     5300        </p><p>
     5301        Please note that for user or share mode security, the username map is applied prior to validating the user
     5302        credentials.  Domain member servers (domain or ads) apply the username map after the user has been
     5303        successfully authenticated by the domain controller and require fully qualified enties in the map table (e.g.
     5304        biddle = <code class="literal">DOMAIN\foo</code>).
     5305        </p><p>
     5306        The map file is parsed line by line. Each line should contain a single UNIX username on the left then a '='
     5307        followed by a list of usernames on the right. The list of usernames on the right may contain names of the form
     5308        @group in which case they will match any UNIX username in that group. The special client name '*' is a
     5309        wildcard and matches any name. Each line of the map file may be up to 1023 characters long.
     5310        </p><p>
     5311        The file is processed on each line by taking the supplied username and comparing it with each username on the
     5312        right hand side of the '=' signs. If the supplied name matches any of the names on the right hand side then it
     5313        is replaced with the name on the left. Processing then continues with the next line.
     5314        </p><p>
     5315        If any line begins with a '#' or a ';' then it is ignored.
     5316        </p><p>
     5317        If any line begins with an '!' then the processing will stop after that line if a mapping was done by the
     5318        line.  Otherwise mapping continues with every line being processed.  Using '!' is most useful when you have a
     5319        wildcard mapping line later in the file.
     5320        </p><p>
     5321        For example to map from the name <code class="constant">admin</code> or <code class="constant">administrator</code> to the UNIX
     5322        name <code class="constant"> root</code> you would use:
     5323</p><pre class="programlisting">
     5324<code class="literal">root = admin administrator</code>
     5325</pre><p>
     5326        Or to map anyone in the UNIX group <code class="constant">system</code> to the UNIX name <code class="constant">sys</code> you would use:
     5327</p><pre class="programlisting">
     5328<code class="literal">sys = @system</code>
     5329</pre><p>
     5330        </p><p>
     5331        You can have as many mappings as you like in a username map file.
     5332        </p><p>
     5333        If your system supports the NIS NETGROUP option then the netgroup database is checked before the <code class="filename">/etc/group </code> database for matching groups.
     5334        </p><p>
     5335        You can map Windows usernames that have spaces in them by using double quotes around the name. For example:
     5336</p><pre class="programlisting">
     5337<code class="literal">tridge = "Andrew Tridgell"</code>
     5338</pre><p>
     5339    would map the windows username "Andrew Tridgell" to the unix username "tridge".
     5340        </p><p>
     5341        The following example would map mary and fred to the unix user sys, and map the rest to guest. Note the use of the
     5342    '!' to tell Samba to stop processing if it gets a match on that line:
     5343</p><pre class="programlisting">
     5344!sys = mary fred
     5345guest = *
     5346</pre><p>
     5347    </p><p>
     5348        Note that the remapping is applied to all occurrences of usernames.  Thus if you connect to \\server\fred and
     5349        <code class="constant">fred</code> is remapped to <code class="constant">mary</code> then you will actually be connecting to
     5350        \\server\mary and will need to supply a password suitable for <code class="constant">mary</code> not
     5351        <code class="constant">fred</code>. The only exception to this is the username passed to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDSERVER">password server</a> (if you have one). The password server will receive whatever username the client
     5352        supplies without  modification.
     5353    </p><p>
     5354        Also note that no reverse mapping is done. The main effect this has is with printing. Users who have been
     5355        mapped may have trouble deleting print jobs as PrintManager under WfWg will think they don't own the print
     5356        job.
     5357        </p><p>
     5358        Samba versions prior to 3.0.8 would only support reading the fully qualified username
     5359        (e.g.: <code class="literal">DOMAIN\user</code>) from
     5360        the username map when performing a kerberos login from a client.  However, when looking up a map entry for a
     5361        user authenticated by NTLM[SSP], only the login name would be used for matches.  This resulted in inconsistent
     5362        behavior sometimes even on the same server.
     5363   </p><p>
     5364   The following functionality is obeyed in version 3.0.8 and later:
     5365   </p><p>
     5366    When performing local authentication, the username map is applied to the login name before attempting to authenticate
     5367    the connection.
     5368    </p><p>
     5369    When relying upon a external domain controller for validating authentication requests, smbd will apply the username map
     5370    to the fully qualified username (i.e. <code class="literal">DOMAIN\user</code>) only after the user has been successfully authenticated.
     5371    </p><p>
     5372    An example of use is:
     5373</p><pre class="programlisting">
     5374username map = /usr/local/samba/lib/users.map
     5375</pre><p>
     5376    </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username map</code></em> = <code class="literal">
     5377# no username map</code>
     5378</em></span>
     5379</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351509"></a><a name="USER"></a>user</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351510"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#USERNAME">username</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351540"></a><a name="USERS"></a>users</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351541"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#USERNAME">username</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351570"></a>
     5380
     5381username (S)
     5382</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351571"></a><a name="USERNAME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Multiple users may be specified in a comma-delimited
    43435383    list, in which case the supplied password will be tested against
    43445384    each username in turn (left to right).</p><p>The <em class="parameter"><code>username</code></em> line is needed only when
    … …  
    43595399    telnet session. The daemon runs as the user that they log in as,
    43605400    so they cannot do anything that user cannot do.</p><p>To restrict a service to a particular set of users you
    4361     can use the <a class="indexterm" name="id326066"></a>valid users parameter.</p><p>If any of the usernames begin with a '@' then the name
     5401    can use the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VALIDUSERS">valid users</a> parameter.</p><p>If any of the usernames begin with a '@' then the name
    43625402    will be looked up first in the NIS netgroups list (if Samba
    43635403    is compiled with netgroup support), followed by a lookup in
    … …  
    43705410    of all users in the netgroup group of that name.</p><p>Note that searching though a groups database can take
    43715411    quite some time, and some clients may time out during the
    4372     search.</p><p>See the section <a href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION">NOTE ABOUT
     5412    search.</p><p>See the section <a class="link" href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION">NOTE ABOUT
    43735413        USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a> for more information on how
    43745414        this parameter determines access to the services.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username</code></em> = <code class="literal">
    … …  
    43785418</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username</code></em> = <code class="literal">fred, mary, jack, jane, @users, @pcgroup</code>
    43795419</em></span>
    4380 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERNAMELEVEL"></a>username level (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option helps Samba to try and 'guess' at
    4381     the real UNIX username, as many DOS clients send an all-uppercase
    4382     username. By default Samba tries all lowercase, followed by the
    4383     username with the first letter capitalized, and fails if the
    4384     username is not found on the UNIX machine.</p><p>If this parameter is set to non-zero the behavior changes.
    4385     This parameter is a number that specifies the number of uppercase
    4386     combinations to try while trying to determine the UNIX user name. The
    4387     higher the number the more combinations will be tried, but the slower
    4388     the discovery of usernames will be. Use this parameter when you have
    4389     strange usernames on your UNIX machine, such as <code class="constant">AstrangeUser
    4390     </code>.</p><p>This parameter is needed only on UNIX systems that have case
    4391     sensitive usernames.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username level</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code>
    4392 </em></span>
    4393 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username level</code></em> = <code class="literal">5</code>
    4394 </em></span>
    4395 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERNAMEMAP"></a>username map (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
    4396         This option allows you to specify a file containing a mapping of usernames from the clients to the server.
    4397         This can be used for several purposes. The most common is to map usernames that users use on DOS or Windows
    4398         machines to those that the UNIX box uses. The other is to map multiple users to a single username so that they
    4399         can more easily share files.
    4400         </p><p>
    4401         Please note that for user or share mode security, the username map is applied prior to validating the user
    4402         credentials.  Domain member servers (domain or ads) apply the username map after the user has been
    4403         successfully authenticated by the domain controller and require fully qualified enties in the map table (e.g.
    4404         biddle = DOMAIN\foo).
    4405         </p><p>
    4406         The map file is parsed line by line. Each line should contain a single UNIX username on the left then a '='
    4407         followed by a list of usernames on the right. The list of usernames on the right may contain names of the form
    4408         @group in which case they will match any UNIX username in that group. The special client name '*' is a
    4409         wildcard and matches any name. Each line of the map file may be up to 1023 characters long.
    4410         </p><p>
    4411         The file is processed on each line by taking the supplied username and comparing it with each username on the
    4412         right hand side of the '=' signs. If the supplied name matches any of the names on the right hand side then it
    4413         is replaced with the name on the left. Processing then continues with the next line.
    4414         </p><p>
    4415         If any line begins with a '#' or a ';' then it is ignored.
    4416         </p><p>
    4417         If any line begins with an '!' then the processing will stop after that line if a mapping was done by the
    4418         line.  Otherwise mapping continues with every line being processed.  Using '!' is most useful when you have a
    4419         wildcard mapping line later in the file.
    4420         </p><p>
    4421         For example to map from the name <code class="constant">admin</code> or <code class="constant">administrator</code> to the UNIX
    4422         name <code class="constant"> root</code> you would use:
    4423 </p><pre class="programlisting">
    4424 <code class="literal">root = admin administrator</code>
    4425 </pre><p>
    4426         Or to map anyone in the UNIX group <code class="constant">system</code> to the UNIX name <code class="constant">sys</code> you would use:
    4427 </p><pre class="programlisting">
    4428 <code class="literal">sys = @system</code>
    4429 </pre><p>
    4430         </p><p>
    4431         You can have as many mappings as you like in a username map file.
    4432         </p><p>
    4433         If your system supports the NIS NETGROUP option then the netgroup database is checked before the <code class="filename">/etc/group </code> database for matching groups.
    4434         </p><p>
    4435         You can map Windows usernames that have spaces in them by using double quotes around the name. For example:
    4436 </p><pre class="programlisting">
    4437 <code class="literal">tridge = "Andrew Tridgell"</code>
    4438 </pre><p>
    4439     would map the windows username "Andrew Tridgell" to the unix username "tridge".
    4440         </p><p>
    4441         The following example would map mary and fred to the unix user sys, and map the rest to guest. Note the use of the
    4442     '!' to tell Samba to stop processing if it gets a match on that line:
    4443 </p><pre class="programlisting">
    4444 !sys = mary fred
    4445 guest = *
    4446 </pre><p>
    4447     </p><p>
    4448         Note that the remapping is applied to all occurrences of usernames.  Thus if you connect to \\server\fred and
    4449         <code class="constant">fred</code> is remapped to <code class="constant">mary</code> then you will actually be connecting to
    4450         \\server\mary and will need to supply a password suitable for <code class="constant">mary</code> not
    4451         <code class="constant">fred</code>. The only exception to this is the username passed to the <a class="indexterm" name="id326373"></a>password server (if you have one). The password server will receive whatever username the client
    4452         supplies without  modification.
    4453     </p><p>
    4454         Also note that no reverse mapping is done. The main effect this has is with printing. Users who have been
    4455         mapped may have trouble deleting print jobs as PrintManager under WfWg will think they don't own the print
    4456         job.
    4457         </p><p>
    4458         Samba versions prior to 3.0.8 would only support reading the fully qualified username (e.g.: DOMAIN\user) from
    4459         the username map when performing a kerberos login from a client.  However, when looking up a map entry for a
    4460         user authenticated by NTLM[SSP], only the login name would be used for matches.  This resulted in inconsistent
    4461         behavior sometimes even on the same server.
    4462    </p><p>
    4463    The following functionality is obeyed in version 3.0.8 and later:
    4464    </p><p>
    4465     When performing local authentication, the username map is applied to the login name before attempting to authenticate
    4466     the connection.
    4467     </p><p>
    4468     When relying upon a external domain controller for validating authentication requests, smbd will apply the username map
    4469     to the fully qualified username (i.e. DOMAIN\user) only after the user has been successfully authenticated.
    4470     </p><p>
    4471     An example of use is:
    4472 </p><pre class="programlisting">
    4473 username map = /usr/local/samba/lib/users.map
    4474 </pre><p>
    4475     </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username map</code></em> = <code class="literal">
    4476 # no username map</code>
    4477 </em></span>
    4478 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERNAMEMAPSCRIPT"></a>username map script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This script is a mutually exclusive alternative to the
    4479         <a class="indexterm" name="id326456"></a>username map parameter.  This parameter
    4480         specifies and external program or script that must accept a single
    4481         command line option (the username transmitted in the authentication
    4482         request) and return a line line on standard output (the name to which
    4483         the account should mapped).  In this way, it is possible to store
    4484         username map tables in an LDAP or NIS directory services.
    4485         </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username map script</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    4486 </em></span>
    4487 </p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>username map script</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc/samba/scripts/mapusers.sh</code>
    4488 </em></span>
    4489 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERSHAREALLOWGUESTS"></a>usershare allow guests (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether user defined shares are allowed
     5420</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351716"></a>
     5421
     5422usershare allow guests (G)
     5423</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351717"></a><a name="USERSHAREALLOWGUESTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether user defined shares are allowed
    44905424        to be accessed by non-authenticated users or not. It is the equivalent
    44915425        of allowing people who can create a share the option of setting
    … …  
    44945428        is set to off.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare allow guests</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    44955429</em></span>
    4496 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERSHAREMAXSHARES"></a>usershare max shares (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of user defined shares
     5430</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351765"></a>
     5431
     5432usershare max shares (G)
     5433</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351766"></a><a name="USERSHAREMAXSHARES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of user defined shares
    44975434        that are allowed to be created by users belonging to the group owning the
    44985435        usershare directory. If set to zero (the default) user defined shares are ignored.
    44995436        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare max shares</code></em> = <code class="literal">0</code>
    45005437</em></span>
    4501 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERSHAREOWNERONLY"></a>usershare owner only (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether the pathname exported by
     5438</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351807"></a>
     5439
     5440usershare owner only (G)
     5441</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351808"></a><a name="USERSHAREOWNERONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether the pathname exported by
    45025442        a user defined shares must be owned by the user creating the
    45035443        user defined share or not. If set to True (the default) then
    … …  
    45095449        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare owner only</code></em> = <code class="literal">True</code>
    45105450</em></span>
    4511 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERSHAREPATH"></a>usershare path (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the absolute path of the directory on the
     5451</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351851"></a>
     5452
     5453usershare path (G)
     5454</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351852"></a><a name="USERSHAREPATH"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the absolute path of the directory on the
    45125455        filesystem used to store the user defined share definition files.
    45135456        This directory must be owned by root, and have no access for
    … …  
    45305473        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare path</code></em> = <code class="literal">NULL</code>
    45315474</em></span>
    4532 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXALLOWLIST"></a>usershare prefix allow list (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames
     5475</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351915"></a>
     5476
     5477usershare prefix allow list (G)
     5478</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351916"></a><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXALLOWLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames
    45335479        the root of which are allowed to be exported by user defined share definitions.
    45345480        If the pathname exported doesn't start with one of the strings in this
    … …  
    45455491</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare prefix allow list</code></em> = <code class="literal">/home /data /space</code>
    45465492</em></span>
    4547 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXDENYLIST"></a>usershare prefix deny list (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames
     5493</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id351982"></a>
     5494
     5495usershare prefix deny list (G)
     5496</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id351983"></a><a name="USERSHAREPREFIXDENYLIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a list of absolute pathnames
    45485497        the root of which are NOT allowed to be exported by user defined share definitions.
    45495498        If the pathname exported starts with one of the strings in this
    … …  
    45615510</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare prefix deny list</code></em> = <code class="literal">/etc /dev /private</code>
    45625511</em></span>
    4563 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERSHARETEMPLATESHARE"></a>usershare template share (G)</span></dt><dd><p>User defined shares only have limited possible parameters
     5512</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352053"></a>
     5513
     5514usershare template share (G)
     5515</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352054"></a><a name="USERSHARETEMPLATESHARE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>User defined shares only have limited possible parameters
    45645516        such as path, guest ok etc. This parameter allows usershares to
    45655517        "cloned" from an existing share. If "usershare template share"
    … …  
    45765528</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>usershare template share</code></em> = <code class="literal">template_share</code>
    45775529</em></span>
    4578 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USESENDFILE"></a>use sendfile (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, and the <code class="constant">sendfile()</code>
     5530</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352120"></a>
     5531
     5532use sendfile (S)
     5533</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352121"></a><a name="USESENDFILE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <code class="constant">yes</code>, and the <code class="constant">sendfile()</code>
    45795534    system call is supported by the underlying operating system, then some SMB read calls
    45805535    (mainly ReadAndX and ReadRaw) will use the more efficient sendfile system call for files that
    … …  
    45855540    </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use sendfile</code></em> = <code class="literal">false</code>
    45865541</em></span>
    4587 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USESPNEGO"></a>use spnego (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This variable controls controls whether samba will try
     5542</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352172"></a>
     5543
     5544use spnego (G)
     5545</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352173"></a><a name="USESPNEGO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This variable controls controls whether samba will try
    45885546    to use Simple and Protected NEGOciation (as specified by rfc2478) with
    45895547    WindowsXP and Windows2000 clients to agree upon an authentication mechanism.
    … …  
    45935551        disabled.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>use spnego</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    45945552</em></span>
    4595 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UTMP"></a>utmp (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
    4596         This boolean parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled 
    4597         with the option <code class="literal">--with-utmp</code>. If set to
    4598          <code class="constant">yes</code> then Samba will attempt to add utmp or utmpx records
    4599         (depending on the UNIX system) whenever a connection is made to a Samba server.
    4600         Sites may use this to record the user connecting to a Samba share.
    4601         </p><p>
    4602         Due to the requirements of the utmp record, we  are required to create a unique
    4603         identifier for the incoming user.  Enabling this option creates an n^2  algorithm
    4604         to find this number.  This may impede performance on large installations.
    4605         </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>utmp</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    4606 </em></span>
    4607 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UTMPDIRECTORY"></a>utmp directory (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has
     5553</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352218"></a>
     5554
     5555utmp directory (G)
     5556</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352219"></a><a name="UTMPDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has
    46085557        been configured and compiled with the option <code class="literal">
    46095558        --with-utmp</code>. It specifies a directory pathname that is
    … …  
    46175566</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>utmp directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/var/run/utmp</code>
    46185567</em></span>
    4619 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="-VALID"></a>-valid (S)</span></dt><dd><p> This parameter indicates whether a share is
    4620         valid and thus can be used. When this parameter is set to false,
    4621         the share will be in no way visible nor accessible.
    4622         </p><p>
    4623         This option should not be
    4624         used by regular users but might be of help to developers.
    4625         Samba uses this option internally to mark shares as deleted.
    4626         </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>-valid</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    4627 </em></span>
    4628 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VALIDUSERS"></a>valid users (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     5568</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352292"></a>
     5569
     5570utmp (G)
     5571</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352293"></a><a name="UTMP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
     5572        This boolean parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled 
     5573        with the option <code class="literal">--with-utmp</code>. If set to
     5574         <code class="constant">yes</code> then Samba will attempt to add utmp or utmpx records
     5575        (depending on the UNIX system) whenever a connection is made to a Samba server.
     5576        Sites may use this to record the user connecting to a Samba share.
     5577        </p><p>
     5578        Due to the requirements of the utmp record, we  are required to create a unique
     5579        identifier for the incoming user.  Enabling this option creates an n^2  algorithm
     5580        to find this number.  This may impede performance on large installations.
     5581        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>utmp</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
     5582</em></span>
     5583</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352349"></a>
     5584
     5585valid users (S)
     5586</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352350"></a><a name="VALIDUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    46295587    This is a list of users that should be allowed to login to this service. Names starting with
    46305588    '@', '+' and  '&amp;' are interpreted using the same rules as described in the
    … …  
    46425600</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>valid users</code></em> = <code class="literal">greg, @pcusers</code>
    46435601</em></span>
    4644 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VETOFILES"></a>veto files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     5602</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352436"></a>
     5603
     5604-valid (S)
     5605</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352437"></a><a name="-VALID"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p> This parameter indicates whether a share is
     5606        valid and thus can be used. When this parameter is set to false,
     5607        the share will be in no way visible nor accessible.
     5608        </p><p>
     5609        This option should not be
     5610        used by regular users but might be of help to developers.
     5611        Samba uses this option internally to mark shares as deleted.
     5612        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>-valid</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
     5613</em></span>
     5614</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352481"></a>
     5615
     5616veto files (S)
     5617</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352482"></a><a name="VETOFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    46455618        This is a list of files and directories that are neither visible nor accessible.  Each entry in
    46465619        the list must be separated by a '/', which allows spaces to be included in the entry. '*' and '?'
    … …  
    46505623        unix directory  separator '/'.
    46515624        </p><p>
    4652         Note that the <a class="indexterm" name="id327272"></a>case sensitive option is applicable in vetoing files.
     5625        Note that the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CASESENSITIVE">case sensitive</a> option is applicable in vetoing files.
    46535626        </p><p>
    46545627        One feature of the veto files parameter that it is important to be aware of is Samba's behaviour when
    46555628        trying to delete a directory. If a directory that is to be deleted contains nothing but veto files this
    4656         deletion will <span class="emphasis"><em>fail</em></span> unless you also set the <a class="indexterm" name="id327288"></a>delete veto files
     5629        deletion will <span class="emphasis"><em>fail</em></span> unless you also set the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEVETOFILES">delete veto files</a>
    46575630        parameter to <em class="parameter"><code>yes</code></em>.
    46585631        </p><p>
    … …  
    46735646        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>veto files</code></em> = <code class="literal">No files or directories are vetoed.</code>
    46745647</em></span>
    4675 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VETOOPLOCKFILES"></a>veto oplock files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
    4676         This parameter is only valid when the <a class="indexterm" name="id327357"></a>oplocks
     5648</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352588"></a>
     5649
     5650veto oplock files (S)
     5651</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352589"></a><a name="VETOOPLOCKFILES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
     5652        This parameter is only valid when the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OPLOCKS">oplocks</a>
    46775653        parameter is turned on for a share. It allows the Samba administrator
    46785654        to selectively turn off the granting of oplocks on selected files that
    46795655        match a wildcarded list, similar to the wildcarded list used in the
    4680         <a class="indexterm" name="id327366"></a>veto files parameter.
     5656        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VETOFILES">veto files</a> parameter.
    46815657        </p><p>
    46825658        You might want to do this on files that you know will be heavily contended
    … …  
    46945670# No files are vetoed for oplock grants</code>
    46955671</em></span>
    4696 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VFSOBJECT"></a>vfs object</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for vfs objects.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VFSOBJECTS"></a>vfs objects (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the backend names which
     5672</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352674"></a><a name="VFSOBJECT"></a>vfs object</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352675"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352704"></a>
     5673
     5674vfs objects (S)
     5675</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352705"></a><a name="VFSOBJECTS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the backend names which
    46975676        are used for Samba VFS I/O operations.  By default, normal
    46985677        disk I/O operations are used but these can be overloaded
    … …  
    47015680</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>vfs objects</code></em> = <code class="literal">extd_audit recycle</code>
    47025681</em></span>
    4703 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VOLUME"></a>volume (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the volume label
     5682</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352762"></a>
     5683
     5684volume (S)
     5685</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352763"></a><a name="VOLUME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the volume label
    47045686        returned for a share. Useful for CDROMs with installation programs
    47055687        that insist on a particular volume label.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>volume</code></em> = <code class="literal">
    47065688# the name of the share</code>
    47075689</em></span>
    4708 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WIDELINKS"></a>wide links (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not links
     5690</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352804"></a>
     5691
     5692wide links (S)
     5693</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352805"></a><a name="WIDELINKS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not links
    47095694        in the UNIX file system may be followed by the server. Links
    47105695        that point to areas within the directory tree exported by the
    … …  
    47145699        that Samba has to  do in order to perform the link checks.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wide links</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    47155700</em></span>
    4716 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDCACHETIME"></a>winbind cache time (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of
    4717         seconds the <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon will cache
     5701</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352852"></a>
     5702
     5703winbind cache time (G)
     5704</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352853"></a><a name="WINBINDCACHETIME"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of
     5705        seconds the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon will cache
    47185706        user and group information before querying a Windows NT server
    47195707        again.</p><p>
    47205708        This does not apply to authentication requests, these are always
    4721         evaluated in real time unless the <a class="indexterm" name="id327609"></a>winbind   offline logon option has been enabled.
     5709        evaluated in real time unless the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDOFFLINELOGON">winbind   offline logon</a> option has been enabled.
    47225710        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind cache time</code></em> = <code class="literal">300</code>
    47235711</em></span>
    4724 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDENUMGROUPS"></a>winbind enum groups (G)</span></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be necessary to suppress
     5712</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id352918"></a>
     5713
     5714winbind enum groups (G)
     5715</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id352919"></a><a name="WINBINDENUMGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be necessary to suppress
    47255716        the enumeration of groups through the <code class="literal">setgrent()</code>,
    47265717        <code class="literal">getgrent()</code> and
    … …  
    47305721        call will not return any data. </p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>Turning off group enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly.  </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind enum groups</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    47315722</em></span>
    4732 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDENUMUSERS"></a>winbind enum users (G)</span></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be
     5723</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id353006"></a>
     5724
     5725winbind enum users (G)
     5726</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id353007"></a><a name="WINBINDENUMUSERS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be
    47335727        necessary to suppress the enumeration of users through the <code class="literal">setpwent()</code>,
    47345728         <code class="literal">getpwent()</code> and
    … …  
    47425736        usernames. </p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind enum users</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    47435737</em></span>
    4744 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDEXPANDGROUPS"></a>winbind expand groups (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum depth that winbindd
    4745               will traverse when flattening nested group memberships
    4746               of Windows domain groups.  This is different from the
    4747               <a class="indexterm" name="id327830"></a>winbind nested groups option
    4748               which implements the Windows NT4 model of local group
    4749               nesting.  The "winbind expand groups"
    4750               parameter specifically applies to the membership of
    4751               domain groups.</p><p>Be aware that a high value for this parameter can
    4752          result in system slowdown as the main parent winbindd daemon
    4753          must perform the group unrolling and will be unable to answer
    4754          incoming NSS or authentication requests during this time.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind expand groups</code></em> = <code class="literal">1</code>
    4755 </em></span>
    4756 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDNESTEDGROUPS"></a>winbind nested groups (G)</span></dt><dd><p>If set to yes, this parameter activates the support for nested
     5738</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id353095"></a>
     5739
     5740winbind nested groups (G)
     5741</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id353096"></a><a name="WINBINDNESTEDGROUPS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If set to yes, this parameter activates the support for nested
    47575742                 groups. Nested groups are also called local groups or
    47585743                 aliases. They work like their counterparts in Windows: Nested
    … …  
    47625747                 groups, you need to run nss_winbind.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind nested groups</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    47635748</em></span>
    4764 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDNORMALIZENAMES"></a>winbind normalize names (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether winbindd will replace
     5749</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id353140"></a>
     5750
     5751winbind normalize names (G)
     5752</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id353141"></a><a name="WINBINDNORMALIZENAMES"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether winbindd will replace
    47655753        whitespace in user and group names with an underscore (_) character.
    47665754        For example, whether the name "Space Kadet" should be
    … …  
    47745762</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind normalize names</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    47755763</em></span>
    4776 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDNSSINFO"></a>winbind nss info (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control how Winbind retrieves Name
     5764</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id353202"></a>
     5765
     5766winbind nss info (G)
     5767</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id353203"></a><a name="WINBINDNSSINFO"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control how Winbind retrieves Name
    47775768        Service Information to construct a user's home directory and login shell.
    47785769        Currently the following settings are available:
    … …  
    47815772                        - The default, using the parameters of <em class="parameter"><code>template
    47825773                        shell</code></em> and <em class="parameter"><code>template homedir</code></em>)
    4783                         </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>sfu</code></em>
     5774                        </p></li><li><p><em class="parameter"><code>&lt;sfu | rfc2307 &gt;</code></em>
    47845775                        - When Samba is running in security = ads and your Active Directory
    47855776                        Domain Controller does support the Microsoft "Services for Unix" (SFU)
    47865777                        LDAP schema, winbind can retrieve the login shell and the home
    47875778                        directory attributes directly from your Directory Server. Note that
    4788                         retrieving UID and GID from your ADS-Server requires to use
    4789                         <em class="parameter"><code>idmap backend</code></em> = idmap_ad as well.
     5779                        retrieving UID and GID from your ADS-Server requires to
     5780                        use <em class="parameter"><code>idmap backend</code></em> = ad
     5781                        or <em class="parameter"><code>idmap config DOMAIN:backend</code></em> = ad
     5782                        as well.
    47905783                        </p></li></ul></div><p>
    47915784
    … …  
    47945787</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind nss info</code></em> = <code class="literal">template sfu</code>
    47955788</em></span>
    4796 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDOFFLINELOGON"></a>winbind offline logon (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should
     5789</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id353314"></a>
     5790
     5791winbind offline logon (G)
     5792</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id353315"></a><a name="WINBINDOFFLINELOGON"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should
    47975793        allow to login with the <em class="parameter"><code>pam_winbind</code></em>
    47985794        module using Cached Credentials. If enabled, winbindd will store user credentials
    … …  
    48025798</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind offline logon</code></em> = <code class="literal">true</code>
    48035799</em></span>
    4804 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDREFRESHTICKETS"></a>winbind refresh tickets (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should refresh Kerberos Tickets
     5800</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id353380"></a>
     5801
     5802winbind refresh tickets (G)
     5803</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id353381"></a><a name="WINBINDREFRESHTICKETS"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is designed to control whether Winbind should refresh Kerberos Tickets
    48055804        retrieved using the <em class="parameter"><code>pam_winbind</code></em> module.
    48065805
    … …  
    48095808</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind refresh tickets</code></em> = <code class="literal">true</code>
    48105809</em></span>
    4811 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDRPCONLY"></a>winbind rpc only (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
    4812         Setting this parameter to <code class="literal">yes</code> forces
    4813         winbindd to use RPC instead of LDAP to retrieve information from Domain
    4814         Controllers.
    4815         </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind rpc only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    4816 </em></span>
    4817 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDSEPARATOR"></a>winbind separator (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an admin to define the character
     5810</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id353445"></a>
     5811
     5812winbind separator (G)
     5813</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id353446"></a><a name="WINBINDSEPARATOR"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an admin to define the character
    48185814        used when listing a username of the form of <em class="replaceable"><code>DOMAIN
    48195815        </code></em>\<em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em>.  This parameter
    … …  
    48265822</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind separator</code></em> = <code class="literal">+</code>
    48275823</em></span>
    4828 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDTRUSTEDDOMAINSONLY"></a>winbind trusted domains only (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     5824</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id353527"></a>
     5825
     5826winbind trusted domains only (G)
     5827</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id353528"></a><a name="WINBINDTRUSTEDDOMAINSONLY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    48295828        This parameter is designed to allow Samba servers that are members
    48305829        of a Samba controlled domain to use UNIX accounts distributed via NIS,
    … …  
    48345833        </p><p>
    48355834        This parameter is now deprecated in favor of the newer idmap_nss backend.
    4836         Refer to the <a class="indexterm" name="id328357"></a>idmap domains smb.conf option and
    4837         the <a href="idmap_nss.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_nss</span>(8)</span></a> man page for more information.
     5835        Refer to the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS">idmap domains</a> smb.conf option and
     5836        the <a class="citerefentry" href="idmap_nss.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">idmap_nss</span>(8)</span></a> man page for more information.
    48385837        </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind trusted domains only</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    48395838</em></span>
    4840 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN"></a>winbind use default domain (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether the
    4841          <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon should operate on users 
     5839</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id353600"></a>
     5840
     5841winbind use default domain (G)
     5842</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id353601"></a><a name="WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether the
     5843         <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon should operate on users 
    48425844        without domain component in their username. Users without a domain
    48435845        component are treated as is part of the winbindd server's own
    … …  
    48485850</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>winbind use default domain</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    48495851</em></span>
    4850 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINSHOOK"></a>wins hook (G)</span></dt><dd><p>When Samba is running as a WINS server this
     5852</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id353668"></a>
     5853
     5854wins hook (G)
     5855</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id353670"></a><a name="WINSHOOK"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>When Samba is running as a WINS server this
    48515856        allows you to call an external program for all changes to the
    48525857        WINS database. The primary use for this option is to allow the
    … …  
    48695874                        empty then the name should be deleted.</p></li></ul></div><p>An example script that calls the BIND dynamic DNS update
    48705875        program <code class="literal">nsupdate</code> is provided in the examples
    4871         directory of the Samba source code. </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINSPROXY"></a>wins proxy (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls if <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will respond to broadcast name
     5876        directory of the Samba source code. </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id353763"></a>
     5877
     5878wins proxy (G)
     5879</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id353764"></a><a name="WINSPROXY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls if <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will respond to broadcast name
    48725880        queries on behalf of  other hosts. You may need to set this
    48735881        to <code class="constant">yes</code> for some older clients.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wins proxy</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    48745882</em></span>
    4875 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINSSERVER"></a>wins server (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies the IP address (or DNS name: IP
    4876         address for preference) of the WINS server that <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> should register with. If you have a WINS server on
     5883</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id353816"></a>
     5884
     5885wins server (G)
     5886</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id353817"></a><a name="WINSSERVER"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This specifies the IP address (or DNS name: IP
     5887        address for preference) of the WINS server that <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> should register with. If you have a WINS server on
    48775888        your network then you should set this to the WINS server's IP.</p><p>You should point this at your WINS server if you have a
    48785889        multi-subnetted network.</p><p>If you want to work in multiple namespaces, you can
    … …  
    48925903</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wins server</code></em> = <code class="literal">192.9.200.1 192.168.2.61</code>
    48935904</em></span>
    4894 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINSSUPPORT"></a>wins support (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls if the <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> process in Samba will act as a WINS server. You should
     5905</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id353919"></a>
     5906
     5907wins support (G)
     5908</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id353920"></a><a name="WINSSUPPORT"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls if the <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> process in Samba will act as a WINS server. You should
    48955909        not set this to <code class="constant">yes</code> unless you have a multi-subnetted network and
    48965910        you wish a particular <code class="literal">nmbd</code> to be your WINS server.
    … …  
    48985912        on more than one machine in your network.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wins support</code></em> = <code class="literal">no</code>
    48995913</em></span>
    4900 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WORKGROUP"></a>workgroup (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls what workgroup your server will
     5914</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id353985"></a>
     5915
     5916workgroup (G)
     5917</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id353986"></a><a name="WORKGROUP"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This controls what workgroup your server will
    49015918        appear to be in when queried by clients. Note that this parameter
    49025919        also controls the Domain name used with
    4903         the <a class="indexterm" name="id328788"></a>security = domain
     5920        the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security = domain</a>
    49045921                setting.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>workgroup</code></em> = <code class="literal">WORKGROUP</code>
    49055922</em></span>
    49065923</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>workgroup</code></em> = <code class="literal">MYGROUP</code>
    49075924</em></span>
    4908 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITABLE"></a>writable</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for writeable.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITEABLE"></a>writeable (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Inverted synonym for <a class="indexterm" name="id328872"></a>read only.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITECACHESIZE"></a>write cache size (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If this integer parameter is set to non-zero value,
     5925</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id354055"></a><a name="WRITABLE"></a>writable</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id354056"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a synonym for <a class="link" href="#WRITEABLE">writeable</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id354085"></a>
     5926
     5927writeable (S)
     5928</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id354086"></a><a name="WRITEABLE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>Inverted synonym for <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY">read only</a>.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>No default</em></span></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id354123"></a>
     5929
     5930write cache size (S)
     5931</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id354124"></a><a name="WRITECACHESIZE"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>If this integer parameter is set to non-zero value,
    49095932    Samba will create an in-memory cache for each oplocked file
    49105933    (it does <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> do this for
    … …  
    49245947#  for a 256k cache size per file</code>
    49255948</em></span>
    4926 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITELIST"></a>write list (S)</span></dt><dd><p>
     5949</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id354199"></a>
     5950
     5951write list (S)
     5952</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id354200"></a><a name="WRITELIST"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    49275953    This is a list of users that are given read-write access to a service. If the
    49285954    connecting user is in this list then they will be given write access, no matter
    4929     what the <a class="indexterm" name="id328980"></a>read only option is set to. The list can
     5955    what the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY">read only</a> option is set to. The list can
    49305956    include group names using the @group syntax.
    49315957    </p><p>
    … …  
    49345960    </p><p>
    49355961    By design, this parameter will not work with the
    4936     <a class="indexterm" name="id328995"></a>security = share in Samba 3.0.
     5962    <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY">security = share</a> in Samba 3.0.
    49375963    </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>write list</code></em> = <code class="literal"></code>
    49385964</em></span>
    49395965</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>write list</code></em> = <code class="literal">admin, root, @staff</code>
    49405966</em></span>
    4941 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITERAW"></a>write raw (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server
     5967</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id354286"></a>
     5968
     5969write raw (G)
     5970</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id354287"></a><a name="WRITERAW"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server
    49425971    will support raw write SMB's when transferring data from clients.
    49435972    You should never need to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>write raw</code></em> = <code class="literal">yes</code>
    49445973</em></span>
    4945 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WTMPDIRECTORY"></a>wtmp directory (G)</span></dt><dd><p>
     5974</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="section" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id354328"></a>
     5975
     5976wtmp directory (G)
     5977</h3></div></div></div><a class="indexterm" name="id354329"></a><a name="WTMPDIRECTORY"></a><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt></dt><dd><p>
    49465978        This parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled with the option <code class="literal">
    49475979        --with-utmp</code>. It specifies a directory pathname that is used to store the wtmp or wtmpx files (depending on
    … …  
    49555987</p><p>Example: <span class="emphasis"><em><em class="parameter"><code>wtmp directory</code></em> = <code class="literal">/var/log/wtmp</code>
    49565988</em></span>
    4957 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id329153"></a><h2>WARNINGS</h2><p>
     5989</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id354406"></a><h2>WARNINGS</h2><p>
    49585990        Although the configuration file permits service names to contain spaces, your client software may not.
    49595991        Spaces will be ignored in comparisons anyway, so it shouldn't be a problem - but be aware of the possibility.
    49605992        </p><p>
    49615993        On a similar note, many clients - especially DOS clients - limit service names to eight characters.
    4962         <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> has no such
     5994        <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> has no such
    49635995        limitation, but attempts to connect from such clients will fail if they truncate the service names.  For this
    49645996        reason you should probably keep your service names down to eight characters in length.
    … …  
    49686000        care when designing these sections. In particular, ensure that the permissions on spool directories are
    49696001        correct.
    4970         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id329196"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id329207"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>
    4971         <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, <a href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a>, <a href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id329286"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>
     6002        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id354449"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id354460"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>
     6003        <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id354539"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>
    49726004        The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    49736005        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed.
    49746006        </p><p>
    49756007        The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer. The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another
    4976         excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
     6008        excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
    49776009        ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/</a>) and updated for the Samba 2.0 release by Jeremy Allison.  The conversion
    49786010        to DocBook for Samba 2.2 was done by Gerald Carter. The conversion to DocBook XML 4.2 for Samba 3.0 was done by

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbcacls.1.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcacls</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbcacls.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcacls &#8212; Set or get ACLs on an NT file or directory names</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcacls</code> {//server/share} {filename} [-D acls] [-M acls] [-a acls] [-S acls] [-C name] [-G name] [--numeric] [-t] [-U username] [-h] [-d]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259605"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">smbcacls</code> program manipulates NT Access Control
    2         Lists (ACLs) on SMB file shares. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259382"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>The following options are available to the <code class="literal">smbcacls</code> program. 
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcacls</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbcacls.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcacls &#8212; Set or get ACLs on an NT file or directory names</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcacls</code> {//server/share} {filename} [-D acls] [-M acls] [-a acls] [-S acls] [-C name] [-G name] [--numeric] [-t] [-U username] [-h] [-d]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282786"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">smbcacls</code> program manipulates NT Access Control
     2        Lists (ACLs) on SMB file shares. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283369"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>The following options are available to the <code class="literal">smbcacls</code> program. 
    33        The format of ACLs is described in the section ACL FORMAT </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-a acls</span></dt><dd><p>Add the ACLs specified to the ACL list.  Existing
    44                access control entries are unchanged. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-M acls</span></dt><dd><p>Modify the mask value (permissions) for the ACLs
    … …  
    1313                specified service.  The username may be of the form "username" in
    1414                which case the user is prompted to enter in a password and the
    15                 workgroup specified in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file is
     15                workgroup specified in the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file is
    1616                used, or "username%password"  or "DOMAIN\username%password" and the
    1717                password and workgroup names are used as provided. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-C name</span></dt><dd><p>The owner of a file or directory can be changed
    … …  
    2929                the arguments.
    3030                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options.
    31 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
    32 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
    33 configuration details required by the server.  The
    34 information in this file includes server-specific
    35 information such as what printcap file to use, as well
    36 as descriptions of all the services that the server is
    37 to provide. See <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for more information.
    38 The default configuration file name is determined at
    39 compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
    40 from 0 to 10.  The default value if this parameter is
    41 not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
     31</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
     32from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is
     33not specified is 0.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
    4234logged to the log files about the activities of the
    4335server. At level 0, only critical errors and serious
    … …  
    4941use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log
    5042data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will
    51 override the <a class="indexterm" name="id260163"></a> parameter
    52 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logdirectory</span></dt><dd><p>Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension
     43override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL">log level</a> parameter
     44in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
     45</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
     46configuration details required by the server.  The
     47information in this file includes server-specific
     48information such as what printcap file to use, as well
     49as descriptions of all the services that the server is
     50to provide. See <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for more information.
     51The default configuration file name is determined at
     52compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--log-basename=logdirectory</span></dt><dd><p>Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension
    5353<code class="constant">".progname"</code> will be appended (e.g. log.smbclient,
    5454log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client.
    55 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260196"></a><h2>ACL FORMAT</h2><p>The format of an ACL is one or more ACL entries separated by
     55</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283081"></a><h2>ACL FORMAT</h2><p>The format of an ACL is one or more ACL entries separated by
    5656        either commas or newlines.  An ACL entry is one of the following: </p><pre class="programlisting">
    5757REVISION:&lt;revision number&gt;
    … …  
    7979                permissions</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>CHANGE</em></span> - Equivalent to 'RXWD' permissions
    8080                </p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>FULL</em></span> - Equivalent to 'RWXDPO'
    81                 permissions</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300566"></a><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The <code class="literal">smbcacls</code> program sets the exit status
     81                permissions</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324687"></a><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The <code class="literal">smbcacls</code> program sets the exit status
    8282        depending on the success or otherwise of the operations performed. 
    8383        The exit status may be one of the following values. </p><p>If the operation succeeded, smbcacls returns and exit
    … …  
    8585        or there was an error getting or setting the ACLs, an exit status
    8686        of 1 is returned.  If there was an error parsing any command line
    87         arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300595"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300605"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     87        arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324714"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324724"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    8888        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    8989        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbclient.1.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbclient</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbclient.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbclient &#8212; ftp-like client to access SMB/CIFS resources
    2         on servers</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbclient</code> [-b &lt;buffer size&gt;] [-d debuglevel] [-L &lt;netbios name&gt;] [-U username] [-I destinationIP] [-M &lt;netbios name&gt;] [-m maxprotocol] [-A authfile] [-N] [-i scope] [-O &lt;socket options&gt;] [-p port] [-R &lt;name resolve order&gt;] [-s &lt;smb config file&gt;] [-k] [-P] [-c &lt;command&gt;]</p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbclient</code> {servicename} [password] [-b &lt;buffer size&gt;] [-d debuglevel] [-D Directory] [-U username] [-W workgroup] [-M &lt;netbios name&gt;] [-m maxprotocol] [-A authfile] [-N] [-l logdir] [-I destinationIP] [-E] [-c &lt;command string&gt;] [-i scope] [-O &lt;socket options&gt;] [-p port] [-R &lt;name resolve order&gt;] [-s &lt;smb config file&gt;] [-T&lt;c|x&gt;IXFqgbNan] [-k]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260125"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbclient</code> is a client that can
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbclient</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbclient.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbclient &#8212; ftp-like client to access SMB/CIFS resources
     2        on servers</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbclient</code> [-b &lt;buffer size&gt;] [-d debuglevel] [-e] [-L &lt;netbios name&gt;] [-U username] [-I destinationIP] [-M &lt;netbios name&gt;] [-m maxprotocol] [-A authfile] [-N] [-i scope] [-O &lt;socket options&gt;] [-p port] [-R &lt;name resolve order&gt;] [-s &lt;smb config file&gt;] [-k] [-P] [-c &lt;command&gt;]</p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbclient</code> {servicename} [password] [-b &lt;buffer size&gt;] [-d debuglevel] [-e] [-D Directory] [-U username] [-W workgroup] [-M &lt;netbios name&gt;] [-m maxprotocol] [-A authfile] [-N] [-l log-basename] [-I destinationIP] [-E] [-c &lt;command string&gt;] [-i scope] [-O &lt;socket options&gt;] [-p port] [-R &lt;name resolve order&gt;] [-s &lt;smb config file&gt;] [-T&lt;c|x&gt;IXFqgbNan] [-k]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283022"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbclient</code> is a client that can
    33        'talk' to an SMB/CIFS server. It offers an interface
    4         similar to that of the ftp program (see <a href="ftp.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ftp</span>(1)</span></a>). 
     4        similar to that of the ftp program (see <a class="citerefentry" href="ftp.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ftp</span>(1)</span></a>). 
    55        Operations include things like getting files from the server
    66        to the local machine, putting files from the local machine to
    77        the server, retrieving directory information from the server
    8         and so on. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260162"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">servicename</span></dt><dd><p>servicename is the name of the service
     8        and so on. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283058"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">servicename</span></dt><dd><p>servicename is the name of the service
    99                you want to use on the server. A service name takes the form
    1010                <code class="filename">//server/service</code> where <em class="parameter"><code>server
    … …  
    2121                the <em class="parameter"><code>-R</code></em> parameter to <code class="literal">smbclient</code> or
    2222                using the name resolve order parameter in
    23                 the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file,
     23                the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file,
    2424                allowing an administrator to change the order and methods
    2525                by which server names are looked up. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">password</span></dt><dd><p>The password required to access the specified
    … …  
    4444                        address in the Samba lmhosts file. If the line in lmhosts has
    4545                        no name type attached to the NetBIOS name (see
    46                         the <a href="lmhosts.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">lmhosts</span>(5)</span></a> for details) then
     46                        the <a class="citerefentry" href="lmhosts.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">lmhosts</span>(5)</span></a> for details) then
    4747                        any name type matches for lookup.</p></li><li><p><code class="constant">host</code>: Do a standard host
    4848                        name to IP address resolution, using the system <code class="filename">/etc/hosts
    … …  
    6161                        methods as it depends on the target host being on a locally
    6262                        connected subnet.</p></li></ul></div><p>If this parameter is not set then the name resolve order
    63                 defined in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file parameter 
     63                defined in the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file parameter 
    6464                (name resolve order) will be used. </p><p>The default order is lmhosts, host, wins, bcast and without
    6565                this parameter or any entry in the <em class="parameter"><code>name resolve order
    66                 </code></em> parameter of the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file the name resolution
     66                </code></em> parameter of the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file the name resolution
    6767                methods will be attempted in this order. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-M NetBIOS name</span></dt><dd><p>This options allows you to send messages, using
    6868                the "WinPopup" protocol, to another computer. Once a connection is
    … …  
    7474                is over 1600 bytes, as this is the limit of the protocol.
    7575                </p><p>
    76                 One useful trick is to cat the message through <code class="literal">smbclient</code>. For example:
    77 </p><pre class="programlisting">
    78 <code class="literal">cat mymessage.txt | smbclient -M FRED </code>
    79 </pre><p>
    80                 will send the message in the file <code class="filename">mymessage.txt</code> to the machine FRED.
     76                One useful trick is to pipe the message through <code class="literal">smbclient</code>.
     77                For example: smbclient -M FRED &lt; mymessage.txt will send the
     78                message in the file <code class="filename">mymessage.txt</code> to the
     79                machine FRED.
    8180                </p><p>You may also find the <em class="parameter"><code>-U</code></em> and
    8281                <em class="parameter"><code>-I</code></em> options useful, as they allow you to
    83                 control the FROM and TO parts of the message. </p><p>See the <em class="parameter"><code>message command</code></em> parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> for a description of how to handle incoming
     82                control the FROM and TO parts of the message. </p><p>See the <em class="parameter"><code>message command</code></em> parameter in the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> for a description of how to handle incoming
    8483                WinPopup messages in Samba. </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note</em></span>: Copy WinPopup into the startup group
    8584                on your WfWg PCs if you want them to always be able to receive
    … …  
    120119                is 65520 bytes. Setting this value smaller (to 1200 bytes) has been
    121120                observed to speed up file transfers to and from a Win9x server.
    122                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
    123 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
    124 configuration details required by the server.  The
    125 information in this file includes server-specific
    126 information such as what printcap file to use, as well
    127 as descriptions of all the services that the server is
    128 to provide. See <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for more information.
    129 The default configuration file name is determined at
    130 compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
    131 from 0 to 10.  The default value if this parameter is
    132 not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
     121                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-e</span></dt><dd><p>This command line parameter requires the remote
     122                server support the UNIX extensions. Request that the connection be
     123                encrypted. This is new for Samba 3.2 and will only work with Samba
     124                3.2 or above servers. Negotiates SMB encryption using GSSAPI. Uses
     125                the given credentials for the encryption negotiaion (either kerberos
     126                or NTLMv1/v2 if given domain/username/password triple. Fails the
     127                connection if encryption cannot be negotiated.
     128                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
     129from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is
     130not specified is 1.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
    133131logged to the log files about the activities of the
    134132server. At level 0, only critical errors and serious
    … …  
    140138use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log
    141139data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will
    142 override the <a class="indexterm" name="id300929"></a> parameter
    143 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logdirectory</span></dt><dd><p>Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension
     140override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL">log level</a> parameter
     141in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
     142</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
     143configuration details required by the server.  The
     144information in this file includes server-specific
     145information such as what printcap file to use, as well
     146as descriptions of all the services that the server is
     147to provide. See <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for more information.
     148The default configuration file name is determined at
     149compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--log-basename=logdirectory</span></dt><dd><p>Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension
    144150<code class="constant">".progname"</code> will be appended (e.g. log.smbclient,
    145151log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client.
    … …  
    177183it in directly. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n &lt;primary NetBIOS name&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override
    178184the NetBIOS name that Samba uses for itself. This is identical
    179 to setting the <a class="indexterm" name="id301083"></a> parameter in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.
     185to setting the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NETBIOSNAME">netbios name</a> parameter in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.
    180186However, a command
    181187line setting will take precedence over settings in
    … …  
    262268                commands to be executed instead of prompting from stdin. <em class="parameter"><code>
    263269                -N</code></em> is implied by <em class="parameter"><code>-c</code></em>.</p><p>This is particularly useful in scripts and for printing stdin
    264                 to the server, e.g. <code class="literal">-c 'print -'</code>. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id301528"></a><h2>OPERATIONS</h2><p>Once the client is running, the user is presented with
     270                to the server, e.g. <code class="literal">-c 'print -'</code>. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325619"></a><h2>OPERATIONS</h2><p>Once the client is running, the user is presented with
    265271        a prompt : </p><p><code class="prompt">smb:\&gt; </code></p><p>The backslash ("\\") indicates the current working directory
    266272        on the server, and will change if the current working directory
    … …  
    278284        performed by issuing a request to the server. Thus the behavior may
    279285        vary from server to server, depending on how the server was implemented.
    280         </p><p>The commands available are given here in alphabetical order. </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">? [command]</span></dt><dd><p>If <em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em> is specified, the ? command will display 
    281                 a brief informative message about the specified command.  If no 
     286        </p><p>The commands available are given here in alphabetical order. </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">? [command]</span></dt><dd><p>If <em class="replaceable"><code>command</code></em> is specified, the ? command will display
     287                a brief informative message about the specified command.  If no
    282288                command is specified, a list of available commands will
    283                 be displayed. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">! [shell command]</span></dt><dd><p>If <em class="replaceable"><code>shell command</code></em> is specified, the ! 
    284                 command will execute a shell locally and run the specified shell
    285                 command. If no command is specified, a local shell will be run.
     289                be displayed. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">! [shell command]</span></dt><dd><p>If <em class="replaceable"><code>shell command</code></em> is specified, the !
     290                command will execute a shell locally and run the specified shell
     291                command. If no command is specified, a local shell will be run.
     292                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">allinfo file</span></dt><dd><p>The client will request that the server return
     293                all known information about a file or directory (including streams).
    286294                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">altname file</span></dt><dd><p>The client will request that the server return
    287295                the "alternate" name (the 8.3 name) for a file or directory.
     296                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">archive &lt;number&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Sets the archive level when operating on files.
     297                0 means ignore the archive bit, 1 means only operate on files with this bit set,
     298                2 means only operate on files with this bit set and reset it after operation,
     299                3 means operate on all files and reset it after operation. The default is 0.
     300                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">blocksize &lt;number&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Sets the blocksize parameter for a tar operation. The default is 20.
     301                Causes tar file to be written out in blocksize*TBLOCK (normally 512 byte) units.
     302                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">cancel jobid0 [jobid1] ... [jobidN]</span></dt><dd><p>The client will request that the server cancel
     303                the printjobs identified by the given numeric print job ids.
    288304                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">case_sensitive</span></dt><dd><p>Toggles the setting of the flag in SMB packets that
    289305                tells the server to treat filenames as case sensitive. Set to OFF by
    … …  
    291307                currently affects Samba 3.0.5 and above file servers with the case sensitive
    292308                parameter set to auto in the smb.conf.
    293                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">cancel jobid0 [jobid1] ... [jobidN]</span></dt><dd><p>The client will request that the server cancel
    294                 the printjobs identified by the given numeric print job ids.
    295                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">chmod file mode in octal</span></dt><dd><p>This command depends on the server supporting the CIFS
     309                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">cd &lt;directory name&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>If "directory name" is specified, the current
     310                working directory on the server will be changed to the directory
     311                specified. This operation will fail if for any reason the specified
     312                directory is inaccessible. </p><p>If no directory name is specified, the current working
     313                directory on the server will be reported. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">chmod file mode in octal</span></dt><dd><p>This command depends on the server supporting the CIFS
    296314                UNIX extensions and will fail if the server does not. The client requests that the server
    297315                change the UNIX permissions to the given octal mode, in standard UNIX format.
    … …  
    301319                currently no way to remotely look up the UNIX uid and gid values for a given name.
    302320                This may be addressed in future versions of the CIFS UNIX extensions.
    303                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">cd [directory name]</span></dt><dd><p>If "directory name" is specified, the current
    304                 working directory on the server will be changed to the directory
    305                 specified. This operation will fail if for any reason the specified
    306                 directory is inaccessible. </p><p>If no directory name is specified, the current working
    307                 directory on the server will be reported. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">del &lt;mask&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The client will request that the server attempt
    308                 to delete all files matching <em class="replaceable"><code>mask</code></em> from the current working
    309                 directory on the server. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">dir &lt;mask&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>A list of the files matching <em class="replaceable"><code>mask</code></em> in the current
    310                 working directory on the server will be retrieved from the server
    311                 and displayed. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">exit</span></dt><dd><p>Terminate the connection with the server and exit
    312                 from the program. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">get &lt;remote file name&gt; [local file name]</span></dt><dd><p>Copy the file called <code class="filename">remote file name</code> from
    313                 the server to the machine running the client. If specified, name
    314                 the local copy <code class="filename">local file name</code>.  Note that all transfers in
    315                 <code class="literal">smbclient</code> are binary. See also the
    316                 lowercase command. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">help [command]</span></dt><dd><p>See the ? command above. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">lcd [directory name]</span></dt><dd><p>If <em class="replaceable"><code>directory name</code></em> is specified, the current
    317                 working directory on the local machine will be changed to
    318                 the directory specified. This operation will fail if for any
    319                 reason the specified directory is inaccessible. </p><p>If no directory name is specified, the name of the
    320                 current working directory on the local machine will be reported.
     321                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">close &lt;fileid&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Closes a file explicitly opened by the open command. Used for
     322                internal Samba testing purposes.
     323                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">del &lt;mask&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The client will request that the server attempt
     324                to delete all files matching <em class="replaceable"><code>mask</code></em> from the current working
     325                directory on the server. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">dir &lt;mask&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>A list of the files matching <em class="replaceable"><code>mask</code></em> in the current
     326                working directory on the server will be retrieved from the server
     327                and displayed. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">du &lt;filename&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Does a directory listing and then prints out the current disk useage and free space on a share.
     328                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">echo &lt;number&gt; &lt;data&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Does an SMBecho request to ping the server. Used for internal Samba testing purposes.
     329                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">exit</span></dt><dd><p>Terminate the connection with the server and exit
     330                from the program. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">get &lt;remote file name&gt; [local file name]</span></dt><dd><p>Copy the file called <code class="filename">remote file name</code> from
     331                the server to the machine running the client. If specified, name
     332                the local copy <code class="filename">local file name</code>.  Note that all transfers in
     333                <code class="literal">smbclient</code> are binary. See also the
     334                lowercase command. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">getfacl &lt;filename&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Requires the server support the UNIX extensions. Requests and prints
     335                the POSIX ACL on a file.
     336                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">hardlink &lt;src&gt; &lt;dest&lt;</span></dt><dd><p>Creates a hardlink on the server using Windows CIFS semantics.
     337                the POSIX ACL on a file.
     338                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">help [command]</span></dt><dd><p>See the ? command above. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">history</span></dt><dd><p>Displays the command history.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">iosize &lt;bytes&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>When sending or receiving files, smbclient uses an
     339                internal memory buffer by default of size 64512 bytes. This command
     340                allows this size to be set to any range between 16384 (0x4000) bytes
     341                and 16776960 (0xFFFF00) bytes. Larger sizes may mean more efficient
     342                data transfer as smbclient will try and use the most efficient
     343                read and write calls for the connected server.
     344                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">lcd [directory name]</span></dt><dd><p>If <em class="replaceable"><code>directory name</code></em> is specified, the current
     345                working directory on the local machine will be changed to
     346                the directory specified. This operation will fail if for any
     347                reason the specified directory is inaccessible. </p><p>If no directory name is specified, the name of the
     348                current working directory on the local machine will be reported.
    321349                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">link target linkname</span></dt><dd><p>This command depends on the server supporting the CIFS
    322350                UNIX extensions and will fail if the server does not. The client requests that the server
    323351                create a hard link between the linkname and target files. The linkname file
    324352                must not exist.
    325                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">lowercase</span></dt><dd><p>Toggle lowercasing of filenames for the get and
    326                 mget commands. </p><p>When lowercasing is toggled ON, local filenames are converted
     353                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">listconnect</span></dt><dd><p>Show the current connections held for DFS purposes.
     354                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">lock &lt;filenum&gt; &lt;r|w&gt; &lt;hex-start&gt; &lt;hex-len&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>This command depends on the server supporting the CIFS
     355                UNIX extensions and will fail if the server does not. Tries to set a POSIX
     356                fcntl lock of the given type on the given range. Used for internal Samba testing purposes.
     357                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">logon &lt;username&gt; &lt;password&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Establishes a new vuid for this session by logging on again.
     358                Replaces the current vuid. Prints out the new vuid. Used for internal Samba testing purposes.
     359                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">lowercase</span></dt><dd><p>Toggle lowercasing of filenames for the get and
     360                mget commands.         
     361                </p><p>When lowercasing is toggled ON, local filenames are converted
    327362                to lowercase when using the get and mget commands. This is
    328                 often useful when copying (say) MSDOS files from a server, because 
    329                 lowercase filenames are the norm on UNIX systems. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">ls &lt;mask&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>See the dir command above. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">mask &lt;mask&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>This command allows the user to set up a mask 
    330                 which will be used during recursive operation of the mget and 
    331                 mput commands. </p><p>The masks specified to the mget and mput commands act as 
    332                 filters for directories rather than files when recursion is 
    333                 toggled ON. </p><p>The mask specified with the mask command is necessary 
     363                often useful when copying (say) MSDOS files from a server, because
     364                lowercase filenames are the norm on UNIX systems. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">ls &lt;mask&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>See the dir command above. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">mask &lt;mask&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>This command allows the user to set up a mask
     365                which will be used during recursive operation of the mget and
     366                mput commands. </p><p>The masks specified to the mget and mput commands act as
     367                filters for directories rather than files when recursion is
     368                toggled ON. </p><p>The mask specified with the mask command is necessary
    334369                to filter files within those directories. For example, if the
    335                 mask specified in an mget command is "source*" and the mask
    336                 specified with the mask command is "*.c" and recursion is
    337                 toggled ON, the mget command will retrieve all files matching
    338                 "*.c" in all directories below and including all directories
    339                 matching "source*" in the current working directory. </p><p>Note that the value for mask defaults to blank (equivalent
    340                 to "*") and remains so until the mask command is used to change it.
    341                 It retains the most recently specified value indefinitely. To
    342                 avoid unexpected results it would be wise to change the value of
    343                 mask back to "*" after using the mget or mput commands. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">md &lt;directory name&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>See the mkdir command. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">mget &lt;mask&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Copy all files matching <em class="replaceable"><code>mask</code></em> from the server to
    344                 the machine running the client. </p><p>Note that <em class="replaceable"><code>mask</code></em> is interpreted differently during recursive
    345                 operation and non-recursive operation - refer to the recurse and
    346                 mask commands for more information. Note that all transfers in
    347                 <code class="literal">smbclient</code> are binary. See also the lowercase command. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">mkdir &lt;directory name&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Create a new directory on the server (user access
    348                 privileges permitting) with the specified name. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">mput &lt;mask&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Copy all files matching <em class="replaceable"><code>mask</code></em> in the current working
    349                 directory on the local machine to the current working directory on
    350                 the server. </p><p>Note that <em class="replaceable"><code>mask</code></em> is interpreted differently during recursive
    351                 operation and non-recursive operation - refer to the recurse and mask
    352                 commands for more information. Note that all transfers in <code class="literal">smbclient</code>
    353                 are binary. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">print &lt;file name&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Print the specified file from the local machine
    354                 through a printable service on the server. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">prompt</span></dt><dd><p>Toggle prompting for filenames during operation
    355                 of the mget and mput commands. </p><p>When toggled ON, the user will be prompted to confirm
    356                 the transfer of each file during these commands. When toggled
    357                 OFF, all specified files will be transferred without prompting.
    358                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">put &lt;local file name&gt; [remote file name]</span></dt><dd><p>Copy the file called <code class="filename">local file name</code> from the
     370                mask specified in an mget command is "source*" and the mask
     371                specified with the mask command is "*.c" and recursion is
     372                toggled ON, the mget command will retrieve all files matching
     373                "*.c" in all directories below and including all directories
     374                matching "source*" in the current working directory. </p><p>Note that the value for mask defaults to blank (equivalent
     375                to "*") and remains so until the mask command is used to change it.
     376                It retains the most recently specified value indefinitely. To
     377                avoid unexpected results it would be wise to change the value of
     378                mask back to "*" after using the mget or mput commands. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">md &lt;directory name&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>See the mkdir command. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">mget &lt;mask&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Copy all files matching <em class="replaceable"><code>mask</code></em> from the server to
     379                the machine running the client. </p><p>Note that <em class="replaceable"><code>mask</code></em> is interpreted differently during recursive
     380                operation and non-recursive operation - refer to the recurse and
     381                mask commands for more information. Note that all transfers in
     382                <code class="literal">smbclient</code> are binary. See also the lowercase command. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">mkdir &lt;directory name&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Create a new directory on the server (user access
     383                privileges permitting) with the specified name. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">more &lt;file name&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Fetch a remote file and view it with the contents
     384                of your PAGER environment variable.
     385                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">mput &lt;mask&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Copy all files matching <em class="replaceable"><code>mask</code></em> in the current working
     386                directory on the local machine to the current working directory on
     387                the server. </p><p>Note that <em class="replaceable"><code>mask</code></em> is interpreted differently during recursive
     388                operation and non-recursive operation - refer to the recurse and mask
     389                commands for more information. Note that all transfers in <code class="literal">smbclient</code>
     390                are binary. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">posix</span></dt><dd><p>Query the remote server to see if it supports the CIFS UNIX
     391                extensions and prints out the list of capabilities supported. If so, turn
     392                on POSIX pathname processing and large file read/writes (if available),.
     393                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">posix_encrypt &lt;domain&gt; &lt;username&gt; &lt;password&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>This command depends on the server supporting the CIFS
     394                UNIX extensions and will fail if the server does not. Attempt to negotiate
     395                SMB encryption on this connection. If smbclient connected with kerberos
     396                credentials (-k) the arguments to this command are ignored and the kerberos
     397                credentials are used to negotiate GSSAPI signing and sealing instead. See
     398                also the -e option to smbclient to force encryption on initial connection.
     399                This command is new with Samba 3.2.
     400                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">posix_open &lt;filename&gt; &lt;octal mode&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>This command depends on the server supporting the CIFS
     401                UNIX extensions and will fail if the server does not. Opens a remote file
     402                using the CIFS UNIX extensions and prints a fileid. Used for internal Samba
     403                testing purposes.
     404                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">posix_mkdir &lt;directoryname&gt; &lt;octal mode&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>This command depends on the server supporting the CIFS
     405                UNIX extensions and will fail if the server does not. Creates a remote directory
     406                using the CIFS UNIX extensions with the given mode.
     407                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">posix_rmdir &lt;directoryname&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>This command depends on the server supporting the CIFS
     408                UNIX extensions and will fail if the server does not. Deletes a remote directory
     409                using the CIFS UNIX extensions.
     410                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">posix_unlink &lt;filename&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>This command depends on the server supporting the CIFS
     411                UNIX extensions and will fail if the server does not. Deletes a remote file
     412                using the CIFS UNIX extensions.
     413                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">print &lt;file name&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Print the specified file from the local machine
     414                through a printable service on the server. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">prompt</span></dt><dd><p>Toggle prompting for filenames during operation
     415                of the mget and mput commands. </p><p>When toggled ON, the user will be prompted to confirm
     416                the transfer of each file during these commands. When toggled
     417                OFF, all specified files will be transferred without prompting.
     418                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">put &lt;local file name&gt; [remote file name]</span></dt><dd><p>Copy the file called <code class="filename">local file name</code> from the
    359419                machine running the client to the server. If specified,
    360                 name the remote copy <code class="filename">remote file name</code>. Note that all transfers 
    361                 in <code class="literal">smbclient</code> are binary. See also the lowercase command. 
    362                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">queue</span></dt><dd><p>Displays the print queue, showing the job id, 
    363                 name, size and current status. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">quit</span></dt><dd><p>See the exit command. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">rd &lt;directory name&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>See the rmdir command. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">recurse</span></dt><dd><p>Toggle directory recursion for the commands mget 
    364                 and mput. </p><p>When toggled ON, these commands will process all directories 
     420                name the remote copy <code class="filename">remote file name</code>. Note that all transfers
     421                in <code class="literal">smbclient</code> are binary. See also the lowercase command.
     422                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">queue</span></dt><dd><p>Displays the print queue, showing the job id,
     423                name, size and current status. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">quit</span></dt><dd><p>See the exit command. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">rd &lt;directory name&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>See the rmdir command. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">recurse</span></dt><dd><p>Toggle directory recursion for the commands mget
     424                and mput. </p><p>When toggled ON, these commands will process all directories
    365425                in the source directory (i.e., the directory they are copying
    366                 from ) and will recurse into any that match the mask specified
    367                 to the command. Only files that match the mask specified using
    368                 the mask command will be retrieved. See also the mask command.
    369                 </p><p>When recursion is toggled OFF, only files from the current
    370                 working directory on the source machine that match the mask specified
    371                 to the mget or mput commands will be copied, and any mask specified
    372                 using the mask command will be ignored. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">rm &lt;mask&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Remove all files matching <em class="replaceable"><code>mask</code></em> from the current
    373                 working directory on the server. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">rmdir &lt;directory name&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Remove the specified directory (user access
    374                 privileges permitting) from the server. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">setmode &lt;filename&gt; &lt;perm=[+|\-]rsha&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>A version of the DOS attrib command to set
    375                 file permissions. For example: </p><p><code class="literal">setmode myfile +r </code></p><p>would make myfile read only. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">stat file</span></dt><dd><p>This command depends on the server supporting the CIFS
     426                from ) and will recurse into any that match the mask specified
     427                to the command. Only files that match the mask specified using
     428                the mask command will be retrieved. See also the mask command.
     429                </p><p>When recursion is toggled OFF, only files from the current
     430                working directory on the source machine that match the mask specified
     431                to the mget or mput commands will be copied, and any mask specified
     432                using the mask command will be ignored. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">rm &lt;mask&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Remove all files matching <em class="replaceable"><code>mask</code></em> from the current
     433                working directory on the server. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">rmdir &lt;directory name&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Remove the specified directory (user access
     434                privileges permitting) from the server. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">setmode &lt;filename&gt; &lt;perm=[+|\-]rsha&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>A version of the DOS attrib command to set
     435                file permissions. For example: </p><p><code class="literal">setmode myfile +r </code></p><p>would make myfile read only. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">showconnect</span></dt><dd><p>Show the currently active connection held for DFS purposes.
     436                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">stat file</span></dt><dd><p>This command depends on the server supporting the CIFS
    376437                UNIX extensions and will fail if the server does not. The client requests the
    377438                UNIX basic info level and prints out the same info that the Linux stat command
    … …  
    383444                UNIX extensions and will fail if the server does not. The client requests that the server
    384445                create a symbolic hard link between the target and linkname files. The linkname file
    385                 must not exist. Note that the server will not create a link to any path that lies 
     446                must not exist. Note that the server will not create a link to any path that lies
    386447                outside the currently connected share. This is enforced by the Samba server.
    387448                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">tar &lt;c|x&gt;[IXbgNa]</span></dt><dd><p>Performs a tar operation - see the <em class="parameter"><code>-T
    388                 </code></em> command line option above. Behavior may be affected
    389                 by the tarmode command (see below). Using g (incremental) and N
    390                 (newer) will affect tarmode settings. Note that using the "-" option
    391                 with tar x may not work - use the command line option instead.
    392                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">blocksize &lt;blocksize&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Blocksize. Must be followed by a valid (greater
    393                 than zero) blocksize. Causes tar file to be written out in
    394                 <em class="replaceable"><code>blocksize</code></em>*TBLOCK (usually 512 byte) blocks. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">tarmode &lt;full|inc|reset|noreset&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Changes tar's behavior with regard to archive
    395                 bits. In full mode, tar will back up everything regardless of the
    396                 archive bit setting (this is the default mode). In incremental mode,
    397                 tar will only back up files with the archive bit set. In reset mode,
    398                 tar will reset the archive bit on all files it backs up (implies
    399                 read/write share). </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id302201"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>Some servers are fussy about the case of supplied usernames,
    400         passwords, share names (AKA service names) and machine names.
    401         If you fail to connect try giving all parameters in uppercase.
    402         </p><p>It is often necessary to use the -n option when connecting
    403         to some types of servers. For example OS/2 LanManager insists
    404         on a valid NetBIOS name being used, so you need to supply a valid
     449                </code></em> command line option above. Behavior may be affected
     450                by the tarmode command (see below). Using g (incremental) and N
     451                (newer) will affect tarmode settings. Note that using the "-" option
     452                with tar x may not work - use the command line option instead.
     453                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">blocksize &lt;blocksize&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Blocksize. Must be followed by a valid (greater
     454                than zero) blocksize. Causes tar file to be written out in
     455                <em class="replaceable"><code>blocksize</code></em>*TBLOCK (usually 512 byte) blocks. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">tarmode &lt;full|inc|reset|noreset&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Changes tar's behavior with regard to archive
     456                bits. In full mode, tar will back up everything regardless of the
     457                archive bit setting (this is the default mode). In incremental mode,
     458                tar will only back up files with the archive bit set. In reset mode,
     459                tar will reset the archive bit on all files it backs up (implies
     460                read/write share). </p></dd><dt><span class="term">unlock &lt;filenum&gt; &lt;hex-start&gt; &lt;hex-len&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>This command depends on the server supporting the CIFS
     461                UNIX extensions and will fail if the server does not. Tries to unlock a POSIX
     462                fcntl lock on the given range. Used for internal Samba testing purposes.
     463                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">volume</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the current volume name of the share.
     464                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">vuid &lt;number&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Changes the currently used vuid in the protocol to
     465                the given arbitrary number. Without an argument prints out the current
     466                vuid being used. Used for internal Samba testing purposes.
     467                </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id326556"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>Some servers are fussy about the case of supplied usernames,
     468        passwords, share names (AKA service names) and machine names.
     469        If you fail to connect try giving all parameters in uppercase.
     470        </p><p>It is often necessary to use the -n option when connecting
     471        to some types of servers. For example OS/2 LanManager insists
     472        on a valid NetBIOS name being used, so you need to supply a valid
    405473        name that would be known to the server.</p><p>smbclient supports long file names where the server
    406         supports the LANMAN2 protocol or above. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id302222"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>The variable <code class="envar">USER</code> may contain the
     474        supports the LANMAN2 protocol or above. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id326576"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>The variable <code class="envar">USER</code> may contain the
    407475        username of the person  using the client. This information is
    408476        used only if the protocol  level is high enough to support
    … …  
    414482        to instead of connecting to a server.  This functionality is primarily
    415483        intended as a development aid, and works best when using a LMHOSTS
    416         file</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id302255"></a><h2>INSTALLATION</h2><p>The location of the client program is a matter for
     484        file</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id326607"></a><h2>INSTALLATION</h2><p>The location of the client program is a matter for
    417485        individual system administrators. The following are thus
    418486        suggestions only. </p><p>It is recommended that the smbclient software be installed
    … …  
    423491        setuid or setgid! </p><p>The client log files should be put in a directory readable
    424492        and writeable only by the user. </p><p>To test the client, you will need to know the name of a
    425         running SMB/CIFS server. It is possible to run <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> as an ordinary user - running that server as a daemon
     493        running SMB/CIFS server. It is possible to run <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> as an ordinary user - running that server as a daemon
    426494        on a user-accessible port (typically any port number over 1024)
    427         would provide a suitable test server. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id302304"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>Most diagnostics issued by the client are logged in a
     495        would provide a suitable test server. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id326654"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>Most diagnostics issued by the client are logged in a
    428496        specified log file. The log file name is specified at compile time,
    429497        but may be overridden on the command line. </p><p>The number and nature of diagnostics available depends
    430498        on the debug level used by the client. If you have problems,
    431         set the debug level to 3 and peruse the log files. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id302321"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id302331"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     499        set the debug level to 3 and peruse the log files. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id326670"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.2 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id326681"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    432500        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    433501        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar
    434502        to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p>The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer.
    435503        The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another
    436         excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
     504        excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
    437505        ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/</a>) and updated for the Samba 2.0
    438506        release by Jeremy Allison.  The conversion to DocBook for

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbcontrol.1.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcontrol</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbcontrol.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcontrol &#8212; send messages to smbd, nmbd or winbindd processes</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcontrol</code> [-i] [-s]</p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcontrol</code> [destination] [message-type] [parameter]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259554"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbcontrol</code> is a very small program, which
    2         sends messages to a <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, a <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, or a <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon running on the system.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259604"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options.
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcontrol</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbcontrol.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcontrol &#8212; send messages to smbd, nmbd or winbindd processes</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcontrol</code> [-i] [-s]</p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcontrol</code> [destination] [message-type] [parameter]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282735"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbcontrol</code> is a very small program, which
     2        sends messages to a <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, a <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, or a <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon running on the system.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282785"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options.
    33</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
    44configuration details required by the server.  The
    … …  
    1717                to only that process.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">message-type</span></dt><dd><p>Type of message to send. See
    1818                the section <code class="constant">MESSAGE-TYPES</code> for details.
    19                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">parameters</span></dt><dd><p>any parameters required for the message-type</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260399"></a><h2>MESSAGE-TYPES</h2><p>Available message types are:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">close-share</span></dt><dd><p>Order smbd to close the client
     19                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">parameters</span></dt><dd><p>any parameters required for the message-type</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282922"></a><h2>MESSAGE-TYPES</h2><p>Available message types are:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">close-share</span></dt><dd><p>Order smbd to close the client
    2020        connections to the named share. Note that this doesn't affect client
    2121        connections to any other shares. This message-type takes an argument of the
    … …  
    6060        sent to smbd.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">reload-config</span></dt><dd><p>Force daemon to reload smb.conf configuration file. Can be sent
    6161        to <code class="constant">smbd</code>, <code class="constant">nmbd</code>, or <code class="constant">winbindd</code>.
    62         </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300588"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
    63         the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300598"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300623"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     62        </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324598"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
     63        the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324608"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324632"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    6464        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    6565        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar
    6666        to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p>The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer.
    6767        The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another
    68         excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
     68        excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
    6969        ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/</a>) and updated for the Samba 2.0
    7070        release by Jeremy Allison.  The conversion to DocBook for

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbcquotas.1.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcquotas</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbcquotas.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcquotas &#8212; Set or get QUOTAs of NTFS 5 shares</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> {//server/share} [-u user] [-L] [-F] [-S QUOTA_SET_COMMAND] [-n] [-t] [-v] [-d debuglevel] [-s configfile] [-l logdir] [-V] [-U username] [-N] [-k] [-A]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259376"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> program manipulates NT Quotas on SMB file shares. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259404"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>The following options are available to the <code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> program. </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-u user</span></dt><dd><p> Specifies the user of whom the quotas are get or set.
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcquotas</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbcquotas.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcquotas &#8212; Set or get QUOTAs of NTFS 5 shares</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> {//server/share} [-u user] [-L] [-F] [-S QUOTA_SET_COMMAND] [-n] [-t] [-v] [-d debuglevel] [-s configfile] [-l logdir] [-V] [-U username] [-N] [-k] [-A]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283364"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> program manipulates NT Quotas on SMB file shares. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283392"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>The following options are available to the <code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> program. </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-u user</span></dt><dd><p> Specifies the user of whom the quotas are get or set.
    22                By default the current user's username will be used.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-L</span></dt><dd><p>Lists all quota records of the share.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-F</span></dt><dd><p>Show the share quota status and default limits.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-S QUOTA_SET_COMMAND</span></dt><dd><p>This command sets/modifies quotas for a user or on the share,
    33                depending on the QUOTA_SET_COMMAND parameter which is described later.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n</span></dt><dd><p>This option displays all QUOTA information in numeric
    … …  
    88                Be verbose.
    99                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options.
    10 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
    11 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
    12 configuration details required by the server.  The
    13 information in this file includes server-specific
    14 information such as what printcap file to use, as well
    15 as descriptions of all the services that the server is
    16 to provide. See <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for more information.
    17 The default configuration file name is determined at
    18 compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
    19 from 0 to 10.  The default value if this parameter is
    20 not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
     10</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
     11from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is
     12not specified is 0.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
    2113logged to the log files about the activities of the
    2214server. At level 0, only critical errors and serious
    … …  
    2820use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log
    2921data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will
    30 override the <a class="indexterm" name="id260127"></a> parameter
    31 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logdirectory</span></dt><dd><p>Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension
     22override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL">log level</a> parameter
     23in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
     24</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
     25configuration details required by the server.  The
     26information in this file includes server-specific
     27information such as what printcap file to use, as well
     28as descriptions of all the services that the server is
     29to provide. See <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for more information.
     30The default configuration file name is determined at
     31compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--log-basename=logdirectory</span></dt><dd><p>Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension
    3232<code class="constant">".progname"</code> will be appended (e.g. log.smbclient,
    3333log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client.
    … …  
    6363via the <code class="literal">ps</code> command.  To be safe always allow
    6464<code class="literal">rpcclient</code> to prompt for a password and type
    65 it in directly. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300493"></a><h2>QUOTA_SET_COMAND</h2><p>The format of an the QUOTA_SET_COMMAND is an operation
     65it in directly. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324615"></a><h2>QUOTA_SET_COMAND</h2><p>The format of an the QUOTA_SET_COMMAND is an operation
    6666        name followed by a set of parameters specific to that operation.
    6767        </p><p>To set user quotas for the user specified by -u or for the
    … …  
    7575        </p><p><strong class="userinput"><code>
    7676        FSQFLAGS:QUOTA_ENABLED/DENY_DISK/LOG_SOFTLIMIT/LOG_HARD_LIMIT
    77         </code></strong></p><p>All limits are specified as a number of bytes.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300541"></a><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The <code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> program sets the exit status
     77        </code></strong></p><p>All limits are specified as a number of bytes.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324659"></a><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The <code class="literal">smbcquotas</code> program sets the exit status
    7878        depending on the success or otherwise of the operations performed.
    7979        The exit status may be one of the following values. </p><p>If the operation succeeded, smbcquotas returns an exit
    … …  
    8181        or when there was an error getting or setting the quota(s), an exit status
    8282        of 1 is returned.  If there was an error parsing any command line
    83         arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300570"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300580"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     83        arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324687"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324696"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    8484        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    8585        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbd.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbd &#8212; server to provide SMB/CIFS services to clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbd</code> [-D] [-F] [-S] [-i] [-h] [-V] [-b] [-d &lt;debug level&gt;] [-l &lt;log directory&gt;] [-p &lt;port number(s)&gt;] [-P &lt;profiling level&gt;] [-O &lt;socket option&gt;] [-s &lt;configuration file&gt;]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259605"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbd</code> is the server daemon that
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbd &#8212; server to provide SMB/CIFS services to clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbd</code> [-D] [-F] [-S] [-i] [-h] [-V] [-b] [-d &lt;debug level&gt;] [-l &lt;log directory&gt;] [-p &lt;port number(s)&gt;] [-P &lt;profiling level&gt;] [-O &lt;socket option&gt;] [-s &lt;configuration file&gt;]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282811"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbd</code> is the server daemon that
    22        provides filesharing and printing services to Windows clients.
    33        The server provides filespace and printer services to
    … …  
    99        server can provide is given in the man page for the
    1010        configuration file controlling the attributes of those
    11         services (see <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.  This man page will not describe the
     11        services (see <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.  This man page will not describe the
    1212        services, but will concentrate on the administrative aspects
    1313        of running the server.</p><p>Please note that there are significant security
    14         implications to running this server, and the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> manual page should be regarded as mandatory reading before
     14        implications to running this server, and the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> manual page should be regarded as mandatory reading before
    1515        proceeding with installation.</p><p>A session is created whenever a client requests one.
    1616        Each client gets a copy of the server for each session. This
    … …  
    2222        the configuration file will not affect connections to any service
    2323        that is already established.  Either the user will have to
    24         disconnect from the service, or <code class="literal">smbd</code> killed and restarted.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259430"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-D</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes
     24        disconnect from the service, or <code class="literal">smbd</code> killed and restarted.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283420"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-D</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes
    2525                the server to operate as a daemon. That is, it detaches
    2626                itself and runs in the background, fielding requests
    … …  
    4949                output, as if the <code class="literal">-S</code> parameter had been
    5050                given.
    51                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
    52 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
    53 configuration details required by the server.  The
    54 information in this file includes server-specific
    55 information such as what printcap file to use, as well
    56 as descriptions of all the services that the server is
    57 to provide. See <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for more information.
    58 The default configuration file name is determined at
    59 compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
    60 from 0 to 10.  The default value if this parameter is
    61 not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
     51                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
     52from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is
     53not specified is 0.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
    6254logged to the log files about the activities of the
    6355server. At level 0, only critical errors and serious
    … …  
    6961use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log
    7062data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will
    71 override the <a class="indexterm" name="id260163"></a> parameter
    72 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logdirectory</span></dt><dd><p>Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension
     63override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL">log level</a> parameter
     64in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
     65</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
     66configuration details required by the server.  The
     67information in this file includes server-specific
     68information such as what printcap file to use, as well
     69as descriptions of all the services that the server is
     70to provide. See <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for more information.
     71The default configuration file name is determined at
     72compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--log-basename=logdirectory</span></dt><dd><p>Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension
    7373<code class="constant">".progname"</code> will be appended (e.g. log.smbclient,
    7474log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client.
    … …  
    7777                Samba was built.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-p|--port&lt;port number(s)&gt;</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>port number(s)</code></em> is a
    7878                space or comma-separated list of TCP ports smbd should listen on.
    79                 The default value is taken from the <a class="indexterm" name="id300451"></a>ports parameter in <code class="filename">smb.conf</code></p><p>The default ports are 139 (used for SMB over NetBIOS over TCP)
     79                The default value is taken from the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PORTS">ports</a> parameter in <code class="filename">smb.conf</code></p><p>The default ports are 139 (used for SMB over NetBIOS over TCP)
    8080                        and port 445 (used for plain SMB over TCP).
    8181                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-P|--profiling-level&lt;profiling level&gt;</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>profiling level</code></em> is a
    … …  
    8383                0 turns off profiling, 1 turns on counter profiling only,
    8484                2 turns on complete profiling, and 3 resets all profiling data.
    85                 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300484"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</code></span></dt><dd><p>If the server is to be run by the
     85                </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324629"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</code></span></dt><dd><p>If the server is to be run by the
    8686                <code class="literal">inetd</code> meta-daemon, this file
    8787                must contain suitable startup information for the
    … …  
    9494                must contain a mapping of service name (e.g., netbios-ssn)
    9595                to service port (e.g., 139) and protocol type (e.g., tcp).
    96                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf</code></span></dt><dd><p>This is the default location of the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> server configuration file. Other common places that systems
     96                </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf</code></span></dt><dd><p>This is the default location of the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> server configuration file. Other common places that systems
    9797                install this file are <code class="filename">/usr/samba/lib/smb.conf</code>
    9898                and <code class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>.</p><p>This file describes all the services the server
    99                 is to make available to clients. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> for more information.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300604"></a><h2>LIMITATIONS</h2><p>On some systems <code class="literal">smbd</code> cannot change uid back
     99                is to make available to clients. See <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> for more information.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324741"></a><h2>LIMITATIONS</h2><p>On some systems <code class="literal">smbd</code> cannot change uid back
    100100        to root after a setuid() call.  Such systems are called
    101101        trapdoor uid systems. If you have such a system,
    … …  
    103103        two different users at once. Attempts to connect the
    104104        second user will result in access denied or
    105         similar.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300622"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="envar">PRINTER</code></span></dt><dd><p>If no printer name is specified to
     105        similar.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324758"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="envar">PRINTER</code></span></dt><dd><p>If no printer name is specified to
    106106                printable services, most systems will use the value of
    107107                this variable (or <code class="constant">lp</code> if this variable is
    108108                not defined) as the name of the printer to use. This
    109                 is not specific to the server, however.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300650"></a><h2>PAM INTERACTION</h2><p>Samba uses PAM for authentication (when presented with a plaintext
     109                is not specific to the server, however.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324785"></a><h2>PAM INTERACTION</h2><p>Samba uses PAM for authentication (when presented with a plaintext
    110110        password), for account checking (is this account disabled?) and for
    111111        session management.  The degree too which samba supports PAM is restricted
    112         by the limitations of the SMB protocol and the <a class="indexterm" name="id300660"></a>obey pam restrictions <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> paramater.  When this is set, the following restrictions apply:
     112        by the limitations of the SMB protocol and the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS">obey pam restrictions</a> <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> paramater.  When this is set, the following restrictions apply:
    113113        </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Account Validation</em></span>:  All accesses to a
    114114        samba server are checked
    … …  
    120120        Note also that some older pam configuration files may need a line
    121121        added for session support.
    122         </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300698"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
    123         the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300709"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>Most diagnostics issued by the server are logged
     122        </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324832"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
     123        the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324841"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>Most diagnostics issued by the server are logged
    124124        in a specified log file. The log file name is specified
    125125        at compile time, but may be overridden on the command line.</p><p>The number and nature of diagnostics available depends
    … …  
    130130        diagnostic. At this stage your best bet is still to grep the
    131131        source code and inspect the conditions that gave rise to the
    132         diagnostics you are seeing.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300731"></a><h2>TDB FILES</h2><p>Samba stores it's data in several TDB (Trivial Database) files, usually located in <code class="filename">/var/lib/samba</code>.</p><p>
     132        diagnostics you are seeing.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324864"></a><h2>TDB FILES</h2><p>Samba stores it's data in several TDB (Trivial Database) files, usually located in <code class="filename">/var/lib/samba</code>.</p><p>
    133133        (*) information persistent across restarts (but not
    134134        necessarily important to backup).
    135         </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">account_policy.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>NT account policy settings such as pw expiration, etc...</p></dd><dt><span class="term">brlock.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>byte range locks</p></dd><dt><span class="term">browse.dat</span></dt><dd><p>browse lists</p></dd><dt><span class="term">connections.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>share connections (used to enforce max connections, etc...)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">gencache.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>generic caching db</p></dd><dt><span class="term">group_mapping.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>group mapping information</p></dd><dt><span class="term">locking.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>share modes &amp; oplocks</p></dd><dt><span class="term">login_cache.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>bad pw attempts</p></dd><dt><span class="term">messages.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>Samba messaging system</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netsamlogon_cache.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>cache of user net_info_3 struct from net_samlogon() request (as a domain member)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ntdrivers.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>installed printer drivers</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ntforms.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>installed printer forms</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ntprinters.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>installed printer information</p></dd><dt><span class="term">printing/</span></dt><dd><p>directory containing tdb per print queue of cached lpq output</p></dd><dt><span class="term">registry.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>Windows registry skeleton (connect via regedit.exe)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">sessionid.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>session information (e.g. support for 'utmp = yes')</p></dd><dt><span class="term">share_info.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>share acls</p></dd><dt><span class="term">winbindd_cache.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>winbindd's cache of user lists, etc...</p></dd><dt><span class="term">winbindd_idmap.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>winbindd's local idmap db</p></dd><dt><span class="term">wins.dat*</span></dt><dd><p>wins database when 'wins support = yes'</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300963"></a><h2>SIGNALS</h2><p>Sending the <code class="literal">smbd</code> a SIGHUP will cause it to
     135        </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">account_policy.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>NT account policy settings such as pw expiration, etc...</p></dd><dt><span class="term">brlock.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>byte range locks</p></dd><dt><span class="term">browse.dat</span></dt><dd><p>browse lists</p></dd><dt><span class="term">connections.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>share connections (used to enforce max connections, etc...)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">gencache.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>generic caching db</p></dd><dt><span class="term">group_mapping.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>group mapping information</p></dd><dt><span class="term">locking.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>share modes &amp; oplocks</p></dd><dt><span class="term">login_cache.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>bad pw attempts</p></dd><dt><span class="term">messages.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>Samba messaging system</p></dd><dt><span class="term">netsamlogon_cache.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>cache of user net_info_3 struct from net_samlogon() request (as a domain member)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ntdrivers.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>installed printer drivers</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ntforms.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>installed printer forms</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ntprinters.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>installed printer information</p></dd><dt><span class="term">printing/</span></dt><dd><p>directory containing tdb per print queue of cached lpq output</p></dd><dt><span class="term">registry.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>Windows registry skeleton (connect via regedit.exe)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">sessionid.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>session information (e.g. support for 'utmp = yes')</p></dd><dt><span class="term">share_info.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>share acls</p></dd><dt><span class="term">winbindd_cache.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>winbindd's cache of user lists, etc...</p></dd><dt><span class="term">winbindd_idmap.tdb*</span></dt><dd><p>winbindd's local idmap db</p></dd><dt><span class="term">wins.dat*</span></dt><dd><p>wins database when 'wins support = yes'</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325083"></a><h2>SIGNALS</h2><p>Sending the <code class="literal">smbd</code> a SIGHUP will cause it to
    136136        reload its <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> configuration
    137137        file within a short period of time.</p><p>To shut down a user's <code class="literal">smbd</code> process it is recommended
    … …  
    141141        an <code class="literal">smbd</code> is to send it a SIGTERM (-15) signal and wait for
    142142        it to die on its own.</p><p>The debug log level of <code class="literal">smbd</code> may be raised
    143         or lowered using <a href="smbcontrol.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbcontrol</span>(1)</span></a> program (SIGUSR[1|2] signals are no longer
     143        or lowered using <a class="citerefentry" href="smbcontrol.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbcontrol</span>(1)</span></a> program (SIGUSR[1|2] signals are no longer
    144144        used since Samba 2.2). This is to allow transient problems to be diagnosed,
    145145        whilst still running at a normally low log level.</p><p>Note that as the signal handlers send a debug write,
    … …  
    148148        issuing them. It is possible to make the signal handlers safe
    149149        by un-blocking the signals before the select call and re-blocking
    150         them after, however this would affect performance.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id301049"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="hosts_access.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">hosts_access</span>(5)</span></a>, <a href="inetd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">inetd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>, and the
     150        them after, however this would affect performance.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325161"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="hosts_access.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">hosts_access</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="inetd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">inetd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>, and the
    151151        Internet RFC's  <code class="filename">rfc1001.txt</code>, <code class="filename">rfc1002.txt</code>.
    152152        In addition the CIFS (formerly SMB) specification is available
    153         as a link from the Web page <a href="http://samba.org/cifs/" target="_top">
    154         http://samba.org/cifs/</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id301133"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     153        as a link from the Web page <a class="ulink" href="http://samba.org/cifs/" target="_top">
     154        http://samba.org/cifs/</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325240"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    155155        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    156156        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar
    157157        to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p>The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer.
    158158        The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another
    159         excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
     159        excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
    160160        ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/</a>) and updated for the Samba 2.0
    161161        release by Jeremy Allison.  The conversion to DocBook for

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbget.1.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbget</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbget.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbget &#8212; wget-like utility for download files over SMB</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbget</code> [-a, --guest] [-r, --resume] [-R, --recursive] [-u, --username=STRING] [-p, --password=STRING] [-w, --workgroup=STRING] [-n, --nonprompt] [-d, --debuglevel=INT] [-D, --dots] [-P, --keep-permissions] [-o, --outputfile] [-f, --rcfile] [-q, --quiet] [-v, --verbose] [-b, --blocksize] [-?, --help] [--usage] {smb://host/share/path/to/file} [smb://url2/] [...]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259410"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>smbget is a simple utility with wget-like semantics, that can download files from SMB servers. You can specify the files you would like to download on the command-line.
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbget</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbget.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbget &#8212; wget-like utility for download files over SMB</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbget</code> [-a, --guest] [-r, --resume] [-R, --recursive] [-u, --username=STRING] [-p, --password=STRING] [-w, --workgroup=STRING] [-n, --nonprompt] [-d, --debuglevel=INT] [-D, --dots] [-P, --keep-permissions] [-o, --outputfile] [-f, --rcfile] [-q, --quiet] [-v, --verbose] [-b, --blocksize] [-?, --help] [--usage] {smb://host/share/path/to/file} [smb://url2/] [...]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283397"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>smbget is a simple utility with wget-like semantics, that can download files from SMB servers. You can specify the files you would like to download on the command-line.
    22        </p><p>
    33                The files should be in the smb-URL standard, e.g. use smb://host/share/file
    44                for the UNC path <span class="emphasis"><em>\\\\HOST\\SHARE\\file</em></span>.
    5         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260356"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><dt><span class="term">-a, --guest</span></dt><dd><p>Work as user guest</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-r, --resume</span></dt><dd><p>Automatically resume aborted files</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-R, --recursive</span></dt><dd><p>Recursively download files</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-u, --username=STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Username to use</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-p, --password=STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Password to use</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-w, --workgroup=STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Workgroup to use (optional)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n, --nonprompt</span></dt><dd><p>Don't ask anything (non-interactive)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d, --debuglevel=INT</span></dt><dd><p>Debuglevel to use</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-D, --dots</span></dt><dd><p>Show dots as progress indication</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-P, --keep-permissions</span></dt><dd><p>Set same permissions on local file as are set on remote file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-o, --outputfile</span></dt><dd><p>Write the file that is being download to the specified file. Can not be used together with -R.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-f, --rcfile</span></dt><dd><p>Use specified rcfile. This will be loaded in the order it was specified - e.g. if you specify any options before this one, they might get overriden by the contents of the rcfile.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-q, --quiet</span></dt><dd><p>Be quiet</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-v, --verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Be verbose</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-b, --blocksize</span></dt><dd><p>Number of bytes to download in a block. Defaults to 64000.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-?, --help</span></dt><dd><p>Show help message</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--usage</span></dt><dd><p>Display brief usage message</p></dd></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260196"></a><h2>SMB URLS</h2><p> SMB URL's should be specified in the following format:</p><pre class="programlisting">
     5        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283428"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><dt><span class="term">-a, --guest</span></dt><dd><p>Work as user guest</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-r, --resume</span></dt><dd><p>Automatically resume aborted files</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-R, --recursive</span></dt><dd><p>Recursively download files</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-u, --username=STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Username to use</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-p, --password=STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Password to use</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-w, --workgroup=STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Workgroup to use (optional)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n, --nonprompt</span></dt><dd><p>Don't ask anything (non-interactive)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d, --debuglevel=INT</span></dt><dd><p>Debuglevel to use</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-D, --dots</span></dt><dd><p>Show dots as progress indication</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-P, --keep-permissions</span></dt><dd><p>Set same permissions on local file as are set on remote file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-o, --outputfile</span></dt><dd><p>Write the file that is being download to the specified file. Can not be used together with -R.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-f, --rcfile</span></dt><dd><p>Use specified rcfile. This will be loaded in the order it was specified - e.g. if you specify any options before this one, they might get overriden by the contents of the rcfile.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-q, --quiet</span></dt><dd><p>Be quiet</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-v, --verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Be verbose</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-b, --blocksize</span></dt><dd><p>Number of bytes to download in a block. Defaults to 64000.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-?, --help</span></dt><dd><p>Show help message</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--usage</span></dt><dd><p>Display brief usage message</p></dd></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283078"></a><h2>SMB URLS</h2><p> SMB URL's should be specified in the following format:</p><pre class="programlisting">
    66smb://[[[domain;]user[:password@]]server[/share[/path[/file]]]]
    77</pre><pre class="programlisting">
    … …  
    99</pre><pre class="programlisting">
    1010smb://name/ means, if <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> is a workgroup, all the servers in this workgroup, or if <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em> is a server, all the shares on this server.
    11 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300455"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><pre class="programlisting">
     11</pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324476"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><pre class="programlisting">
    1212# Recursively download 'src' directory
    1313smbget -R smb://rhonwyn/jelmer/src
    … …  
    1818# Backup my data on rhonwyn
    1919smbget -Rr smb://rhonwyn/
    20 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300469"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Permission denied is returned in some cases where the cause of the error is unknown
     20</pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324490"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Permission denied is returned in some cases where the cause of the error is unknown
    2121(such as an illegally formatted smb:// url or trying to get a directory without -R
    22 turned on).</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300480"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
    23         the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300490"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     22turned on).</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324502"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
     23        the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324511"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    2424        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    2525        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbgetrc.5.html

    r39 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbgetrc</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbgetrc.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbgetrc &#8212; configuration file for smbget</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><p><code class="filename">smbgetrc</code></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id291815"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbgetrc</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbgetrc.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbgetrc &#8212; configuration file for smbget</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><p><code class="filename">smbgetrc</code></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id315548"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>
    22                This manual page documents the format and options of the <span class="emphasis"><em>smbgetrc</em></span>
    3                 file. This is the configuration file used by the <a href="smbget.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbget</span>(1)</span></a>
     3                file. This is the configuration file used by the <a class="citerefentry" href="smbget.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbget</span>(1)</span></a>
    44                utility. The file contains of key-value pairs, one pair on each line. The key
    55                        and value should be separated by a space.
    66        </p><p>By default, smbget reads its configuration from <span class="emphasis"><em>$HOME/.smbgetrc</em></span>, though
    7                 other locations can be specified using the command-line options.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259314"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>
     7                other locations can be specified using the command-line options.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283754"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>
    88        The following keys can be set:
    99</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">resume on|off</span></dt><dd><p>
    1010                        Whether aborted downloads should be automatically resumed.
    1111                        </p></dd><dt><span class="term">recursive on|off</span></dt><dd><p>Whether directories should be downloaded recursively</p></dd><dt><span class="term">username <em class="replaceable"><code>name</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Username to use when logging in to the remote server. Use an empty string for anonymous access.
    12                         </p></dd><dt><span class="term">password <em class="replaceable"><code>pass</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Password to use when logging in.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">workgroup <em class="replaceable"><code>wg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Workgroup to use when logging in</p></dd><dt><span class="term">nonprompt on|off</span></dt><dd><p>Turns off asking for username and password. Useful for scripts.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">debuglevel <em class="replaceable"><code>int</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>(Samba) debuglevel to run at. Useful for tracking down protocol level problems.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dots on|off</span></dt><dd><p>Whether a single dot should be printed for each block that has been downloaded, instead of the default progress indicator.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">blocksize <em class="replaceable"><code>int</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Number of bytes to put in a block. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259398"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
    13         the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259408"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smbget.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbget</span>(1)</span></a> and <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a>.
    14         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259433"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     12                        </p></dd><dt><span class="term">password <em class="replaceable"><code>pass</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Password to use when logging in.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">workgroup <em class="replaceable"><code>wg</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Workgroup to use when logging in</p></dd><dt><span class="term">nonprompt on|off</span></dt><dd><p>Turns off asking for username and password. Useful for scripts.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">debuglevel <em class="replaceable"><code>int</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>(Samba) debuglevel to run at. Useful for tracking down protocol level problems.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dots on|off</span></dt><dd><p>Whether a single dot should be printed for each block that has been downloaded, instead of the default progress indicator.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">blocksize <em class="replaceable"><code>int</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Number of bytes to put in a block. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283384"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
     13        the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283394"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbget.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbget</span>(1)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a>.
     14        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283418"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    1515        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    1616        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbmnt.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbmnt</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbmnt.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbmnt &#8212; helper utility for mounting SMB filesystems</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbmnt</code> {mount-point} [-s &lt;share&gt;] [-r] [-u &lt;uid&gt;] [-g &lt;gid&gt;] [-f &lt;mask&gt;] [-d &lt;mask&gt;] [-o &lt;options&gt;] [-h]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259574"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p><code class="literal">smbmnt</code> is a helper application used
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbmnt</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbmnt.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbmnt &#8212; helper utility for mounting SMB filesystems</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbmnt</code> {mount-point} [-s &lt;share&gt;] [-r] [-u &lt;uid&gt;] [-g &lt;gid&gt;] [-f &lt;mask&gt;] [-d &lt;mask&gt;] [-o &lt;options&gt;] [-h]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282739"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p><code class="literal">smbmnt</code> is a helper application used
    22        by the smbmount program to do the actual mounting of SMB shares.
    33        <code class="literal">smbmnt</code> can be installed setuid root if you want
    44        normal users to be able to mount their SMB shares.</p><p>A setuid smbmnt will only allow mounts on directories owned
    55        by the user, and that the user has write permission on.</p><p>The <code class="literal">smbmnt</code> program is normally invoked
    6         by <a href="smbmount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbmount</span>(8)</span></a>. It should not be invoked directly by users. </p><p>smbmount searches the normal PATH for smbmnt. You must ensure
    7         that the smbmnt version in your path matches the smbmount used.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259373"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>mount the filesystem read-only
     6        by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbmount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbmount</span>(8)</span></a>. It should not be invoked directly by users. </p><p>smbmount searches the normal PATH for smbmnt. You must ensure
     7        that the smbmnt version in your path matches the smbmount used.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282787"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>mount the filesystem read-only
    88                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-u uid</span></dt><dd><p>specify the uid that the files will
    99                be owned by </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-g gid</span></dt><dd><p>specify the gid that the files will be
    … …  
    1414                command is run on a 2.4 or higher Linux kernel.
    1515                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options.
    16 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260376"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Volker Lendecke, Andrew Tridgell, Michael H. Warfield
     16</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282882"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Volker Lendecke, Andrew Tridgell, Michael H. Warfield
    1717        and others.</p><p>The current maintainer of smbfs and the userspace
    1818        tools <code class="literal">smbmount</code>, <code class="literal">smbumount</code>,
    19         and <code class="literal">smbmnt</code> is <a href="mailto:urban@teststation.com" target="_top">Urban Widmark</a>.
    20         The <a href="mailto:samba@samba.org" target="_top">SAMBA Mailing list</a>
     19        and <code class="literal">smbmnt</code> is <a class="ulink" href="mailto:urban@teststation.com" target="_top">Urban Widmark</a>.
     20        The <a class="ulink" href="mailto:samba@samba.org" target="_top">SAMBA Mailing list</a>
    2121        is the preferred place to ask questions regarding these programs.
    2222        </p><p>The conversion of this manpage for Samba 2.2 was performed

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbmount.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbmount</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbmount.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbmount &#8212; mount an smbfs filesystem</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbmount</code> {service} {mount-point} [-o options]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259314"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p><code class="literal">smbmount</code> mounts a Linux SMB filesystem. It
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbmount</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbmount.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbmount &#8212; mount an smbfs filesystem</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbmount</code> {service} {mount-point} [-o options]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283736"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p><code class="literal">smbmount</code> mounts a Linux SMB filesystem. It
    22        is usually invoked as <code class="literal">mount.smbfs</code> by
    3         the <a href="mount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">mount</span>(8)</span></a> command when using the
     3        the <a class="citerefentry" href="mount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">mount</span>(8)</span></a> command when using the
    44        "-t smbfs" option. This command only works in Linux, and the kernel must
    55        support the smbfs filesystem.</p><p>WARNING: <code class="literal">smbmount</code> is deprecated and not
    … …  
    1414        typically this output will end up in <code class="filename">log.smbmount</code>. The <code class="literal">
    1515        smbmount</code> process may also be called mount.smbfs.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> <code class="literal">smbmount</code>
    16         calls <a href="smbmnt.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbmnt</span>(8)</span></a> to do the actual mount. You
     16        calls <a class="citerefentry" href="smbmnt.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbmnt</span>(8)</span></a> to do the actual mount. You
    1717        must make sure that <code class="literal">smbmnt</code> is in the path so
    18         that it can be found. </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259386"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">username=&lt;arg&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>
     18        that it can be found. </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283356"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">username=&lt;arg&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>
    1919                specifies the username to connect as. If this is not given, then the environment variable <code class="envar"> USER</code>
    2020                is used. This option can also take the form "user%password" or "user/workgroup" or "user/workgroup%password"
    … …  
    3131The format of the file is:
    3232</p><pre class="programlisting">
    33 username = &lt;value&gt;
    34 password = &lt;value&gt;
     33username=value
     34password=value
    3535</pre><p>This is preferred over having passwords in plaintext in a
    3636                shared file, such as <code class="filename">/etc/fstab</code>. Be sure to protect any
    … …  
    5454                start with is 4. If set too high there will be a lot of
    5555                output, possibly hiding the useful output.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ip=&lt;arg&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Sets the destination host or IP address.
    56                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">workgroup=&lt;arg&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Sets the workgroup on the destination </p></dd><dt><span class="term">sockopt=&lt;arg&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Sets the TCP socket options. See the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#SOCKETOPTIONS" target="_top"><a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></a> <em class="parameter"><code>socket options</code></em> option.
     56                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">workgroup=&lt;arg&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Sets the workgroup on the destination </p></dd><dt><span class="term">sockopt=&lt;arg&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Sets the TCP socket options. See the <a class="ulink" href="smb.conf.5.html#SOCKETOPTIONS" target="_top"><a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></a> <em class="parameter"><code>socket options</code></em> option.
    5757                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">scope=&lt;arg&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>Sets the NetBIOS scope </p></dd><dt><span class="term">guest</span></dt><dd><p>Don't prompt for a password </p></dd><dt><span class="term">ro</span></dt><dd><p>mount read-only </p></dd><dt><span class="term">rw</span></dt><dd><p>mount read-write </p></dd><dt><span class="term">iocharset=&lt;arg&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>
    5858                sets the charset used by the Linux side for codepage
    … …  
    7474                in many cases.
    7575                (Note: only kernel 2.4.2 or later)
    76                 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300480"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>The variable <code class="envar">USER</code> may contain the username of the
     76                </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324483"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>The variable <code class="envar">USER</code> may contain the username of the
    7777        person using the client.  This information is used only if the
    7878        protocol level is high enough to support session-level
    … …  
    8383        passwords.</p><p>The variable <code class="envar">PASSWD_FILE</code> may contain the pathname
    8484        of a file to read the password from. A single line of input is
    85         read and used as the password.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300512"></a><h2>OTHER COMMANDS</h2><p>
     85        read and used as the password.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324513"></a><h2>OTHER COMMANDS</h2><p>
    8686        File systems that have been mounted using the <code class="literal">smbmount</code>
    8787        can be unmounted using the <code class="literal">smbumount</code> or the UNIX system
    8888        <code class="literal">umount</code> command.
    89         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300541"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Passwords and other options containing , can not be handled.
     89        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324538"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Passwords and other options containing , can not be handled.
    9090        For passwords an alternative way of passing them is in a credentials
    9191        file or in the PASSWD environment.</p><p>The credentials file does not handle usernames or passwords with
    … …  
    9898        to try the latest version first. So please try doing that first,
    9999        and always include which versions you use of relevant software
    100         when reporting bugs (minimum: samba, kernel, distribution)</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300575"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>Documentation/filesystems/smbfs.txt in the linux kernel
    101         source tree may contain additional options and information.</p><p>FreeBSD also has a smbfs, but it is not related to smbmount</p><p>For Solaris, HP-UX and others you may want to look at <a href="smbsh.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbsh</span>(1)</span></a> or at other solutions, such as
    102         Sharity or perhaps replacing the SMB server with a NFS server.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300602"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Volker Lendecke, Andrew Tridgell, Michael H. Warfield
     100        when reporting bugs (minimum: samba, kernel, distribution)</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324573"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>Documentation/filesystems/smbfs.txt in the linux kernel
     101        source tree may contain additional options and information.</p><p>FreeBSD also has a smbfs, but it is not related to smbmount</p><p>For Solaris, HP-UX and others you may want to look at <a class="citerefentry" href="smbsh.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbsh</span>(1)</span></a> or at other solutions, such as
     102        Sharity or perhaps replacing the SMB server with a NFS server.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324598"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Volker Lendecke, Andrew Tridgell, Michael H. Warfield
    103103        and others.</p><p>The current maintainer of smbfs and the userspace
    104104        tools <code class="literal">smbmount</code>, <code class="literal">smbumount</code>,
    105         and <code class="literal">smbmnt</code> is <a href="mailto:urban@teststation.com" target="_top">Urban Widmark</a>.
    106         The <a href="mailto:samba@samba.org" target="_top">SAMBA Mailing list</a>
     105        and <code class="literal">smbmnt</code> is <a class="ulink" href="mailto:urban@teststation.com" target="_top">Urban Widmark</a>.
     106        The <a class="ulink" href="mailto:samba@samba.org" target="_top">SAMBA Mailing list</a>
    107107        is the preferred place to ask questions regarding these programs.
    108108        </p><p>The conversion of this manpage for Samba 2.2 was performed

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbpasswd.5.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbpasswd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbpasswd.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbpasswd &#8212; The Samba encrypted password file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><p><code class="filename">smbpasswd</code></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id291815"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>smbpasswd is the Samba encrypted password file. It contains
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbpasswd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbpasswd.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbpasswd &#8212; The Samba encrypted password file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><p><code class="filename">smbpasswd</code></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id315548"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>smbpasswd is the Samba encrypted password file. It contains
    22        the username, Unix user id and the SMB hashed passwords of the
    33        user, as well as account flag information and the time the
    44        password was last changed. This file format has been evolving with
    5         Samba and has had several different formats in the past. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259311"></a><h2>FILE FORMAT</h2><p>The format of the smbpasswd file used by Samba 2.2
     5        Samba and has had several different formats in the past. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283750"></a><h2>FILE FORMAT</h2><p>The format of the smbpasswd file used by Samba 2.2
    66        is very similar to the familiar Unix <code class="filename">passwd(5)</code>
    77        file. It is an ASCII file containing one line for each user. Each field
    … …  
    6565                        will only allow users to log on with no password if the <em class="parameter"><code>
    6666                        null passwords</code></em> parameter is set in the
    67                         <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> config file. </p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>D</em></span> - This means the account
     67                        <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> config file. </p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>D</em></span> - This means the account
    6868                        is disabled and no SMB/CIFS logins  will be allowed for this user. </p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>X</em></span> - This means the password
    6969                        does not expire. </p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>W</em></span> - This means this account
    … …  
    7777                "Last Change Time") followed by a numeric encoding of the UNIX time
    7878                in seconds since the epoch (1970) that the last change was made.
    79                 </p></dd></dl></div><p>All other colon separated fields are ignored at this time.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260410"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
    80         the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260421"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a>, and
     79                </p></dd></dl></div><p>All other colon separated fields are ignored at this time.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282932"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
     80        the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282942"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a>, and
    8181        the Internet RFC1321 for details on the MD4 algorithm.
    82         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260088"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     82        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282967"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    8383        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    8484        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar
    8585        to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p>The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer.
    8686        The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another
    87         excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
     87        excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
    8888        ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/</a>) and updated for the Samba 2.0
    8989        release by Jeremy Allison.  The conversion to DocBook for

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbpasswd.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbpasswd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbpasswd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbpasswd &#8212; change a user's SMB password</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> [-a] [-c &lt;config file&gt;] [-x] [-d] [-e] [-D debuglevel] [-n] [-r &lt;remote machine&gt;] [-R &lt;name resolve order&gt;] [-m] [-U username[%password]] [-h] [-s] [-w pass] [-W] [-i] [-L] [username]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259391"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The smbpasswd program has several different
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbpasswd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbpasswd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbpasswd &#8212; change a user's SMB password</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> [-a] [-c &lt;config file&gt;] [-x] [-d] [-e] [-D debuglevel] [-n] [-r &lt;remote machine&gt;] [-R &lt;name resolve order&gt;] [-m] [-U username[%password]] [-h] [-s] [-w pass] [-W] [-i] [-L] [username]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283379"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The smbpasswd program has several different
    22        functions, depending on whether it is run by the <span class="emphasis"><em>root</em></span> user
    33        or not. When run as a normal user it allows the user to change
    … …  
    99        however in that it is not <span class="emphasis"><em>setuid root</em></span> but works in
    1010        a client-server mode and communicates with a
    11         locally running <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>. As a consequence in order for this to
     11        locally running <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>. As a consequence in order for this to
    1212        succeed the smbd daemon must be running on the local machine. On a
    1313        UNIX machine the encrypted SMB passwords are usually stored in
    14         the <a href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a> file. </p><p>When run by an ordinary user with no options, smbpasswd
     14        the <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a> file. </p><p>When run by an ordinary user with no options, smbpasswd
    1515        will prompt them for their old SMB password and then ask them
    1616        for their new password twice, to ensure that the new password
    … …  
    2626        smbpasswd</code> accesses the local smbpasswd file
    2727        directly, thus enabling changes to be made even if smbd is not
    28         running. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260409"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-a</span></dt><dd><p>
     28        running. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282931"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-a</span></dt><dd><p>
    2929                This option specifies that the username following should be added to the local smbpasswd file, with the new
    3030                password typed (type &lt;Enter&gt; for the old password). This option is ignored if the username following
    … …  
    4747                will fail. </p><p>If the smbpasswd file is in the 'old' format (pre-Samba 2.0
    4848                format) there is no space in the user's password entry to write
    49                 this information and the command will FAIL. See <a href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a> for details on the 'old' and new password file formats.
     49                this information and the command will FAIL. See <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a> for details on the 'old' and new password file formats.
    5050                </p><p>This option is only available when running smbpasswd as
    5151                root.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-e</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies that the username following
    … …  
    5555                the user will be able to authenticate via SMB once again. </p><p>If the smbpasswd file is in the 'old' format, then <code class="literal">
    5656                smbpasswd</code> will FAIL to enable the account. 
    57                 See <a href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a> for
     57                See <a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a> for
    5858                details on the 'old' and new password file formats. </p><p>This option is only available when running smbpasswd as root.
    5959                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-D debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>debuglevel</code></em> is an integer
    … …  
    9595                 cause names to be resolved as follows: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="constant">lmhosts</code>: Lookup an IP
    9696            address in the Samba lmhosts file. If the line in lmhosts has
    97             no name type attached to the NetBIOS name (see the <a href="lmhosts.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">lmhosts</span>(5)</span></a> for details) then
     97            no name type attached to the NetBIOS name (see the <a class="citerefentry" href="lmhosts.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">lmhosts</span>(5)</span></a> for details) then
    9898            any name type matches for lookup.</p></li><li><p><code class="constant">host</code>: Do a standard host
    9999            name to IP address resolution, using the system <code class="filename">/etc/hosts
    … …  
    111111            reliable of the name resolution methods as it depends on the
    112112            target host being on a locally connected subnet.</p></li></ul></div><p>The default order is <code class="literal">lmhosts, host, wins, bcast</code>
    113                 and without this parameter or any entry in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file the name resolution methods will
     113                and without this parameter or any entry in the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file the name resolution methods will
    114114                be attempted in this order. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-m</span></dt><dd><p>This option tells smbpasswd that the account
    115115                being changed is a MACHINE account. Currently this is used
    … …  
    129129                has been compiled with LDAP support. The <em class="parameter"><code>-w</code></em>
    130130                switch is used to specify the password to be used with the
    131                 <a class="indexterm" name="id300725"></a>ldap admin dn.  Note that the password is stored in
     131                <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN">ldap admin dn</a>.  Note that the password is stored in
    132132                the <code class="filename">secrets.tdb</code> and is keyed off
    133133                of the admin's DN.  This means that if the value of <em class="parameter"><code>ldap
    … …  
    139139                has been compiled with LDAP support. The <em class="parameter"><code>-W</code></em>
    140140                switch is used to specify the password to be used with the
    141                 <a class="indexterm" name="id300773"></a>ldap admin dn.  Note that the password is stored in
     141                <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN">ldap admin dn</a>.  Note that the password is stored in
    142142                the <code class="filename">secrets.tdb</code> and is keyed off
    143143                of the admin's DN.  This means that if the value of <em class="parameter"><code>ldap
    … …  
    152152                can specify this parameter as only root has the permission needed
    153153                to modify attributes directly in the local smbpasswd file.
    154                 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300843"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>Since <code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> works in client-server
     154                </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324951"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>Since <code class="literal">smbpasswd</code> works in client-server
    155155        mode communicating  with a local smbd for a non-root user then
    156156        the smbd daemon must be running for this to work. A common problem
    … …  
    158158        smbd</code> running on the local machine by specifying either <em class="parameter"><code>allow
    159159        hosts</code></em> or <em class="parameter"><code>deny hosts</code></em> entry in
    160         the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file and neglecting to
     160        the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file and neglecting to
    161161        allow "localhost" access to the smbd. </p><p>In addition, the smbpasswd command is only useful if Samba
    162         has been set up to use encrypted passwords. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300892"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300902"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>, <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300927"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     162        has been set up to use encrypted passwords. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324996"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325006"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325030"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    163163        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    164164        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar
    165165        to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p>The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer.
    166166        The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another
    167         excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
     167        excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
    168168        ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/</a>) and updated for the Samba 2.0
    169169        release by Jeremy Allison.  The conversion to DocBook for

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbsh.1.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbsh</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbsh.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbsh &#8212; Allows access to remote SMB shares
    2         using UNIX commands</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbsh</code> [-W workgroup] [-U username] [-P prefix] [-R &lt;name resolve order&gt;] [-d &lt;debug level&gt;] [-l logdir] [-L libdir]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259559"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbsh</code> allows you to access an NT filesystem
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbsh</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbsh.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbsh &#8212; Allows access to remote SMB shares
     2        using UNIX commands</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbsh</code> [-W workgroup] [-U username] [-P prefix] [-R &lt;name resolve order&gt;] [-d &lt;debug level&gt;] [-l logdir] [-L libdir]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282765"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbsh</code> allows you to access an NT filesystem
    33        using UNIX commands such as <code class="literal">ls</code>, <code class="literal">
    44        egrep</code>, and <code class="literal">rcp</code>. You must use a
    55        shell that is dynamically linked in order for <code class="literal">smbsh</code>
    6         to work correctly.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259359"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-W WORKGROUP</span></dt><dd><p>Override the default workgroup specified in the
    7                 workgroup parameter of the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file
     6        to work correctly.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282815"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-W WORKGROUP</span></dt><dd><p>Override the default workgroup specified in the
     7                workgroup parameter of the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file
    88                for this session. This may be needed to connect to some
    99                servers. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-U username[%pass]</span></dt><dd><p>Sets the SMB username or username and password.
    … …  
    2323The default configuration file name is determined at
    2424compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
    25 from 0 to 10.  The default value if this parameter is
    26 not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
     25from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is
     26not specified is 0.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
    2727logged to the log files about the activities of the
    2828server. At level 0, only critical errors and serious
    … …  
    3434use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log
    3535data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will
    36 override the <a class="indexterm" name="id260377"></a> parameter
     36override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL">log level</a> parameter
    3737in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-R &lt;name resolve order&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>This option is used to determine what naming
    3838services and in what order to resolve
    … …  
    4343line in lmhosts has no name type attached to the
    4444NetBIOS name
    45 (see the <a href="lmhosts.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">lmhosts</span>(5)</span></a>   for details)
     45(see the <a class="citerefentry" href="lmhosts.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">lmhosts</span>(5)</span></a>      for details)
    4646then any name type matches for lookup.
    4747</p></li><li><p><code class="constant">host</code>:
    … …  
    6767</p></li></ul></div><p>If this parameter is not set then the name resolve order
    6868defined in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file parameter 
    69 (<a class="indexterm" name="id260127"></a>) will be used.
     69(<a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMERESOLVEORDER">name resolve order</a>) will be used.
    7070</p><p>The default order is lmhosts, host, wins, bcast. Without
    71 this parameter or any entry in the <a class="indexterm" name="id260137"></a> parameter of the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file, the name
     71this parameter or any entry in the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMERESOLVEORDER">name resolve order</a> parameter of the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file, the name
    7272resolution methods will be attempted in this order. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-L libdir</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the location of the
    7373                shared libraries used by <code class="literal">smbsh</code>. The default
    7474                value is specified at compile time.
    75                 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260170"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>To use the <code class="literal">smbsh</code> command, execute <code class="literal">
     75                </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324538"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>To use the <code class="literal">smbsh</code> command, execute <code class="literal">
    7676        smbsh</code> from the prompt and enter the username and password
    7777        that authenticates you to the machine running the Windows NT
    … …  
    9090        names for that machine. You could then, for example, use the <code class="literal">
    9191        cd</code> command to change directories, <code class="literal">vi</code> to
    92         edit files, and <code class="literal">rcp</code>  to copy files.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300498"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300508"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p><code class="literal">smbsh</code> works by intercepting the standard
     92        edit files, and <code class="literal">rcp</code>  to copy files.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324634"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324644"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p><code class="literal">smbsh</code> works by intercepting the standard
    9393        libc calls with the dynamically loaded versions in <code class="filename">
    9494        smbwrapper.o</code>. Not all calls have been "wrapped", so
    … …  
    9797        use of <code class="literal">smbsh</code>'s functionality. Most versions
    9898        of UNIX have a <code class="literal">file</code> command that will
    99         describe how a program was linked.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300553"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300576"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     99        describe how a program was linked.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324684"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324707"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    100100        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    101101        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar
    102102        to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p>The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer.
    103103        The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another
    104         excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
     104        excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
    105105        ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/</a>) and updated for the Samba 2.0
    106106        release by Jeremy Allison.  The conversion to DocBook for

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbspool.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbspool</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbspool.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbspool &#8212; send a print file to an SMB printer</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbspool</code> {job} {user} {title} {copies} {options} [filename]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259551"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>smbspool is a very small print spooling program that
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbspool</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbspool.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbspool &#8212; send a print file to an SMB printer</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbspool</code> {job} {user} {title} {copies} {options} [filename]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282733"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>smbspool is a very small print spooling program that
    22        sends a print file to an SMB printer. The command-line arguments
    33        are position-dependent for compatibility with the Common UNIX
    … …  
    1111        pass the URI in argv[0], while shell scripts must set the
    1212        <code class="envar">DEVICE_URI</code> environment variable prior to
    13         running smbspool.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259383"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The job argument (argv[1]) contains the
     13        running smbspool.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283370"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The job argument (argv[1]) contains the
    1414                job ID number and is presently not used by smbspool.
    1515                </p></li><li><p>The user argument (argv[2]) contains the
    … …  
    2424                not used by smbspool.</p></li><li><p>The filename argument (argv[6]) contains the
    2525                name of the file to print. If this argument is not specified
    26                 then the print file is read from the standard input.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259427"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259437"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260378"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p><code class="literal">smbspool</code> was written by Michael Sweet
     26                then the print file is read from the standard input.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283414"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283424"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282899"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p><code class="literal">smbspool</code> was written by Michael Sweet
    2727        at Easy Software Products.</p><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    2828        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    … …  
    3030        to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p>The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer.
    3131        The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another
    32         excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
     32        excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
    3333        ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/</a>) and updated for the Samba 2.0
    3434        release by Jeremy Allison.  The conversion to DocBook for

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbstatus.1.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbstatus</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbstatus.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbstatus &#8212; report on current Samba connections</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbstatus</code> [-P] [-b] [-d &lt;debug level&gt;] [-v] [-L] [-B] [-p] [-S] [-s &lt;configuration file&gt;] [-u &lt;username&gt;]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259581"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbstatus</code> is a very simple program to
    2         list the current Samba connections.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259607"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-P|--profile</span></dt><dd><p>If samba has been compiled with the
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbstatus</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbstatus.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbstatus &#8212; report on current Samba connections</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbstatus</code> [-P] [-b] [-d &lt;debug level&gt;] [-v] [-L] [-B] [-p] [-S] [-s &lt;configuration file&gt;] [-u &lt;username&gt;]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282762"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbstatus</code> is a very simple program to
     2        list the current Samba connections.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282788"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-P|--profile</span></dt><dd><p>If samba has been compiled with the
    33                profiling option, print only the contents of the profiling
    4                 shared memory area.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-b|--brief</span></dt><dd><p>gives brief output.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
    5 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
    6 configuration details required by the server.  The
    7 information in this file includes server-specific
    8 information such as what printcap file to use, as well
    9 as descriptions of all the services that the server is
    10 to provide. See <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for more information.
    11 The default configuration file name is determined at
    12 compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
    13 from 0 to 10.  The default value if this parameter is
    14 not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
     4                shared memory area.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-b|--brief</span></dt><dd><p>gives brief output.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
     5from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is
     6not specified is 0.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
    157logged to the log files about the activities of the
    168server. At level 0, only critical errors and serious
    … …  
    2214use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log
    2315data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will
    24 override the <a class="indexterm" name="id260363"></a> parameter
    25 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logdirectory</span></dt><dd><p>Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension
     16override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL">log level</a> parameter
     17in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
     18</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
     19configuration details required by the server.  The
     20information in this file includes server-specific
     21information such as what printcap file to use, as well
     22as descriptions of all the services that the server is
     23to provide. See <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for more information.
     24The default configuration file name is determined at
     25compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--log-basename=logdirectory</span></dt><dd><p>Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension
    2626<code class="constant">".progname"</code> will be appended (e.g. log.smbclient,
    2727log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client.
    2828</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-v|--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>gives verbose output.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-L|--locks</span></dt><dd><p>causes smbstatus to only list locks.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-B|--byterange</span></dt><dd><p>causes smbstatus to include byte range locks.
    29                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-p|--processes</span></dt><dd><p>print a list of <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> processes and exit.
     29                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-p|--processes</span></dt><dd><p>print a list of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> processes and exit.
    3030                Useful for scripting.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-S|--shares</span></dt><dd><p>causes smbstatus to only list shares.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options.
    31 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-u|--user=&lt;username&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>selects information relevant to <em class="parameter"><code>username</code></em> only.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260132"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
    32         the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260142"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260167"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     31</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-u|--user=&lt;username&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>selects information relevant to <em class="parameter"><code>username</code></em> only.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324482"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
     32        the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324491"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324515"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    3333        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    3434        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar
    3535        to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p>The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer.
    3636        The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another
    37         excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
     37        excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
    3838        ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/</a>) and updated for the Samba 2.0
    3939        release by Jeremy Allison.  The conversion to DocBook for

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbtar.1.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbtar</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbtar.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbtar &#8212; shell script for backing up SMB/CIFS shares
    2         directly to UNIX tape drives</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbtar</code> [-r] [-i] [-a] [-v] {-s server} [-p password] [-x services] [-X] [-N filename] [-b blocksize] [-d directory] [-l loglevel] [-u user] [-t tape] {filenames}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259370"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbtar</code> is a very small shell script on top
    3         of <a href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a> which dumps SMB shares directly to tape.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259404"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s server</span></dt><dd><p>The SMB/CIFS server that the share resides
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbtar</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbtar.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbtar &#8212; shell script for backing up SMB/CIFS shares
     2        directly to UNIX tape drives</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbtar</code> [-r] [-i] [-a] [-v] {-s server} [-p password] [-x services] [-X] [-N filename] [-b blocksize] [-d directory] [-l loglevel] [-u user] [-t tape] {filenames}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283357"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbtar</code> is a very small shell script on top
     3        of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a> which dumps SMB shares directly to tape.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283391"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s server</span></dt><dd><p>The SMB/CIFS server that the share resides
    44                upon.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-x service</span></dt><dd><p>The share name on the server to connect to.
    55                The default is "backup".</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-X</span></dt><dd><p>Exclude mode. Exclude filenames... from tar
    … …  
    1818                after each file is read. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>Restore. Files are restored to the share
    1919                from the tar file. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l log level</span></dt><dd><p>Log (debug) level. Corresponds to the
    20                 <em class="parameter"><code>-d</code></em> flag of <a href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260167"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>The <em class="parameter"><code>$TAPE</code></em> variable specifies the
     20                <em class="parameter"><code>-d</code></em> flag of <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283046"></a><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>The <em class="parameter"><code>$TAPE</code></em> variable specifies the
    2121        default tape device to write to. May be overridden
    22         with the -t option. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260184"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>The <code class="literal">smbtar</code> script has different
    23         options from ordinary tar and from smbclient's tar command. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260200"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>Sites that are more careful about security may not like
     22        with the -t option. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283063"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>The <code class="literal">smbtar</code> script has different
     23        options from ordinary tar and from smbclient's tar command. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283079"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>Sites that are more careful about security may not like
    2424        the way the script handles PC passwords. Backup and restore work
    2525        on entire shares; should work on file lists. smbtar works best
    26         with GNU tar and may not work well with other versions. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260212"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>See the <span class="emphasis"><em>DIAGNOSTICS</em></span> section for the <a href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a> command.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300456"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
    27         the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300466"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300499"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     26        with GNU tar and may not work well with other versions. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283091"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>See the <span class="emphasis"><em>DIAGNOSTICS</em></span> section for the <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a> command.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324476"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
     27        the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324485"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324517"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    2828        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    2929        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar
    30         to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p><a href="mailto:poultenr@logica.co.uk" target="_top">Ricky Poulten</a> 
     30        to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p><a class="ulink" href="mailto:poultenr@logica.co.uk" target="_top">Ricky Poulten</a> 
    3131        wrote the tar extension and this man page. The <code class="literal">smbtar</code>
    32         script was heavily rewritten and improved by <a href="mailto:Martin.Kraemer@mch.sni.de" target="_top">Martin Kraemer</a>. Many
     32        script was heavily rewritten and improved by <a class="ulink" href="mailto:Martin.Kraemer@mch.sni.de" target="_top">Martin Kraemer</a>. Many
    3333        thanks to everyone who suggested extensions, improvements, bug
    3434        fixes, etc. The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another
    35         excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
     35        excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
    3636        ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/</a>) and updated for the Samba 2.0
    3737        release by Jeremy Allison.  The conversion to DocBook for

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbtree.1.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbtree</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbtree.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbtree &#8212; A text based smb network browser
    2         </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbtree</code> [-b] [-D] [-S]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259313"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbtree</code> is a smb browser program
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbtree</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbtree.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbtree &#8212; A text based smb network browser
     2        </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbtree</code> [-b] [-D] [-S]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283752"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">smbtree</code> is a smb browser program
    33        in text mode. It is similar to the "Network Neighborhood" found
    44        on Windows computers. It prints a tree with all
    55        the known domains, the servers in those domains and
    66        the shares on the servers.
    7         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259555"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-b</span></dt><dd><p>Query network nodes by sending requests
     7        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282737"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-b</span></dt><dd><p>Query network nodes by sending requests
    88                as broadcasts instead of querying the local master browser.
    99                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-D</span></dt><dd><p>Only print a list of all
    … …  
    1212                all the domains and servers responding on broadcast or
    1313                known by the master browser.
    14                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
    15 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
    16 configuration details required by the server.  The
    17 information in this file includes server-specific
    18 information such as what printcap file to use, as well
    19 as descriptions of all the services that the server is
    20 to provide. See <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for more information.
    21 The default configuration file name is determined at
    22 compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
    23 from 0 to 10.  The default value if this parameter is
    24 not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
     14                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
     15from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is
     16not specified is 0.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
    2517logged to the log files about the activities of the
    2618server. At level 0, only critical errors and serious
    … …  
    3224use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log
    3325data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will
    34 override the <a class="indexterm" name="id259405"></a> parameter
    35 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logdirectory</span></dt><dd><p>Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension
     26override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL">log level</a> parameter
     27in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
     28</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
     29configuration details required by the server.  The
     30information in this file includes server-specific
     31information such as what printcap file to use, as well
     32as descriptions of all the services that the server is
     33to provide. See <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for more information.
     34The default configuration file name is determined at
     35compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--log-basename=logdirectory</span></dt><dd><p>Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension
    3636<code class="constant">".progname"</code> will be appended (e.g. log.smbclient,
    3737log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client.
    … …  
    6868<code class="literal">rpcclient</code> to prompt for a password and type
    6969it in directly. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options.
    70 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260117"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba
    71         suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260127"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     70</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324469"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba
     71        suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324479"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    7272        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    7373        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/smbumount.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbumount</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbumount.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbumount &#8212; smbfs umount for normal users</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbumount</code> {mount-point}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259298"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>With this program, normal users can unmount smb-filesystems,
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbumount</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbumount.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbumount &#8212; smbfs umount for normal users</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">smbumount</code> {mount-point}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id315543"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>With this program, normal users can unmount smb-filesystems,
    22        provided that it is suid root.  <code class="literal">smbumount</code> has
    33        been written to give normal Linux users more control over their
    … …  
    77        program works perfectly well.</p><p>WARNING: <code class="literal">smbumount</code> is deprecated and not
    88        maintained any longer. <code class="literal">umount.cifs</code>
    9         should be used instead of <code class="literal">smbumount</code>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259553"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">mount-point</span></dt><dd><p>The directory to unmount.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259575"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smbmount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbmount</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259590"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Volker Lendecke, Andrew Tridgell, Michael H. Warfield
     9        should be used instead of <code class="literal">smbumount</code>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283761"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">mount-point</span></dt><dd><p>The directory to unmount.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282739"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smbmount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbmount</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282755"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Volker Lendecke, Andrew Tridgell, Michael H. Warfield
    1010        and others.</p><p>The current maintainer of smbfs and the userspace
    1111        tools <code class="literal">smbmount</code>, <code class="literal">smbumount</code>,
    12         and <code class="literal">smbmnt</code> is <a href="mailto:urban@teststation.com" target="_top">Urban Widmark</a>.
    13         The <a href="mailto:samba@samba.org" target="_top">SAMBA Mailing list</a>
     12        and <code class="literal">smbmnt</code> is <a class="ulink" href="mailto:urban@teststation.com" target="_top">Urban Widmark</a>.
     13        The <a class="ulink" href="mailto:samba@samba.org" target="_top">SAMBA Mailing list</a>
    1414        is the preferred place to ask questions regarding these programs.
    1515        </p><p>The conversion of this manpage for Samba 2.2 was performed

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/swat.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>swat</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="swat.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>swat &#8212; Samba Web Administration Tool</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">swat</code> [-s &lt;smb config file&gt;] [-a] [-P]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259313"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">swat</code> allows a Samba administrator to
    2         configure the complex <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file via a Web browser. In addition,
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>swat</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="swat.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>swat &#8212; Samba Web Administration Tool</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">swat</code> [-s &lt;smb config file&gt;] [-a] [-P]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283767"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">swat</code> allows a Samba administrator to
     2        configure the complex <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file via a Web browser. In addition,
    33        a <code class="literal">swat</code> configuration page has help links
    44        to all the configurable options in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file allowing an
    5         administrator to easily look up the effects of any change. </p><p><code class="literal">swat</code> is run from <code class="literal">inetd</code> </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259587"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s smb configuration file</span></dt><dd><p>The default configuration file path is
     5        administrator to easily look up the effects of any change. </p><p><code class="literal">swat</code> is run from <code class="literal">inetd</code> </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282794"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s smb configuration file</span></dt><dd><p>The default configuration file path is
    66                determined at compile time.  The file specified contains
    7                 the configuration details required by the <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> server. This is the file
     7                the configuration details required by the <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> server. This is the file
    88                that <code class="literal">swat</code> will modify.
    99                The information in this file includes server-specific
    … …  
    1717        management page.  <code class="literal">swat</code> can then be used to change
    1818        user passwords without users seeing the "View" and "Status" menu
    19         buttons.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
    20 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
    21 configuration details required by the server.  The
    22 information in this file includes server-specific
    23 information such as what printcap file to use, as well
    24 as descriptions of all the services that the server is
    25 to provide. See <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for more information.
    26 The default configuration file name is determined at
    27 compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
    28 from 0 to 10.  The default value if this parameter is
    29 not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
     19        buttons.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
     20from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is
     21not specified is 0.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
    3022logged to the log files about the activities of the
    3123server. At level 0, only critical errors and serious
    … …  
    3729use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log
    3830data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will
    39 override the <a class="indexterm" name="id260399"></a> parameter
    40 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logdirectory</span></dt><dd><p>Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension
     31override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL">log level</a> parameter
     32in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
     33</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
     34configuration details required by the server.  The
     35information in this file includes server-specific
     36information such as what printcap file to use, as well
     37as descriptions of all the services that the server is
     38to provide. See <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for more information.
     39The default configuration file name is determined at
     40compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--log-basename=logdirectory</span></dt><dd><p>Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension
    4141<code class="constant">".progname"</code> will be appended (e.g. log.smbclient,
    4242log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client.
    4343</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options.
    44 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260085"></a><h2>INSTALLATION</h2><p>Swat is included as binary package with most distributions. The
     44</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283106"></a><h2>INSTALLATION</h2><p>Swat is included as binary package with most distributions. The
    4545        package manager in this case takes care of the installation and
    4646        configuration. This section is only for those who have compiled
    … …  
    4949        </code> to install the <code class="literal">swat</code> binary
    5050        and the various help files and images. A default install would put
    51         these in: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>/usr/local/samba/sbin/swat</p></li><li><p>/usr/local/samba/swat/images/*</p></li><li><p>/usr/local/samba/swat/help/*</p></li></ul></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id260129"></a><h3>Inetd Installation</h3><p>You need to edit your <code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf
     51        these in: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>/usr/local/samba/sbin/swat</p></li><li><p>/usr/local/samba/swat/images/*</p></li><li><p>/usr/local/samba/swat/help/*</p></li></ul></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><a name="id324495"></a><h3>Inetd Installation</h3><p>You need to edit your <code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf
    5252                </code> and <code class="filename">/etc/services</code>
    5353                to enable SWAT to be launched via <code class="literal">inetd</code>.</p><p>In <code class="filename">/etc/services</code> you need to
    … …  
    6363                and <code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</code> you need to send a
    6464                HUP signal to inetd. To do this use <code class="literal">kill -1 PID
    65                 </code> where PID is the process ID of the inetd daemon. </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300455"></a><h2>LAUNCHING</h2><p>To launch SWAT just run your favorite web browser and
     65                </code> where PID is the process ID of the inetd daemon. </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324590"></a><h2>LAUNCHING</h2><p>To launch SWAT just run your favorite web browser and
    6666        point it at "http://localhost:901/".</p><p>Note that you can attach to SWAT from any IP connected
    6767        machine but connecting from a remote machine leaves your
    6868        connection open to password sniffing as passwords will be sent
    69         in the clear over the wire. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300471"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</code></span></dt><dd><p>This file must contain suitable startup
     69        in the clear over the wire. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324606"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</code></span></dt><dd><p>This file must contain suitable startup
    7070                information for the meta-daemon.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/services</code></span></dt><dd><p>This file must contain a mapping of service name
    7171                (e.g., swat) to service port (e.g., 901) and protocol type
    72                 (e.g., tcp).  </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf</code></span></dt><dd><p>This is the default location of the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> server configuration file that swat edits. Other
     72                (e.g., tcp).  </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf</code></span></dt><dd><p>This is the default location of the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> server configuration file that swat edits. Other
    7373                common places that systems install this file are <code class="filename">
    7474                /usr/samba/lib/smb.conf</code> and <code class="filename">/etc/smb.conf
    7575                </code>.  This file describes all the services the server
    76                 is to make available to clients. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300549"></a><h2>WARNINGS</h2><p><code class="literal">swat</code> will rewrite your <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file. It will rearrange the entries and delete all
     76                is to make available to clients. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324679"></a><h2>WARNINGS</h2><p><code class="literal">swat</code> will rewrite your <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file. It will rearrange the entries and delete all
    7777        comments, <em class="parameter"><code>include=</code></em> and <em class="parameter"><code>copy=
    7878        </code></em> options. If you have a carefully crafted <code class="filename">
    79         smb.conf</code> then back it up or don't use swat! </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300592"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300602"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><code class="literal">inetd(5)</code>, <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300632"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     79        smb.conf</code> then back it up or don't use swat! </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324718"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324728"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><code class="literal">inetd(5)</code>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324757"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    8080        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    8181        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar
    8282        to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p>The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer.
    8383        The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another
    84         excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
     84        excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
    8585        ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/</a>) and updated for the Samba 2.0
    8686        release by Jeremy Allison.  The conversion to DocBook for

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/tdbbackup.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>tdbbackup</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="tdbbackup.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>tdbbackup &#8212; tool for backing up and for validating the integrity of samba .tdb files</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">tdbbackup</code> [-s suffix] [-v] [-h]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259313"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="samba.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(1)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">tdbbackup</code> is a tool that may be used to backup samba .tdb
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>tdbbackup</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="tdbbackup.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>tdbbackup &#8212; tool for backing up and for validating the integrity of samba .tdb files</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">tdbbackup</code> [-s suffix] [-v] [-h]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283752"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(1)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">tdbbackup</code> is a tool that may be used to backup samba .tdb
    22        files. This tool may also be used to verify the integrity of the .tdb files prior
    33        to samba startup or during normal operation. If it finds file damage and it finds
    44        a prior backup the backup file will be restored.
    5         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259555"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt><dd><p>
     5        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282737"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt><dd><p>
    66                Get help information.
    77                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s suffix</span></dt><dd><p>
    … …  
    1212                The <code class="literal">-v</code> will check the database for damages (currupt data)
    1313                which if detected causes the backup to be restored.
    14                 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259364"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><p><span class="emphasis"><em>GENERAL INFORMATION</em></span></p><p>
     14                </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283351"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><p><span class="emphasis"><em>GENERAL INFORMATION</em></span></p><p>
    1515        The <code class="literal">tdbbackup</code> utility can safely be run at any time. It was designed so
    1616        that it can be used at any time to validate the integrity of tdb files, even during Samba
    … …  
    3030                <code class="literal">*.tdb</code> located in the /usr/local/samba/var directory or on some
    3131                systems in the /var/cache or /var/lib/samba directories.
    32                 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259437"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260362"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>
     32                </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283424"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282885"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>
    3333        The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell.
    3434        Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/tdbdump.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>tdbdump</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="tdbdump.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>tdbdump &#8212; tool for printing the contents of a TDB file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">tdbdump</code> {filename}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259298"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="samba.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(1)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">tdbdump</code> is a very simple utility that 'dumps' the
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>tdbdump</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="tdbdump.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>tdbdump &#8212; tool for printing the contents of a TDB file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">tdbdump</code> {filename}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283737"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(1)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">tdbdump</code> is a very simple utility that 'dumps' the
    22                contents of a TDB (Trivial DataBase) file to standard output in a
    33                human-readable format.
    44        </p><p>This tool can be used when debugging problems with TDB files. It is
    55                intended for those who are somewhat familiar with Samba internals.
    6         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259544"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259554"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>
     6        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282726"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282736"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>
    77        The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell.
    88        Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/tdbtool.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>tdbtool</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="tdbtool.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>tdbtool &#8212; manipulate the contents TDB files</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">tdbtool</code></p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">tdbtool</code> 
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>tdbtool</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="tdbtool.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>tdbtool &#8212; manipulate the contents TDB files</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">tdbtool</code></p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">tdbtool</code> 
    22                <em class="replaceable"><code>TDBFILE</code></em>
    33                  [
    44                <em class="replaceable"><code>COMMANDS</code></em>
    5                 ...]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259323"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the
    6         <a href="samba.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(1)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">tdbtool</code> a tool for displaying and
     5                ...]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283764"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the
     6        <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(1)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">tdbtool</code> a tool for displaying and
    77        altering the contents of Samba TDB (Trivial DataBase) files. Each
    88        of the commands listed below can be entered interactively or
    9         provided on the command line.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259565"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="option">create</code>
     9        provided on the command line.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282748"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="option">create</code>
    1010                <em class="replaceable"><code>TDBFILE</code></em></span></dt><dd><p>Create a new database named
    1111                <em class="replaceable"><code>TDBFILE</code></em>.
    … …  
    5757                <code class="option">quit</code>
    5858                </span></dt><dd><p>Exit <code class="literal">tdbtool</code>.
    59                 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260185"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>The contents of the Samba TDB files are private
     59                </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283064"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>The contents of the Samba TDB files are private
    6060        to the implementation and should not be altered with
    6161        <code class="literal">tdbtool</code>.
    62         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260202"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260212"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> The original Samba software and related utilities were
     62        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283081"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283090"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p> The original Samba software and related utilities were
    6363        created by Andrew Tridgell.  Samba is now developed by the
    6464        Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/testparm.1.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>testparm</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="testparm.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>testparm &#8212; check an smb.conf configuration file for
    2         internal correctness</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">testparm</code> [-s] [-h] [-v] [-L &lt;servername&gt;] [-t &lt;encoding&gt;] {config filename} [hostname hostIP]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259558"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">testparm</code> is a very simple test program
    3         to check an <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> configuration file for
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>testparm</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="testparm.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>testparm &#8212; check an smb.conf configuration file for
     2        internal correctness</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">testparm</code> [-s] [-h] [-v] [-L &lt;servername&gt;] [-t &lt;encoding&gt;] {config filename} [hostname hostIP]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282739"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">testparm</code> is a very simple test program
     3        to check an <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> configuration file for
    44        internal correctness. If this program reports no problems, you
    55        can use the configuration file with confidence that <code class="literal">smbd
    … …  
    1212        smb.conf</code> file it returns an exit code of 1 to the calling
    1313        program, else it returns an exit code of 0. This allows shell scripts
    14         to test the output from <code class="literal">testparm</code>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259384"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s</span></dt><dd><p>Without this option, <code class="literal">testparm</code>
     14        to test the output from <code class="literal">testparm</code>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283371"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s</span></dt><dd><p>Without this option, <code class="literal">testparm</code>
    1515                will prompt for a carriage return after printing the service
    1616                names and before dumping the service definitions.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options.
    … …  
    1919                This is useful for testing include files specified with the
    2020                %L macro. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-v</span></dt><dd><p>If this option is specified, testparm
    21                 will also output all options that were not used in <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> and are thus set to their defaults.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-t encoding</span></dt><dd><p>
     21                will also output all options that were not used in <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> and are thus set to their defaults.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-t encoding</span></dt><dd><p>
    2222                Output data in specified encoding.
    2323                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--parameter-name parametername</span></dt><dd><p>
    … …  
    3232                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">configfilename</span></dt><dd><p>This is the name of the configuration file
    3333                to check. If this parameter is not present then the
    34                 default <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file will be checked.   
     34                default <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file will be checked.       
    3535                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">hostname</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter and the following are
    3636                specified, then <code class="literal">testparm</code> will examine the <em class="parameter"><code>hosts
    3737                allow</code></em> and <em class="parameter"><code>hosts deny</code></em>
    38                 parameters in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file to
     38                parameters in the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file to
    3939                determine if the hostname with this IP address would be
    4040                allowed access to the <code class="literal">smbd</code> server.  If
    … …  
    4242                be supplied.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">hostIP</span></dt><dd><p>This is the IP address of the host specified
    4343                in the previous parameter.  This address must be supplied
    44                 if the hostname parameter is supplied. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260139"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is usually the name of the configuration
    45                 file used by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>.
    46                 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260174"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>The program will issue a message saying whether the
     44                if the hostname parameter is supplied. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283020"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is usually the name of the configuration
     45                file used by <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>.
     46                </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283054"></a><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>The program will issue a message saying whether the
    4747        configuration file loaded OK or not. This message may be preceded by
    4848        errors and warnings if the file did not load. If the file was
    4949        loaded OK, the program then dumps all known service details
    50         to stdout. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260186"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
    51         the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260197"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300446"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     50        to stdout. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283066"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
     51        the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283077"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324465"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    5252        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    5353        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar
    5454        to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p>The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer.
    5555        The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another
    56         excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
     56        excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top">
    5757        ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/</a>) and updated for the Samba 2.0
    5858        release by Jeremy Allison.  The conversion to DocBook for

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/umount.cifs.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>umount.cifs</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="umount.cifs.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>umount.cifs &#8212; for normal, non-root users, to unmount their own Common Internet File System (CIFS) mounts</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">umount.cifs</code> {mount-point} [-nVvhfle]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259307"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>umount.cifs unmounts a Linux CIFS filesystem. It can be invoked
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>umount.cifs</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="umount.cifs.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>umount.cifs &#8212; for normal, non-root users, to unmount their own Common Internet File System (CIFS) mounts</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">umount.cifs</code> {mount-point} [-nVvhfle]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283746"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>umount.cifs unmounts a Linux CIFS filesystem. It can be invoked
    22indirectly by the
    3 <a href="umount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">umount</span>(8)</span></a> command
     3<a class="citerefentry" href="umount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">umount</span>(8)</span></a> command
    44when umount.cifs is in /sbin directory, unless you specify the "-i" option to umount.  Specifying -i to umount avoids execution of umount helpers such as umount.cifs. The umount.cifs command only works in Linux, and the kernel must
    55support the cifs filesystem. The CIFS protocol is the successor to the
    … …  
    1212setuid root (or equivalently update the /etc/permissions file) to allow non-root users to umount shares to directories for which they have write permission.  The umount.cifs utility is typically
    1313not needed if unmounts need only be performed by root users, or if user mounts and unmounts
    14 can rely on specifying explicit entries in /etc/fstab See</p><p><a href="fstab.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">fstab</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259573"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>print additional debugging information</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--no-mtab</span></dt><dd><p>Do not update the mtab even if unmount completes successfully (/proc/mounts will still display the correct information)</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259606"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>This command is normally intended to be installed setuid (since root users can already run unmount).  An alternative to using umount.cifs is to add specfic entries for the user mounts that you wish a particular user or users to mount and unmount to /etc/fstab</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259370"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p>
     14can rely on specifying explicit entries in /etc/fstab See</p><p><a class="citerefentry" href="fstab.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">fstab</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282755"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>print additional debugging information</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--no-mtab</span></dt><dd><p>Do not update the mtab even if unmount completes successfully (/proc/mounts will still display the correct information)</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282788"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>This command is normally intended to be installed setuid (since root users can already run unmount).  An alternative to using umount.cifs is to add specfic entries for the user mounts that you wish a particular user or users to mount and unmount to /etc/fstab</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283357"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p>
    1515The primary mechanism for making configuration changes and for reading
    1616debug information for the cifs vfs is via the Linux /proc filesystem.
    … …  
    1818configuration files and pseudo files which can display debug information. 
    1919For more information see the kernel file <code class="filename">fs/cifs/README</code>.
    20 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259393"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>At this time umount.cifs does not lock the mount table using the same lock as the umount utility does, so do not attempt to do multiple unmounts from different processes (and in particular unmounts of a cifs mount and another type of filesystem mount at the same time).
     20</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283380"></a><h2>BUGS</h2><p>At this time umount.cifs does not lock the mount table using the same lock as the umount utility does, so do not attempt to do multiple unmounts from different processes (and in particular unmounts of a cifs mount and another type of filesystem mount at the same time).
    2121        </p><p>If the same mount point is mounted multiple times by cifs, umount.cifs will remove all of the matching entries from the mount table (although umount.cifs will actually only unmount the last one), rather than only removing the last matching entry in /etc/mtab.  The pseudofile /proc/mounts will display correct information though, and the lack of an entry in /etc/mtab does not prevent subsequent unmounts.</p><p>
    2222Note that the typical response to a bug report is a suggestion
    … …  
    2525when reporting bugs (minimum: umount.cifs (try umount.cifs -V), kernel (see /proc/version) and
    2626server type you are trying to contact.
    27 </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259418"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 1.34 of
    28         the cifs vfs filesystem (roughly Linux kernel 2.6.12).</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259428"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>
     27</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283405"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 1.34 of
     28        the cifs vfs filesystem (roughly Linux kernel 2.6.12).</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283415"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>
    2929        Documentation/filesystems/cifs.txt and fs/cifs/README in the linux kernel
    3030        source tree may contain additional options and information.
    31 </p><p><a href="mount.cifs.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">mount.cifs</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260364"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Steve French</p><p>The syntax was loosely based on the umount utility and the manpage was loosely based on that of mount.cifs.8. The man page was created by Steve French</p><p>The maintainer of the Linux cifs vfs and the userspace
    32                 tool <span class="emphasis"><em>umount.cifs</em></span> is <a href="mailto:sfrench@samba.org" target="_top">Steve French</a>.
    33                 The <a href="mailto:linux-cifs-client@lists.samba.org" target="_top">Linux CIFS Mailing list</a>
     31</p><p><a class="citerefentry" href="mount.cifs.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">mount.cifs</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282885"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Steve French</p><p>The syntax was loosely based on the umount utility and the manpage was loosely based on that of mount.cifs.8. The man page was created by Steve French</p><p>The maintainer of the Linux cifs vfs and the userspace
     32                tool <span class="emphasis"><em>umount.cifs</em></span> is <a class="ulink" href="mailto:sfrench@samba.org" target="_top">Steve French</a>.
     33                The <a class="ulink" href="mailto:linux-cifs-client@lists.samba.org" target="_top">Linux CIFS Mailing list</a>
    3434                is the preferred place to ask questions regarding these programs.
    3535        </p></div></div></body></html>

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_audit.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_audit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_audit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_audit &#8212; record selected Samba VFS operations in the system log</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = audit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id291819"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the
    2         <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_audit</code> VFS module records selected
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_audit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_audit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_audit &#8212; record selected Samba VFS operations in the system log</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = audit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id315552"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the
     2        <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_audit</code> VFS module records selected
    33        client operations to the system log using
    4         <a href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a>.</p><p>The following Samba VFS operations are recorded:</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>connect</td></tr><tr><td>disconnect</td></tr><tr><td>opendir</td></tr><tr><td>mkdir</td></tr><tr><td>rmdir</td></tr><tr><td>open</td></tr><tr><td>close</td></tr><tr><td>rename</td></tr><tr><td>unlink</td></tr><tr><td>chmod</td></tr><tr><td>fchmod</td></tr><tr><td>chmod_acl</td></tr><tr><td>fchmod_acl</td></tr></table><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259596"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">audit:facility = FACILITY</span></dt><dd><p>Log messages to the named
    5                 <a href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a> facility.
     4        <a class="citerefentry" href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a>.</p><p>The following Samba VFS operations are recorded:</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>connect</td></tr><tr><td>disconnect</td></tr><tr><td>opendir</td></tr><tr><td>mkdir</td></tr><tr><td>rmdir</td></tr><tr><td>open</td></tr><tr><td>close</td></tr><tr><td>rename</td></tr><tr><td>unlink</td></tr><tr><td>chmod</td></tr><tr><td>fchmod</td></tr><tr><td>chmod_acl</td></tr><tr><td>fchmod_acl</td></tr></table><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282779"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">audit:facility = FACILITY</span></dt><dd><p>Log messages to the named
     5                <a class="citerefentry" href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a> facility.
    66
    77                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">audit:priority = PRIORITY</span></dt><dd><p>Log messages with the named
    8                 <a href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a> priority.
    9                 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259400"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Log operations on all shares using the LOCAL1 facility
     8                <a class="citerefentry" href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a> priority.
     9                </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283389"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Log operations on all shares using the LOCAL1 facility
    1010        and NOTICE priority:</p><pre class="programlisting">
    1111        <em class="parameter"><code>[global]</code></em>
    12         <a class="indexterm" name="id259419"></a>vfs objects = audit
    13         <a class="indexterm" name="id259426"></a>audit:facility = LOCAL1
    14         <a class="indexterm" name="id259433"></a>audit:priority = NOTICE
    15 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260358"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.
    16         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260368"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     12        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects = audit</a>
     13        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#AUDIT:FACILITY">audit:facility = LOCAL1</a>
     14        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#AUDIT:PRIORITY">audit:priority = NOTICE</a>
     15</pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282994"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.
     16        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283004"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    1717        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    1818        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_cacheprime.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_cacheprime</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_cacheprime.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_cacheprime &#8212; prime the kernel file data cache</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = cacheprime</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id291819"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the
    2         <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_cacheprime</code> VFS module reads chunks
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_cacheprime</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_cacheprime.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_cacheprime &#8212; prime the kernel file data cache</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = cacheprime</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283730"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the
     2        <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_cacheprime</code> VFS module reads chunks
    33        of file data near the range requested by clients in order to
    44        make sure the data is present in the kernel file data cache at
    … …  
    88        on boundaries that are a multiple of this size. Each range of
    99        the file data is primed at most once during the time the client
    10         has the file open. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259549"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">cacheprime:rsize = BYTES</span></dt><dd><p>The number of bytes with which to prime
    11                 the kernel data cache.</p><p>The following suffixes may be applied to BYTES:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">K</code> - BYTES is a number of kilobytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">M</code> - BYTES is a number of megabytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">G</code> - BYTES is a number of gigabytes</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259606"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>For a hypothetical disk array, it is necessary to ensure
     10        has the file open. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282732"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">cacheprime:rsize = BYTES</span></dt><dd><p>The number of bytes with which to prime
     11                the kernel data cache.</p><p>The following suffixes may be applied to BYTES:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">K</code> - BYTES is a number of kilobytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">M</code> - BYTES is a number of megabytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">G</code> - BYTES is a number of gigabytes</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282788"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>For a hypothetical disk array, it is necessary to ensure
    1212        that all read operations are of size 1 megabyte (1048576 bytes),
    1313        and aligned on 1 megabyte boundaries:
    1414        </p><pre class="programlisting">
    1515        <em class="parameter"><code>[hypothetical]</code></em>
    16         <a class="indexterm" name="id259376"></a>vfs objects = cacheprime
    17         <a class="indexterm" name="id259384"></a>cacheprime:rsize = 1M
    18 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259393"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p><code class="literal">cacheprime</code> is not a a substitute for
     16        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects = cacheprime</a>
     17        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#CACHEPRIME:RSIZE">cacheprime:rsize = 1M</a>
     18</pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283387"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p><code class="literal">cacheprime</code> is not a a substitute for
    1919        a general-purpose readahead mechanism. It is intended for use
    2020        only in very specific environments where disk operations must
    2121        be aligned and sized to known values (as much as that is possible).
    22         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259409"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.
    23         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259419"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     22        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283403"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.
     23        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283413"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    2424        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    2525        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_cap.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_cap</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_cap.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_cap &#8212; CAP encode filenames</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = cap</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id291819"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the
    2         <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>CAP (Columbia Appletalk Protocol) encoding is a
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_cap</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_cap.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_cap &#8212; CAP encode filenames</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = cap</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283730"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the
     2        <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>CAP (Columbia Appletalk Protocol) encoding is a
    33        technique for representing non-ASCII filenames in ASCII. The
    44        <code class="literal">vfs_cap</code> VFS module translates filenames to and
    55        from CAP format, allowing users to name files in their native
    66        encoding.  </p><p>CAP encoding is most commonly
    7         used in Japanese language environments. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259542"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>On a system using GNU libiconv, use CAP encoding to support
     7        used in Japanese language environments. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283766"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>On a system using GNU libiconv, use CAP encoding to support
    88        users in the Shift_JIS locale:</p><pre class="programlisting">
    99        <em class="parameter"><code>[global]</code></em>
    10         <a class="indexterm" name="id259561"></a>dos charset = CP932
    11         <a class="indexterm" name="id259568"></a>dos charset = CP932
    12         <a class="indexterm" name="id259576"></a>vfs objects = cap
    13 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259585"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.
    14         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259595"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     10        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOSCHARSET">dos charset = CP932</a>
     11        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DOSCHARSET">dos charset = CP932</a>
     12        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects = cap</a>
     13</pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282775"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.
     14        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282784"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    1515        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    1616        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_catia.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_catia</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_catia.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_catia &#8212; translate illegal characters in Catia filenames</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = catia</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id291819"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the
    2         <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The Catia CAD package commonly creates filenames that
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_catia</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_catia.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_catia &#8212; translate illegal characters in Catia filenames</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = catia</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id315552"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the
     2        <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The Catia CAD package commonly creates filenames that
    33        use characters that are illegal in CIFS filenames. The
    44        <code class="literal">vfs_catia</code> VFS module implements a fixed character
    55        mapping so that these files can be shared with CIFS clients.
    6         </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259323"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Map Catia filenames on the [CAD] share:</p><pre class="programlisting">
     6        </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283762"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Map Catia filenames on the [CAD] share:</p><pre class="programlisting">
    77        <em class="parameter"><code>[CAD]</code></em>
    8         <a class="indexterm" name="id259556"></a>path = /data/cad
    9         <a class="indexterm" name="id259563"></a>vfs objects = catia
    10 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259572"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.
    11         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259582"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     8        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH">path = /data/cad</a>
     9        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects = catia</a>
     10</pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282761"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.
     11        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282770"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    1212        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    1313        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_commit.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_commit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_commit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_commit &#8212; flush dirty data at specified intervals</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = commit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id291819"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the
    2         <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_commit</code> VFS module keeps track of
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_commit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_commit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_commit &#8212; flush dirty data at specified intervals</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = commit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id315552"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the
     2        <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_commit</code> VFS module keeps track of
    33        the amount of data written to a file and synchronizes it to
    44        disk when a specified amount accumulates.
    … …  
    88        commit:dthresh value. Secondly, write performance can be
    99        improved on some systems by flushing file data early and at
    10         regular intervals.</p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259549"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">commit:dthresh = BYTES</span></dt><dd><p>Synchronize file data each time the specified
     10        regular intervals.</p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282728"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">commit:dthresh = BYTES</span></dt><dd><p>Synchronize file data each time the specified
    1111                number of bytes has been written.
    12                 </p><p>The following suffixes may be applied to BYTES:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">K</code> - BYTES is a number of kilobytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">M</code> - BYTES is a number of megabytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">G</code> - BYTES is a number of gigabytes</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259605"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Synchronize the file data on the [precious] share after
     12                </p><p>The following suffixes may be applied to BYTES:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">K</code> - BYTES is a number of kilobytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">M</code> - BYTES is a number of megabytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">G</code> - BYTES is a number of gigabytes</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282784"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Synchronize the file data on the [precious] share after
    1313        every 512 kilobytes (524288 bytes) of data is written:</p><pre class="programlisting">
    1414        <em class="parameter"><code>[precious]</code></em>
    15         <a class="indexterm" name="id259372"></a>path = /data/precious
    16         <a class="indexterm" name="id259380"></a>vfs objects = commit
    17         <a class="indexterm" name="id259387"></a>commit:dthresh = 512K
    18 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259396"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>On some systems, the data synchronization performed by
     15        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH">path = /data/precious</a>
     16        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects = commit</a>
     17        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#COMMIT:DTHRESH">commit:dthresh = 512K</a>
     18</pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283394"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>On some systems, the data synchronization performed by
    1919        <code class="literal">commit</code> may reduce performance.
    20         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259412"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.
    21         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259422"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     20        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283410"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.
     21        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283420"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    2222        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    2323        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_default_quota.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_default_quota</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_default_quota.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_default_quota &#8212; store default quota records for Windows clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = default_quota</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id291819"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the
    2         <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_default_quota</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_default_quota.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_default_quota &#8212; store default quota records for Windows clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = default_quota</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id315552"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the
     2        <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>
    33        suite.</p><p>Many common quota implementations only store
    44        quotas for users and groups, but do not store a default quota. The
    … …  
    1010        the default quota to the quota record of a user. By default the
    1111        root user is taken because quota limits for root are typically
    12         not enforced.</p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259548"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">default_quota:uid = UID</span></dt><dd><p>UID specifies the user ID of the quota record where the
     12        not enforced.</p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282729"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">default_quota:uid = UID</span></dt><dd><p>UID specifies the user ID of the quota record where the
    1313                default user quota values are stored.
    1414                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">default_quota:gid = GID</span></dt><dd><p>GID specifies the group ID of the quota record where the
    … …  
    2222                be reported as having a quota of NO_LIMIT. Otherwise,
    2323                the stored values will be reported.
    24                 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259366"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Store the default quota record in the quota record for
     24                </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283353"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Store the default quota record in the quota record for
    2525        the user with ID 65535 and report that user as having no quota
    2626        limits:</p><pre class="programlisting">
    2727        <em class="parameter"><code>[global]</code></em>
    28         <a class="indexterm" name="id259387"></a>vfs objects = default_quota
    29         <a class="indexterm" name="id259394"></a>default_quota:uid = 65535
    30         <a class="indexterm" name="id259401"></a>default_quota:uid nolimit = yes
    31 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259410"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.
    32         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259420"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     28        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects = default_quota</a>
     29        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEFAULT_QUOTA:UID">default_quota:uid = 65535</a>
     30        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#DEFAULT_QUOTA:UIDNOLIMIT">default_quota:uid nolimit = yes</a>
     31</pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283407"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.
     32        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283417"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    3333        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    3434        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_extd_audit.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_extd_audit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_extd_audit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_extd_audit &#8212; record selected Samba VFS operations</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = extd_audit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id291819"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the
    2         <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">extd_audit</code> VFS module records selected
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_extd_audit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_extd_audit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_extd_audit &#8212; record selected Samba VFS operations</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = extd_audit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283730"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the
     2        <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">extd_audit</code> VFS module records selected
    33        client operations to both the
    4         <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> log and
     4        <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> log and
    55        system log (using
    6         <a href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a>).</p><p>Other than logging to the
    7         <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> log,
    8         <code class="literal">vfs_extd_audit</code> is identical to 
    9         <a href="vfs_audit.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">vfs_audit</span>(8)</span></a>.
    10         </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259578"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.
    11         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259588"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     6        <a class="citerefentry" href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a>).</p><p>Other than logging to the
     7        <a class="citerefentry" href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> log,
     8        <code class="literal">vfs_extd_audit</code> is identical to
     9        <a class="citerefentry" href="vfs_audit.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">vfs_audit</span>(8)</span></a>.
     10        </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282759"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.
     11        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282769"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    1212        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    1313        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_fake_perms.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_fake_perms</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_fake_perms.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_fake_perms &#8212; enable read only Roaming Profiles</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = fake_perms</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id291819"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the
    2         <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_fake_perms</code> VFS module was created
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_fake_perms</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_fake_perms.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_fake_perms &#8212; enable read only Roaming Profiles</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = fake_perms</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283730"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the
     2        <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_fake_perms</code> VFS module was created
    33        to allow Roaming Profile files and directories to be set (on
    44        the Samba server under UNIX) as read only. This module will,
    … …  
    77        the client even though the files will never be overwritten as
    88        the client logs out or shuts down.
    9         </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259540"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><pre class="programlisting">
     9        </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283765"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><pre class="programlisting">
    1010        <em class="parameter"><code>[Profiles]</code></em>
    11         <a class="indexterm" name="id259556"></a>path = /profiles
    12         <a class="indexterm" name="id259563"></a>vfs objects = fake_perms
    13 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259573"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.
    14         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259582"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     11        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH">path = /profiles</a>
     12        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects = fake_perms</a>
     13</pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282760"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.
     14        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282770"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    1515        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    1616        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_full_audit.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_full_audit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_full_audit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_full_audit &#8212; record Samba VFS operations in the system log</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = full_audit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id291819"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the
    2         <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_full_audit</code> VFS module records selected
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_full_audit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_full_audit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_full_audit &#8212; record Samba VFS operations in the system log</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = full_audit</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id315552"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the
     2        <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_full_audit</code> VFS module records selected
    33        client operations to the system log using
    4         <a href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a>.</p><p><code class="literal">vfs_full_audit</code> is able to record the
     4        <a class="citerefentry" href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a>.</p><p><code class="literal">vfs_full_audit</code> is able to record the
    55        complete set of Samba VFS operations:</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>aio_cancel</td></tr><tr><td>aio_error</td></tr><tr><td>aio_fsync</td></tr><tr><td>aio_read</td></tr><tr><td>aio_return</td></tr><tr><td>aio_suspend</td></tr><tr><td>aio_write</td></tr><tr><td>chdir</td></tr><tr><td>chflags</td></tr><tr><td>chmod</td></tr><tr><td>chmod_acl</td></tr><tr><td>chown</td></tr><tr><td>close</td></tr><tr><td>closedir</td></tr><tr><td>connect</td></tr><tr><td>disconnect</td></tr><tr><td>disk_free</td></tr><tr><td>fchmod</td></tr><tr><td>fchmod_acl</td></tr><tr><td>fchown</td></tr><tr><td>fget_nt_acl</td></tr><tr><td>fgetxattr</td></tr><tr><td>flistxattr</td></tr><tr><td>fremovexattr</td></tr><tr><td>fset_nt_acl</td></tr><tr><td>fsetxattr</td></tr><tr><td>fstat</td></tr><tr><td>fsync</td></tr><tr><td>ftruncate</td></tr><tr><td>get_nt_acl</td></tr><tr><td>get_quota</td></tr><tr><td>get_shadow_copy_data</td></tr><tr><td>getlock</td></tr><tr><td>getwd</td></tr><tr><td>getxattr</td></tr><tr><td>kernel_flock</td></tr><tr><td>lgetxattr</td></tr><tr><td>link</td></tr><tr><td>linux_setlease</td></tr><tr><td>listxattr</td></tr><tr><td>llistxattr</td></tr><tr><td>lock</td></tr><tr><td>lremovexattr</td></tr><tr><td>lseek</td></tr><tr><td>lsetxattr</td></tr><tr><td>lstat</td></tr><tr><td>mkdir</td></tr><tr><td>mknod</td></tr><tr><td>open</td></tr><tr><td>opendir</td></tr><tr><td>pread</td></tr><tr><td>pwrite</td></tr><tr><td>read</td></tr><tr><td>readdir</td></tr><tr><td>readlink</td></tr><tr><td>realpath</td></tr><tr><td>removexattr</td></tr><tr><td>rename</td></tr><tr><td>rewinddir</td></tr><tr><td>rmdir</td></tr><tr><td>seekdir</td></tr><tr><td>sendfile</td></tr><tr><td>set_nt_acl</td></tr><tr><td>set_quota</td></tr><tr><td>setxattr</td></tr><tr><td>stat</td></tr><tr><td>statvfs</td></tr><tr><td>symlink</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_add_perm</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_clear_perms</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_create_entry</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_delete_def_file</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_free_acl</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_free_qualifier</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_free_text</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_get_entry</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_get_fd</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_get_file</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_get_perm</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_get_permset</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_get_qualifier</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_get_tag_type</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_init</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_set_fd</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_set_file</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_set_permset</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_set_qualifier</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_set_tag_type</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_to_text</td></tr><tr><td>sys_acl_valid</td></tr><tr><td>telldir</td></tr><tr><td>unlink</td></tr><tr><td>utime</td></tr><tr><td>write</td></tr></table><p>In addition to these operations,
    66        <code class="literal">vfs_full_audit</code> recognizes the special operation
    … …  
    1111        format is: </p><pre class="programlisting">
    1212                smbd_audit: PREFIX|OPERATION|RESULT|FILE
    13         </pre><p>The record fields are:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">PREFIX</code> - the result of the full_audit:prefix string after variable substitutions</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">OPERATION</code> - the name of the VFS operation</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">RESULT</code> - whether the operation succeeded or failed</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">FILE</code> - the name of the file or directory the operation was performed on</p></li></ul></div><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300478"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">vfs_full_audit:prefix = STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Prepend audit messages with STRING. STRING is
     13        </pre><p>The record fields are:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">PREFIX</code> - the result of the full_audit:prefix string after variable substitutions</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">OPERATION</code> - the name of the VFS operation</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">RESULT</code> - whether the operation succeeded or failed</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">FILE</code> - the name of the file or directory the operation was performed on</p></li></ul></div><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324497"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">vfs_full_audit:prefix = STRING</span></dt><dd><p>Prepend audit messages with STRING. STRING is
    1414                processed for standard substitution variables listed in
    15                 <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>. The default
     15                <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>. The default
    1616                prefix is "%u|%I". </p></dd><dt><span class="term">vfs_full_audit:success = LIST</span></dt><dd><p>LIST is a list of VFS operations that should be
    1717                recorded if they succeed. Operations are specified using
    … …  
    2121                the names listed above.
    2222                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">full_audit:facility = FACILITY</span></dt><dd><p>Log messages to the named
    23                 <a href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a> facility.
     23                <a class="citerefentry" href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a> facility.
    2424
    2525                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">full_audit:priority = PRIORITY</span></dt><dd><p>Log messages with the named
    26                 <a href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a> priority.
    27                 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300582"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Log file and directory open operations on the [records]
     26                <a class="citerefentry" href="syslog.3.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">syslog</span>(3)</span></a> priority.
     27                </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324597"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Log file and directory open operations on the [records]
    2828        share using the LOCAL7 facility and ALERT priority, including
    2929        the username and IP address:</p><pre class="programlisting">
    3030        <em class="parameter"><code>[records]</code></em>
    31         <a class="indexterm" name="id300603"></a>path = /data/records
    32         <a class="indexterm" name="id300610"></a>vfs objects = full_audit
    33         <a class="indexterm" name="id300617"></a>full_audit:prefix = %u|%I
    34         <a class="indexterm" name="id300624"></a>full_audit:success = open opendir
    35         <a class="indexterm" name="id300631"></a>full_audit:failure = all
    36         <a class="indexterm" name="id300638"></a>full_audit:facility = LOCAL7
    37         <a class="indexterm" name="id300646"></a>full_audit:priority = ALERT
    38 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300655"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.
    39         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300666"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     31        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH">path = /data/records</a>
     32        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects = full_audit</a>
     33        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FULL_AUDIT:PREFIX">full_audit:prefix = %u|%I</a>
     34        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FULL_AUDIT:SUCCESS">full_audit:success = open opendir</a>
     35        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FULL_AUDIT:FAILURE">full_audit:failure = all</a>
     36        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FULL_AUDIT:FACILITY">full_audit:facility = LOCAL7</a>
     37        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#FULL_AUDIT:PRIORITY">full_audit:priority = ALERT</a>
     38</pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324772"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.
     39        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324782"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    4040        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    4141        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_netatalk.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_netatalk</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_netatalk.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_netatalk &#8212; hide .AppleDouble files from CIFS clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = netatalk</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id291819"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the
    2         <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_netatalk</code> VFS module dynamically
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_netatalk</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_netatalk.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_netatalk &#8212; hide .AppleDouble files from CIFS clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = netatalk</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id315552"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the
     2        <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_netatalk</code> VFS module dynamically
    33        hides .AppleDouble files, preventing spurious errors on some
    44        CIFS clients. .AppleDouble files may be created by historic
    5         implementations of AFP (Apple Filing Protocol) on servers. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259323"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Hide .AppleDouble files on the [data] share:</p><pre class="programlisting">
     5        implementations of AFP (Apple Filing Protocol) on servers. </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283762"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Hide .AppleDouble files on the [data] share:</p><pre class="programlisting">
    66        <em class="parameter"><code>[data]</code></em>
    7         <a class="indexterm" name="id259556"></a>vfs objects = netatalk
    8 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259565"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>This module is largely historic and unlikely to be of use
     7        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects = netatalk</a>
     8</pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282750"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>This module is largely historic and unlikely to be of use
    99        in modern networks since current Apple systems are able to mount CIFS
    1010        shares natively.
    11         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259577"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.
    12         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259586"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     11        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282761"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.
     12        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282770"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    1313        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    1414        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_prealloc.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_prealloc</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_prealloc.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_prealloc &#8212; preallocate matching files to a predetermined size</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = prealloc</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id291819"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the
    2         <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_prealloc</code> VFS module preallocates
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_prealloc</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_prealloc.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_prealloc &#8212; preallocate matching files to a predetermined size</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = prealloc</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id315552"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the
     2        <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_prealloc</code> VFS module preallocates
    33        files to a specified size each time a new file is created. This
    44        is useful in environments where files are of a predetermined
    55        size will be written to a disk subsystem where extending file
    6         allocations is expensive.  </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259323"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">prealloc:EXT = BYTES</span></dt><dd><p>Preallocate all files with the extension EXT to
     6        allocations is expensive.  </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283763"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">prealloc:EXT = BYTES</span></dt><dd><p>Preallocate all files with the extension EXT to
    77                the size specified by BYTES.
    8                 </p><p>The following suffixes may be applied to BYTES:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">K</code> - BYTES is a number of kilobytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">M</code> - BYTES is a number of megabytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">G</code> - BYTES is a number of gigabytes</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259594"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>A process writes TIFF files to a Samba share, and the
     8                </p><p>The following suffixes may be applied to BYTES:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">K</code> - BYTES is a number of kilobytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">M</code> - BYTES is a number of megabytes</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">G</code> - BYTES is a number of gigabytes</p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282776"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>A process writes TIFF files to a Samba share, and the
    99        is known these files will almost always be around 4 megabytes
    1010        (4194304 bytes): </p><pre class="programlisting">
    1111        <em class="parameter"><code>[frames]</code></em>
    12         <a class="indexterm" name="id259364"></a>path = /data/frames
    13         <a class="indexterm" name="id259371"></a>vfs objects = prealloc
    14         <a class="indexterm" name="id259378"></a>prealloc:tiff = 4M
    15 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259387"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p><code class="literal">vfs_prealloc</code> is not supported on all
     12        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH">path = /data/frames</a>
     13        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects = prealloc</a>
     14        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PREALLOC:TIFF">prealloc:tiff = 4M</a>
     15</pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283386"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p><code class="literal">vfs_prealloc</code> is not supported on all
    1616        platforms and filesystems. Currently only XFS filesystems on
    1717        Linux and IRIX are supported.
    18         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259403"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.
    19         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259413"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     18        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283401"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.
     19        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283411"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    2020        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    2121        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_readonly.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_readonly</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_readonly.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_readonly &#8212; make a Samba share read only for a specified time period</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = readonly</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id291819"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the
    2         <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_readonly</code> VFS module marks a share
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_readonly</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_readonly.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_readonly &#8212; make a Samba share read only for a specified time period</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = readonly</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id315552"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the
     2        <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_readonly</code> VFS module marks a share
    33        as read only for all clients connecting within the configured
    44        time period. Clients connecting during this time will be denied
    55        write access to all files in the share, irrespective of ther
    6         actual access privileges.</p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259323"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">readonly:period = BEGIN, END</span></dt><dd><p>Only mark the share as read only if the client
     6        actual access privileges.</p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283762"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">readonly:period = BEGIN, END</span></dt><dd><p>Only mark the share as read only if the client
    77                connection was made between the times marked by the
    88                BEGIN and END date specifiers.
    99                The syntax of these date specifiers is the
    1010                same as that accepted by the -d option of GNU
    11                 <a href="date.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">date</span>(1)</span></a>.
    12                 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259570"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Mark all shares read only:</p><pre class="programlisting">
     11                <a class="citerefentry" href="date.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">date</span>(1)</span></a>.
     12                </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282752"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Mark all shares read only:</p><pre class="programlisting">
    1313        <em class="parameter"><code>[global]</code></em>
    14         <a class="indexterm" name="id259590"></a>vfs objects = readonly
     14        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects = readonly</a>
    1515</pre><p>Mark the [backup] share as read only during business hours:</p><pre class="programlisting">
    1616        <em class="parameter"><code>[backup]</code></em>
    17         <a class="indexterm" name="id259362"></a>path = /readonly
    18         <a class="indexterm" name="id259369"></a>vfs objects = readonly
    19         <a class="indexterm" name="id259376"></a>readonly:period = readonly:period = "today 9:00","today 17:00"
    20 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259386"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.
    21         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259396"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     17        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH">path = /readonly</a>
     18        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects = readonly</a>
     19        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY:PERIOD">readonly:period = readonly:period = "today 9:00","today 17:00"</a>
     20</pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283383"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.
     21        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283394"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    2222        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    2323        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_recycle.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_recycle</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_recycle.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_recycle &#8212; Samba VFS recycle bin</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = recycle</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id291819"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the
    2         <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_recycle</code> intercepts file deletion
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_recycle</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_recycle.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_recycle &#8212; Samba VFS recycle bin</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = recycle</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283730"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the
     2        <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_recycle</code> intercepts file deletion
    33        requests and moves the affected files to a temporary repository
    44        rather than deleting them immediately. This gives the same effect
    … …  
    1111        can recover files from the recycle bin. If the recycle:keeptree
    1212        option has been specified, deleted files will be found in a path
    13         identical with that from which the file was deleted.  </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259546"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">recycle:repository = PATH</span></dt><dd><p>Path of the directory where deleted files should be moved.
     13        identical with that from which the file was deleted.  </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282727"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">recycle:repository = PATH</span></dt><dd><p>Path of the directory where deleted files should be moved.
    1414                </p><p>If this option is not set, the default path .recycle
    1515                is used. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">recycle:directory_mode = MODE</span></dt><dd><p>Set MODE to the octal mode the recycle repository
    … …  
    4848                and ? are supported) for which no versioning should
    4949                be used. Only useful when recycle:versions is enabled.
    50                 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260403"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Log operations on all shares using the LOCAL1 facility
     50                </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282925"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Log operations on all shares using the LOCAL1 facility
    5151        and NOTICE priority:</p><pre class="programlisting">
    5252        <em class="parameter"><code>[global]</code></em>
    53         <a class="indexterm" name="id260422"></a>vfs objects = recycle
    54         <a class="indexterm" name="id260429"></a>recycle:facility = LOCAL1
    55         <a class="indexterm" name="id260078"></a>recycle:priority = NOTICE
    56 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260087"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.
    57         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260098"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     53        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects = recycle</a>
     54        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#RECYCLE:FACILITY">recycle:facility = LOCAL1</a>
     55        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#RECYCLE:PRIORITY">recycle:priority = NOTICE</a>
     56</pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283081"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.
     57        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283091"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    5858        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    5959        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfs_shadow_copy.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_shadow_copy</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_shadow_copy.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_shadow_copy &#8212; Make a Samba share read only for a specified time period</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = shadow_copy</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id291819"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the
    2         <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_shadow_copy</code> VFS module functionality
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfs_shadow_copy</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfs_shadow_copy.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfs_shadow_copy &#8212; Make a Samba share read only for a specified time period</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfs objects = shadow_copy</code></p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id315551"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This VFS module is part of the
     2        <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_shadow_copy</code> VFS module functionality
    33        that is similar to Microsoft Shadow Copy services. When setup properly,
    44        this module allows Microsoft Shadow Copy clients to browse
    55        "shadow copies" on Samba shares.
    6         </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259322"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p><code class="literal">vfs_shadow_copy</code> relies on a filesystem
     6        </p><p>This module is stackable.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283762"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p><code class="literal">vfs_shadow_copy</code> relies on a filesystem
    77        snapshot implementation. Many common filesystems have native
    88        support for this.
    … …  
    1313        where:
    1414        </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">YYYY</code> is the 4 digit year</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">MM</code> is the 2 digit month</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">DD</code> is the 2 digit day</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">hh</code> is the 2 digit hour</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">mm</code> is the 2 digit minute</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">ss</code> is the 2 digit second.</p></li></ul></div><p>
    15         </p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_shadow_copy</code> snapshot naming convention can be produced with the following 
    16         <a href="date.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">date</span>(1)</span></a> command:
     15        </p><p>The <code class="literal">vfs_shadow_copy</code> snapshot naming convention can be produced with the following
     16        <a class="citerefentry" href="date.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">date</span>(1)</span></a> command:
    1717        </p><pre class="programlisting">
    1818        TZ=GMT date +@GMT-%Y.%m.%d-%H.%M.%S
    19         </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259396"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Add shadow copy support to user home directories:</p><pre class="programlisting">
     19        </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283383"></a><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>Add shadow copy support to user home directories:</p><pre class="programlisting">
    2020        <em class="parameter"><code>[homes]</code></em>
    21         <a class="indexterm" name="id259415"></a>vfs objects = shadow_copy
    22 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259424"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>This is not a backup, archival, or version control solution.
     21        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#VFSOBJECTS">vfs objects = shadow_copy</a>
     22</pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283414"></a><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>This is not a backup, archival, or version control solution.
    2323        </p><p>With Samba or Windows servers,
    2424        <code class="literal">vfs_shadow_copy</code> is designed to be an end-user
    … …  
    2626        archival solutions and should in no way be considered as
    2727        such. Additionally, if you need version control, implement a
    28         version control system.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260361"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.
    29         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260371"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     28        version control system.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282988"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0.25 of the Samba suite.
     29        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282998"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    3030        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    3131        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/vfstest.1.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfstest</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfstest.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfstest &#8212; tool for testing samba VFS modules </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfstest</code> [-d debuglevel] [-c command] [-l logdir] [-h]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259321"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">vfstest</code> is a small command line
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfstest</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfstest.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfstest &#8212; tool for testing samba VFS modules </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">vfstest</code> [-d debuglevel] [-c command] [-l logdir] [-h]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283760"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">vfstest</code> is a small command line
    22        utility that has the ability to test dso samba VFS modules. It gives the
    33        user the ability to call the various VFS functions manually and
    44        supports cascaded VFS modules.
    5         </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259564"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-c|--command=command</span></dt><dd><p>Execute the specified (colon-separated) commands.
     5        </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282745"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-c|--command=command</span></dt><dd><p>Execute the specified (colon-separated) commands.
    66                See below for the commands that are available.
    77                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options.
    … …  
    99                <code class="constant">'.client'</code> will be appended. The log file is never removed
    1010                by the client.
    11                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
    12 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
    13 configuration details required by the server.  The
    14 information in this file includes server-specific
    15 information such as what printcap file to use, as well
    16 as descriptions of all the services that the server is
    17 to provide. See <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for more information.
    18 The default configuration file name is determined at
    19 compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
    20 from 0 to 10.  The default value if this parameter is
    21 not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
     11                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
     12from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is
     13not specified is 0.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
    2214logged to the log files about the activities of the
    2315server. At level 0, only critical errors and serious
    … …  
    2921use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log
    3022data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will
    31 override the <a class="indexterm" name="id259419"></a> parameter
    32 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logdirectory</span></dt><dd><p>Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension
     23override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL">log level</a> parameter
     24in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
     25</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
     26configuration details required by the server.  The
     27information in this file includes server-specific
     28information such as what printcap file to use, as well
     29as descriptions of all the services that the server is
     30to provide. See <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for more information.
     31The default configuration file name is determined at
     32compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--log-basename=logdirectory</span></dt><dd><p>Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension
    3333<code class="constant">".progname"</code> will be appended (e.g. log.smbclient,
    3434log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client.
    35 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260367"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><p><span class="emphasis"><em>VFS COMMANDS</em></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">load &lt;module.so&gt;</code> - Load specified VFS module </p></li><li><p><code class="literal">populate &lt;char&gt; &lt;size&gt;</code> - Populate a data buffer with the specified data
     35</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282995"></a><h2>COMMANDS</h2><p><span class="emphasis"><em>VFS COMMANDS</em></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">load &lt;module.so&gt;</code> - Load specified VFS module </p></li><li><p><code class="literal">populate &lt;char&gt; &lt;size&gt;</code> - Populate a data buffer with the specified data
    3636                </p></li><li><p><code class="literal">showdata [&lt;offset&gt; &lt;len&gt;]</code> - Show data currently in data buffer
    37                 </p></li><li><p><code class="literal">connect</code> - VFS connect()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">disconnect</code> - VFS disconnect()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">disk_free</code> - VFS disk_free()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">opendir</code> - VFS opendir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">readdir</code> - VFS readdir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">mkdir</code> - VFS mkdir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">rmdir</code> - VFS rmdir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">closedir</code> - VFS closedir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">open</code> - VFS open()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">close</code> - VFS close()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">read</code> - VFS read()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">write</code> - VFS write()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">lseek</code> - VFS lseek()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">rename</code> - VFS rename()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">fsync</code> - VFS fsync()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">stat</code> - VFS stat()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">fstat</code> - VFS fstat()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">lstat</code> - VFS lstat()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">unlink</code> - VFS unlink()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">chmod</code> - VFS chmod()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">fchmod</code> - VFS fchmod()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">chown</code> - VFS chown()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">fchown</code> - VFS fchown()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">chdir</code> - VFS chdir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">getwd</code> - VFS getwd()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">utime</code> - VFS utime()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">ftruncate</code> - VFS ftruncate()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">lock</code> - VFS lock()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">symlink</code> - VFS symlink()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">readlink</code> - VFS readlink()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">link</code> - VFS link()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">mknod</code> - VFS mknod()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">realpath</code> - VFS realpath()</p></li></ul></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>GENERAL COMMANDS</em></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">conf &lt;smb.conf&gt;</code> - Load a different configuration file</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">help [&lt;command&gt;]</code> - Get list of commands or info about specified command</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">debuglevel &lt;level&gt;</code> - Set debug level</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">freemem</code> - Free memory currently in use</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">exit</code> - Exit vfstest</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300629"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba
    38         suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300639"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     37                </p></li><li><p><code class="literal">connect</code> - VFS connect()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">disconnect</code> - VFS disconnect()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">disk_free</code> - VFS disk_free()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">opendir</code> - VFS opendir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">readdir</code> - VFS readdir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">mkdir</code> - VFS mkdir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">rmdir</code> - VFS rmdir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">closedir</code> - VFS closedir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">open</code> - VFS open()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">close</code> - VFS close()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">read</code> - VFS read()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">write</code> - VFS write()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">lseek</code> - VFS lseek()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">rename</code> - VFS rename()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">fsync</code> - VFS fsync()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">stat</code> - VFS stat()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">fstat</code> - VFS fstat()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">lstat</code> - VFS lstat()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">unlink</code> - VFS unlink()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">chmod</code> - VFS chmod()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">fchmod</code> - VFS fchmod()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">chown</code> - VFS chown()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">fchown</code> - VFS fchown()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">chdir</code> - VFS chdir()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">getwd</code> - VFS getwd()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">utime</code> - VFS utime()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">ftruncate</code> - VFS ftruncate()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">lock</code> - VFS lock()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">symlink</code> - VFS symlink()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">readlink</code> - VFS readlink()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">link</code> - VFS link()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">mknod</code> - VFS mknod()</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">realpath</code> - VFS realpath()</p></li></ul></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>GENERAL COMMANDS</em></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><code class="literal">conf &lt;smb.conf&gt;</code> - Load a different configuration file</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">help [&lt;command&gt;]</code> - Get list of commands or info about specified command</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">debuglevel &lt;level&gt;</code> - Set debug level</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">freemem</code> - Free memory currently in use</p></li><li><p><code class="literal">exit</code> - Exit vfstest</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324732"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba
     38        suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324741"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    3939        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    4040        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/wbinfo.1.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>wbinfo</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="wbinfo.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>wbinfo &#8212; Query information from winbind daemon</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">wbinfo</code> [-a user%password] [--all-domains] [--allocate-gid] [--allocate-uid] [-D domain] [--domain domain] [-g] [--getdcname domain] [--get-auth-user] [-G gid] [-h] [-i user] [-I ip] [-K user%password] [-m] [-n name] [-N netbios-name] [--own-domain] [-p] [-r user] [-s sid] [--separator] [--sequence] [--set-auth-user user%password] [-S sid] [-t] [-u] [--user-domgroups sid] [--user-sids sid] [-U uid] [-V] [-Y sid]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260416"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">wbinfo</code> program queries and returns information
    2         created and used by the <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon. </p><p>The <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon must be configured
    3         and running for the <code class="literal">wbinfo</code> program to be able 
    4         to return information.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260110"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-a|--authenticate username%password</span></dt><dd><p>Attempt to authenticate a user via winbindd.
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>wbinfo</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="wbinfo.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>wbinfo &#8212; Query information from winbind daemon</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">wbinfo</code> [-a user%password] [--all-domains] [--allocate-gid] [--allocate-uid] [-D domain] [--domain domain] [-g] [--getdcname domain] [--get-auth-user] [-G gid] [-h] [-i user] [-I ip] [-K user%password] [-m] [-n name] [-N netbios-name] [--own-domain] [-p] [-r user] [-s sid] [--separator] [--sequence] [--set-auth-user user%password] [-S sid] [-t] [-u] [--uid-info uid] [--user-domgroups sid] [--user-sids sid] [-U uid] [-V] [-Y sid] [--verbose]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282953"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <code class="literal">wbinfo</code> program queries and returns information
     2        created and used by the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon. </p><p>The <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon must be configured
     3        and running for the <code class="literal">wbinfo</code> program to be able
     4        to return information.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id283005"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-a|--authenticate username%password</span></dt><dd><p>Attempt to authenticate a user via winbindd.
    55                This checks both authenticaion methods and reports its results.
    66                </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Do not be tempted to use this
    77                functionality for authentication in third-party
    8                 applications.  Instead use <a href="ntlm_auth.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ntlm_auth</span>(1)</span></a>.</p></div></dd><dt><span class="term">--allocate-gid</span></dt><dd><p>Get a new GID out of idmap
     8                applications.  Instead use <a class="citerefentry" href="ntlm_auth.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ntlm_auth</span>(1)</span></a>.</p></div></dd><dt><span class="term">--allocate-gid</span></dt><dd><p>Get a new GID out of idmap
    99                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--allocate-uid</span></dt><dd><p>Get a new UID out of idmap
    10                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--all-domains</span></dt><dd><p>List all domains (trusted and 
     10                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--all-domains</span></dt><dd><p>List all domains (trusted and
    1111                own domain).
    1212                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--domain name</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter sets the domain on which any specified
    1313                operations will performed.  If special domain name '.' is used to represent
    14                 the current domain to which winbindd belongs.  Currently only the 
     14                the current domain to which winbindd belongs.  Currently only the
    1515                <code class="option">--sequence</code>,
    1616                <code class="option">-u</code>, and <code class="option">-g</code> options honor this parameter.
    1717                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-D|--domain-info domain</span></dt><dd><p>Show most of the info we have about the domain.
    18                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-g|--domain-groups</span></dt><dd><p>This option will list all groups available 
    19                 in the Windows NT domain for which the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> daemon is operating in. Groups in all trusted domains
    20                 will also be listed.  Note that this operation does not assign 
    21                 group ids to any groups that have not already been 
    22                 seen by <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a>. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--get-auth-user</span></dt><dd><p>Print username and password used by winbindd
    23                 during session setup to a domain controller. Username 
    24                 and password can be set using <code class="option">--set-auth-user</code>. 
     18                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-g|--domain-groups</span></dt><dd><p>This option will list all groups available
     19                in the Windows NT domain for which the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> daemon is operating in. Groups in all trusted domains
     20                will also be listed.  Note that this operation does not assign
     21                group ids to any groups that have not already been
     22                seen by <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a>. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--get-auth-user</span></dt><dd><p>Print username and password used by winbindd
     23                during session setup to a domain controller. Username
     24                and password can be set using <code class="option">--set-auth-user</code>.
    2525                Only available for root.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--getdcname domain</span></dt><dd><p>Get the DC name for the specified domain.
    26                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-G|--gid-to-sid gid</span></dt><dd><p>Try to convert a UNIX group id to a Windows 
    27                 NT SID.  If the gid specified does not refer to one within 
     26                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-G|--gid-to-sid gid</span></dt><dd><p>Try to convert a UNIX group id to a Windows
     27                NT SID.  If the gid specified does not refer to one within
    2828                the idmap gid range then the operation will fail. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-i|--user-info user</span></dt><dd><p>Get user info.
    29                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-I|--WINS-by-ip ip</span></dt><dd><p>The <em class="parameter"><code>-I</code></em> option 
    30                 queries <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> to send a node status
     29                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-I|--WINS-by-ip ip</span></dt><dd><p>The <em class="parameter"><code>-I</code></em> option
     30                queries <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> to send a node status
    3131                request to get the NetBIOS name associated with the IP address
    3232                specified by the <em class="parameter"><code>ip</code></em> parameter.
    33                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-K|--krb5auth username%password</span></dt><dd><p>Attempt to authenticate a user via Kerberos. 
    34                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-m|--trusted-domains</span></dt><dd><p>Produce a list of domains trusted by the 
    35                 Windows NT server <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> contacts
    36                 when resolving names.  This list does not include the Windows 
     33                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-K|--krb5auth username%password</span></dt><dd><p>Attempt to authenticate a user via Kerberos.
     34                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-m|--trusted-domains</span></dt><dd><p>Produce a list of domains trusted by the
     35                Windows NT server <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> contacts
     36                when resolving names.  This list does not include the Windows
    3737                NT domain the server is a Primary Domain Controller for.
    38                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n|--name-to-sid name</span></dt><dd><p>The <em class="parameter"><code>-n</code></em> option 
    39                 queries <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> for the SID             
    40                 associated with the name specified. Domain names can be specified 
    41                 before the user name by using the winbind separator character. 
     38                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n|--name-to-sid name</span></dt><dd><p>The <em class="parameter"><code>-n</code></em> option
     39                queries <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> for the SID
     40                associated with the name specified. Domain names can be specified
     41                before the user name by using the winbind separator character.
    4242                For example CWDOM1/Administrator refers to the Administrator
    43                 user in the domain CWDOM1.  If no domain is specified then the 
    44                 domain used is the one specified in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>  <em class="parameter"><code>workgroup
    45                 </code></em> parameter. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-N|--WINS-by-name name</span></dt><dd><p>The <em class="parameter"><code>-N</code></em> option 
    46                 queries <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> to query the WINS
     43                user in the domain CWDOM1.  If no domain is specified then the
     44                domain used is the one specified in the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>     <em class="parameter"><code>workgroup
     45                </code></em> parameter. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-N|--WINS-by-name name</span></dt><dd><p>The <em class="parameter"><code>-N</code></em> option
     46                queries <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> to query the WINS
    4747                server for the IP address associated with the NetBIOS name
    4848                specified by the <em class="parameter"><code>name</code></em> parameter.
    4949                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--own-domain</span></dt><dd><p>List own domain.
    50                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-p|--ping</span></dt><dd><p>Check whether winbindd is still alive. 
     50                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-p|--ping</span></dt><dd><p>Check whether winbindd is still alive.
    5151                Prints out either 'succeeded' or 'failed'.
    5252                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-r|--user-groups username</span></dt><dd><p>Try to obtain the list of UNIX group ids
    … …  
    5555                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s|--sid-to-name sid</span></dt><dd><p>Use <em class="parameter"><code>-s</code></em> to resolve
    5656                a SID to a name.  This is the inverse of the <em class="parameter"><code>-n
    57                 </code></em> option above.  SIDs must be specified as ASCII strings 
     57                </code></em> option above.  SIDs must be specified as ASCII strings
    5858                in the traditional Microsoft format. For example,
    5959                S-1-5-21-1455342024-3071081365-2475485837-500. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--separator</span></dt><dd><p>Get the active winbind separator.
    60                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--sequence</span></dt><dd><p>Show sequence numbers of 
    61                 all known domains</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--set-auth-user username%password</span></dt><dd><p>Store username and password used by winbindd 
     60                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--sequence</span></dt><dd><p>Show sequence numbers of
     61                all known domains</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--set-auth-user username%password</span></dt><dd><p>Store username and password used by winbindd
    6262                during session setup to a domain controller.  This enables
    6363                winbindd to operate in a Windows 2000 domain with Restrict
    64                 Anonymous turned on (a.k.a. Permissions compatiable with
     64                Anonymous turned on (a.k.a. Permissions compatible with
    6565                Windows 2000 servers only).
    66                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-S|--sid-to-uid sid</span></dt><dd><p>Convert a SID to a UNIX user id.  If the SID 
    67                 does not correspond to a UNIX user mapped by <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> then the operation will fail. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-t|--check-secret</span></dt><dd><p>Verify that the workstation trust account
     66                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-S|--sid-to-uid sid</span></dt><dd><p>Convert a SID to a UNIX user id.  If the SID
     67                does not correspond to a UNIX user mapped by <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> then the operation will fail. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-t|--check-secret</span></dt><dd><p>Verify that the workstation trust account
    6868                created when the Samba server is added to the Windows NT
    69                 domain is working. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-u|--domain-users</span></dt><dd><p>This option will list all users available
    70                 in the Windows NT domain for which the <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon is operating in. Users in all trusted domains
    71                 will also be listed.  Note that this operation does not assign
    72                 user ids to any users that have not already been seen by <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a>
    73                 .</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--user-domgroups SID</span></dt><dd><p>Get user domain groups.
     69                domain is working. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-u|--domain-users</span></dt><dd><p>This option will list all users available
     70                in the Windows NT domain for which the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon is operating in. Users in all trusted domains
     71                will also be listed.  Note that this operation does not assign
     72                user ids to any users that have not already been seen by <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a>
     73                .</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--uid-info UID</span></dt><dd><p>Get user info for the user conencted to
     74                user id UID.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--user-domgroups SID</span></dt><dd><p>Get user domain groups.
    7475                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--user-sids SID</span></dt><dd><p>Get user group SIDs for user.
    75                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-U|--uid-to-sid uid</span></dt><dd><p>Try to convert a UNIX user id to a Windows NT 
     76                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-U|--uid-to-sid uid</span></dt><dd><p>Try to convert a UNIX user id to a Windows NT
    7677                SID.  If the uid specified does not refer to one within
    77                 the idmap uid range then the operation will fail. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-Y|--sid-to-gid sid</span></dt><dd><p>Convert a SID to a UNIX group id.  If the SID
    78                 does not correspond to a UNIX group mapped by <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> then
     78                the idmap uid range then the operation will fail. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>
     79                      Print additional information about the query
     80                      results.
     81                  </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-Y|--sid-to-gid sid</span></dt><dd><p>Convert a SID to a UNIX group id.  If the SID
     82                does not correspond to a UNIX group mapped by <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> then
    7983                the operation will fail. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
    8084</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options.
    81 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300884"></a><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The wbinfo program returns 0 if the operation
    82         succeeded, or 1 if the operation failed.  If the <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon is not working <code class="literal">wbinfo</code> will always return
    83         failure. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300910"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
    84         the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300920"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a href="ntlm_auth.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ntlm_auth</span>(1)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300944"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     85</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324919"></a><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The wbinfo program returns 0 if the operation
     86        succeeded, or 1 if the operation failed.  If the <a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon is not working <code class="literal">wbinfo</code> will always return
     87        failure. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324943"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
     88        the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324953"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a class="citerefentry" href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a class="citerefentry" href="ntlm_auth.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ntlm_auth</span>(1)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324975"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    8589        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    86         by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar 
     90        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar
    8791        to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p><code class="literal">wbinfo</code> and <code class="literal">winbindd</code>
    88         were written by Tim Potter.</p><p>The conversion to DocBook for Samba 2.2 was done 
     92        were written by Tim Potter.</p><p>The conversion to DocBook for Samba 2.2 was done
    8993        by Gerald Carter. The conversion to DocBook XML 4.2 for Samba
    9094        3.0 was done by Alexander Bokovoy.</p></div></div></body></html>

  • branches/samba-3.0/docs/htmldocs/manpages/winbindd.8.html

    r44 r134  
    1 <html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>winbindd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.71.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="winbindd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>winbindd &#8212; Name Service Switch daemon for resolving names
    2         from NT servers</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">winbindd</code> [-F] [-S] [-i] [-Y] [-d &lt;debug level&gt;] [-s &lt;smb config file&gt;] [-n]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id259558"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">winbindd</code> is a daemon that provides
     1<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>winbindd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="../samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.73.2"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="winbindd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>winbindd &#8212; Name Service Switch daemon for resolving names
     2        from NT servers</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><code class="literal">winbindd</code> [-D] [-F] [-S] [-i] [-Y] [-d &lt;debug level&gt;] [-s &lt;smb config file&gt;] [-n]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id282746"></a><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><code class="literal">winbindd</code> is a daemon that provides
    33        a number of services to the Name Service Switch capability found
    4         in most modern C libraries, to arbitary applications via PAM
     4        in most modern C libraries, to arbitrary applications via PAM
    55        and <code class="literal">ntlm_auth</code> and to Samba itself.</p><p>Even if winbind is not used for nsswitch, it still provides a
    66        service to <code class="literal">smbd</code>, <code class="literal">ntlm_auth</code>
    77        and the <code class="literal">pam_winbind.so</code> PAM module, by managing connections to
    88        domain controllers.  In this configuraiton the
    9         <a class="indexterm" name="id259361"></a>idmap uid and
    10         <a class="indexterm" name="id259368"></a>idmap gid
    11         parameters are not required. (This is known as `netlogon proxy only mode'.)</p><p> The Name Service Switch allows user 
    12         and system information to be obtained from different databases 
    13         services such as NIS or DNS.  The exact behaviour can be configured 
    14         throught the <code class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</code> file. 
    15         Users and groups are allocated as they are resolved to a range 
    16         of user and group ids specified by the administrator of the 
    17         Samba system.</p><p>The service provided by <code class="literal">winbindd</code> is called `winbind' and 
    18         can be used to resolve user and group information from a 
     9        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPUID">idmap uid</a> and
     10        <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPGID">idmap gid</a>
     11        parameters are not required. (This is known as `netlogon proxy only mode'.)</p><p> The Name Service Switch allows user
     12        and system information to be obtained from different databases
     13        services such as NIS or DNS.  The exact behaviour can be configured
     14        throught the <code class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</code> file.
     15        Users and groups are allocated as they are resolved to a range
     16        of user and group ids specified by the administrator of the
     17        Samba system.</p><p>The service provided by <code class="literal">winbindd</code> is called `winbind' and
     18        can be used to resolve user and group information from a
    1919        Windows NT server. The service can also provide authentication
    2020        services via an associated PAM module. </p><p>
    … …  
    2222        <em class="parameter"><code>auth</code></em>, <em class="parameter"><code>account</code></em>
    2323        and <em class="parameter"><code>password</code></em>
    24         module-types.  It should be noted that the 
     24        module-types.  It should be noted that the
    2525        <em class="parameter"><code>account</code></em> module simply performs a getpwnam() to verify that
    2626        the system can obtain a uid for the user, as the domain
    … …  
    2828        <code class="filename">libnss_winbind</code> library has been correctly
    2929        installed, or an alternate source of names configured, this should always succeed.
    30         </p><p>The following nsswitch databases are implemented by
    31         the winbindd service: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">hosts</span></dt><dd><p>This feature is only available on IRIX.
    32                 User information traditionally stored in
    33                 the <code class="filename">hosts(5)</code> file and used by
     30        </p><p>The following nsswitch databases are implemented by
     31        the winbindd service: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-D</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes
     32                the server to operate as a daemon. That is, it detaches
     33                itself and runs in the background on the appropriate port.
     34                This switch is assumed if <code class="literal">winbindd</code> is
     35                executed on the command line of a shell.
     36                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">hosts</span></dt><dd><p>This feature is only available on IRIX.
     37                User information traditionally stored in
     38                the <code class="filename">hosts(5)</code> file and used by
    3439                <code class="literal">gethostbyname(3)</code> functions. Names are
    3540                resolved through the WINS server or by broadcast.
    36                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">passwd</span></dt><dd><p>User information traditionally stored in 
    37                 the <code class="filename">passwd(5)</code> file and used by 
    38                 <code class="literal">getpwent(3)</code> functions. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">group</span></dt><dd><p>Group information traditionally stored in 
    39                 the <code class="filename">group(5)</code> file and used by             
     41                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">passwd</span></dt><dd><p>User information traditionally stored in
     42                the <code class="filename">passwd(5)</code> file and used by
     43                <code class="literal">getpwent(3)</code> functions. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">group</span></dt><dd><p>Group information traditionally stored in
     44                the <code class="filename">group(5)</code> file and used by
    4045                <code class="literal">getgrent(3)</code> functions. </p></dd></dl></div><p>For example, the following simple configuration in the
    41         <code class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</code> file can be used to initially 
     46        <code class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</code> file can be used to initially
    4247        resolve user and group information from <code class="filename">/etc/passwd
    43         </code> and <code class="filename">/etc/group</code> and then from the 
     48        </code> and <code class="filename">/etc/group</code> and then from the
    4449        Windows NT server.
    4550</p><pre class="programlisting">
    … …  
    5358        WINS server.</p><pre class="programlisting">
    5459hosts:          files wins
    55 </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id260125"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-F</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes
     60</pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324498"></a><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-F</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes
    5661                the main <code class="literal">winbindd</code> process to not daemonize,
    5762                i.e. double-fork and disassociate with the terminal.
    … …  
    6570                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-S</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes
    6671                <code class="literal">winbindd</code> to log to standard output rather
    67                 than a file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
    68 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
    69 configuration details required by the server.  The
    70 information in this file includes server-specific
    71 information such as what printcap file to use, as well
    72 as descriptions of all the services that the server is
    73 to provide. See <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for more information.
    74 The default configuration file name is determined at
    75 compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
    76 from 0 to 10.  The default value if this parameter is
    77 not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
     72                than a file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debuglevel=level</span></dt><dd><p><em class="replaceable"><code>level</code></em> is an integer
     73from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is
     74not specified is 0.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be
    7875logged to the log files about the activities of the
    7976server. At level 0, only critical errors and serious
    … …  
    8582use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log
    8683data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will
    87 override the <a class="indexterm" name="id300475"></a> parameter
    88 in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logdirectory</span></dt><dd><p>Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension
     84override the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGLEVEL">log level</a> parameter
     85in the <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the program version number.
     86</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the
     87configuration details required by the server.  The
     88information in this file includes server-specific
     89information such as what printcap file to use, as well
     90as descriptions of all the services that the server is
     91to provide. See <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for more information.
     92The default configuration file name is determined at
     93compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--log-basename=logdirectory</span></dt><dd><p>Base directory name for log/debug files. The extension
    8994<code class="constant">".progname"</code> will be appended (e.g. log.smbclient,
    9095log.smbd, etc...). The log file is never removed by the client.
    9196</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options.
    92 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-i</span></dt><dd><p>Tells <code class="literal">winbindd</code> to not 
    93                 become a daemon and detach from the current terminal. This 
    94                 option is used by developers when interactive debugging 
     97</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-i</span></dt><dd><p>Tells <code class="literal">winbindd</code> to not
     98                become a daemon and detach from the current terminal. This
     99                option is used by developers when interactive debugging
    95100                of <code class="literal">winbindd</code> is required.
    96101                <code class="literal">winbindd</code> also logs to standard output,
    97102                as if the <code class="literal">-S</code> parameter had been given.
    98                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n</span></dt><dd><p>Disable caching. This means winbindd will 
    99                 always have to wait for a response from the domain controller 
    100                 before it can respond to a client and this thus makes things 
    101                 slower. The results will however be more accurate, since 
    102                 results from the cache might not be up-to-date. This 
     103                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n</span></dt><dd><p>Disable caching. This means winbindd will
     104                always have to wait for a response from the domain controller
     105                before it can respond to a client and this thus makes things
     106                slower. The results will however be more accurate, since
     107                results from the cache might not be up-to-date. This
    103108                might also temporarily hang winbindd if the DC doesn't respond.
    104                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-Y</span></dt><dd><p>Single daemon mode. This means winbindd will run 
    105                 as a single process (the mode of operation in Samba 2.2).  Winbindd's 
    106                 default behavior is to launch a child process that is responsible for 
     109                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-Y</span></dt><dd><p>Single daemon mode. This means winbindd will run
     110                as a single process (the mode of operation in Samba 2.2).  Winbindd's
     111                default behavior is to launch a child process that is responsible for
    107112                updating expired cache entries.
    108                 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300582"></a><h2>NAME AND ID RESOLUTION</h2><p>Users and groups on a Windows NT server are assigned
    109         a security id (SID) which is globally unique when the 
    110         user or group is created.  To convert the Windows NT user or group 
    111         into a unix user or group, a mapping between SIDs and unix user 
     113                </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324720"></a><h2>NAME AND ID RESOLUTION</h2><p>Users and groups on a Windows NT server are assigned
     114        a security id (SID) which is globally unique when the
     115        user or group is created.  To convert the Windows NT user or group
     116        into a unix user or group, a mapping between SIDs and unix user
    112117        and group ids is required.  This is one of the jobs that <code class="literal">
    113         winbindd</code> performs. </p><p>As winbindd users and groups are resolved from a server, user 
     118        winbindd</code> performs. </p><p>As winbindd users and groups are resolved from a server, user
    114119        and group ids are allocated from a specified range.  This
    115         is done on a first come, first served basis, although all existing 
    116         users and groups will be mapped as soon as a client performs a user 
    117         or group enumeration command.  The allocated unix ids are stored 
    118         in a database and will be remembered. </p><p>WARNING: The SID to unix id database is the only location 
    119         where the user and group mappings are stored by winbindd.  If this 
    120         store is deleted or corrupted, there is no way for winbindd to 
    121         determine which user and group ids correspond to Windows NT user 
    122         and group rids. </p><p>See the <a class="indexterm" name="id300614"></a> or the old <a class="indexterm" name="id300619"></a> parameters in
     120        is done on a first come, first served basis, although all existing
     121        users and groups will be mapped as soon as a client performs a user
     122        or group enumeration command.  The allocated unix ids are stored
     123        in a database and will be remembered. </p><p>WARNING: The SID to unix id database is the only location
     124        where the user and group mappings are stored by winbindd.  If this
     125        store is deleted or corrupted, there is no way for winbindd to
     126        determine which user and group ids correspond to Windows NT user
     127        and group rids. </p><p>See the <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPDOMAINS">idmap domains</a> or the old <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPBACKEND">idmap backend</a> parameters in
    123128        <code class="filename">smb.conf</code> for options for sharing this
    124         database, such as via LDAP.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300634"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p>Configuration of the <code class="literal">winbindd</code> daemon
    125         is done through configuration parameters in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file.  All parameters should be specified in the
     129        database, such as via LDAP.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324773"></a><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p>Configuration of the <code class="literal">winbindd</code> daemon
     130        is done through configuration parameters in the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file.  All parameters should be specified in the
    126131        [global] section of smb.conf. </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>
    127                 <a class="indexterm" name="id300664"></a>winbind separator</p></li><li><p>
    128                 <a class="indexterm" name="id300675"></a>idmap uid</p></li><li><p>
    129                 <a class="indexterm" name="id300687"></a>idmap gid</p></li><li><p>
    130                 <a class="indexterm" name="id300698"></a>idmap backend</p></li><li><p>
    131                 <a class="indexterm" name="id300709"></a>winbind cache time</p></li><li><p>
    132                 <a class="indexterm" name="id300721"></a>winbind enum users</p></li><li><p>
    133                 <a class="indexterm" name="id300732"></a>winbind enum groups</p></li><li><p>
    134                 <a class="indexterm" name="id300743"></a>template homedir</p></li><li><p>
    135                 <a class="indexterm" name="id300755"></a>template shell</p></li><li><p>
    136                 <a class="indexterm" name="id300766"></a>winbind use default domain</p></li><li><p>
    137                 <a class="indexterm" name="id300778"></a>winbind: rpc only
     132                <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDSEPARATOR">winbind separator</a></p></li><li><p>
     133                <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPUID">idmap uid</a></p></li><li><p>
     134                <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPGID">idmap gid</a></p></li><li><p>
     135                <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPBACKEND">idmap backend</a></p></li><li><p>
     136                <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDCACHETIME">winbind cache time</a></p></li><li><p>
     137                <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDENUMUSERS">winbind enum users</a></p></li><li><p>
     138                <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDENUMGROUPS">winbind enum groups</a></p></li><li><p>
     139                <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#TEMPLATEHOMEDIR">template homedir</a></p></li><li><p>
     140                <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#TEMPLATESHELL">template shell</a></p></li><li><p>
     141                <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN">winbind use default domain</a></p></li><li><p>
     142                <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBIND:RPCONLY">winbind: rpc only</a>
    138143                Setting this parameter forces winbindd to use RPC
    139144                instead of LDAP to retrieve information from Domain
    140145                Controllers.
    141                 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300789"></a><h2>EXAMPLE SETUP</h2><p>
    142         To setup winbindd for user and group lookups plus 
    143         authentication from a domain controller use something like the 
     146                </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id324918"></a><h2>EXAMPLE SETUP</h2><p>
     147        To setup winbindd for user and group lookups plus
     148        authentication from a domain controller use something like the
    144149        following setup. This was tested on an early Red Hat Linux box.
    145         </p><p>In <code class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</code> put the 
     150        </p><p>In <code class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</code> put the
    146151        following:
    147152</p><pre class="programlisting">
    … …  
    163168        </p></div><p>Note in particular the use of the <em class="parameter"><code>sufficient
    164169        </code></em> keyword and the <em class="parameter"><code>use_first_pass</code></em> keyword. </p><p>Now replace the account lines with this: </p><p><code class="literal">account    required   /lib/security/pam_winbind.so
    165         </code></p><p>The next step is to join the domain. To do that use the 
     170        </code></p><p>The next step is to join the domain. To do that use the
    166171        <code class="literal">net</code> program like this:  </p><p><code class="literal">net join -S PDC -U Administrator</code></p><p>The username after the <em class="parameter"><code>-U</code></em> can be any
    167172        Domain user that has administrator privileges on the machine.
    168         Substitute the name or IP of your PDC for "PDC".</p><p>Next copy <code class="filename">libnss_winbind.so</code> to 
     173        Substitute the name or IP of your PDC for "PDC".</p><p>Next copy <code class="filename">libnss_winbind.so</code> to
    169174        <code class="filename">/lib</code> and <code class="filename">pam_winbind.so
    170175        </code> to <code class="filename">/lib/security</code>.  A symbolic link needs to be
    … …  
    172177        <code class="filename">/lib/libnss_winbind.so.2</code>.  If you are using an
    173178        older version of glibc then the target of the link should be
    174         <code class="filename">/lib/libnss_winbind.so.1</code>.</p><p>Finally, setup a <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> containing directives like the
     179        <code class="filename">/lib/libnss_winbind.so.1</code>.</p><p>Finally, setup a <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> containing directives like the
    175180        following:
    176181</p><pre class="programlisting">
    … …  
    185190        security = domain
    186191        password server = *
    187 </pre><p>Now start winbindd and you should find that your user and 
    188         group database is expanded to include your NT users and groups, 
    189         and that you can login to your unix box as a domain user, using 
    190         the DOMAIN+user syntax for the username. You may wish to use the 
     192</pre><p>Now start winbindd and you should find that your user and
     193        group database is expanded to include your NT users and groups,
     194        and that you can login to your unix box as a domain user, using
     195        the DOMAIN+user syntax for the username. You may wish to use the
    191196        commands <code class="literal">getent passwd</code> and <code class="literal">getent group
    192         </code> to confirm the correct operation of winbindd.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id300980"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>The following notes are useful when configuring and
    193         running <code class="literal">winbindd</code>: </p><p><a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> must be running on the local machine
    194         for <code class="literal">winbindd</code> to work. </p><p>PAM is really easy to misconfigure.  Make sure you know what 
    195         you are doing when modifying PAM configuration files.  It is possible 
    196         to set up PAM such that you can no longer log into your system. </p><p>If more than one UNIX machine is running <code class="literal">winbindd</code>, 
    197         then in general the user and groups ids allocated by winbindd will not 
    198         be the same.  The user and group ids will only be valid for the local 
    199         machine, unless a shared <a class="indexterm" name="id301027"></a> is configured.</p><p>If the the Windows NT SID to UNIX user and group id mapping
    200         file is damaged or destroyed then the mappings will be lost. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id301040"></a><h2>SIGNALS</h2><p>The following signals can be used to manipulate the
    201         <code class="literal">winbindd</code> daemon. </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">SIGHUP</span></dt><dd><p>Reload the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file and
    202                 apply any parameter changes to the running 
    203                 version of winbindd.  This signal also clears any cached 
    204                 user and group information.  The list of other domains trusted 
     197        </code> to confirm the correct operation of winbindd.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325091"></a><h2>NOTES</h2><p>The following notes are useful when configuring and
     198        running <code class="literal">winbindd</code>: </p><p><a class="citerefentry" href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> must be running on the local machine
     199        for <code class="literal">winbindd</code> to work. </p><p>PAM is really easy to misconfigure.  Make sure you know what
     200        you are doing when modifying PAM configuration files.  It is possible
     201        to set up PAM such that you can no longer log into your system. </p><p>If more than one UNIX machine is running <code class="literal">winbindd</code>,
     202        then in general the user and groups ids allocated by winbindd will not
     203        be the same.  The user and group ids will only be valid for the local
     204        machine, unless a shared <a class="link" href="smb.conf.5.html#IDMAPBACKEND">idmap backend</a> is configured.</p><p>If the the Windows NT SID to UNIX user and group id mapping
     205        file is damaged or destroyed then the mappings will be lost. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325147"></a><h2>SIGNALS</h2><p>The following signals can be used to manipulate the
     206        <code class="literal">winbindd</code> daemon. </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">SIGHUP</span></dt><dd><p>Reload the <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file and
     207                apply any parameter changes to the running
     208                version of winbindd.  This signal also clears any cached
     209                user and group information.  The list of other domains trusted
    205210                by winbindd is also reloaded.  </p></dd><dt><span class="term">SIGUSR2</span></dt><dd><p>The SIGUSR2 signal will cause <code class="literal">
    206                 winbindd</code> to write status information to the winbind 
    207                 log file.</p><p>Log files are stored in the filename specified by the 
    208                 log file parameter.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id301102"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf(5)</code></span></dt><dd><p>Name service switch configuration file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">/tmp/.winbindd/pipe</span></dt><dd><p>The UNIX pipe over which clients communicate with
    209                 the <code class="literal">winbindd</code> program.  For security reasons, the 
    210                 winbind client will only attempt to connect to the winbindd daemon 
     211                winbindd</code> to write status information to the winbind
     212                log file.</p><p>Log files are stored in the filename specified by the
     213                log file parameter.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325205"></a><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf(5)</code></span></dt><dd><p>Name service switch configuration file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">/tmp/.winbindd/pipe</span></dt><dd><p>The UNIX pipe over which clients communicate with
     214                the <code class="literal">winbindd</code> program.  For security reasons, the
     215                winbind client will only attempt to connect to the winbindd daemon
    211216                if both the <code class="filename">/tmp/.winbindd</code> directory
    212                 and <code class="filename">/tmp/.winbindd/pipe</code> file are owned by 
    213                 root. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">$LOCKDIR/winbindd_privileged/pipe</span></dt><dd><p>The UNIX pipe over which 'privileged' clients 
    214                 communicate with the <code class="literal">winbindd</code> program.  For security 
    215                 reasons, access to some winbindd functions - like those needed by 
     217                and <code class="filename">/tmp/.winbindd/pipe</code> file are owned by
     218                root. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">$LOCKDIR/winbindd_privileged/pipe</span></dt><dd><p>The UNIX pipe over which 'privileged' clients
     219                communicate with the <code class="literal">winbindd</code> program.  For security
     220                reasons, access to some winbindd functions - like those needed by
    216221                the <code class="literal">ntlm_auth</code> utility - is restricted.  By default,
    217222                only users in the 'root' group will get this access, however the administrator
    218223                may change the group permissions on $LOCKDIR/winbindd_privileged to allow
    219224                programs like 'squid' to use ntlm_auth.
    220                 Note that the winbind client will only attempt to connect to the winbindd daemon 
     225                Note that the winbind client will only attempt to connect to the winbindd daemon
    221226                if both the <code class="filename">$LOCKDIR/winbindd_privileged</code> directory
    222                 and <code class="filename">$LOCKDIR/winbindd_privileged/pipe</code> file are owned by 
     227                and <code class="filename">$LOCKDIR/winbindd_privileged/pipe</code> file are owned by
    223228                root. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">/lib/libnss_winbind.so.X</span></dt><dd><p>Implementation of name service switch library.
    224                 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">$LOCKDIR/winbindd_idmap.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>Storage for the Windows NT rid to UNIX user/group 
    225                 id mapping.  The lock directory is specified when Samba is initially 
     229                </p></dd><dt><span class="term">$LOCKDIR/winbindd_idmap.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>Storage for the Windows NT rid to UNIX user/group
     230                id mapping.  The lock directory is specified when Samba is initially
    226231                compiled using the <em class="parameter"><code>--with-lockdir</code></em> option.
    227232                This directory is by default <code class="filename">/usr/local/samba/var/locks
    228233                </code>. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">$LOCKDIR/winbindd_cache.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>Storage for cached user and group information.
    229                 </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id301246"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
    230         the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id301257"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><code class="filename">nsswitch.conf(5)</code>, <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, <a href="wbinfo.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">wbinfo</span>(1)</span></a>, <a href="ntlm_auth.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ntlm_auth</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a href="pam_winbind.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pam_winbind</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id301314"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
     234                </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325338"></a><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
     235        the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325349"></a><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><code class="filename">nsswitch.conf(5)</code>, <a class="citerefentry" href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="wbinfo.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">wbinfo</span>(1)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="ntlm_auth.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ntlm_auth</span>(8)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="pam_winbind.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pam_winbind</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="id325404"></a><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities
    231236        were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
    232         by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar 
    233         to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p><code class="literal">wbinfo</code> and <code class="literal">winbindd</code> were 
    234         written by Tim Potter.</p><p>The conversion to DocBook for Samba 2.2 was done 
     237        by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar
     238        to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p><code class="literal">wbinfo</code> and <code class="literal">winbindd</code> were
     239        written by Tim Potter.</p><p>The conversion to DocBook for Samba 2.2 was done
    235240        by Gerald Carter. The conversion to DocBook XML 4.2 for
    236241        Samba 3.0 was done by Alexander Bokovoy.</p></div></div></body></html>
Note: See TracChangeset for help on using the changeset viewer.